THE  UNIVERSITY 


OF  ILLINOIS 
LIBRARY 


6\5-3 

0&5C5 


< 


I 


I 


✓ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2016  with  funding  from 

University  of  Illinois  Urbana-Champaign  Alternates 


https://archive.org/details/concentratedorga00coeg_0 


CONCENTRATED 


ORGANIC  MEDICINES: 

BEING  A 

PRACTICAL  EXPOSITION 

OE  THE 

THERAPEUTIC  PROPERTIES 

AND 

CLINICAL  EMPLOYMENT 


OF  THE  COMBINED  PROXIMATE  MEDICINAL  CONSTITUENTS  OF 


INDIGENOUS  AND  FOREIGN  PLANTS. 

TO  WHICH  IS  ADDED  A BRIEF  HISTORY  OF  CRUDE  ORGANIC 
REMEDIES,  CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS,  CONCENTRATED 
MEDICINES,  OFFICINAL  PREPARATIONS,  &C.,  &C. 


BY  GrROVER  COE  M.  33, 


FIFTH  EDITION. 


NEW  YORK : 

PUBLISHED  BY  B.  KEITH  & CO.,  4L  LIBERTY  STREET. 

1863.  • 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress  in  the  year  1858,  by 
B.  KEITH  & COMPANY, 

In  the  Clerk’s  office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the  Southern 
District  of  New  York. 


Gl5/b 

C&5c5 


TO 

WILLIAM  MOLLER,  ESQ- 

THE  FRIEND  AND  PATRON  OF 

PROGRESSIVE  MEDICAL  SCIENCE, 

WHOSE  KINDLY  ENCOURAGEMENTS  HAVE  CHEERED  THE  WRITES 
IN  HIS  TASK,  THIS  LITTLE  VOLUME  IS  RESPECTFULLY  INSCRIBED, 
AS  A TOKEN  OF  GRATEFUL  ACKNOWLEDGMENT, 

FY  HIS  SINCERE  FRIEND 

THE  AUTHOR. 


CONTENTS 


PART  I. 

CHAPTER  I. 

CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 

Objections  to  their  use — Of  uncertain  value — Frequently  inert — Facts  of  analy- 
sis— Influences  of  soil,  climate,  cultivation,  kiln-drying,  etc. 


CHAPTER  II. 

CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 

Acids — Alkaloids — Indifferent  or  neutral  substances — Cellulose — Xylogen— . 
Cuticular  or  cork  substance — Protein — Amylum — Dextrine — Sugars — Pectin — Gum 
— Mucilage — Muciresins — Yiscin — Inorganic  elements — Fixed  oils — W ax — Y ola- 
tile  oils — Camphors — Resins — Oleo-Resins — Gum-Resins — Resinoids — Caoutchouc 
— Coloring  matters— ^Extractive  substances  or  neutrals — Humus — Apotheme — 
F ermentation — Decomposition — Putrefaction — Amygdalin — Emulsin — etc. , etc. 


CHAPTER  m. 

CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 

Officinal  preparations — Infusions — Decoctions — Extracts — Aqueous,  Alcoholic, 
Hydro-alcoholic,  Inspissated,  Fluid,  etc. — their  liability  to  decomposition — of  vari- 
able strength — frequently  inert,  etc. — Concentrated  Medicines  Proper — their  advan- 
tage— uniform  and  definite  in  strength — not  liable  to  change — methods  of  adminis- 
tration, etc.,  etc. 


PART  II. 

CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

Their  therapeutic  and  clinical  history — Senecin — Asclepin — Gelsemin — Macrotin 
— Ampelopsin — Geranin — Populin— Cypripedin— Chimaphilin — Dioscorein — Chelo- 
nin — Helonin— Leptandrin — Digitalin — Rhusin — Baptisin — Podophyllin— Myricin— 
Euonymin — Alnuin — Viburnin — Cornin — Rumin — Caulophyllin — Jalapin — Phyto- 
lacin — Hyoscyamin — Stillingin — Lupulin — Y eratrin — Eupatorin  Perfo. — Eupatorin 
Purpu. — Corydalin — Juglandin— Trilliin — Scutellarin— Apocvnin — Irisin — Hyclras- 
tin — Hamamelin — Euphorbin — Lycopin — Fraserin — Xanthoxylin — Aconitin — Colo- 
cynthin — Rhein — Atropin — Boptisin — etc. , etc. 


TABLE  OF  AVERAGE  DOSES. 


Powders. 

grs. 

Alnuin 

10 

Ampelopsin 

5 

Apocj  nin 

3 

Asclepin 

1 to 

5 

Baptism 

3 

Caulophyllin 

2 to 

5 

Cerasein 

10 

Clielonin 

5 

Chimapliilin 

5 

Collinsonin 

2 to 

5 

Cornin 

5 

Corydalin 

3 

Cypripedin 

4 

Digitalin 

£ 

Dioscorein 

5 

Euonymin 

1 to 

4 

Euphorbin 

1 to 

3 

Eupatorin  Perfo 

1 to 

4 

Eupatorin  Purpu 

5 

Fraserin 

10 

Gelsemin 

2 

Geranin 

5 

Hamameliu 

3 

Hclonin 

6 

Hydrastin 

1 to 

3 

Hyoscy  amin 

£ 

Irisin 

3 

Jalapin 

5 

Juglandin 

10 

Leptandrin 

5 

Lupulin 

4 

Ly  copin 

4 

Macrotin 

2 

Menispermin 

5 

Myricin 

2 to 

5 

Podophyllin 

3 

Populin 

5 

Prunin 

3 

Phytolacin 

3 

Rhusin 

3 

R uniin 

3 

Powders.  grs. 

Sanguinarin £ to  2 

Sene  cm 2 to  5 

Scutell  arm 2 to  5 

Stillingin 2 to  5 

Smilacin 2 to  5 

Strychnin 8\  to  ^ 

Trilliin 2 to  5 

Veratrin.... £ to  1 

Viburnin 2 to  5 

Xanthoxylin 2 to  5 

CONCENTRATED  TINCTURES. 

gtt. 

Apocynum 2 to  10 

Collinsonia 5 to  20 

Digitalis 1 to  4 

Euonymus 2 to  10 

Eupatorium  Purpu 2 to  10 

Gelseminum 5 to  20 

Hyoscy amus 5 to  20 

Rhus  Glab 2 to  10 

Scutellaria 2 to  10 

Smilax 10  to  20 

Senecio 2 to  10 

Veratrum 1 to  8 

Xanthoxylum 2 to  5 

OILS. 

Capsicum £ to  2 

Erigeron 2 to  10 

Lobelia £ to  2 

Solidago 2 to  5 

Stillingia £ to  2 

Xanthoxylum 2 to  6 

Con.  Comp.  Stillingia  Altera- 
tive   2 to  10 

Wine  Tinct.  Lobelia : — 

As  an  expectorant 2 to  10 

As  an  emetic 3 ii.  ^ ii. 


PREFACE. 


w/w  libtrv orn  / 

He  is  said  to  be  a bold  author  who  writes  a preface. 
Nevertheless,  undaunted  by  the  fates  of  our  prede- 
cessors, we  voluntarily  submit  to  the  allegation  of 
hardihood,  and  bow  our  head  submissively  in  defe- 
rence to  the  omniscient  wisdom  of  the  critics. 

We  remember  to  have  somewhere  read  a good 
story  of  an  artist,  who,  after  painting  a beautiful  pic- 
ture, bestowing  upon  it  much  time  and  labor,  exposed 
it  for  criticism  in  the  market  place.  Beside  the  pic- 
ture he  placed  brushes  and  a pallet  of  colors,  with  a 
request  that  all  good  judges  of  the  art  of  painting 
would  remedy  those  defects  they  might  discover  which 
had  escaped  his  own  eye. 

Nothing  could  be  more  gratifying  to  the  innate 
vanity  of  such  as  considered  themselves  capable  of 
deciding  upon  the  merits  or  demerits  of  all  they  saw, 
than  this  general  invitation  Every  one  who  looked 
upon  the  canvass  discovered  something  essentially 
wrong  in  the  composition,  which  was  retouched,  ac- 


8 


PREFACE- 


cording  to  his  individual  idea  of  the  sublime  or  the 
beautiful.  The  brush  was  no  sooner  laid  down  than 
another  took  it  up ; it  was,  therefore  constantly  ap- 
plied ; but  when  the  author  called  at  evening  to  ex- 
amine and  admire  the  friendship  which  had  been  mani- 
fested for  his  reputation  as  an  artist,  not  a single 
vestige  of  the  original  design  remained.  Although 
all  who  chose  had  contributed  the  pigment  they  con- 
sidered absolutely  indispensible  to  perfect  the  picture, 
the  next  day  it  was  unanimously  declared  that  the 
painter  was  a man  of  no  ingenuity  or  knowledge  of  his 
profession. 

In  the  arrangement  of  the  little  volume  now  submit- 
ted to  the  profession,  the  writer  has  consulted  his  own 
notions  of  propriety,  striving  to  keep  in  view,  at  the 
same  time,  the  best  interests  of  his  readers.  That  it 
has  its  imperfections,  will  be  apparent  to  all  who  do 
him  the  honor  to  peruse  it.  Yet  we  can  not  emulate 
the  generosity  of  the  artist  by  supplying  the  materials 
with  which  to  remedy  apparent  defects,  although  con- 
scious that  had  the  original  materials  been  placed  in 
abler  and  more  experienced  hands,  a more  perfect 
work  would  have  been  secured.  Like  the  artist,  we 
may  extend  a general  invitation  to  the  -profession  to 
modify  the  peculiarities  of  detail,  not  for  universal  ap- 
plication, but  for  the  purpose  of  meeting  the  require- 
ments of  individual  circumstances  and  necessities. 

We  have  not  sought  to  charm  the  sense  by  elegance 
of  diction,  nor  aimed  to  delude  the  reason  by  ingeniously 
wrought  hypotheses  ; but  simply  to  present,  in  a con- 
cise manner,  an  array  of  scientific  facts  which  we  hope 
will  be  * of  practical  utility  to  the  profession.  We 


PREFACE. 


9 


invite  attention  to  the  subject  matter  of  our  treatise, 
rather  than  to  a critical  examination  of  the  language 
in  which  it  is  embodied.  In  treating  of  crude  organic 
remedies,  constituents  of  plants,  and  officinal  prepara- 
tions, we  have  presented  many  new,  and,  it  may  be, 
startling  facts  ; but  they  are  none  the  less  worthy,  for 
this  reason,  of  the  serious  and  impartial  consideration 
of  the  profession.  Therapeutical  and  pharmaceutical 
science  are  at  the  very  foundation  of  practical  medi- 
cine, and  he  who  perfects  their  principles  will  be  the 
acknowledged  benefactor  of  his  race.  The  field  ot 
organic  chemical  science  has  been,  as  yet,  but  little 
tilled,  and  much  ground  still  remains  wherein  progres- 
sive explorations  and  manipulative  skill  have  inex- 
haustible resources  yet  to  unfold.  But  notwithstand- 
ing the  existence  of  hidden  mines  of  therapeutic 
wealth  yet  undeveloped,  much  has  already  been 
accomplished  in  bringing  forth  from  the  secret  recesses 
of  nature’s  store-house  the  means  wherewith  to  prac- 
tice the  art  of  healing.  Organic  chemistry  has  solved 
the  problem  of  vegetable  organisms,  defined  the  cha- 
racteristics that  distinguish  the  'physical  from  the  thera- 
peutic, isolated  the  motor-excitant  constituents  from 
their  non-medicinal  in  vesture,  and  furnished  the  physi- 
cian with  the  means  of  cure,  defined  in  sensible  proper- 
ties, of  uniform  therapeutic  power,  and  of  specific 
value  in  fulfilling  the  indications  of  disease.  The  isola- 
tion and  re-combination  of  the  active  constituents  of 
medicinal  plants  is  one  of  the  most  important  featuies 
of  modern  pharmacy,  Instead  of  isolating  a single 
principle  and  rejecting  the  remainder,  thus  doing  vio- 
lence to  the  therapeutic  integrity  of  the  plant,  the 


10 


PREFACE. 


aggregate  medicinal  constituents  are  now  combined 
in  one  preparation,  and  thus  we  have  a pharmaceutical 
compound  of  nature’s  own  preparing.  Hereby  are 
secured  the  various  therapeutic  powers  of  which  the 
plant,  from  a consideration  of  its  physiological  effects, 
is  known  to  be  possessed. 

The  reader  will  perceive,  in  the  second  part  of  this 
volume,  that  we  have  ignored  the  medical  casuistry 
of  those  authors  who  have  attempted  to  disprove,  with 
specious  arguments,  the  existence  of  certain  classes 
of  therapeutic  powers.  We  have  faithfully  recorded 
our  carefully  made  observations  of  the  physiological 
effects  of  the  remedies,  and  we  hold  that,  when  a 
medicine  produces  a specific  physiological  effect,  it 
should  be  accredited  with  the  power  known  to  be 
requisite  to  produce  it.  It  is  not  for  us  to  determine 
whether  this  result  be  primary  or  secondary,  so  long 
as  we  can  rely  upon  the  certainty  of  the  remedy  in 
fulfilling  the  indications  for  which  we  exhibit  it.  As 
Podophyllin  promotes  the  catamenial  flow,  we  award 
it  the  possession  of  an  emmenagogue  power.  As  Ve- 
ratrin  lessens  the  force  and  frequency  of  the  pulse, 
when  abnormally  excited,  we  term  it  an  arterial  seda- 
tive, although  the  question  might  arise  whether  the 
sedative  influence  is  the  result  of  primary  or  reflex 
action.  In  a practical  point  of  view  it  is  sufficient  for 
us  to  know  that  it  may  be  relied  upon  for  fulfilling  this 
indication.  Gelsemin,  Viburnin,  Dioscorein  and  Lobe- 
lia relax  spasm  and  control  the  action  of  the  muscular 
system,  hence  we  term  them,  and  we  think  with  pro- 
priety, anti-spasmodics.  But  as  we  have  to  deal  with 
the  practical  rather  than  the  theoretical,  we  leave  the 


PREFACE. 


11 


solution  of  the  modus  opercmdi  of  medicines  to  those 
whose  forte  lies  in  framing  plausible  hypotheses. 

In  the  second  chapter,  in  giving  the  chemical  formu- 
las of  the  various  constituents,  it  will  be  observed  that 
we  have  followed  the  earlier  method  of  single  atoms. 
Most  of  the  facts  there  adduced  in  relation  to  vegeta- 
ble constituents  have  been  elucidated  by  recent  analy- 
ses. The  history  of  the  resinoid,  neutral,  and  mucire- 
sin  principles  is  entirely  original,  never  before  having 
appeared  in  print,  and  is  the  fruit  of  personal  research. 
We  have  to  acknowledge  but  little  indebtedness  to 
other  authors.  In  some  few  instances  we  have  con- 
sulted Berzelius,  Rhind,  and  other  vegetable  physiolo- 
gists and  chemists,  when  controversial  points  arose, 
preferring,  however,  to  rely  upon  recent  personal 
analyses  and  experiments. 

To  Adolph  Behr,  A.M.,  the  gentlemanly  and  accom- 
plished chemist  attached  to  the  laboratory  of  B.  Keith 
&:  Co.,  we  are  under  especial  obligations.  He  has 
kindly  afforded  us  access  to  valuable  private  .notes, 
arid  materially  facilitated  our  labors  by  timely  furnish- 
ing important  facts  and  suggestions.  The  profession 
are  deeply  indebted  to  the  labors  of  this  gentleman  for 
having  so  successfully  elevated  the  standard  of  thera- 
peutical and  pharmaceutical  science. 

Our  thanks  are  likewise  due  to  the  enterprising 
publishers,  Messrs-  B.  Keith  &;  Co.,  for  the  liberal  man- 
ner in  which  they  have  gotten  up  this  volume,  a com- 
pliment which,  together  with  the  approbation  of  the 
profession,  rewards  us  amply  for  the  labor  bestowed. 

Some  few  typographical  errors  have  undoubtedly 
crept  in,  consequent  upon  family  afflictions  and  pro- 


12 


PREFACE. 


fessional  cares,  by  which  our  attention  has  been  much 
diverted,  but  we  trust  to  the  kindly  consideration  of 
our  readers  to  overlook  the  mechanical  defects.  The 
text  we  have  carefully  revised,  and  believe  it  to  be  free 
from  any  serious  imperfections. 

And  now  we  commit  our  little  volume  to  the  hands 
of  a conservative,  yet  liberal  profession,  confident  that 
they  will  impartially  consider  the  substance  of  our  ex- 
position, and  neither  approve  nor  condemn  except  in 
accordance  with  the  rigid  requirements  of  experimental 
science. 

If  we  have  herein  recorded  a single  additional  truth 
that  shall  be  deemed  worthy  of  being  employed  in  rear- 
« ing  the  superstructure  of  medical  science  ; if  we  have 
suggested  aught  that  shall  enable  our  professional 
brethren  to  smooth  a single  wrinkle  in  the  pillow  of 
care,  or  check  the  coursing  of  a single  tear  down  the 
furrowed  cheek  of  suffering  humanity,  we  will  accept 
the  token,  with  gratitude,  as  the  full  measure  of  our 
reward.  G.  C. 

New  York,  Sept.,  1858. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SECOND  EDITION. 


The  urgent  demands  of  the  profession  rendering  a 
second  edition  of  the  present  volume  necessary,  the 
author  avails  himself  of  the  opportunity  to  express 
his  sincere  acknowledgments  for  the  favor  with  which 
his  feeble  . attempt  to  elevate  the  standard  of  Materia 
Medica  has  been  received.  Progression  is  the  order  of 
the  day,  and  in  no  department  of  medical  science  is  its 
operations  more  manifest  than  in  that  of  therapeutics. 
The  writer  hopes  to  see,  at  no  distant  day,  the  formation 
of  an  indigenous  Materia  Medica,  competent  for  the 
wants  of  all,  and  at  once  the  pride  and  glory  of  our 
common  country. 

To  the  present  volume  has  been  added  the  history 
of  several  agents  not  unknown  to  the  profession, 
but  for  the  first  time  presented  in  their  present  form. 
The  characteristic  difference  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
other  concentrated  preparations  described  in  this  work, 
namely,  the  isolation  and  recombination  of  the  several 


14 


P E E F A C E . 


active  constituents  resident  in  eacli  plant.  Their  clin- 
ical history  has  been  drawn  from  competent  sources, 
upon  which  the  writer  has  been  compelled  to  rely  in 
the  absence  of  satisfactory  personal  observation.  The 
authority,  however,  is  as  much  entitled  to  credence  as 
would  be  the  vouching  of  the  author’s  own  experience. 

This  addition  has  been  made  in  the  form  of  addenda, 
with  a view  to  an  ultimate  revision  of  the  entire  work 
together  with  the  rendition  of  whatever  valuable  ori- 
ginal information  upon  the  subject  of  organic  remedies 
may  have  been  at  such  time  developed.  The  writer 
is  well  aware  that  such  revision  is  much  needed,  and 
trusts  that  his  life  and  health  may  be  spared  to  the 
completion  of  his  ultimate  design. 

A word  in  reference  to  the  doses  of  the  concentrated 
remedies.  Complaints  have  reached  the  author  that  of 
some  of  the  preparations  the  doses  indicated  were  too 
large,  as  of  the  Gelsemin,  for  instance.  In  the  course 
of  the  work  the  writer  frequently  referred  to  the  fact, 
that  the  doses  named  were  such  'as  he  employed  in  the 
locality  where  he  then  resided,  and  that  while  the 
'properties  of  the  remedies  would  remain  the  same  un- 
der all  circumstances,  the  judgment  of  the  practitioner 
must  decide  the  propriety  of  quantity , repetition,  and 
continuance . Since  the  present  work  was  written,  the 


PREFACE. 


15 


author  has  had  several  months’  experience  in  practice 
in  the  South,  and  has  practically  tested  the  fact,  that 
in  warm  climates  the  doses  of  sedatives,  narcotics,  re- 
laxants,  &c.,  require  to  be  diminished  from  25  to  50 
per  cent.,  while  stimulants  and  tonics  require  a propor- 
tionate increase.  For  instance,  in  the  locality  where 
the  present  lines  are  written,  one-fourth  of  a grain. of 
Gelsemin  is  equivalent  in  effect  to  one-half  grain  in 
the  latitude  of  New  York.  On  tJm  contrary,  three 
grains  of  Podophyllin  are  required  here  where  two 
would  answer  the  purpose  at  the  North.  The  proper- 
ties and  employment  of  a remedy  being  given,  it  re- 
mains for  the  practitioner  to  graduate  the  dose.  This 
can  never  be  stated  with  such  precision  as  to  meet  the 
necessities  of  every  case,  but  only  approximatively, 
time,  circumstance,  and  idiosyncrasy  forming  the  stand- 
ard by  which  to  judge. 

Again  this  little  volume  is  committed  to  the  pro- 
fession, with  the  assurance  that  the  author  holds  him- 
self strictly  responsible  for  whatever  of  error  as  well 
as  of  truth  may  be  incorporated  in  its  pages,  frankly 
inviting  clinical  criticism  of  all  he  may  have  said  in 
relation  to  the  properties  and  employment  of  the 
remedies  considered.  None  are  claimed  to  be  specifics 
in  the  cure  of  disease,  but  all  are  claimed  to  possess 


16 


PREFACE. 


specific  properties , manifested,  however,  not  uniformly, 
butin  specific  conditions.  The  condition  ascertained,  and 
adaptation  of  a suitable  remedy  being  had,  a manifest- 
ation of  its  specific  powers  may  reasonably  be  expected. 

That  those  of  the  profession  into  whose  hands  this 
volume  may  fall,  will  receive  and  test  the  opinions  and 
statements  put  forth  by  the  author,  and  render  their 
verdict  in  the  same  spirit  in  which  it  was  indicted,  is 
the  wish  of 

Their  obedient  servant, 

GROVER  COE. 


Wilmington,  N.  C.,  June,  1860. 


CHAPTER  I. 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


Objections  to  their  Use  — Of  Uncertain  Value  — Frequently  Inert  — 
Facts  of  Analysis,  etc. 


The  essential  pre-requisites  to  the  successful  employment 
of  Organic  Remedies,  are  the  possession  of  specific  therapeutic 
powers , uniformity  of  strength , non-liability  to  deteriorate 
by  age , and  convenience  of  administration.  Such  remedies, 
either  simple  or  compound,  may  be  appropriately  termed 
positive  medical  agents.  Positive , not  because  they  will 
infallibly  cure  disease , hut  because  their  sensible  properties 
are  definite , uniform , and  certain.  Such  are  the  remedies  of 
which  it  is  proposed  to  treat  in  the  present  volume.  In  order 
to  demonstrate  the  correctness  of  this  appellation,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  point  out  the  deficiencies  of  crude  medicines,  and, 
by  contrast,  make  apparent  the  superior  claims  of  concentrated 
remedies  to  our  confidence.  To  this  end  we  shall  endeavor  to 
adduce  a few  facts  in  support  of  the  exceptions  we  have  taken 
to  the  use  of  crude  remedies  at  the  head  of  this  chapter. 

We  have  charged  that  they  are  of  uncertain  remedial  value. 
By  this  we  mean  to  be  understood,  that  plants  of  the  same 
species  vary  infinitely  as  to  the  amount  of  proximate  principles 

inherent  in  them.  T i&fact  has  been  amply  demonstrated  by 
o 


18 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


analysis.  The  causes  we  will  endeavor  to  explain.  Vegetable 
organisms  may  be  said  to  be  possessed  of  two  constitutions, 
physical  and  therapeutical , blended  into  one  system.  By  the 
term  physical  we  would  designate  the  structural  apparatus  of 
the  plant ; and  the  therapeutic  to  consist  of  the  various  secre-  • 
tions  of  this  apparatus.  By  drawing  a nicer  line  of  distinction, 
we  may  divide  the  products  of  this  apparatus  into  nutritive 
and  medicinal.  The  constituents  of  this  apparatus  we  term 
lignin,  liber,  &c.;  of  the  nutritive  products,  amylum,  gluten, 
sugar,  mucilage,  and  albumen  constitute  the  principal ; while 
therapeutic  constituents  are  variously  denominated  resins, 
resinoids,  gum-resins,  balsams,  oils,  alkaloids,  neutrals,  cam- 
phors, &c.  In  order  to  ensure  the  perfect  development  of  the 
plant,  it  is  evident  that  certain  conditions  of  soil,  climate, 
season,  &c.,  must  be  present.  The  soil  must  be  supplied  with 
the  various  inorganic  elements  of  the  plant,  and  afford  a suffi- 
ciency of  water,  in  order  that  a proper  degree  of  diluency  of 
the  various  juices  may  be  maintained.  The  climate  must  be 
such  as  will  afford  the  requisite  temperature,  while  the  season 
must  be  of  sufficient  length  to  enable  the  plant  to  complete  its 
numerous  processes,  and  perfect  its  various  parts.  Any  de- 
parture from  these  conditions  will  be  followed  by  a corresponding 
deviation  in  the  constituents  of  the  plant.  Poverty  of  the  soil 
will  starve  the  plant  of  its  necessary  food.  Too  high  a tem- 
perature will  urge  on  the  various  functions  of  the  plant  to 
complete  its  labors  prematurely.  Too  low  a temperature  will 
retard  the  organic  energies  of  the  plant,  and  prolong  its  labors 
into  the  frosts  of  winter,  which  there  will  shut  out  all  further 
chances  of  maturity.  Excess  of  moisture,  accompanied,  as  it 
must  necessarily  be,  with  a corresponding  deficiency  of  sun- 
light and  warmth,  will  exercise  a strong  influence  over  the 
future  history  of  the  plant.  The  burning  sun  of  the  summer 
drought,  will,  with  insatiable  thirst,  drink  dry  every  pore  of 
the  yielding  soil,  and  the  thirsting  plants  will  droop  and  wither 
on  the  parched  bosom  of  the  parent  earth.  Thus  do  we  behold 
the  inevitable  results  which  attend  the  working  of  nature’s 
laws.  Adaptation  is  the  law  of  the  universe,  and  in  no  light 


CRUDE  ORGAOTC  REMEDIES. 


19 


is  it  more  vividly  portrayed,  than  in  its  relation  to  the  growth 
and  development  of  the  vegetable  world.  There  are  sermons 
in  stones,  and  books  in  running  brooks,  saith  the  proverb. 
The  vegetable  kingdom  may  be  called  the  ver y printing jyress 
of  nature,  each  verdant  leaf  a type  that  prints  a thousand  va- 
ried impressions  upon  the  quickened  tablets  of  the  reverent 
mind.  The  “ still  small  voice  ” of  creative  wisdom  is  audible 
in  all  of  nature’s  works,  but  the  voiceless  language  of  plants 
speaks  most  unassumingly  in  praise  of  “ Him  who  doeth  all 
things  well.”  Ho  study  is  more  instructive,  and  at  the  same 
time  interesting,  than  that  of  the  laws  which  govern  organic 
growth  ; and  none  more  conducive  to  our  best  interest  in  this 
life.  As  the  creatures  of  those  laws,  we  must,  of  necessity, 
understand  them,  that  we  may  be  enabled  to  yield  the  alle- 
giance implied  in  their  establishment.  By  studying  the  phy- 
siology of  plants,  then,  we  may  derive  much  instruction  for 
the  proper  government  of  our  own  bodies.  The  facts  set 
forth  above  in  relation  to  the  causes  which  influence  the 
growth  and  development  of  plants,  may  teach  us  a useful 
lesson  in  regard  to  the  conditions  necessary  to  preserve  the 
integrity  of  our  own  systems. 

Dependent  upon  the  causes  above  enumerated,  plants  are 
oftentimes  entirely  inert,  so  far  as  regards  the  possession  of  any 
therapeutic  power.  The  vicissitudes  of  the  climate  and  season 
may  have  so  interrupted  or  suspended  the  secretive  functions 
of  the  plant,  that  not  a single  proximate  principle  has  been 
perfected.  On  the  other  hand,  the  absence  of  proper  elements 
in  the  soil  may  have  been  the  sole  cause  of  the  defect.  Other 
causes  might  be  enumerated,  chief-  amongst  which  is,  the 
gathering  of  a plant  at  an  improper  season.  By  so  doing,  the 
development  of  the  proximate  principles  is  arrested  while  they 
are  yet,  so  to  speak,  in  a transition  state.  The  elaborating  pro- 
cesses of  the  plant  are  arrested,  perhaps,  at  the  very  moment 
when  the  various  medicinal  constituents  are  approximating 
the  perfected  principle.  In  such  an  event  it  is  most  certain 
that  nothing  of  therapeutic  value  can  attach  to  the  plant. 

In  order  that  the  reader  may  more  fully  understand  our 


20 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


meaning,  we  will  endeavor  to  be  more  explicit.  For  this  pur- 
pose, we  will  enter  briefly  into  the  physiological  history  of 
plants.  To  illustrate  the  subject,  we  will  choose  a perennial, 
deciduous  plant  of  the  temperate  zone.  The  life  of  such  a 
plant  may  be  said  to  consist  of  an  indefinite  number  of  com- 
pleted cycles  periodically  conjoined.  These  cycles  are  marked 
by  four  eras,  spring,  summer,  autumn,  and  winter.  During 
the  winter  months  the  organic  energies  of  the  plant  lie 
dormant,  nor  are  they  awakened  from  their  hibernal 
slumber  except  by  the  dawning  of  the  succeeding  era. 
This  period  illustrates  the  static  condition  of  organic  activity 
most  forcibly.  It  is  emphatically  the  season  of  rest,  and  may 
be  appropriately  termed  the  sleep  of  plants.  Presuming 
that  the  labors  of  the  previous  seasons  have  completed  the 
object  of  their  mission,  it  is  philosophical  to  suppose  the  plant 
to  be  complete  in  all  its  parts.  Gathered  at  this  season,  and 
subjected  to  the  searching  powers  of  analysis,  the  manipulative 
skill  of  the  chemist  will  penetrate  each  well-stored  cell,  and 
bring  from  their  secret  hiding  places  the  various  constituents 
of  the  organic  body.  Isolated,  they  stand  forth  as  fractional 
representatives  of  the  different  constitutions  of  the  plant — 
elementary  parts  of  a compound  system.  This  is  the  proper 
season,  to  select  such  a plant,  in  order  to  determine  its  chemical  • 
constituency.  This  is  the  proper  season  to  gather  it  for  medi- 
cinal use ; and  this  the  season  to  collect  it  as  timber  for  the 
purposes  of  the  builder.  Let  us  note  the  changes,  which  follow 
an  awakening  of  its  latent  forces.  Now  it  maybe  compared 
to  a well-stocked  storehouse,  wherein  all  the  rich  harvestings 
of  the  previous  season  are  carefully-  laid  by  for  future  use. 
Let  us  watch  how  the  present  store  may  add  in  turn  to  the 
capital  stock.  The  snows  have  melted  under  the  thermal 
breath  of  returning  spring,  and  gone  to  swell  the  volume  of 
the  turbid  streams.  The  rigid,  frozen  earth  has  thrown  off 
tne  icy  chains  that  bound  it  in  the  embrace  of  winter,  and  its 
bosom  swells  with  grateful  pride  as  it  drinks  in  the  rich  in-  • 
spiring  draughts  of  warm  sunlight.  The  gentle  showers  de- 
scend, and  the  quickened  soil  presents,  in  each  liberated  pore, 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


21 


a willing  reservoir.  The  time  has  now  arrived  for  the  resump- 
tion of  organic  activity  on  the  part  of  the  plant.  The  condi- 
tions necessary  to  this  manifestation  are,  the  presence  of  certain 
external  stimuli.  These  consist  of  certain  nutritious  matters 
contained  in  the  soil,  water,  atmospheric  gases,  electricity,  and 
its  allotropic  conditions,  light  and  heat.  The  stimuli  of  the 
soil  are  first  available,  being  rendered  so  by  the  presence  of 
water,  and  impelled  by  the  electrical  forces.  The  nutritive 
elements  of  the  soil  consist  of  carbon,  silex,  magnesia,  lime, 
soda,  potass,  sulphur,  the  oxides  of  iron,  alumina,  etc.  Water 
is  the  necessary  vehicle  of  the  nutritive  elements  of  plants; 
but  it  is  also  decomposed,  and  its  components,  hydrogen  and 
oxygen,  enter  into  the  structure  of  the  plant.  Carbon  is  also 
derived  from  the  atmosphere,  in  the  form  of  carbonic  acid  gas. 
The  other  elements  afforded  by  the  atmosphere,  are,  oxygen, 
both  in  its  combined  and  simple  form,  and  nitrogen.  Before 
the  nutritive  matters  of  the  soil  can  be  appropriated  by  the 
plant,  it  is  necessary  that  they  should  be  in  a state  of  solution. 
This  is  mainly  effected  by  water.  The  roots,  by  means  of 
minute  vessels  attached  to  their  extremities,  termed  spongioles, 
now  absorb  the  juices  from  the  moist  soil,  and  these,  ascend- 
ing, mingle  with  those  already  in  the  stem.  These  juices  con- 
stitute the  sap,  so-called,  of  the  plant.  It  holds,  in  solution, 
the  proper  nutritious  substances  which  go  to  add  to  the 
volume  of  the  plant,  and  also  affords  the  necessary  material 
for  the  reparation  of  its  expended  fluids.  That  it  deposits 
some  of  its  nutritive  materials  in  its  ascent,  is  undoubtedly 
true  ; but,  of  necessity,  a certain  portion  must  be  conveyed  to 
the  extremities  of  its  branches,  in  order  that  the  gemmules,  or 
buds,  may  receive  the  food  necessary  to  their  development, 
and  the  formation  of  leaves.  The  sap,  \n  its  ascent,  has  per- 
formed certain  changes  in  the  constituent  principles  of  the 
plant,  which,  in  the  elucidation  of  our  subject,  it  is  important 
for  us  to  notice.  It  has  dissolved  out  a greater  portion  of  the 
contents  of  the  living  cell,  reduced  them  to  a condition  of 
solubility,  and  commingled  them  in  one  heterogenous  mass. 
This  we  hold  to  be  the  established  advent  of  the  first  era  in 
the  annual  history  of  the  plant. 


22 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


Out  of  the  ascending  sap  each  part  of  the  plant  absorbs 
the  material  requisite  for  its  nourishment.  Following  it  in  its 
ascent,  we  shall  find  that,  as  it  successively  reaches  the  buds, 
they  swell,  expand,  and  develope  into  leaves  and  flowers.  The 
development  of  the  leaves  gives  rise  to  the  establishment  of 
new  functions  on  the  part  of  the  plant,  which  now  will  play  a 
conspicuous  part  in  its  future  history.  Taking  from  the  sap 
such  materials  as  are  necessary  to  the  completion  of  this  struc- 
ture, they  combine  them  with  others  drawn  from  the  atmos- 
phere, and  appropriate  the  perfected  constituents  to  the  com- 
pletion of  their  own  apparatus.  They  are  now  in  a condition 
to  perform  their  share  of  the  labor  imposed  by  the  establish- 
ment of  organic  activity,  and  to  assist  in  the  consummation  of 
its  object.  Leaves  have  been  denominated  the  lungs  of  plants. 
The  similitude  is  correct,  so  far  as  regards  the  object,  which  is 
mutual  , but  will  not  apply  to  their  functions.  While  the  of- 
fice of  the  lung  is  to  absorb  pxygen  and  give  off  carbonic  acid, 
that  of  the  leaf  is  to  absorb  carbonic  acid  and  give  off  oxygen. 
In  both  instances  the  object  is  the  preparation  of  nutritive  ma- 
erials  for  the  purpose  of  organic  growth  and  reparation. 

We  now  have  a period  of  organic  activity  which,  at  its 
culmination,  will  complete  the  first  era.  This  is  the  final 
elaboration  in  the  leaf  of  the  various  nutritive  elements  drawn 
from  the  soil  and  atmosphere,  and  their  descent  into  the  per- 
manent structure  of  the  plant.  The  fluid  which,  in  its  ascent, 
was  called  sap,  has  now,  by  its  elaboration  in  the  leaf,  been 
converted  into  what  is  termed  the  proper  juice  of  the  plant. 
It  is  a highly  elaborated,  viscid  fluid,  composed  of  various  rudi- 
mentary compounds,  which,  when  reduced  to  perfected  princi- 
ples, will  be  recognised  as  starch,  gluten,  sugar,  resins,  gum, 
oils,  alkaloids,  resinoiqs,  etc.  The  first  era  closes  with  what 
might  properly  be  termed  the  completion  of  the  digestive  pro- 
cesses of  the  plant.  The  second  era  will  comprise  the  period 
during  which  the  nutritive  apparatus  of  the  plant  makes 
appropriation  of  the  duly  elaborated  materials.  During  this 
period  the  plant  more  sensibly  increases  in  volume,  new 
repositories  are  formed,  and  new  stores  laid  in  for  a future  season. 


CRUDE  ORGASTIC  REMEDIES. 


23 


We  would  not  be  understood  to  imply  that  this  is  exclusively 
the  period  for  the  manifestation  of  these  changes.  On  the 
contrary,  we  distinctly  state,  that  these  various  phenomena  are 
being  carried  forward  during  the  entire  period  of  organic  ac- 
tivity. But  we  wish  simply  to  impress  the  fact,  that  this  is 
essentially  the  period  when  the  organic  stimulus  is  in  its 
greatest  force.  During  this,  the  second  era,  is  the  proper 
season  for  gathering  leaves  for  medicinal  use.  They  are  jlow 
charged  with  the  proper  juice  of  the  plant  in  a highly  elabor- 
ate form.  Should  we  wait  until  after  the  descent  of  the  proper 
juice  into  the  stem  of  the  plant,  we  shall  find  that  nothing  but  an 
exhausted  apparatus  is  left  behind.  True,  the  leaf  may  pre- 
serve all  its  outward  semblances  of  vitality,  yet  shall  we  find 
on  analysis,  that  the  therapeutic  constituents  are  mostly  want- 
ing. The  cellular  tissue  will  be  found  deserted  of  its  nutritive 
and  medicinal  substances,  and  their  presence  partially  replaced 
with  air  A tree  cut  down  during  the  second  era,  will  be 
found  useless  for  all  the  purposes  of  timber.  The  vital  forces 
being  mainly  distributed  to  the  periphery,  that  is,  to  the  leaves, 
together  with  a greater  portion  of  the  vital  constituents  of  the 
plant,  the  stem  will  be  found  to  be  deprived  of  too  great  a 
proportion  of  the  preservative  principles  to  enable  it  to  resist 
decay.  The  alburnum  commences  a rapid  decomposition, 
giving  rise  to  a generation  of  worms,  which,  in  turn,  eat  into 
the  duramen  or  heart,  and  thus  complete  the  destruction  of  the 
stem.  We  are  assured  by  a gentleman  from  North  Carolina, 
that  a stem  cut  from  a nine  tree  in  the  month  of  May,  and 
placed  in  contact  with  the  trunk  of  a healthy  growing  pine, 
will  destroy  it  in  the  course  of  the  season.  The  worms  gener- 
ating in  the  severed  stem  will  pass  to  the  living  tree,  and 
rapidly  compass  its  destruction.  We  have  seen  the  monarch 
of  our  northern  forests,  the  lordly  oak,  when  felled  in  June, 
pass  into  a state  of  complete  decay  in  a space  of  from  four  to 
eight  weeks. 

Botanists  have  remarked  that  a plant  early  stripped  of  its 
leaves  will  soon  perish.  The  reason  given  for  this  result  is, 
that  the  absorption  by  the  roots  is  insufficient  to  supply  all  the 


24 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


materials  for  its  nourishment.  This  we  have  reason  to  be- 
lieve, however,  is  not  the  sole  cause.  A great  proportion  of 
the  resident  nutritive  materials  of  the  plant  having  been  dis- 
solved out  of  the  stem  by  the  ascending  sap,  and  carried  in  a 
state  of  solution  to  the  leaves,  it  follows  that  if  they  are 
stripped  off  at  this  period,  the  stem  will  be  exhausted  beyond 
all  chances  of  recuperation.  A major  part  of  the  vitality  of 
the  plant  is  now  at  its  circumference,  and  the  severance  of  the 
leave?  at  this  juncture  will  result  in  the  hopeless  impoverish- 
ment of  the  stem. 

The  third  era  in  the  annual  history  of  the  plant,  comprises 
the  period  during  which  the  products  of  the  labors  of  the  pre- 
vious era  are  stored  away  in  the  various  repositories  of  the 
stem ; the  withdrawal  of  the  organic  forces  from  the  peri- 
phery ; the  exhalation  of  superfluous  moisture ; the  fall  of  the 
leaf,  and  the  suspension  of  all  organic  activity,  preparatory  to 
the  coming  of  the  fourth  era,  winter.  Now,  for  a season,  is 
all  manifestation  of  organic  activity  withheld,  and  thus  we 
have  tiie  completion  of  the  cycle. 

Let  us  recapitulate  briefly  the  different  stages  of  organic 
growth.  First  we  have  the  ascending  sap  dissolving  out  the 
nutritive  deposits  of  the  root  and' stem,  and  conveying  them 
to  assist  in  the  development  of  leaves  and  flowers.  Now  it 
is  evident  that  if  the  root,  bark,  or  stem  of  the  plant  be  gath- 
ered at  this  season  for  medicinal  purposes,  it  must,  of  necessity, 
be  deficient  of  the  constituents  of  which  we  are  in  pursuit. 
Not  only  will  they  be  deficient  in  amount,  but  defective  in 
composition ; for,  in  arder  to  be  of  assimilative  utility,  the 
various  constituents  must  be  reduced  to  their  rudimentary 
forms.  Researches  upon  this  point  have  established  this  fact 
beyond  a doubt.  An  aly sis  has  determined  that  the  entire  secre- 
tions of  the  living  cells  of  the  plant  undergo  complete  disintegra- 
tion and  re-assimilation.  What  woiider  then,  if  the  plant  be  col- 
lected at  this  season,  that  we  find  it  nearly  or  quite  inert.  If, 
on  the  other  hand,  we  gather  the  leaves  at  this  period,  we  shall 
find  that  they  are  premature  and  worthless.  Nor,  if  we  wait 
until  the  advent  of  the  second  era,  shall  we  find  that  either  the 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


25 


bark,  root,  or  stem  is  of  full  therapeutic  value.  True,  the 
proper  juice  is  now  descending,  a new  layer  of  cambium  is  be- 
ing deposited,  and  the  various  parts  of  both  liber  and  stem  are 
succulent  with  the  returning  fluid.  But  much  labor  remains  to 
he  done  ere  the  various  proximate  principles  shall  have  reached 
organic  completeness.  The  descending  fluid  is  a heterogeneous 
mass,  holding  in  solution  the  variously  constituted  compounds 
wdiich  go  to  replenish  the  various  repositories  of  nutritive  and 
medicinal  substances.  The  absorbent  and  assimilative  powers 
of  the  plant  are  now  directed  to  this  mass,  its  constituents 
isolated,  taken  up  and  deposited  in  their  appropriate  recep- 
tacles. Although  winter  is  the  period  when  we  should  look 
for  the  highest  degree  of  perfection  in  the  medicinal  principles 
of  a living  plant,  such  as  wTe  have  described,  yet  we  cannot  say, 
with  truthfulness,  that  the  cessation  of  all  outward  manifesta- 
tions of  organic  activity  argues  penectability  in  the  various 
constituents  of  the  plant.  The  labor  of  assimilation  is  still 
going  on  within  its  silent  organism.  The  precise  moment 
when  this  assimilative  action  has  reached  its  highest  point  of 
culmination  is  very  difficult  to  determine,  even  in  the  living 
plant.  How  much  more  so,  then,  in  the  detached  portions  of 
the  dead  specimen.  If,  during  the  life  of  the  plant,  organic 
activity  has  done  its  complete  work,  then  may  we  expect  that 
the  death  of  the  plant  will  usher  in  a period  during  which 
material  changes  will  be  efiected  in  its  constituents,  terminating 
only  by  their  reduction  to  primary  forms,  or  entrance  into  new 
combinations.  The  laws  of  chemical  decomposition  and  re- 
combination know  no  rest.  Their  action  is  as  ceaseless  as  the 
footsteps  of  time.  All  created  matters  feel  their  mighty  im- 
press, and  yield  resistless  to  the  eternal  law  of  mutation. 

The  peculiar  chemical  action  which  goes  on  in  the  constitu- 
ents of  dried  plants,  is  productive  of  directly  opposite  results. 
In  the  one  case  it  tends  to  perfect,  or  we  should  say  rather,  to 
render  available  certain  peculiar  principles.  We  have  an 
example  in  the  concrete  juice  of  the  Fraxinus  Omus  or  manna 
ash— the  manna  of  commerce.  This  substance  increases  in 
purgative  qualities  by  age.  Some  reaction  of  its  constituents 


26 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


upon  each  other  undoubtedly  produces  this  result.  One  of  the 
principal  constituents  of  manna  is  mucilage,  known  by  its 
yielding  mucic  acid.  It  is  not  strictly  a proximate  principle, 
but  contains  bassorin,  cerasin,  &c.  This  substance  acting  upon 
the  nitrogenous  constituents  of  the  manna,  effects  their  decom- 
position, brings  about  new  combinations,  and  thereby  increases 
its  purgative  power. 

The  oak  bark  employed  in  tanning  leather  improves  in 
value  for  a period  of  four  or  five  years  after  it  is  stripped  from 
the  stem.  So  well  established  is  this  fact,  that,  where  capital 
will  permit,  a stock  is  constantly  kept  from  two  to  five  years 
ahead.  The  reason  of  this  we  will  now  explain.  Tannic  acid 
cannot  properly  be  considered  a proximate  principle  of  vege- 
table organisms.  It  never  exists  in  the  living  cells  of  the 
plant,  but  is  the  legitimate  product  of  a peculiar  putrefactive 
decomposition  which  takes  place  in  the  dead  cells.  Proximate 
principles  are  those  which  undergo  progressive  formation  in 
the  living  cells  of  the  plant  during  the  period  of  organic  activ- 
ity. But  tannic  acid  is  the  result  of  a regressive  chemical 
action  within  the  dead  cells.  As  it  is  found  only  in  the  dead 
cells  of  the  living  plant,  it  follows  that  the  arresting  of  the  life 
of  the  plant  will,  by  destroying  the  vitality  of  the  cells,  favor 
the  decomposition  which  results  in  the  formation  of  this  prin- 
ciple. We  shall  have  occasion  to  revert  to  this  subject  in  the 
next  chapter.  It  is  in  this  way  that  age  augments  the  amount 
of  tannic  acid  in  the  bark,  and  gives  to  it  increased  value. 

The  Pubia  Tinctorium,  a root  much  in  use  by  dyers,  im- 
proves in  value  for  an  equal  number  of  years.  It  is  never 
employed  until  it  has  attained  the  age  of  two  years,  dating 
from  the  period  of  its  collection.  Here,  again,  certain  chem- 
ical decompositions  take  place  in  the  interior  structure  of  the 
plant,  which  give  rise  to  new  combinations,  whereby  the  pe- 
culiar principle  for  which  the  plant  is  esteemed  is  largely 
increased  in  amount. 

Apples,  pears,  peaches,  oranges,  and  other  fruits,  undergo  a 
series  of  ripening  processes  after  they  are  detached  from  the 
plant  that  bore  them.  The  peculiar  action  here  involved,  is 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


27 


the  conversion  of  starch  into  sugar,  and  the  development  of 
the  flavoring  principle.  Coffee  so  improves  in  flavor  by  age, 
that  the  most  inferior  kinds  are  said  to  rival  the  finest  Mocha, 
after  having  been  kept  for  a period  of  from  ten  to  fourteen 
years.  Tobacco  is  also  subject  to  the  same  improvement. 
Instances  might  be  multiplied,  but  we  deem  the  above  suffi- 
cient for  illustration. 

Thus  we  see,  that  even  after  the  continuity  of  the  different 
parts  of  the  plant  is  broken  up,  the  detached  portions  are 
silently,  yet  surely,  undergoing  important  constitutional 
changes.  In  the  cases  above  cited,  this  peculiar  action  tends 
towards  desirable  results.  But  we  shall  see  that  age  is  equally 
potent  in  the  destruction  of  the  perfected  proximate  principles 
of  the  dried  plant.  These  changes,  as  we  shall  show,  render 
it  valueless.  While  the  plant  is  endowed  with  organic  life,  it 
possesses  the  power  of  resisting  the  action  of  external  disinte- 
grating influences.  But,  when  deprived  of  that  life,  it  becomes 
a prey  to  those  active  disorganising  agents,  air  and  moisture. 
Indeed,  within  its  own  substance  it  conceals  those  restless 
agencies  which  are  instrumental  in  effecting  the  dissolution  of 
vegetable  organisms. 

External  appearances,  it  will  be  shown,  do  not  afford  reliable 
indications  of  the  therapeutic  value  of  plants.  Therefore,  the 
presence  or  absence  of  proximate  medicinal  principles  cannot 
be  ascertained  by  visual  scrutiny.  Neither  the  giving  off  by 
the  plant  of  its  natural  odor,  nor  the  preservation  of  its  pecu- 
liar color,  can  be  relied  upon  as  evidence  of  therapeutic  worth. 
The  flavoring  and  coloring  matters,  although  of  medicinal 
value,  are  distinct  principles,  and  may  exist  independent  of  the 
more  active  medicinal  constituents.  Hence  no  degree  of 
certainty  can  attach  to  outward  signs.  A quantitive  analysis 
alone,  by  isolating  its  various  constituents,  can  determine  the 
fact  of  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  inherent  proximate 
medicinal  principles  of  any  given  plant.  Though  perfect  when 
collected  by  the  botanist,  time  may  have  effected  the  reduction 
and  dissipation  of  its  constituents,  or  rendered  them  into  new 
combinations.  In  the  one  instance  they  are  made  valueless ; 


28 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


and  in  the  other,  their  character  is  changed,  and  rendered 
■uncertain.  On  the  other  hand,  climatic,  meteoric,  and  other 
influences,  separately  or  combined,  may  have  effectually  pre- 
vented organic  completeness,  by  arresting  the  growth  of  the 
plant  ere  maturity. 

Winter,  then,  is  apparently  the  season  for  collecting  such  a 
plant  as  we  have  described  for  medicinal  purposes.  W e would 
naturally  expect  to  find  in  such  a plant,  at  this  season,  an 
entire  completeness  in  its  organism.  The  reader  will  perceive, 
from  the  facts  above  set  forth,  that  the  directions  given  by 
some  botanists  for  collecting  barks  in  the  season  when  they 
will  peel  from  the  stem  are  erroneous. 

We  hope  we  have  now  made  it  apparent  to  all  how  liable 
plants  are  to  suffer  from  the  vicissitudes  of  soil,  climate,  season, 
&c.;  and  how  liable  they  are  to  vary  as  to  the  amount  of  the 
various  proximate  principles  attributed  to  them.  Repeated 
analysis  have  demonstrated  the  fact,  that  specimens  of  the  same 
plant  grown  in  different  localities  will  vary  infinitely  in  the 
proportions  of  active  principles  yielded.  The  want  of  a know- 
ledge of  this  fact  has  given  rise  to  much  contrariety  of  sentiment 
amongst  practitioners  in  different  sections  of  the  country,  in 
regard  to  the  remedial  value  of  various  plants.  The  Scutellaria 
Lateriflora  has  been  condemned  by  some  practitioners  as  inert 
and  worthless,  while  others  set  a high  estimate  upon  its  value 
as  a nervine  tonic.  It  remains  for  organic  chemistry  to  recon- 
cile this  difference  of  opinion.  Analysis  of  various  samples  of 
this  plant  grown  in  different  sections  of  the  eastern  States,  has 
proven  it  to  be  very  deficient  in  the  active  principles  attributed 
to  it.  The  yield  of  various  samples,  amounting  in  the  aggre- 
gate to  over  one  thousand  pounds,  was  not  sufficient  to  pay  the 
first  cost  of  materials.  On  the  other  hand,  samples  of  the  same 
plant  grown  at  the  South  and  West  have  yielded  a fair  pro- 
portion of  the  proximate  principles  belonging  to  the  plant. 
The  Senecio  Gracilis  varies  remarkably  as  to  its  yield  of  active 
principles.  From  the  analysis  of  a great  number  of  samples, 
at  different  times,  it  has  been  found  that  the  yield  from  a given 
quantity  will  vary  in  the  proportions  of  from  one  to  four. 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


29 


With  the  Helonias  Dioica  the  same  variableness  has  been 
found.  In  this  plant  the  variations  have  been  remarked  to  be 
from  two  to  five.  The  plants,  in  every  instance,  bore  upon 
their  exterior  an  equally  promising  aspect.  Analysis  alone 
could  detect  and  make  apparent  the  deficiency.  Here  is  a 
discrepancy  which  can  be  accounted  for  only  upon  the  grounds 
we  have  above  shadowed  forth. 

The  Asclepias  Tuberosa,  growing  in  the  comparatively  bar- 
ren and  sandy  soil  of  Hew  Jersey,  yields  from  one  to  two 
hundred  per  cent,  more  of  Asclepin,  than  that  grown  in  the 
rich  alluvions  of  the  West.  Numerous  other  plants  might  be 
mentioned,  the  analyses  of  which  have  been  attended  with  like 
results;  but  we  deem  these  sufficient  to  illustrate  the  fact. 
From  this  it  will  be  seen  that  uniformity  of  therapeutic  power 
can  never  be  looked  for  in  crude  remedies.  Suppose  we  take? 
for  instance,  the  usual  formulas  of  the  dispensatories  for  the 
preparation  of  infusions  and  decoctions.  A given  amount,  by 
weight,  of  some  root,  bark,  or  herb,  is  directed  to  be  added  to 
a stipulated  quantity  of  water.  The  dose  is  defined,  and  the 
necessary  requisitions  are  considered  complete.  How  let  us 
look  a moment  at  the  reliability  'of  such  a preparation.  Bear- 
ing in  mind  the  facts  previously  adduced,  the  reader  will 
easily  follow  us  to  a common  conclusion.  Water  being  the 
menstritum,  it  follows  that  the  active  principles  it  is  'capable  of 
holding  in  solution,  can  not  be  other  than  neutrals,  alkaloids, 
acids,  gums,  mucilages,  and  coloring  matters.  How  what 
guarantee  have  we  of  the  value  of  such  infusion  or  decoction  ? 
We  have  seen  that  plants  bearing  on  their  exterior  all  the 
marks  of  genuineness,  have,  on  analysis,  been  found  nearly 
destitute  of  any  medicinal  principles  whatever. 

Admitting  that  the  plant  has  been  grown  under  the  most 
favorable  auspices,  we  yet  shall  see  that  the  actual  amount  of 
active  principles  present  will  be  indefinite.  No  two  samples 
of  the  same  plant  yet  analysed  have  given  a uniform  amount 
of  proximate  principles,  no  matter  how  favorable  the 
conditions  accompanying  their  growth.  Considering  the 
liability  of  plants,  then,  to  be  influenced  in  their  development 


30 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


by  the  vicissitudes  heretofore  enumerated,  it  will  readily  be 
perceived  how  much  more  indefinite  must  be  the  remedial 
value  of  a plant,  the  circumstances  of  the  growth  of  which  we 
know  nothing.  W e are  informed  by  the  dispensatory  that  the 
amount  of  a certain  alkaloid  (Narcotin,)  afforded  by  even  the 
same  varities  of  opium,  will  vary  from  1.30  to  9.36  per  cent. 
This  discrepancy  amounts  to  over  700  per  cent.,  and,  with  so 
potent  a remedy,  is  a matter  of  great  moment.*  Even 
admitting  a uniformity  of  constitution  in  the  article  employed, 
we  yet  shall  see  that  but  a short  time  is  necessary  to  effect  a 
complete  decomposition  of  the  therapeutic  constituents.  We 
are  further  told  by  the  authority  above  quoted  that  certain 
decoctions  and  infusions,  in  warm  weather,  “speedily  run  into 
the  putrefactive  fermentation.”  The  philosophy  of  this  pecu- 
liar decomposition  we  shall  explain  in  a future  chapter.  We 
refer  to  it  at  the  present  time  only  as  an  additional  objection 
to  the  employment,  or  rather  method  of  preparation,  of  crude 
medicines.  The  neutral  principle  of  plants  is  that  which  is 
most  liable  to  be  decomposed  by  this  peculiar  chemical  decom- 
position, and  yet  it  is  the  principal  constituent  usually  afforded 
in  aqueous  preparations.  From  either,  or  a combination  of 
the  causes  we  have  enumerated,  practitioners  have,  no  doubt, 
been  frequently  disappointed  in  the  anticipated  remedial  value 
of  watery  preparations.  If  we  should  ask,  what  reliance  can 
be  placed  upon  preparations  so  uncertain  in  therapeutic 


* This  is  also  true  as  regarus  the  yield  of  morphia.  Sometimes  this  alkaloid 
is  almost  entirely  wanting.  We  are  informed  by  an  eminent  physician  of  this 
city,  that  a friend  of  his  lately  returned  from  India,  states  that  in  a wet  season, 
although  the  product  of  opium  is  increased,  yet  it  is  found  to  be  almost  entire- 
ly deficient  of  morphia.  A dry,  hot  season  seems  to  be  most  favorable  to  the 
production  of  this  principle.  Suit  was  brought  in  this  city  a few  years  since 
for  the  recovery  of  the  value  of  3000  pounds  of  opium,  which  had  been  pur- 
chased for  the  purpose  of  manufacturing  morphine.  On  analysis  the  drug  was 
found  to  be  nearly  destitute  of  this  alkaloid  Hence,  from  a want  of  a know- 
ledge of  the  true  cause,  a charge  of  fraud  was  preferred.  The  Cannabis  Indica 
grown  upon  the  elevated  ridges  of  India  is  extremely  different  from  that  grown 
in  the  vallies.  Locality,  as  well  as  other  circumstances  of  growth,  seems  to 
wield  a potent  influence  in  the  development  of  medicinal  plants. 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


31 


strength,  it  might  be  answered,  that  the  physician  will  deter- 
mine their  utility  by  experimental  administration.  True,  by 
such  a course,  their  comparative  value  might  be  ascertained, 
but  are  not  such  experiments  extremely  hazardous,  both  to  the 
interests  of  patient  and  physician?  In  urgent  cases,  time  is 
of  the  greatest  moment,  and  its  lavish  expenditure  in  institut- 
ing a series  of  clinical  qualitive  and  quantitive  analyses  under 
such  circumstances,  in  order  to  test  the  therapeutic  value  of 
any  given  remedy,  could  scarcely  be  looked  upon  in  any  other 
light  than  criminal.  In  its  most  favorable  aspect,  a degree  of 
recklessness  would  attach  to  it  which  no  conscientious  phy- 
sician would  willingly  countenance.  • 

Nor  if  we  employ  the  remedy  in  substance,  shall  we  have 
arrived  at  any  greater  degree  of  exactitude.  If  we -write  a 
prescription  for  a pill  of  crude  opium,  how  shall  we,  by  the 
above  showing,  be  enabled  to  tell  anything  of  the  proportions 
of  the  nineteen  or  twenty  constituent  principles  attributed  to 
it?  As  the  amount  of  some  of  its  most  active  constituents 
vary  from  1.30  to  9.36  per  cent,  in  a given  quantity,  it  is 
apparent  that  great  uncertainty  must  attend  its  exhibition. 
These  facts  admit  of  a wide  range  of  application.  Such  of  the 
medicinal  plants  as  contain  highly  active  constituents,  for 
instance  the  Digitalis,  and  others  of  its  class,  can  never  be 
understandingly  exhibited,  either  in  infusion,  tincture,  or  sub- 
stance. The  same  may  be  said  of  all  crude  organic  remedies, 
but  more  nearly  concerns  those  possessed  of  peculiar  potency. 
Morphine  is  a positive  medical  agent,  being  of  definite,  uniform 
and  certain  power.  Not  so  with  Opium.  Here  the  therapeu- 
tic constituents  are  blended  with,  and  diffused  through,  a mass 
of  non-medicinal  substances,  the  number  and  amount  of  which 
can  only  be  determined  by  analysis.  Here  it  is  that  the  scru- 
tinising powers  of  organic  chemistry  display  their  peculiar 
utility.  Divesting  the  therapeutic  constituents  of  all  extraneous 
admixture,  it  hands  ihem  over  to  the  physician,  defined  in 
amount,  character,  and  sensible  properties.  This  fits  them 
with  those  characteristics  which  enable  the  practitioner  to  under- 
standingly and  successfully  employ  them. 


82 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


Another  division  of  the  influences  which  have  a bearing 
upon  the  history  of  organic  remedies,  now  claims  our  consid- 
eration ; and  that  is.  the  artificial  cultivation  of  medicinal 
plants.  In  the  transference  of  plants  from  their  native  locali- 
ties to  soils  prepared  by  the  hand  of  man,  many  and  impor- 
tant changes  are  effected  in  their  individual  constitutions.  This 
is  an  established  fact  in  regard  to  vegetables  used  as  food, 
which  has  long  been  recognised  by  botanists ; but  we  are  not 
aware  that  the  subject,  as  it  relates  to  the  changes  effected  in 
medicinal  plants,  has  been  so  fully  elucidated.  The  natural 
order  of  Crucifera,  tribe  Brassica,  furnishes  many  examples  of 
plants  reclaimed  from  their  wild  habitudes,  and  rendered  sub- 
servient to  the  purposes  of  food.  True,  all  esculents  must 
have  been  domesticated  by  the  genius  of  man  at  some  period 
of  the  world’s  history,  but  the  greater  number  of  them  date 
the  advent  of  their  initial  culture  so  remotely,  that  we  have 
little  information  respecting  their  primeval  habits  or  characters. 
Of  those  above  referred  to,  botanists  have  been  enabled  to  note 
the  changes  effected  by  cultivation.  Many  plants  now  culti- 
vated for  the  table,  were  formerly  esteemed  exclusively  as 
medicines.  Cultivation  has  converted  the  small  acrid  root  of 
the  brassica  rapa , or  turnip,  into  a large  and  nutritious  article 
of  diet.  Numerous  similar  illustrations  might  be  adduced, 
but  we  presume  our  readers  are  already  familiar  with  the  facts. 
Now  if  plants-  can  be  so  essentially  changed  in  their  character- 
istics that,  from  being  bitter,  acrid,  and  worthless  as  food,  they 
become  nutritious,  palatable  and  wholesome,  we  have  but  to 
transfer  the  application  of  the  principle  to  meSicinal  plants 
reared  in  the  garden  of  the  botanist,  to  see  that  our  exceptions 
to  the  artificial  cultivation  of  medicinal  plants  are  well  taken. 
By  such  a procedure  they  are  much  deteriorated  in  medicinal 
value,  and  often  rendered  entirely  worthless.  Take,  for  ex- 
ample, the  Leontodon  Taraxicum , or  dandelion.  That  which 
is  grown  in  natural  localities  possesses  well  defined  and  efficient 
remedial  powers.  True,  much  controversy  has  been  had  in 
relation  to  its  therapeutic  worth,  and  much  been  said,  both 
pro  and  con.  Much  has  been  said  and  written  to  prove  its 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


inutility,  and  with  many  practitioners  it  has  fallen  into  disre- 
pute. But  the  reason  for  this,  as  we  shall  show  in  a future 
chapter,  when  treating  of  extracts,  has  not  always  been  the 
natural  defects  of  the  plant,  but  of  the  method  of  its  preparation. 

By  instituting  a comparison  between  the  dandelion  of  the 
shops — we  mean  such  as  has  been  artificially  cultivated — and 
that  collected  from  its  native  haunts,  many  important  differ- 
ences will  be  found,  not  only  in  its  external  aspect,  but  also  in 
its  analytical  and  therapeutic  peculiarities.  In  the  cultivated 
plant  the  proportions  of  starch,  grape-sugar,  and  other  non- 
medicinal  constituents  are  largely  increased ; while  the  amount 
of  proximate  principles  is  proportionably  diminished.  Medi- 
cinally, the  native  plant  is  of  well  established  utility  in  the 
treatment  of  a variety  of  diseases,  particularly  affections  of  the 
liver,  kidneys,  and  respiratory  system.  Let  any  practitioner 
skeptical  of  its  remedial  value,  gather  the  plant  in  the  month  of 
August,  express  the  juice,  and  administer  it  in  table-spoonful 
doses  to  such  as  are  laboring  under  hepatic  derangement,  and 
he  will  fully  realise  the  fact  of  its  power  to  produce  decided 
and  sanative  physiological  results.  That  this  is  true  ©f  the 
recent  plant,  admits  of  no  doubt ; but  the  great  difficulty  con- 
sists in  so  curing  or  pharmaceutically  preparing  the  plant  as 
to  preserve  its  peculiar  virtues.  The  process  of  kiln-drying 
medicinal  plants  is  another  most  objectionable  feature  in  the 
history  of  such  as  are  artificially  reared.  By  this  process  the 
volatile  principles  are  dissipated,  and  certain  chemical  changes 
effected  in  other  of  the  constituents.  We  need  not  multiply 
instances  to  make  the  fact,  that  material  changes  are  effected 
in  the  constituents  of  medicinal  plants,  by  artificial  culture, 
patent  to  the  mind  of  the  reader.  That  even  the  structural  aspect 
of  plants  may  be  altered  by  cultivation,  is  illustrated  in  the  case 
of  the  Rose,  in  which,  by  culture,  the  stamens  have  been  con- 
verted into  petals. 

Plants  also  adapt  their  habits  to  the  circumstances  under 
which  they  are  placed.  The  evergreens  of  the  south  become 
deciduous  when  transplanted  to  a northern  clime.  For  exam- 
ple, the  Magnolia  Grandiflora,  and  others.  The  Castor  Oil 
8 


34 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


plant,  which  in  Africa  forms  woody  trees,  becomes  an  annual 
in  our  gardens.  The  Mignonette,  which,  in  Europe,  is  an 
annual  plant,  becomes  perennial  in  the  sandy  deserts  of  Egypt. 
Thus,  on  either  hand,  do  plants  conform  their  habitudes  to  the 
circumstances  of  their  exposure.  If,  then,  as  we  have  seen, 
plants  can  so  essentially  change  in  their  habits  and  external  forms, 
is  it  not  reasonable  to  suppose  that  they  are  capable  of  being 
materially  altered  in  the  chemistry  of  their  organism.  But  we 
do  not  have  to  depend  upon  supposition  in  the  latter  instance 
more  than  in  the  former.  We  have  the  corroborative  tests  of 
analysis  to  sustain  our  inferences  of  the  fact. 

While  we  wish  to  adhere  to  our  advocacy  of  the 
fact,  that  cultivation  materially  affects  the  therapeutic 
constituency  of  plants,  we  do  not  wish  to  be  understood 
to  imply  that  said  fact  invariably  militates  against  their 
comparative  value.  On  the  contrary,  we  are  aware  that 
cultivation  has  had  much  to  do  in  developing  and  augmenting 
the  medicinal  as  well  as  the  nutritive  value  of  certain  plants. 
Their  number,  however,  is  comparatively  few.  We  might 
mention  the  Poppy,  Hops,  and  various  species  of  Labiatae 
which  yield  the  aromatic  oils  of  commerce.  Success  in  these 
instances,  however,  depends  upon  accident  of  adaptation.  Soil, 
climate,  season,  exposure,  all  unite  in  conducing  to  this  end,  or 
conspire  in  militating  against  the  perfect  development  of  the 
plant.  We  are  of  opinion  that  very  little  attention  has  been 
given  to  the  question  of  adaptation  in  all  its  essential  requisites, 
and  that  chance  alone  has  favored  the  experiments.  ' In  this 
opinion  we  are  confirmed  by  the  perusal  of  all  the  treatises 
upon  the  artificial  rearing  of  medicinal  plants  to  which  we  have 
had  access.  Hot  only  is  no  mention  made  of  the  chemical 
qualities  of  the  soil,  exposure,  length  of  season  required  for 
development,  etc. ; but  seldom  are  the  chemical  constituents 
of  the  plant  defined  with  anything  like  precision.  These 
omissions  seem  peculiarly  pertinent  to  the  question  of  the  suc- 
cessful cultivation  of  medicinal  plants.  Attempts  have  been 
made,  in  England,  to  cultivate  the  Rhubarb  for  medical  pur- 
poses, but  popular  predilection  so  much  favored  the  imported 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


35 


root,  tliat  the  project  has  been  nearly  or  quite  abandoned.  The 
preference,  in  this  instance,  was  based  upon  the  accredited  su- 
periority of  the  foreign  article,  while  a consideration  of  the 
essential  causes  of  the  difference  have  no  share  in  the  forma- 
tion of  the  opinion.  Clinical  experiment  demonstrated  the 
relative  value  of  the  two,  and  here  the  question  rested.  The 
fact  seems  not  to  have  incited  a very  rigid  inquiry  into  the 
philosophy. 

W e hope  that  we  have  now  established  the  various  points 
of  our  argument.  Inasmuch  as  we  have  demonstrated  the 
fact,  that  plants  vary  infinitely  in  regard  to  the  amount  of  act- 
ive principles  yielded  by  different  samples  of  the  same  species ; 
that  the  vicissitudes  of  soil,  climate,  season,  exposure,  &c.,  all 
conspire  in  influencing  the  growth  and  development  of  the 
plant — that  the  period  of  collecting,  and  method  of  curing  ex- 
ercise great  control  over  the  constituency  and  preservation  of 
its  active  principles — the  external  appearances  are  no  indica- 
tion of  reliability — that  cultivation  changes,  and  renders  uncer- 
tain its  essential  therapeutic  properties — and  that  by  age  the 
medicinal  constituents  of  the  dried  plant  are  decomposed  and 
dissipated,  we  hold  that  the  exceptions  at  the  head  of  this 
chapter  were  well  taken.  We  have  shown  that  crude  organic 
remedies  can  never  be  of  definite,  much  less  of  uniform  thera- 
peutic power.  These  points,  setting  aside  ail  consideration  of 
the  causes,  have  been  amply  demonstrated  by  analysis.  That 
they  are  frequently  inert,  has  been  substantiated  by  the  same 
authority.  These  facts  alone  are  sufficient  to  prove  them  non- 
reliable, and,  at  best,  of  uncertain  value.  It  follows  then,  that 
no  matter  what  form  we  may  exhibit  them  in,  we  will  not 
arrive  at  any  degree  of  definiteness  in  regard  to  their  remedial 
value.  Be  it  in  substance,  tincture,  infusion,  decoction,  syrup 
or  extract,  the  same  uncertainty  will  ever  be  attendant.  Experi- 
ment alone  can  determine  the  relative  value  of  each  preparation ; 
but  to  such  a proceeding,  in  the  present  state  of  pharmaceutical 
science,  attaches  a high  degree  of  culpability.  A knowledge 
of  the  facts  set  forth  in  this  chapter  being  accessible  to  all  who 
desire  to  learn,  no  excuse  can  be  accepted  from  any  one  for 


36 


CRUDE  ORGANIC  REMEDIES. 


not  availing  himself  of  the  superior  advantages  offered  by  con- 
centrated medicines. 

We  are  far  from  advising  that  the  ordinary  methods  for 
the  preparation  of  the  simpler  plants  should  be  abandoned. 
On  the  contrary,  we  are  a strong  advocate  for  the  employment 
of  the  simpler  vegetable  agents  as  auxiliaries  in  the  treatment 
of  disease.  In  our  own  practice  we  make  frequent  use  of  such 
agencies,  in  infusion,  decoction,  etc.  But  we  confine  ourselves 
to  such  incidental  plants  as  may  not  yet  have  been  prepared 
in  a concentrated  form  and  whose  properties  are  such  as  not  to 
render  their  indefinite  administration  hazardous.  But  with 
all  the  more  potent  agencies,  and  where  efficiency  and  promp  • 
titude  of  action  is  demanded,  we  have  long  ago  dispensed  with 
the  employment  of  other  than  concentrated  agents. 

W e now  come  to  a consideration  of  the  chemical  properties 
of  vegetable  constituents,  and  the  rationale  of  the  reactions 
whereby  the  proximate  principles  are  decomposed.  To  this 
subject  we  shall  devote  another  chapter. 


CHAPTER  IL 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


Acids — Alkaloids — Indifferent  or  Neutral  Substances,  eto. 


Ho  branch  of  human  knowledge  is  so  much  indebted  to  the 
researches  and  developments  of  the  chemist,  as  that  of  the 
science  of  medicine.  He  it  is  who  prepares  and  provides  the 
physician  with  means  wherewith  to  do  battle  against  the  many 
“ ills  to  which  flesh  is  heir.”  He  defines  the  laws  which  govern 
the  form,  properties,  and  affinities  of  matter,  thus  furnishing 
the  physician  with  a chart  to  guide  him  safely  o’er  the  troubled 
sea  of  medical  practice.  Even  the  physician  himself  must  be- 
come a chemist — a chemist  of  the  higher  order  of  organic 
chemistry.  His  duty  it  is  to  control  the  chemical  processes  of 
life ; to  harmonise  irregularities  and  correct  morbid  conditions 
by  means  of  reagents.  It  devolves  upon  him  to  superintend 
the  formation,  secretion  and  excretion  of  chemical  combinations. 
It  is  necessary  therefore,  that  he  should  be  acquainted  with  the 
laws  which  govern  chemical  action,  and  with  the  properties  of 
the  reagents  he  employs.  He  must  understand  what  particular 
circumstances  and  external  influences  will  diminish,  or  com- 
pletely suppress  the  efficacy  of  his  reagents.  He  must  know 
whether  his  reagents  will  radically  cure  disease,  or  whether 
they  will  simply  afford  temporary  relief,  entailing  still  greater 
complications  by  their  reaction.  He  must  know  whether  they 
will  relieve  a lesser  evil  by  the  substitution  of  a greater; 


38 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


whether  the  substances  conveyed  into  the  system  are  capable 
of  healthful  assimilation  ; or  whether  they  will  form  combina- 
tions destructive  to  the  integrity  of  animal  organisms.  Provided 
with  this  knowledge,  he  will  be  enabled  to  practice  his  profes- 
sion understandingly  and  successfully. 

In  order  to  a better  understanding  of  the  remedies  treated 
of  in  this  volume,  we  now  propose  to  consider,  in  detail,  the 
various  proximate  principles  of  which  they  are  composed.  To 
do  this  more  comprehensively,  we  will  first  consider  each  of 
the  principles  separately,  defining  their  sensible  properties  in 
the  isolated  form,  and  finally  treat  of  them  in  a state  of  com- 
bination. 

The  number  of  single  substances  produced  by  vegetable 
activity  is  very  great.  Many  of  these  substances  are  very 
little  understood,  if,  indeed,  they  are  known  at  all.  Certain 
substances  are  common  to  all  plants,  and  constitute  the  mater- 
ials of  vegetable  formations.  These,  by  way  of  distinction,  we 
term  nutritive.  Again,  there  are  substances  which  are  found 
only  in  a certain  class  of  plants ; while  others  are  peculiar  to 
a single  plant.  Upon  the  peculiar  properties  of  these  sub- 
stances is  based  their  employment  in  medicine.  Such  are 
designated  therapeutic  principles. 

In  considering  the  chemical  properties  of  vegetable  sub- 
stances, we  will  divide  them  into  the  three  following  classes : 
Class  I. — Vegetable  Acids. 

In  the  strong  affinity  displayed  by  these  substances  for 
bases,  they  much  resemble  the  inorganic  acids.  With  few  ex- 
ceptions, they  are  crystallizable  and  soluble  in  water.  The 
greater  number  of  them  yield  crystalline  salts  with  bases.. 
Nearly  all  vegetable  acids  change  the  color  of  blue  litmus  paper 
to  red.  Some  of  these  acids  are  common  to  a large  number  of 
plants;  others  are  found  only  in  a certain  genera;  while  some 
are  confined  to  a single  species.  A part  of  the  acids  common 
to  plants  are  the  products  of  organic  growth,  while  others  are 
formed  only  after  the  vital  activity  of  the  plant  has  ceased. 
These  latter  are  formed  by  the  decomposition  of  the  constitu- 
ents of  the  plant,  under  the  agency  of  external  influences.  The 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


39 


vegetable  acids  are  mostly  found  in  the  nutritive  constituents 
of  plants,  and  but  few  of  them  possess  any  peculiar  medicinal 
value.  They  exist  partly  free,  partly  united  with  bases,  and 
partly  in  combination  with  neutral  substances. 

Vegetable  acids  are  formed  by  the  conversion  of  amylum 
and  oil  into  cell-substance.  By  the  operation  of  the  same  vital 
power,  acids  are  again  reduced  and  reassimilated  to  the  primary 
form.  Therefore  if  we  find  in  plants  a peculiar  oil,  common 
only  to  a certain  class,  or  an  individual  species,  we  may  be 
sure  to  find,  also,  a peculiar  acid ; and  if  the  oil  possess  thera- 
peutic value,  the  acid  will  possess  it-  likewise,  although  in  a 
modified  form. 

A large  number  of  acid  principles  are  employed  in  medicine 
which  depend  for  therapeutic  value  upon  their  astringent  pro- 
perties. These  form  a class  to  which  we  shall  give  the  name 
of  tanneous  acids.  These  acids  are  not,  as  we  have  stated  in 
the  preceding  chapter,  strictly  speaking,  proximate  principles ; 
that  is,  they  are  not  formed  in  the  living  cells  of  the  plant 
during  the  season  of  organic  activity,  but  are  the  product  of  a 
peculiar  putrefactive  decomposition  which  takes  place  in  the 
dead  cells,  whereby  the  cellulose  is  converted  into  tannin.  As 
tannin  is  found  only  in  the  dead  cells,  and  as  cellulose  is  con- 
verted by  the  vital  processes  of  organic  activity  into  wood  and 
cork  substances  only,  it  follows,  therefore,  that  tannin  is  a pro- 
duct, not  of  organic  formative  power,  but  of  regressive  chemical 
action. 

These  tannin  substances  are  not  distinct  principles,  but  are 
composed  of  a number  of  different  principles  combined  together. 
A part  of  these  substances,  only,  give  acid  reactions  ; that  is 
change  blue  litmus  paper  to  red.  They  are  known  by  their 
astringent  taste — by  giving  with  the  salts  of  iron,  blue,  black, 
and  dirty  green  precipitates — and  by  their  power  of  combining 
with  animal  skin.  With  protein  substances  they  form  insolu- 
ble compounds.  This  we  hold  to  be  a strong  reason  why 
tannin  cannot  exist  in  the  living  cell.  It  would  combine  with 
and  coagulate  the  contents  of  the  cell,  and  render  the  albumin- 
ous matters,  those  great  reagents  of  vegetable  activity,  insol u- 


40 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


ble.  Thus  would  the  nutritive  constituents  be  rendered 
unavailable,  the  secretions  checked,  progressive  formation 
arrested,  and- the  functions  of  organic  life  suspended. 

By  the  action  of  water  and  oxygen,  tanneous  acids  are  con- 
verted into  a brown  colored  substance,  but  slightly  soluble  in 
water,  termed  humus.  In  this  respect  they  resemble  the 
extractive  or  neutral  substances. 

Tanneous  acids  exist  in  great  variety,  and  of  very  different 
properties.  Those  derived  from  gallnuts,  oak  bark,  &c.,  are 
distinguished  by  the  name  of  gallo-tannic , querci-tannic , etc. 
Another  class  is  derived  from  Peruvian  bark,  catechu,  &c. 
And  still  another  class  belongs  to  the  indifferent  or  neutral 
vegetable  compounds,  and  gives  to  many  astringent  plants 
their  principal  medicinal  value. 

Class  II. — Alkaloids,  or  Vegetable  bases. 

These  are  certain  organic  compounds,  which,  on  account  of 
their  possessing  properties  analagous  to  inorganic  bases,  par- 
ticularly alkalies,  have  received  the  above  appellation.  The 
greater  number  of  these  substances  change  red  litmus  paper 
blue.  They  all  combine  with  acids,  and  form  crystallizable 
salts,  out  of  which  they  may  be  again  separated  by  the  action 
of  a stronger  base.  It  is  from  this  similarity  in  their  chemical 
reactions  to  the  mineral  alkalies,  that  they  have  received  the 
name  of  alkaloids.  The  vegetable  alkaloids  exist  both  in  a 
solid  and  liquid  form.  The  former  are  mostly  crystalizable, 
with  few  exceptions  are  colorless,  non-volatile,  and  have  but  a 
faint  odor.  The  latter  are  volatile,  and  have  a stronger  odor.  . 
By  far  the  greater  number  of  vegetable  alkaloids  have  a bitter 
taste,  and  are  more  soluble  in  alcohol  than  in  water ; while  a 
few,  like  the  Ilyosciamine , are  more  soluble  in  water  than  in 
alcohol. 

Most  vegetable  alkaloids  are  composed  of  oxygen,  hydro- 
gen, carbon,  and  nitrogen.  A few,  the  liquid  alkaloids  partic- 
ularly, are  composed  of  hydrogen,  carbon,  and  nitrogen  only ; 
while  we  occasionally  find  an  inorganic  element,  as  in  the 
Thiosinnamine)  which  consists  of  hydrogen,  carbon,  nitrogen 
and  sulphur. 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


‘ 41 

Alkaloids  do  not  exist  free  in  plants,  but  are  generally  com- 
bined with  acids,  forming  acidulous,  and  but  slightly  soluble 
salts.  They  are  formed  by  the  reaction  of  the  bast-cells  upon 
their  abuminous  contents,  or  the  so-called  milk  sap  of  the 
plant,  and  are  produced  only  in  living  plants.  They  are  solely 
the  products  of  organic  activity,  and  their  quantity  is  never 
increased  in  the  dead  or  dried  plant.  Plants  are  generally 
richest  in  alkaloids  during  the  winter  months ; that  is,  after 
the  cessation  of  the  vegetating  process,  and  while  they  are 
enjoying  their  hibernal  sleep. 

When  plants  are  undergoing  decomposition,  alkaloids  are 
the  last  of  the  medicinal  principles  to  be  attacked  ; but  they  are 
liable  to  be  greatly  modified  or  completely  subverted  in  thera- 
peutic value  by  the  products  which  arise  from  the  decomposi- 
tion of  the  constituents  of  the  plant.  For  instance,  if  tannic 
acid  be  formed  in  considerable  quantities,  it  will  combine  with 
and  complete^  suppress  their  activity  as  remedial  agents,  the 
bi-tannate  of  every  vegetable  alkaloid  being  entirely  insoluble 
in  all  menstrua  except  stronger  acids.  How  important  this 
knowledge  is  to  the  physician,  that  he  may  avoid  combining 
together  incompatable  principles,  and  thereby  render  nugatory 
their  medicinal  power. 

Some  of  the  alkaloid  principles  of  plants  form  their  most 
active  and  valuable  medicinal  constituents,  while  others  are 
possessed  of  but  feeble  properties. 

Class  III. — Indifferent  or  Neutral  Principles. 

This  class  embraces  all  the  remaining  substances  of  vegeta- 
ble activity,  and  which  are  of  very  diverse  chemical  character- 
istics. A part  of  these  are  formed  during  the  period  of  func- 
tional activity,  and  part  are  the  result  of  subsequent  decompo- 
sition. Tney  are  called  neutral  because  they  have  not  the 
power  of  neutralizing  acids  or  bases,  although  they  often 
combine  with  both.  A larger  number  of  these  substances  are 
more  nearly  allied  to  the  class  of  acids,  and  are  evidently  of 
an  electro-negative  character.  Amongst  these  may  be 
enumerated  a large  number  of  resins,  extractive  or  neutral 
principles,  coloring  matters,  and  products  of  decomposition. 


42  * 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


Others  partake  more  of  the  basic  character,  of  which  we  have 
examples  in  the  ether  resulting  from  the  decomposition  of 
alcohol,  and  the  methyl-oxyd  obtained  from  wood  spirit. 
Many  of  these  substances,  as  the  greater  portion  of  the  fats, 
fixed  oils,  and  ethereal  compounds,  partake  of  the  character  of 
salts.  Such  of  the  volatile  oils  as  contain  no  oxygen,  may  be 
considered  as  simply  hydrogenous  compounds  of  hydro-carbon 
radicals.  The  greater  number  of  the  principal  substances  of 
plants  are  oxydes,  either  with  or  without  nitrogen,  but 
without  any  distinct  chemical  character,  being,  as  before  stated, 
neither  basic  nor  a'cid,  yet  possessing  the  power,  under  some 
circumstances,  of  combining  with  both.  When  submitted  to 
chemical  processes,  they  yield  for  the  most  part  acid  and  basic 
substances. 

There  are  many  substances  pertaining  to  plants,  some 
of  which  are  common  to  all  plants,  others  are  distri- 
buted through  different  genera,  which  possess  no  particular 
medicinal  value,  and  which  it  might  be  thought  unneces- 
sary to  notice  in  this  connection.  But  their  importance,  in 
view  of  the  results  produced  by  their  reaction  upon  the  ther- 
apeutic constituents  of  the  plant,  demand  that  we  should 
examine  their  history  and  influence  more  closely,  before  we 
enter  upon  a description  of  the  properties  and  employment  of 
the  remedial  agents  under  consideration.  We  will  consider 
first — 

Cellulose. — This  substance  is  also  known  by  the  name  of 
cell-substcmee , or  cell-membrane.  Its  formula  is  C;a  H20  O10.  It 
is  a white  flexible  mass,  without  smell  or  taste,  insoluble  in 
water,  alcohol,  ether,  alkalies  and  concentrated  hydrochloric 
and  nitric  acids.  Exposed  to  destructive  dry  distillation,  it 
does  not  soften,  nor  melt,  but  is  converted  into  a beautiful 
colorless  charcoal,  which  retains  the  cell  form.  Under  the 
microscope  it  has  the  transparency  and  appearance  of  diamond. 
Under  the  action  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  it  is  dissolved 
and  converted  into  dextrine , and  by  long  continued  boiling  in 
water  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid,  it  yields,  like  dextrine, 
crystalizable  grape-sugar.  A solution  of  caustic  potassa  sim- 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


43 


ply  causes  it  to  swell,  without  producing  any  further  visible 
change.  A solution  of  iodine  colors  cellulose  of  a pale  yellow ; 
chloriodide  of  zinc  gives,  in  some  cases,  a blue  color,  as  also 
will  iodine  and  sulphuric  acid,  but  in  other  cases  gives  only 
a pale  yellow,  It  seems  evident,  therefore,  from  this,  that 
cellulose  exists  under  different  modifications.  By  the  progres- 
sive organic  activity  of  the  plant,  it  is  converted  into  wood  and 
cork  substance ; while,  by  regressive  chemical  action,  it  is 
converted  into  amylum  or  starch. 

Xylogen. — Wood  substance. — This  principle  is  but  slightly 
soluble  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  but  is  easily  and  com- 
pletely dissolved  by  caustic  potassa ; also,  when  boiled  with 
chlorate  of  potassa  and  nitric  acid.  When  boiled  in  dilute 
sulphuric  acid  for  a long  time,  it  yields  grape-sugar,  in  which 
respect  it  is  similar  to  cellulose.  Chloriodide  of  zinc,  and 
iodine  and  sulphuric  acid  do  not  color  it  blue.  Xylogen  is 
found  in  the  primary  cell-wall,  and  in  the  thickening  layers  of 
all  woody  cells.  It  is  formed  by  the  progressive  conversion 
of  cellulose,  and  gives  stiffness  to  the  cell-wall.  Its  quantitive 
elementary  analysis  has  not  yet  been  made. 

Cuticular  or  Cork-substance  is  somewhat  similar  in  its 
character  to  the  preceding.  It  is  not  soluble  in  sulphuric  acid, 
neither  is  it  invariably  completely  soluble  in  a solution  of 
caustic  potassa.  It  differs  from  xylogen  in  its  behavior  towards 
oxydising  agents.  When  boiled  with  chlorate  of  potassa  and 
nitric  acid,  it  is  converted  into  a resinous  substance,  which  is 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  and  burns  with  a strong,  shining, 
but  smoky  flame,  giving  off  a feeble  aromatic  odor,  and  leav- 
ing a porous  coal. 

Cuticular  substance  is  found  in  the  walls  of  the  older  cork- 
cells,  which  are  frequently  formed  entirely  of  this  material, 
and  in  the  so-called  cuticular  layers  of  the  cells  of  the  epider- 
mis. Cuticular  substance  is  also  the  product  of  a progressive 
conversion  of  cellulose,  which  diminishes  in  quantity  in 
proportion  to  the  increase  of  the  former,  until,  in  the  perfected 
cork  formation,  it  has  entirely  disappeared.  The  chemical 
differences  between  cuticular  substance  and  xylogen  are  pro- 


44 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


duced  by  the  direct  reaction  of  air  and  light  upon  the  former, 
to  which  it  is  more  exposed.  Cnticnlar  substance  has  the 
power  of  preventing  the  diffusion  of  fluids.  It  prevents 
exhalation  from  the  surface,  and  the  commingling  of  the  sap 
of  neighboring  cells.  It  is  therefore  a substance  of  great 
importance  in  the  vegetable  economy. 

Protein. — Protein  substances  are  insoluble  in  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid,  but  are  dissolved  by  caustic  potassa.  Iodine 
and  sulphuric  acid  color  them  of  a light  golden  yellow.  By 
the  action- of  chloriodide  of  zinc  they  are  coagulated.  Hydro- 
chloric acid  gives,  after  twenty-four  hours,  a violet  color. 
Sugar  and  sulphuric  acid  the  same.  Nitrate  of  mercury 
produces,  after  from  five  to  ten  minutes,  a beautiful  rose-colored 
tint. 

Protein  substances  eagerly  absorb  soluble  coloring  matters. 
By  taking  advantage  of  this  property,  flowers  may  be  artifi- 
cially colored  by  mixing  soluble  coloring  matters  with  the  soil 
in  which  they  grow.  In  this  way,  flowers  which  are  naturally 
white,  may  be  rendered  blue,  red,  and  even  black.  Flowers 
naturally  colored  may  be  made  to  partake  of  all  intermediate 
hues. 

A part  of  these  protein  substances,  mixed  with  other  matters, 
enter  into  ' structure  of  the  cell- walls,  and  the  rest  form  a 

portion  of  "mtents  of  the  cell.  This  latter  portion  we 
term  protoplasma.  It  is  a granular,  slimy,  nitrogenous  liquid, 
and  is  found  collected  upon  the  inner  surface  of  the  cell-wall, 
and  surrounding  the  nucleus  of  the  cell.  It  does  not  mix  with 
the  cell  contents,  but  in  young  cells  is  frequently  found  sus- 
pended in  the  cell -sap,  and  travelling  in  currents.  Protoplasma 
has  been  long  know  under  various  names,  such  as  vegetable 
mucous , vegetable  glue , etc. ; but  it  is  only  by  later  and  more 
strict  investigation  of  its  character  and  properties,  that  its 
importance  in  the  vegetable  economy  has  been  fully  established. 

It  constitutes  the  different  degrees  of  development,  degrees 
of  oxydation  we  may  say,  of  protein,  the  radical  of  albuminous 
substances,  either  combined  with  sulphur  alone,  or  with  sulphur 
and  phosphorus.  By  their  chemical  properties,  three  groups  of 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


45 


protein  substances  may  be  distinguished,  viz ; albumen , legu - 
min  or  casein , and  the  so-called  fibrin.  This  term,  however, 
is  a misnomer,  as  it  bears  but  a slight  similarity  to  animal 
fibrin,  and  is  never  identical  with  it.  Fibrin  is  the  product 
of  a higher  organic  activity,  originated  solely  in  animal  cells, 
and  formed  by  the  action  of  the  life  forces  upon  the  constituents 
of  animal  fluidity. 

Protein  substances  are  found  only  in  living  cells,  and  as  soon 
as  the  cell-sap  is  consumed,  and  the  cell  dies,  these  substances 
disappear,  and  the  cell  becomes  filled  with  air.  The  current 
motion  which  we  spoke  of  as  being  apparent  in  the  protoplasma 
of  the  cells,  is  produced  by  a reciprocal  chemical  reaction 
which  takes  place  between  the  protein  substances  and  the  rest 
of  the  cell  contents.  Protoplasma  is  of  the  greatest  importance 
to  the  cells,  constituting,  as  it  were,  their  life  agency.  It 
assimilates  the  various  substances  brought  into  the  cells, 
conduces  to  the  formation  of  cell-substance,  and  its  separation 
in  the  form  of  a membrane.  The  proper  cell-sap  is  passive, 
while  the  protoplasma  is  circulating  through  it  in  never  ceasing 
currents ; and  while  the  protoplasma  is  of  itself  undergoing 
continuous  material  changes,  it  effects  a metamophosis  in  all 
the  constituents  of  plants.  Alkaloids,  and  all  -+V,r  nitrogenous 
medicinal  principles  of  plants,  are  formed  ^ direct  decom- 
position of  these  protein  substances.  Tney  also  afford  the 
materials  and  stimulus  for  an  increased  production  of  their 
primary  substances.  These  protein  substances  are  readily 
decomposed  by  the  action  of  heat,  air,  and  water.  This  power 
of  spontaneous  decomposition  is  transferred  to  substances  of  a 
more  constant  and  enduring  composition,  when  brought  in 
contact  with  them,  which  property  renders  them  great  promo- 
ters of  fermentation  and  putrefaction.  Protein  substances 
exist  in  two  conditions  or ' degrees  of  modification,  one  class 
being  soluble  the  other  insoluble  in  water.  In  chemical  prop- 
erties they  are  very  similar. 

Amylum. — ( C,2  H20  O10 ) — Starch  is  the  most  common  of 
all  the  substances  concerned  in  vegetable  activity,  being  found 
in  all  plants,  although  it  is  not  everywhere  present  in  the  same 


46 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


plant  at  all  seasons.  It  is  principally  the  product  of  the  paren- 
chymous  cells,  but  is  likewise  found  in  the  cells  of  the 
medullary  rays,  and  also  in  some  of  the  bast-cells,  of  which 
we  have  examples  in  the  various  species  of  Euphorbise. 
Amylum  is  produced  in  the  plant  at  certain  periods  of  its 
growth,  and  at  other  periods  is  again  consumed,  entering  into 
new  combinations,  and  forming  new  products.  It  is  seldom  to 
be  met  with  in  an  amorphous  condition,  but  usually  occurs  in 
grains  of  different  form  and  size,  the  smallest  of  which  mea- 
sure ir2ro  of  a millimetre,  and  the  largest  ^ of  a millimetre  in 
diameter.  These  grains  are  each  one  composed  of  numerous 
layers.  They  are  colorless,  transparent,  and  insoluble  in  cold 
water,  alcohol  and  ether.  When  boiled  with  water,  or  treated 
with  acids,  they  are  simply  swelled  up  and  suspended,  but  are 
not  really  dissolved.  Paste  consists  of  these  starch  grains 
swelled  up  in  water.  When  this  paste  is  further  diluted  with 
water  and  filtered,  the  starch  remains  upon  the  filter,  as  is 
proven  by  the  filtrate  not  being  colored  by  a solution  of  iodine. 
Starch  grains,  both  solid  and  swelled  in  water,  are  colored  by 
iodine.  The  color  varies  from  a light  wine-red,  to  a deep  in- 
digo-blue, according  to  the  amount  of  iodine  present.  In  the 
production  of  this  color  the  iodine  has  combined  chemically 
with  the  starch,  forming  an  iodide.  Iodide  of  starch  does  not 
swell  up  either  in  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acids,  nor  in  boil- 
ing water,  so  long  as  free  iodine  is  present,  but  remains 
unaltered ; but  as  soon  as  the  iodine  is  volatilised  it  is  decom- 
posed. 

Dry  starch  is  colored  brown  by  iodine,  but  becomes  instantly 
blue  on  the  addition  of  water.  Chloriodide  of  zinc  colors 
starch  of  various  shades,  from  violet  to  blue.  When  starch  is 
swelled  up  in  water  and  allowed  to  stand  for  a length  of  time, 
it  undergoes  successive  chemical  changes  or  decompositions. 
It  is  first  converted  into  dextrine , then  into  grape-sugar , and 
finally  into  acetic  and  lactic  acids.  The  decompositions  are 
brought  about  by  the  reaction  of  the  albuminous  substances 
with  which  starch  is  always  admixed.  When  boiled  in  diluted 
sulphuric  acid,  starch  is  gradually  converted  into  dextrine  • 

\ 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


47 


and  when  the  process  is  further  continued,  into  crystallisable 
grape-sugar.  Boiled  in  diluted  nitric  acid,  oxalic  and  mucic 
acids  are  produced. 

Starch  is  generally  converted  by  the  processes  of  vegetable 
activity  into  dextrine  and  sugar.  Out  of  these  products  cel- 
lulose is  formed  by  the  reaction  of  the  protoplasma  and  cell- 
nucleus  ; and  by  the  further  action  of  the  protoplasma  is 
separated  in  the  form  of  membrane.  On  the  other  hand, 
cellulose  is  again  reduced  by  the  organic  processes  and  re- 
converted into  starch.  It  follows,  as  a matter  of  course,  that 
these  progressive  and  regressive  metamorphoses  must  give  rise 
to  a number  of  substances,  degrees  of  formation  they  might 
be  termed,  which,  though  isomeric  in  their  composition,  differ 
essentially  in  their  physical  and  chemical  properties.  Inulin 
seems  to  be  substituted  in  some  plants  for  amylum.  Its  pro- 
perties and  manner  of  origin  are  similar,  and  in  reality  it  is 
nothing  else  but  amylum  in  a certain  stage  of  transformation. 

Dextrine. — (C12  H20  O10.) — This  is  a yellowish,  or  dark 
brown,  lustrous,  brittle  substance,  insoluble  in  alcohol  and 
ether.  W ater  dissolves  it  to  a tasteless,  frothy,  viscous  liquid. 
When  boiled  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  it  yields  grape-suga/r. 
Iodine  does  not  color  it  blue.  When  diastase  is  mixed  with 
a solution  of  dextrine  and  allowed  to  stand,  grape-sugar  is 
formed.  Dextrine  occurs  in  plants  dissolved  in  the  cell-sap. 
It  is  produced  by  the  transformation  of  amylum,  and  consti- 
tutes the  intermediate  stage  between  starch  and  sugar. 
Dextrine  is  active,  in  the  formation  of  new  cells. 

Sugars. — Six  varieties  of  sugar  are  known  in  chemistry, 
four  of  which  are  crystallisable,  and  two  uncry stallisable.  Of 
the  crystallisable,  we  have  cane-sugar , mushroom-sugar , grape- 
sugar  and  milk- sugar.  The  uncrystallisable  are  the  frwut 
suga  rs,  and  treacle.  Milk-sugar  occurs  only  in  the  milk  of 
animals. 

Cane-sugar  has  the  formula,  Cl2  H20  O;o.  Grape-sugar,  Cl2 
-G2 r Ol0  4-  2 H2  0.  Sugar  is  frequently  found  dissolved  in  the 
cell-sap,  being  the  product  of  a transformation  of  the  preced- 
ng  substances.  Sugar  is  known  by  its  having  a sweet  taste, 


48 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


and  by  being  colored  rose-red  by  sulphuric  acid  in  the  pres- 
ence of  protein  substances.  When  a solution  of  sugar  is 
mixed  with  caustic  potassa,  and  a solution  of  copper  is  added, 
the  liquid  assumes  a deep  blue  color.  By  the  application  of 
heat,  and  even  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  the  copper-oxyde  is 
reduced,  and  red  protoxide  of  copper  is  separated.  If  sugar 
dissolved  in  water  come  in  contact  with  protein  substances,  or 
other  agents  of  fermentation,  it  is  soon  decomposed.  Various 
acids  are  originated,  both  by  the  spontaneous  and  chemical 
decomposition  of  sugar. 

Besides  the  kinds  of  sugar  already  enumerated,  various 
substances  occur  in  plants,  which,  on  account  of  their  sweet 
taste,  would  seem  to  be  entitled  to  be  classed  amongst  the 
sugars.  Many  chemists  and  physiological  botanists  have 
indeed  so  classified  them,  but  in  their  other  properties  they 
so  resemble  the  extractive  or  neutral  substances  that  we  deem 
it  more  proper  to  treat  of  them  in  that  connection. 

Pectin. — Vegetable  Gelatine. — This  substance,  in  the*  moist 
state,  forms  a colorless,  tasteless  jelly.  When  deprived  of  its 
water  by  expression,  it  becomes  opaque,  forming  a fibrous 
mass,  in  which  may  be  traced  the  outlines  of  organic  struc- 
tures. When  thoroughly  dried,  it  may  be  reduced  to  powder. 
Placed  in  water,  it  swells  up  gradually,  and  on  standing  for  a 
time,  the  whole  becomes  reduced  to  a clear,  transparent  liquid, 
which,  on  the  addition  of  alcohol,  salts,  or  sugar,  becomes 
gelatinous.  Boiled  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  it  yields  grape - 
suga/r.  When  boiled  with  a solution  of  caustic  alkali,  a clear 
liquid  is  produced — pectinate  of  alkali — out  of  which,  by  the 
addition  of  acids,  pectic  acid  is  separated  in  the  form  of  gela- 
tine. 

Pectin  occurs  in  all  plants,  but  is  found  in  the  greatest 
quantity  in  juicy  fruits  and  fleshy  roots.  It  is  the  product  of  a 
regressive  metamorphosis,  and  constitutes  the  first  condition  in 
the  series  of  changes  which  cellulose  undergoes  when  it  is 
being  reconverted  by  the  vegetable  activity  into  primary 
nutritive  subtances. 

Gum. — (C12  H20  O10.) — Gum  is  found  in  all  plants,  and  in 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


49 


every  part  of  their  structure,  dissolved  in  the  cell-sap.  It 
exudes  from  the  ruptured  bark  of  various  trees,  particularly 
of  the  genus  Acacia , Prunus , and  Amygdalus.  In  the  recent 
state,  gum  is  liquid,  but  soon  hardens  on  exposure  to  the  air. 
When  sugar  in  solution  comes  in  contact  with  protein  sub- 
stances, fermentation  ensues,  and  among  the  products  of  the 
decomposition  which  takes  place,  we  find  a peculiar  gum. 

Gum  occurs  in  the  form  of  an  amorphous,  transparent, . or 
semi-transparent,  bright  and  brittle  mass,  without  smell,  or 
taste.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  forming  a frothy,  sticky  liquid, 
but  is  insoluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  It  combines  with  bases, 
and  when  boiled  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  yields  grape-sugar. 
Gum  in  solution  is  precipitated  by  basic  acetate  of  lead,  (3  Pb 
0 + A,)  and  gives  as  a product,  2 Pb  0 4-  II?0  O,0. 

When  a solution  of  gum  is  mixed  with  a solution  of  caustic 
potassa,  and  sulphate  of  copper  is  added,  a blue  precipitate, 
composed  of  gum  and  oxide  of  copper  is  thrown  down.  This 
precipitate  is  not  changed  in  color  by  boiling.  Gum,  like  the 
preceding  substance,  is  also  a product  of  vegetable  metamor- 
phosis. 

Mucilage. — (C19  H20  O10.) — This  substance,  like  the  preced- 
ing, is  also  common  to  all  plants,  and  occurs  in  a similar 
manner.  It  exudes  from  the  ruptured  bark  of  many  trees  and 
plants,  either  pure  or  mixed  with  gum.  It  forms  the  covering 
of  many  seeds,  and  is  a constituent  of  many  roots.  Mucilage 
forms  an  amorphous,  semi-transparent,  tough  mass,  without 
smell  or  taste.  When  mixed  with  water  it  swells  considerably, 
forming  a sort  of  jelly,  its  particles  being  suspended  in  a par- 
tial state  of  solution.  It  is  insoluble  in  alcohol  and  ether. 
When  boiled  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  it  is  first  converted 
into  gum , and  finally,  by  continued  boiling,  into  grape-sugar. 
Mucilage  combines  with  bases. 

This  substance  was  for  a long  time  considered  to  be  identical 
with  gum,  but  the  essential  characteristics  of  the  two  are  so 
dissimilar  that  we  marvel  much  at  their  being  confounded. 
Gum  dissolves  readily  in  water,  while  mucilage,  which  is  com- 
posed of  arabi/u , bassorin , cerasin , dec.,  simply  swells  up, 
4 


50 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


forming  a gelatinous  mass.  Mucilage,  like  the  preceding  arti- 
cle, is  only  a peculiar  condition  of  metamorphosed  vegetable 
material. 

There  are  several  articles  of  therapeutic  value  recommended 
in  medicine,  which,  from  their  * properties  of  swelling  up  in 
water,  and  forming  gelatinous  masses,  would  seem  to  belong  to 
this  class.  Among  these  are  the  Calendulin  from  the  Calen- 
dula Officinalis , and  the  Trilliin , from  the  Trillium  Pendu- 
lum. But  their  other  properties,  for  instance  their  solubility 
in  alcohol,  would  seem  to  entitle  them  to  a distinct  classifica- 
tion. In  view  of  these  distinctive  characteristics,  therefore,  we 
propose  for  this  class  the  name  of  Muci/resins. 

Viscin  is  a glutinous  substance  obtained  from  the  berries  of 
the  Yiscum  Album  or  Misletoe.  It  is  not  a particular  chem- 
ical compound,  being  only  a product  of  the  decomposition  of 
the  cellulose  contained  in  the  outer-cells  of  the  misletoe 
seeds. 

Many  inorganic  elements  enter  the  structure  of  plants, 
forming  therein  various  chemical  compounds.  Amongst  the 
more  important  of  these  substances,  we  might  mention  various 
earthy  matters,  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths,  metallic  oxides, 
particularly  those  of  iron,  alumina,  manganese,  &c.  In  general 
we  find  the  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths  combined  with  inor- 
ganic or  organic  acids,  forming  salts ; while  the  proper  earths 
and  metallic  substances  are  mostly  combined  with  inorganic 
matters,  particularly  with  the  coloring  matters.  The  alkaline 
salts  are  found  dissolved  in  the  cell-sap  ; while  the  salts  of  the 
alkaline  earths  are  suspended  in  the  form  of  crystals  in  the 
cell-sap,  and  amongst  the  cell  secretions.  If  either  the  cell- 
sap  or  the  cell  secretions  are  extracted  from  the  plant,  these 
crystals  are  also  extracted,  still  retaining  their  original  form. 
If  this  extracted  substance  contains  resins,  resinoids,  or  oleo- 
resins,  they  are  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  water,  being 
insoluble  in  that  menstruum,  and  mechanically  carry  down  at 
the  same  time  these  earthy  crystals.  This  mechanical  combin- 
ation is  so  strong,  that  a great  complication  of  chemical  pro- 
cesses would  be  rendered  necessary  to  overcome  this 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


51 


admixture.  In  fact  it  would  be  impossible  to  effect  a separation 
without  injuring,  and  oftentimes  destroying  the  properties  of 
the  various  proximate  principles.  Ignorance  of  these  facts  has 
given  rise  to  unjust  and  malevolent  charges  of  impurity  and  adul- 
teration of  concentrated  remedies.  But  malice  and  chemical 
ignorance  are  alike  unavailing,  and  aspiring  tyros  may  “hide 
their  diminished  heads”  in  the  presence  of  the  stern  array  of 
facts  we  now  adduce.  Honest  and  capable  criticism  is  the 
great  conservator  of  medical  science ; but  the  puerile  vaporings 
of.  the  mercenary  and  incompetent  sometimes  cast  a blighting 
incubus  over  the  motives  and  labors  of  those  who  are  honestly 
striving  to  advance  the  interests  of  true  science.  As  we  have 
stated  in  the  preceding  chapter,  the  coloring  matters  of  plants 
are  often  possessed  of  valuable  remedial  properties.  They  are 
often  combined,  as  above  stated,  with  earthy  and  metallic  sub- 
stances, from  which  they  cannot  be  separated  without  effecting 
their  decomposition.  Hence  it  will  be  seen  that  the  retention 
of  the  coloring  principles  in  the  concentrated  remedies  is  based 
upon  sound  philosophical  and  chemical  authority ; and  instead 
of  militating  against  their  value,  confirms  them  in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  aggregate  medicinal  value  of  the  plant. 

Among  the  bases  common  to  plants,  potassa,  soda,  lime  and 
magnesia  predominate.  Of  acids,  the  sulphuric,  phospho- 
ric, carbonic,  tartaric,  vinic,  oxalic,  and  malic  occur  most 
frequently.  The  organic  acids  are  in  general  combined  with 
the  above  mentioned  bases,  forming  acidulous  salts.  Silica  is 
found  in  the  cell- walls  of  nearly  all  plants,  and  oftentimes  in 
considerable  quantity.  These  inorganic  constituents  of  plants 
are  not  accidental  admixtures,  but  act  as  important  agents  in 
the  processes  of  vegetable  activity.  Their  particular  influence 
seems  to  partake  more  of  a catalytic  than  a chemical  character. 

Fixed  Oils. — These  substances  occur  in  plants  suspended 
in  the  cell-sap,  in  the  form  of  minute  drops  or  globules  of 
variable  size.  They  are  more  abundant  in  seeds,  but  are  found 
in  lesser  quantities  in  a great  number  of  plants.  The  fixed  oils 
are  soluble  to  a greater  or  lesser  extent  in  alcohol  and  ether, 
but  are  insoluble  in  water.  They  are  saponified  by  a solution 


52 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


of  caustic  alkalies,  and  are  then  soluble  in  water.  The  strong 
light-refractive  power  of  the  fixed-oil  drops,  and  the  fact  of 
their  disappearing  under  the  action  of  caustic  alkalies,  enables 
us  to  detect  them,  even  in  the  smallest  quantity,  by  means  of 
the  microscope. 

Fixed  Oils  are  a mixture  of  margarin  an  1 elaAn,  the  former 
being  a compound  of  margarinio  acid,  (C34  H,0  03,)  and  the 
latter  of  elaic  acid,  (Gn  Hg0  04,)  with  glycerine,  (C3  H4  02) 
which  answers  the  purposes  of  a base.  They  are  often  color- 
less, but  in  general  possess  a distinctive  color,  in  consequence 
of  their  holding  in  solution  certain  absorbed  coloring  matters. 
In  many  plants  they  are  substituted  for  starch  and  its  meta- 
morphosed conditions.  They  are  also  liable  to  similar  trans- 
formations, of  which  we  have  an  example  in  the  germinating 
of  an  oily  seed,  in  which  instance  the  fixed  oil  affords  the 
proper  materials  for  the  formation  of  cell-substance.  By 
similar  transformations  a great  number  of  products  are 
originated,  but  of  many  of  them  we  know  but  very  little.  In 
general  they  have  an  acidulous,  or  electro-negative  reaction. 
The  fixed  oils  are  very  dissimilar  in  their  composition, 
although  they  all  conform  in  containing  carbon,  hydrogen,  and 
oxygen.  Only  a small  part  of  them  can  be  considered  as 
simple  organic  oxydes,  while  by  far  the  greater  number  of 
them  are  salt-like  compounds  possessing  different  degrees  of 
fusibility.  The  number  of  these  salt-like  compounds  is  very 
large,  the  more  common  and  greater  part  of  them  being 
employed  for  technical  and  economical  purposes,  a small  num- 
ber only  possessing  medicinal  value.  Each  one  of  these 
compounds  consists  of  a peculiar  fat,  having  an  acidulous 
reaction,  (arising  from  the  presence  of  sebacic  acid,)  neutralised 
by  an  indifferent  organic  oxyde,  which  oxyde  cannot  be’sepa- 
rated  without  being  altered  in  its  composition.  When  treated 
with  strong  inorganic  bases,  these  compounds  are  decomposed, 
the  sebacic  acid  unites  with  the  base,  forming  a sebate,  and  the 
indifferent  organic  oxyde  is  set  free.  While  this  decomposi- 
tion is  taking  place,  the  organic  oxyde  absorbs  the  elements 
of  water,  and  appears  in  an  altered  condition.  Every  fixed 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


53 


oil  possessing  a peculiar  medicinal  value,  yields,  by  this  pro- 
cess, a peculiar  acid,  which  acid,  however,  does  not  entirely 
conform  in  its  therapeutic  reaction  with  the  compound  from 
which  it  is  derived.  The  acids  thus  artificially  produced, 
occur  also  in  plants,  being  originated  by  the  metamorphosis  of 
vegetable  material. 

A part  of  the  fixed  oils,  when  exposed  to  the  air,  absorb 
oxygen,  discharge  carbonic  acid,  and  are  converted  into  a re- 
sinous substance.  Another  portion  of  them,  when  similarly 
exposed,  simply  dry  down  to  a soft,  greasy  mass. 

Wax. — Of  this  substance  we  have  many  varieties.  They 
do  not,  however,  form  a distinct  class  of  substances,  but  belong 
properly  to  the  class  of  fixed  oils.  Like  the  latter,  they  are 
salt-like  compounds,  consisting  of  a fatty  acid  ( cerairi ) united 
with  an  indifferent  organic  oxyde.  Wax  is  never  found  in  a 
liquid  form,  but  always  of  a . solid  consistence,  somewhat  soft 
and  unctious  to  the  touch  at  a common  temperature,  but  hard 
and  brittle  when  exposed  to  the  cold.  It  is  but  very  slightly 
soluble  in  cold  alcohol,  somewhat  more  so  in  hot  alcohol,  but 
readily  dissolves  in  the  fixed  and  volatile  oils,  &c.  Wax 
occurs  in  many  plants,  forming  in  many  instances  a thin 
granular  coating  upon  the  epidermis.  It  also  is  found  as  a 
coating  upon  the  berries  of  certain  plants,  as  the  Bay  berry  or 
Wax  Myrtle,  (. Myrica  Cerifem .)  Wax  possesses  but  feeble,, 
if  any,  therapeutic  power.  Its  use  is  mostly  confined  to  the 
preparation  of  plasters,  ointments,  and  other  external  appli- 
ances. 

Volatile  Oils. — These  substances  are  of  very  frequent 
occurrence  in  plants,  but  are  mostly  confined  to  certain  organs 
or  groups  of  cells.  Where  they  exist  in  but  small  quantity, 
they  are  generally  dissolved  in  the  cell-sap ; but  they  are  often 
found  occupying  the  entire  cell,  as  well  as  the  spaces  between 
the  cells. 

Volatile  oils,  like  the  preceding  substances,  are  gradually 
developed  by  progressive  vegetable  activity.  The  greater 
number  of  them  are  liquid  at  a common  temperature.  A few 
are  solid,  but  very  readily  fusible.  They  are  for  the  most 


54 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


part  colorless.  A small  portion  are  colored,  and  may  be  either 
yellow,  green,  blue,  red,  or  brown.  They  all  possess  a pene- 
trating odor,  and  a warm,  pungent  taste.  When  brought  in 
contact  with  paper,  a transparent  stain  is  produced,  which  dis- 
appears upon  the  application  of  heat.  Many  liquid  volatile 
oils  hold  solid  volatile  oils  in  solution.  When  allowed  to 
stand  undisturbed  for  a period  of  time,  or  at  a low  temperature, 
the  latter  are  separated  in  a crystalline  form  and  precipitated. 
This  precipitate  is  termed  stearoptene. 

Yolatile  oils  are  but  very  slightly  soluble  in  wrater,  the  solu- 
tion simply  acquiring  in  a slight  degree  the  odor  and  taste  of 
the  oil.  They  are  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  and  liquid 
fats.  Only  those  volatile  oils  that  contain  oxygen  are  soluble 
in  dilute  alcohol.  The  greater  the  proportion  of  oxygen  they 
contain,  the  greater  their  solubility.  The  boiling  point  of 
volatile  oils  is  variable.  The  greater  part  of  them,  however, 
boil  ? t 320°  F.  When  distilled  alone  they  are  partially  de- 
composed. Most  of  the  volatile  oils  contain  oxygen ; a large 
number,  however,  are  destitute  of  oxygen.  When  exposed  to 
the  air,  they  absorb  oxygen,  give  off  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  are 
finally  converted  into  resins.  Some  volatile  oils  become  acid 
ulous  by  the  absorption  of  oxygen,  and  gradually  separate 
crystals  of  a peculiar  acid.  Alkaloids  convert  them,  in  the 
presence  of  air,  into  resins,  with  which  they  enter  into  com- 
bination forming  resinates.  A few  of  these  oils  contain 
sulphur.  Yolatile  oils  are  not  alone  produced  during  the 
period  of  organic  activity,  but  are  frequently  originated  by 
fermentation,  or  the  reaction  of  nitrogenous  or^  oxydising 
substances  upon  indifferent  vegetable  materials.  Many  living 
plants  contain  no  volatile  oil ; but  as  soon  as  they  cease  to 
grow,  and  are  subjected  to  fermentation,  volatile  oils  are 
originated.  We  have  an  illustration  in  the  volatile  oil  of  bit- 
ter almonds.  This  oil  does  not  exist  ready  formed  in  the 
almond,  but  is  originated  by  the  reactions  which  take  place 
while  it  is  undergoing  decomposition.  By  powdering  the 
kernels  coarsely,  mixing  them  with  water,  and  allowing  them 
to  stand  for  24  hours,  a peculiar  fermentation  ensues.  Two 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


55 


products  are  originated  by  this  fermentation,  viz,  volatile  oil , 
and  hydrocyanic  acid.  This  is  brought  about  by  the  reaction 
of  emulsin , a peculiar  nitrogenous  substance,  upon  amyydalin, 
whereby  the  latter  is  decomposed,  and  the  two  above-named 
substances  are  produced. 

The  Camphors  are  nothing  more  nor  less  than  solid  volatile 
oils,  (stearoptene.) 

Many  plants  owe  their  employment  in  medicine  to  the  vola- 
tile oils  they  afford. 

Resin — Resins  are  peculiar  proximate  principles,  possessing 
different  degrees  of  solidity.  They  are  mostly  hard,  brittle, 
and  pulverulent ; sometimes  soft,  and,  when  they  exist  mixed 
with  volatile  oils,  semi-liquid.  The  solid  resins  are  non- 
conductors of  electricity ; but,  when  subjected  to  friction, 
become  electro-negative.  A small  number  only  are  crystallis- 
able.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  larger  number  of  them  is 
greater  than  that  of  water,  ranging  from  .9  to  1.2.  All  resins 
are  fusible,  some  being  decomposed,  others  not,  but  none  can 
be  volatilised  without  undergoing  decomposition.  They  are 
inflammable,  and  burn  with  a bright,  but  sihbky  flame.  Solid 
resins  undergo  no  alteration  when  exposed  to  the  air ; but  soft 
and  semi-liquid  resins  gradually  harden,  by  reason  of  the  vol- 
atile oil  being  converted  by  degrees  into  resin. 

The  origination  of  resins  out  of  volatile  oils  is  effected  in 
various  ways.  For  instance,  a certain  amount  of  oxygen  is 
absorbed  from  the  atmosphere,  and  an  equivalent  amount  of 
hydrogen  is  displaced,  resulting  in  a degree  of  oxydation.  In 
the  second  place,  a certain  quantity  of  oxygen  is  absorbed 
without  displacing  the  elements  of  water,  and  in  the  third 
place,  by  the  absorption  of  a larger  quantity  of  oxygen,  with 
or  without  displacing  hydrogen,  but  forming  and  discharging 
carbonic  acid  gas.  This  last  reaction  results  in  a higher  degree 
of  oxydation. 

All  resins  contain  carbon,  hydrogen  and  oxygen.  They  are 
insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  volatile  and 
fatty  oils.  They  do  not  unite  with  acids,  but,  on  the  contrary, 
many  of  them  have  an  acidulous  reaction,  which  is  shown  by 


56 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


their  changing  blue  litmus  paper  to  red.  They  combine 
readily  with  bases,  forming  resinates,  and  are  freely  soluble  in 
a solution  of  caustic  or  carbonic  alkali.  Acidulous  resins, 
when  dissolved  in  alcohol,  are  not  precipitated  by  the  addition 
of  ammonia,  but  those  possessing  no  acid  character  are  thrown 
down.  Resins  sometimes  occur  in  the  cells  of  plants,  but  in 
general  exist  in  the  form  of  secretions  outside  of  the  cell. 
They  are  truly  nothing  more  nor  less  than  oxydised  volatile 
oils,  and  are  often  artificially  produced  by  the  reaction  of  acids, 
or  a higher  temperature,  upon  organic  substances.  Resins  form 
an  important  class  of  remedial  agents. 

Balsams  are  simply  a mixture  of  resin  and  volatile  oil. 

Oleo-Resins. — The  substances  designated  by  this  appella- 
tion do  not  form  a separate  class,  possessing  distinct  chemical 
i lniracteristics,  but  are  simply  a mixture  of  resin,  wax,  and 
fixed  oil.  These  compounds  are  mostly  found  in  the  leaves 
and  stems  of  plants,  and  are  generally  of  a greenish  color. 
The  wax  and  fatty  oil,  admixed  with  the  resin,  seldom  have 
any  particular  medicinal  value.  The  therapeutic  properties 
reside  chiefly  in  the  admixed  resins. 

Gum-Resins. — Gum-resins  are  likewise  a mixture  of  differ- 
ent substances,  which  are  found  circulating  through  certain  of 
the  cell- vessels,  particularly  the  bast-cells,  of  various  plants. 
When  these  cells  are  ruptured,  the  gum-resin  exudes  out,  and, 
on  coming  in  contact  with  the  atmosphere,  hardens,  forming  a 
brown  or  yellowish  gray  mass.  When  it  first  exudes  from  the 
plant  it  resembles  the  milk-sap  in  appearance,  and  is  of  a white 
or  yellowish  cast. 

Gum-resins  are  only  partly  soluble  in  water,  with  which 
they  simply  form  an  emulsion ; neither  are  they  wholly  solu- 
ble in  alcohol.  In  general  they  are  composed  of  a mixture  of 
different  resins,  gum,  mucilage,  volatile  oil,  and  in  some 
instances,  alkaloids. 

Resinoids. — Like  the  preceding,  these  are  also  a mixture  of 
different  vegetable  constituents.  They  are  formed  by  a com- 
bination of  several  resins  possessing  different  degrees  of  electro- 
negative reaction,  and  of  dissimilar  chemical  properties.  A 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 

portion  of  these  resins,  when  separated,  are  readily  and  wholly 
soluble  in  a solution  of  caustic  ammonia,  and  a saturated 
solution  may  be  boiled  for  a short  time  without  separating  the 
resin.  When  the  solution  is  evaporated,  a compound  of 
ammonia  and  resin  remain  behind,  in  which  the  resin  largely 
predominates.  This  portion  of  the  resins  have  an  acidulous 
reaction,  and  are  strongly  electro-negative. 

Another  portion  of  these  resinous  constituents  are  also 
soluble  in  a solution  of  caustic  ammonia  at  the  ordinary  tem- 
perature ; but  when  the  solution  is  boiled  for  a quarter  of  an 
hour,  the  resin  is  separated  free  of  ammonia.  . Although  less 
electro-negative  than  the  preceding  class,  they  are  precipitated 
from  their  alcoholic  solution  by  the  addition  of  a solution  of 
acetate  of  copper.  They  are  soluble,  by  the  aid  of  heat,  in  a 
solution  of  carbonate  of  soda,  carbonic  acid  being  expelled 
during  the  process.  Their  alcoholic  solution  reddens  blue  lit- 
mus paper. 

A third  class  of  these  resins  are  neither  soluble  in  a solution 
of  caustic  ammonia,  nor  in  a boiling  solution  of  carbonate  of 
soda,  but  are  readily  soluble  in  a solution  of  caustic  potassa  or 
caustic  soda.  They  are  not  precipitated  from  their  alcoholic 
solution  by  the  acetate  of  copper ; but  give  a precipitate  when 
treated  with  an  alcoholic  solution  of  the  acetate  of  lead.  Their 
alcoholic  solution,  when  hot,  reddens  blue  litmus  paper.  This 
class  of  resins  are  feebly  electro-negative. 

A fourth  class  of  these  resins  are  insoluble  even  in  a solu- 
tion of  caustic  potassa  or  soda,  but  may  sometimes  be  dis- 
solved in  a saturated  alkaline  solution  of  some  other  resin, 
from  which  they  are  again  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  more 
of  the  alkalie.  These  resins  have  no  acidulous  or  electro-neg- 
ative reaction,  and  form  a distinct  class,  for  which  we  propose 
the  term  indifferent  or  neutral  resins.  Eesinoids  are  insolu- 
ble in  water,  but  are  completely  soluble  in  alcohol.  They 
form  a common  constituent  of  plants,  and  are  produced  chiefly 
in  those  bast-cells  having  a milk-sap  circulation.  None  are 
colorless,  neither  uniform  in  color,  varying  from  light  to  dark 
yellow,  red.  brown,  or  green.  Plants  are  richest  in  resinoids 


58 


CONSTITUENTS*  OF  PLANTS. 


at  the  period  when  vegetable  activity  is  arrested  by  the  ap- 
proach of  winter.  By  the  reaction  of  strong  acids,  resinoids 
are  decomposed  and  converted  into  tanneous  substances.  The 
greater  number  of  them  combine  with  tannic  acid  and  form 
compounds  insoluble  in  alcohol.  All  resinoids  possess,  with- 
out exception,  valuable  remedial  properties. 

Caoutchouc. — This  substance  occurs  only  in  bast-cells 
having  a milk-sap  circulation,  and  appears  in  the  form  of  small 
globules  suspended  in  the  milk-sap,  giving  to  it  an  emulsion- 
like appearance.  It  is  extensively  employed  for  technical 
purposes,  but  .cannot  be  considered  as  a therapeutic  principle, 
seldom  or  never  being  used  internally. 

Coloring  Matters. — These  substances  are  diffused  through- 
out the  entire  structure  of  plants,  and  give  to  them  their 
characteristic  colors.  They  differ  very  much  in  their  chemical 
properties,  many  of  them  being  soluble  in  water,  and  bearing 
a strong  resemblance  to  the  neutral  or  extractive  substances  / 
while  others  are  insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in  alcohol,  and 
bear  a strong  similarity  to  the  resins.  Another  portion  are 
soluble  in  ether,  and  conform  in  their  general  properties  with 
wax.  Many  of  them  combine  with  acids  and  bases,  whereby 
their  original  color  is  greatly  modified,  and  their  properties 
changed.  The  larger  number  of  them  combine  with  metallic 
oxydes,  and  form  insoluble  compounds.  A few  of  the  color- 
ing matters  contain  nitrogen. 

The  most  common  of  the  coloring  matters  is  chlorophyl. 
It  is  found  in  all  plants,  and  gives  to  them  their  green  color. 
Chlorophyl  contains  nitrogen.  It  generally  appears  in  the 
form  of  minute  grains ; but  these  grains  are  not  wholly  com- 
posed of  chlorophyl,  being  a mixture  of  chlorophyl  and 
colorless  protein  substances,  the  latter  largely  predominating 
in  quantity.  Chlorophyl  is  produced  directly  from  protein 
substances  by  the  action  of  sun-light.  It  is  insoluble  in  water, 
but  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  hydrochloric  acid,  and  solutions 
of  alkalies.  During  the  fall  months  it  undergoes  a series  of 
changes,  being  converted  into  a red  coloring  matter  termed 
erythrophyl , or  into  yellow  colored  substances  called  xantho - 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


59 


phyl.  The  peculiar  processes  by  which  these  changes  are  pro- 
duced are  not  understood.  Coloring  matters,  in  general,  are 
found  dissolved  in  the  cell-^ap,  or  suspended  in  it  in  small 
globules.  We  know  of  but  a few  instances  in  which  the  cell* 
walls  themselves  are  colored,  while  at  the  same  time  the  cell- 
sap  is  colorless ; but  we  often  find  cells  entirely  filled  up  with 
coloring  matters,  particularly  with  those  possessing  tanneous 
properties.  We  also  often  find  coloring  matters  existing  in 
the  form  of  secretions  outside  of  the  cells,  and  which,  in  general, 
partake  of  a resinous  character.  When  the  cell-sap  is  of  a red 
color,  it  indicates  the  presence  of  free  acid.  Blue  cell-sap  indi- 
cates the  presence  of  free  alkalie.  The  coloring  matters 
increase  in  amount,  in  dried  plants,  for  a series  of  years. 
Many  of  these  coloring  principles  possess  valuable  therapeutic 
properties,  while  others  are  wholly  inert  and  worthless  as 
medicine. 

Extractive  Substances  or  Neutrals. — These  terms  are 
applied  to  a great  number  of  substances  which  may  be  extract- 
ed from  plants  by  means  of  water  or  alcohol,  either  cold  or 
hot,  and  which  possess  very  different  physical  and  chemical 
properties.  They  are  called  neutral  because  they  have  neither 
basic  nor  acid  properties,  and  possess  neither  positive  nor 
negative  electricity.  Many  of  the  neutral  substances  are  crys- 
tallisable,  others  are  amorphous;  some  are  colorless,  but  in 
general  they  possess  a distinctive  color,  varying  according  to 
the  source  from  whence  they  are  derived.  But  few  of  the 
neutrals  are  tasteless.  They  may  be  either  sweet,  bitter, 
astringent,  or  sharp  and  caustic.  When  a solution  of  these 
neutral  substances  is  exposed  for  a time  to  the  action  of  the 
atmosphere,  they  are  materially  altered  in  their  composition 
and  properties.  Particularly  is  this  the  case  when  a watery 
solution  is  evaporated.  During  the  process  of  evaporation 
oxygen  is  absorbed,  carbonic  acid  is  formed  and  escapes  in  the 
form  of  gas,  and  a dark  brown  substance  but  slightly  soluble 
in  water  is  separated.  This  extractive  sediment  is  termed 
apotheme.  This  apothi  mean  substance  first  appears  upon  the 
surface  of  the  liquid  in  the  form  of  a brown  colored  pellicle, 


60 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


and  finally  precipitates  in  the  form  of  a powder.  This  sub- 
stance continues  to  form  so  long  as  the  evaporation  is  continued, 
or  so  long  as  any  of  the  neutral  principle  remains.  Neutral  sub- 
stances may  be  instantly  converted  into  apotheme  by  the  action 
of  chlorine . The  conversion  of  neutral  substances  into  apo- 
theme is  brought  about  by  the  absorption  of  oxygen  from  the 
atmosphere,  which  combines  with  a portion  of  the  carbon  of 
the  neutral,  forming  carbonic  acid,  which  is  expelled,  while  at 
the  same  time  a part  of  the  hydrogen  and  oxygen  of  the  neu- 
tral unite  and  form  water.  For  this  reason  the  apotheme 
appears  richer  in  carbon  than  the  neutral  from  which  it  is 
derived.  Apotheme  is  slightly  soluble  in  cold  alcohol,  more 
so  in  hot,  and  easily  and  readily  dissolved  in  a solution  of  car- 
bonic or  caustic  alkalie,  out  of  which  solutions  it  is  again  pre- 
cipitated by  the  addition  of  acids,  with  a portion  of  which  it 
combines.  Apotheme  bears  a striking  resemblance  to  ulmic , 
humic , and  japonic  acids , according  to  the  neutral  from  which 
it  is  derived. 

The  neutrals  agree  in  their  general  character  in  one  respect 
only ; and  that  is,  in  being  very  easily  and  readily  decomposed, 
the  slightest  influence  of  other  substances,  when  brought  in 
contact,  being  sufficient  to  produce  their  complete  decom- 
position and  destruction,  and  entirely  change  their  chemical 
and  therapeutic  properties.  In  other  respects  they  are  very 
dissimilar,  having  no  general  character  in  common. 

A solution  of  some  of  the  neutral  substances  is  readily  ab- 
sorbed by  charcoal,  either  animal  or  vegetable ; while  others 
are  absorbed  only  after  long  continued  boiling.  Others  are 
precipitated  from  their  solution  by  the  addition  of  a solution 
of  the  tri-basic  acetate  of  lead,  (3  Pb  O-j-X)-  Many  of  the 
neutrals  are  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol.  Many  of  them  are 
remarkable  for  their  hygroscopic  properties,  absorbing  moisture 
from  the  atmosphere  very  rapidly. 

Neutral  principles  occur  in  all  plants,  and  form  a large  and 
important  class  of  proximate  medicinal  principles.  Many 
plants  are  entirely  dependent  upon  the  possession  of  this 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


61 


principle  for  remedial  value  and  to  its  presence  owe  their 
employment  in  medicine. 

Humus  and  its  metamorphosed  products  are  not  constitu- 
ents of  the  living  cells,  and  have  no  therapeutic  value.  They 
are  products  of  the  decomposition  and  putrefaction  of  solid 
organic  matters,  and  are  important  only  as 'belonging  to  the 
class  of  nutritive  substances  which  the  plant  absorbs  from  the 
soil. 

Raving  now  completed  our  brief  history  of  the  principal 
constituents  of  vegetable  activity,  we  propose  to  give  the 
rationale  of  the  reactions  whereby  the  proximate  medicinal 
principles  are  decomposed,  and  their  chemical  composition  and 
therapeutic  properties  either  modified  or  entirely  changed.  In 
order  that  the  reader  may  more  readily  trace  the  application 
of  our  exposition,  we  will  first  briefly  recapitulate  the  main 
facts  in  relation  thereto,  set  forth  in  the  preceding  pages. 

W e have  seen  that  acids  are  originated  during  the  period  of 
organic  activity,  and  also  by  the  decomposition  of  some  of  the 
constituents  of  the  plant  after  the  cessation  of  that  period.  A 
greater  number  of  the  vegetable  acids  pertain  to  the  nutritive 
constituents,  and  are  originated  by  the  conversion  of  amylum 
and  oils  into  cell-substance.  These  acids  are  reconvertible 
into  amylum  and  oils.  Tannin  substances,  it  has  been  shown, 
are  not  products  of  organic  growth,  but  are  formed  by  a putre- 
factive conversion  of  cellulose.  With  protein  substances  they 
form  insoluble  compounds,  and  by  the  action  of  water  and 
oxygen  are  converted  into  huminoid  substances. 

Alkaloids  are  the  products  of  living  cells  only,  never  increas- 
ing in  amount  in  the  dead  plant,  yet  liable  to  form  combinations 
whereby  their  medicinal  value  is  suppressed.  Thus,  they  com- 
bine with  tannic  acid,  and  when  the  latter  is  present  in 
sufficient  quantity,  form  bi-tannates,  which  are  insoluble  except 
in  stronger  acids. 

Cellulose,  xylogen,  amylum,  dextrine,  pectin,  gum,  and 
mucilage  all  agree  in  yielding  grape-sugar.  Cellulose  is  con 
verted  by  the  living  cells  into  wood  and  cork  substance,  and 
by  retrogressive  chemical  action  into  starch.  Protein  substan- 


62 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


ces  undergo  spontaneous  decomposition,  and  transfer  this 
property  to  substances  of  a more  enduring  composition,  thus 
greatly  promoting  putrefaction  and  decomposition. 

Starch  is  converted  by  the  processes  of  vegetable  activity 
into  dextrine  and  grape-sugar,  out  of  which  products  cellulose 
is  formed  by  the  action  of  protoplasma.  By  the  same  activity 
cellulose  is  reconverted  into  starch.  By  the  reaction  of  albu- 
minous substances,  starch  is  converted,  first  into  dextrine,  then 
into  grape-sugar,  and  finally  into  acetic  and  lactic  acids. 

Sugars  are  liable  to  both  spontaneous  and  chemical  decom- 
positions, by  which  various  acids  are  originated,  and  which  in 
turn  react  upon  the  therapeutic  principles.  • 

Gum  combines  with  bases,  and  is  sometimes  originated  by 
the  reaction  of  protein  substances  upon  a solution  of  sugar. 

Mucilages  also  combine  with  bases,  and  sometimes  with 
resins,  forming  a class  of  substances  to  which  we  have  given 
the  name  of  muci-resins. 

Fixed  oils  are  substituted  for  starch  in  some  plants,  and  are 
liable  to  similar  decompositions,  and  give  origin  to  a variety 
of  acids. 

Volatile  oils  are  converted  by  the  action  of  the  atmosphere 
into  resins.  By  the  absorption  of  oxygen  some  of  them  become 
acidulous,  and  deposit  crystals  of  a peculiar  acid.  Alkalies  con- 
vert them,  when  exposed  to  the  air,  into  resins,  with  which  they 
combine  and  form  resinates.  Many  volatile  oils  do  not  exist 
in  the  living  plant,  but  are  originated  by  the  reaction  of  nitro- 
genous or  oxydising  substances  upon  neutral  vegetable  mate- 
rials, during  the  process  of  decomposition. 

Kesins  are  frequently  acidulous,  and  combine  with  bases, 
forming  resinates.  They  are  often  artificially  produced  by  the 
reaction  of  acids,  or  of  a higher  temperature,  upon  organic 
matters,  particularly  volatile  oils. 

Balsams,  oleo-resins,  ard  resinoids  are  compound  substances, 
containing  two  or  more  of  the  previously  described  proximate 
principles.  Kesinoids  are  converted  by  the  action  of  strong 
acids  into  tanneous  substances.  The  greater  number  of  them 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


63 


combine  with  tannic  acids,  and  form  compounds  insoluble  in 
alcohol. 

Neutral  principles  form  a large  class  of  remedial  substances, 
constituting  the  entire  medicinal  value  of  many  plants.  They 
are  remarkably  susceptible  to  disorganising  influences,  and  are 
readily  and  rapidly  decomposed.  By  the  evaporation  of  their 
watery  solution  they  are  converted  into  a peculiar  substance 
termed  apotheme.  They  are  remarkable  for  the  avidity  with 
which  they  absorb  water,  hence  should  be  carefully  ex- 
cluded from  the  air.  They  are  the  principles  usually  afforded 
by  aqueous  preparations,  and  the  first  to  undergo  decomposi- 
tion in  pharmac  1 1 cal  preparations.  We  shall  notice  them 
again  in  speaking  of  extracts. 

Those  compound  vegetable  substances  which  are  least  com- 
plicated in  their  structure,  that  is,  which  contain  the  smallest 
number  of  elenv-nty,  as  well  as  the  smallest  number  of 
equivalents,  or  an>..!S  of  the  elements  of  which  they  are  com- 
posed, are  the  most  constant  and  enduring  in  their  character, 
and  longest  resist  decomposition.  In  proportion  as  the 
number  of  elements,  or  the  number  of  the  atoms  or  equiva- 
lents of  the  component  elements  is  increased,  do  organic 
compounds  manifest  a disposition  to  undergo  transformations, 
and  to  resolve  into  more  simple  forms.  The  presence  of  water 
and  oxygen  is  sufficient,  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  to  insti- 
tute and  promote  those  peculiar  decompositions  which  are 
Variously  termed  fermentation,  putrefaction,  moldering,  and 
rotting.  Every  substance  which  will  absorb  water  and  repel 
oxygen,  or  which  will  combine  directly  with  organic  com- 
pounds, rendering  them  more  permanent  in  their  composition, 
will  prevent  or  retard  decomposition. 

The  processes  by  which  the  different  kinds  of  decomposition 
above-named  are  effected,  are  various  and  dissimilar,  accord- 
ingly as  the  substance  is  exposed  to  a free  access  of  air,  or  is 
immersed  in  water,  or  buried  in  the  soil.  The  most  simple 
form  of  decomposition  is  that  which  organic  substances  con- 
taining no  nitrogen  undergo,  when  exposed  to  the  action  of 
the  atmosphere.  The  rat ' onale  of  the  process  is  as  follows — 


64 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


Oxygen  is  absorbed,  combines  with  the  hydrogen  of  the 
organic  substance,  and  forms  water ; while  the  carbon  and 
oxygen  of  the  substance  unite  and  form  carbonic  acid  which 
is  dissipated  in  the  form  of  gas.  This  species  of  decomposi- 
tion is  simply  a process  of  oxydation.  Woody  substances 
particularly,  undergo  this  variety  of  decomposition  when 
exposed  to  the  necessary  conditions.  It  is  this  species  of 
decomposition  which  trees,  cut  in  the  early  part  of  the  season, 
when  the  stem  is  succulent  with  sap,  so  rapidly  undergo.  It 
is  for  this  reason  that  trees  cut  at  this  period  are  unfit  for  the 
purposes  of  timber,  as  we  have  already  stated  in  the  preceding 
chapter.  Nor  are  they  of  much  value  as  firewood,  for  by  this 
spontaneous  decomposition,  a greater  portion  of  their  carbon 
and  hydrogen  is,  so  to  speak,  burned  up;  that  is,  consumed  in 
the  formation  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  in  this  form  dissipated. 

Medicinal  roots,  barks,  etc.,  gathered  at  this  season,  are  sub- 
ject to  the  same  species  of  decomposition,  and  speedily  become 
inert  and  worthless. 

Another  species  of  decomposition  to  which  organic  sub- 
stances containing  no  nitrogen  are  subject,  takes  place  when 
those  substances  are  brought  in  contact  with  water,  and 
partially  excluded  from  atmospheric  air.  In  this  instance 
not  only  is  oxygen  absorbed,  but  also  the  elements  of  water, 
which  are  taken  up  in  considerable  quantities,  carbonic  acid 
gas  is  expelled,  and  the  result  is  a compound  possessed  of  very 
different  chemical  and  physical  properties.  Woody  fibre  is 
peculiarly  subject  to  this  species  of  decomposition,  and  mani- 
fests the  change  by  gradually  losing  its  color,  density,  and 
becoming  pulverulent.  This  phenomenon  is  frequently  to  be 
observed  in  the  stems  of  old  trees.  In  familiar  language  it  is 
termed  powder-post. 

Not  even  the  complete  exclusion  of  atmospheric  air  will  pre 
vent  non-nitrogenous  organic  substances  from  undergoing  de 
composition,  provided  water  be  present.  Of  this  we  have  an 
example  in  the  formation  of  bituminous  and  anthracite  coals. 

Organic  acids,  even  when  chemically  pure,  cannot  be  pre- 
served in  the  form  of  a watery  solution,  without  being  decom- 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


65 


posed.  For  example,  the  oxalic  acid , (C2  03,)  the  most  simple 
in  its  composition  of  all  the  organic  acids,  is  speedily  decom- 
posed when  dissolved  in  water,  no  matter  how  effectually  it  is 
excluded  from  the  air.  In  this  instance  the  water  is  decom- 
posed, and  its  elements  uniting  with  those  of  the  acid,  various 
products  are  originated,  as  follows  : a portion  of  the  oxygen  of 
the  water  combines  with  a portion  of  the  ca/rbon  of  the  acid , 
and  forms  carbonic  acid  ; while  a portion  of  the  hydrogen  of 
the  water  combines  with  a portion  of  the  carbon  of  the  acid 
forming  a hydro-carbon  compound,  (0.  H2,)  etc.  At  the  same 
time  a peculiar  fungus  is  generated,  belonging  to  the  lower 
order  of  cryptogamic  plants,  known  in  common  language  by 
the  name  of  mould. 

A solution  of  tarta/ric  and  other  acids  will  undergo  decom- 
position in  a manner  similar  to  that  which  we  have  just 
described. 

Those  organic  substances  which  contain  nitrogen , evince  a 
more  ready  tendency  to  undergo  decomposition  than  the  pre- 
ceding, provided  the  volume  of  nitrogen  bears  a due  proportion 
to  the  rest  of  the  elements;  that  is,  if  the  number  of  its  atoms 
be  neither  too  great  nor  too  small.  By  the  addition  of  another 
element,  the  affinities  of  a more  simple  substance  are  increased, 
and  these  affinities  being  displayed  at  the  same  time,  the  con- 
sequent reactions  become  more  complex.  Vegetable  matters 
containing  nitrogen , absorb  oxygen  from  the  atmosphere,  and 
decompose  the  water  which  may  be  present.  The  hydrogen 
which  is  set  free  by  the  decomposition  of  the  water,  combines 
with  the  nitrogen  of  the  organic  matter,  and  forms  ammonia , 
(N.H3) ; while  the  oxygen  either  unites  with  the  carbon  of  the 
vegetable  material  and  forms  carbonic  acid  (C.  0?),  or  with 
ca/rbon  and  a portion  of  the  hydrogen  of  the  water,  forming 
some  other  organic  acid,  as,  for  instance,  lactic  acid  (C6  Hft  06 
-f-H.  O.)  At  the  same  time  carbonic  acid  and  another  portion 
of  the  hydrogen  are  set  free,  and  if  the  organic  substance  con- 
tains sulphate  on  phosphate  salts , they  will  be  found  to  yield 
traces  of  sulphuretted  or  phosphuretted  hydrogen , (H.  S.)  or 
(1\  H3).  When  nitrogenous  substances  are  immersed  in  water, 


66 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


they  not  only  undergo  spontaneous  decomposition,  but  also 
decompose  a portion  of  the  water,  forming  carbonic  acid , (0. 
02)  and  carburetted  hydrogen  (C.  Hv),  which  escape  in  the 
form  of  gas ; while  certain  huminoid  products,  poor  in  oxygen 
and  hydrogen , and  mixed  with  salts  of  oxyde  of  ammonia , 
remain.  The  unstable  character  of  nitrogenous  substances 
renders  them  great  instigators  and  promoters  of  organic  decom- 
positions ; and  being  capable  of  transfering  this  disposition  to 
the  substances  with  which  they  may  come  in  contact,  they  fre- 
quently induce  decomposition  in  organic  compounds  which 
would  otherwise  resist  disintegrating  influences  for  a great 
length  of  time.  In  consequence  of  this  transferred  property, 
the  constituents  of  one  substance  frequently  unite  with  those 
of  another,  when  brought  in  contact.  This  blending  of  the 
constituents  of  the  two  substances  does  not  always  occur,  how- 
ever ; but  the  disposition  of  the  one  substance  to  undergo 
decomposition  is  attended  with  a consequent  activity  of  its 
particles,  which  are  set  in  motion,  and  these  communicating 
their  influence  to  the  particles  of  the  passive  substance,  over- 
come the  indolence  of  their  chemical  affinity,  and  induce 
certain  changes  or  transformations  in  its  composition.  The 
first  species  of  decomposition  is  called  putrefaction ; the  second, 
fermentation. 

When  nitrogenous  and  n on-nitrogenous  vegetable  sub- 
stances are  commingled,  and  undergo  putrefaction  together, 
their  constituents  reciprocally  react  upon  each  other,  effecting 
their  mutual  decomposition,  and  their  elements  reuniting  in 
different  numbers  and  proportions,  various  new  products  are 
formed ; as,  for  instance,  ammonia , lactic  acid , carbonic  acid , 
carburetted  hydrogen , butyric  acid , mannite , gum,  mucil- 
age , etc.,  and  various  offensive  gases , fumes  of  which  are 
emitted  during  the  progress  of  the  mutual  reactions.  This 
species  of  decomposition  is  sometimes  termed  mucinous  fer- 
mentation. 

In  the  instance  above  cited,  if  the  oxygen  cannot  be  derived 
from  the  atmosphere,  by  reason  of  its  exclusion,  it  is  obtained 
by  the  reduction  of  the  admixed  substances;  as,  for  instance, 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


67 


water  and  sulphate  salts , the  latter  being  converted  into  sul- 
phurets.  Thus,  if  sulphate  of  iron  be  present,  its  oxygen  is 
absorbed,  and  it  is  converted  into  sulphuret  of  iron.  The 
hydrogen  which  is  set  free  by  the  decomposition  of  the  water, 
frequently  combines,  at  the  moment  of  its  liberation,  with 
fragmentary  portions  of  the  admixed  substances,  forming 
products  rich  in  hydrogen.  This  species  of  putrefaction  takes 
place  when  the  leaves  of  the  indig  of  era,  and  other  plants 
yielding  the  blue  indigo  of  commerce,  are  immersed  in  water. 
A kind  of  mucous  fermentation  ensues,  water  is  decomposed, 
carbonic  acid,  ammonia,  and  hydrogen  gases  are  evolved,  and 
the  particles  of  coloring  matter,  which  were  blue  in  the  leaf, 
are  held  in  solution,  colorless.  This  loss  of  color  is  effected 
by  the  combination  of  hydrogen,  set  free  by  the  decomposi- 
tion of  water,  with  the  blue  indigo.  The  formula  of  blue 
indigo  is  N.  C,6  .II5  02.  That  of  white  indigo  is  C18  II5  .N. 
0,  + H.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  latter  contains  an  excess  of 
hydrogen.  By  the  absorption  of  oxygen  the  blue  color  is 
restored. 

The  term  fermentation  is  generally  applied  to  the  decom- 
position which  sugar  undergoes  when  exposed  to  the  action 
of  nitrogenous  substances ; but  upon  referring  to  the  preced- 
ing definitions  and  illustrations,  and  taking  into  consideration 
the  great  number  of  organic  substances  generated  by  the 
processes  previously  described,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  greater 
number  of  organic  destructive  processes  belong  to  this  species 
of  decomposition. 

A great  many  organic  substances  may  be  produced  by 
fermentation  artificially  excited. 

The  fermentative  decomposition  of  sugar  is  excited  and 
promoted  by  the  introduction  into  its  solution  of  a peculiar 
cellular  fungus,  termed  yeast.  This  substance  consists  of 
small,  cell-like  globules,  of  which  it  is  estimated  that  a cubic 
inch  contains  eleven  hundred  and  fifty-two  millions.  The 
cell- walls  of  these  globules  are  isomeric  in  composition  with 
starch,  while  the  contents  consist  of  a peculiar  protein  sub- 
stance which  very  readily  and  speedily  undergoes  decomposi- 


68 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


tion.  The  formation  of  this  fungus  is  effected  by  the  action 
of  the  oxygen  of  the  atmosphere  upon  protein  substances  held 
in  solution.  During  the  process  of  fermentation,  the  protein 
contents  of  these  fungus  cells  are  decomposed,  and  acetate  of 
ammonia  and  other  products  are  formed,  leaving  the  cells 
empty  and  exhausted.  As  soon  as  fermentation  begins  in  the 
cells  of  the  yeast,  it  is  transferred  to  the  particles  of  the  sugar, 
which  is  converted  thereby  into  carbonic  acid  and  alcohol. 
When  ‘fermentation  is  once  generated  in  contact  with  the 
atmosphere,  it  does  not  cease  when  the  fermenting  substance 
is  excluded  from  the  air,  even  if  immersed  under  water.  The 
necessary  oxygen  is  obtained  by  the  reduction  of  water,  and 
of  sugar,  while  at  the  same  time  new  products,  rich  in  hydro- 
gen, are  formed.  If  the  substances  undergoing  fermentation 
are  neutral,  among  the  products  will  be  found  fusel- oil ; if  the 
fermenting  liquid  be  acidulous,  ether-like  compounds  are 
formed.  By  a temperature  above  80°  of  Farenheit,  fermen- 
tation is  changed  into  putrefaction,  and  sugar  is  then  converted 
into  mannite,  gum,  lactic  acid,  and  butyric  acid. 

It  is  by  a similar  process  of  fermentation  that  amygdalin , 
when  acted  upon  by  emulsin  in  the  presence  of  water,  is 
decomposed,  giving  rise  to  the  formation  of  volatile  oil,  hydro- 
cyanic acid , sugar , carbonic  acid , and  carburetted  hydrogen. 

Amygdalin  belongs  to  the  class  of  crystallisable  neutral 
substances.  Its  formula  is  C4l1H27.N.  022.  It  is  soluble  in 
water,  out  of  which  it  crystallises  in  large  colorless  prisms, 
containing  six  equivalents  of  water.  Amygdalin  is  derived 
from  the  kernels  of  the  bitter  almond,  peach,  cherry,  prune 
and  other  fruit  stones,  and  from  the  bark  of  the  wild  cherry, 
choke  cherry,  etc. 

Emulsin  is  a peculiar  nitrogenous  constituent  of  both  the 
sweet  and  bitter  almond,  in  the  former  of  which  it  exists 
independent  of  the  presence  of  amygdalin.  It  is  also  found 
in  the  kernels  of  other  fruits,  and  in  many  plants.  It  is  solu- 
ble in  water.  The  formula  is  N.C16H ,,Oa.  In  the  cotyledon 

of  the  almond  and  other  fruits,  and  in  those  other  plants 
yielding  these  two  principles,  the  amygdalin  and  emulsin  exist 


CONSTITUENTS  OF  PLANTS. 


69 


in  separate  and  distinct  cells,  hence,  in  that  condition,  cannot 
react  upon  each  other ; but  when  these  substances  are  bruised 
or  reduced  to  powder,  and  mixed  with  water,  fermentation 
and  decomposition  immediately  ensue.  Not  only  are  the 
amygdalin  and  emulsin  decomposed,  but  also  a portion  of  the 
water,  giving  rise  to  the  products  above  named.  We  shall 
have  occasion  to  refer  to  this  peculiar  fermentative  decompo- 
sition when  treating  of  the  properties  and  employment  of 
Prunin  and  Cerasein. 

A similar  fermentation  ensues  when  sinapisine  is  submitted 
to  the  action  of  myrosyne , in  the  presence  of  water.  Decom- 
position takes  place,  and  volatile  oil,  sulpho-hydrocyanic  acid, 
and  other  products  are  originated, 

We  have  now  completed  our  brief  history  of  the  different 
varieties  of  decomposition  to  which  vegetable  substances  are 
subject,  and  propose,  in  another  chapter,  to  make  a practical 
application  of  the  preceding  facts  while  discussing  the  subject 
of  officinal  preparations.  Our  great  aim  is  to  awaken  the 
attention  of  the  profession  to  the  best  methods  of  preparing 
remedials,  be  they  either  simple  or  compound,  so  that  we  may 
secure  their  full,  and  what  is  of  quite  as  much  impoitan.ee, 
their  definite  value.  If  we  can  show  that  the  ordinary  phar- 
maceutical preparations,  such  as  are  now  recognized  by  the 
term  officinal , are  defective  and  not  prepared  in  accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  science,  we  will  have  made  a begin- 
ning. But  if  we  can  go  further,  and  point  out  the  manner  in 
which  these  imperfections  may  be  rectified,  we  feel  that  we 
shall  be  truly  advancing  the  interests  of  positive  medical 
science. 


CHAPTER  IH 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


Officinal  Preparations — Infusions — Decoctions — Extracts,  etc. — their 
liability  to  Decomposition-of  variable  strength — frequently  inert,  etc 
— Concentrated  Medicines  proper — their  advantages — uniform  and 
definite  in  strength — not  liable  to  change,  etc. 


From  tlie  earliest  times  many  disadvantages  have  been  recog- 
nised in  the  employment  of  crude  medicines,  and  many  and 
various  processes  have  been  devised,  whereby  to  bring  their 
remedial  properties  into  a more  definite  and  convenient  form. 
We  have  shown  some  of  the  disadvantages  arising  from  the 
employment  of  crude  organic  medicines  in  the  first  chapter, 
and,  as  there  promised,  will  now  endeavor  to  demonstrate  the 
correctness  of  the  objections  there  named. 

We  now  propose  to  critically  examine  the  various  methods 
of  preparing  organic  remedies  for  the  use  of  the  physician, 
and  to  apply  the  tests  of  organic  chemistry  to  the  preparations 
named  at  the  head  of  this  chapter.  We  shall  then  be  enabled 
to  see  how  far  the  labors  of  the  pharmaceutist  have  tended  fo 
accomplish  the  desired  object.  And  first  we  will  examine — 

Infusions. — These  constitute  the  most  simple  form  in  which 
vegetable  remedial  substances  are  prepared  for  exhibition. 
A part,  or  the  whole  of  a plant  is  bruised  and  put  into  some 
convenient  vessel,  boiling  water  is  added,  and  the  whole  is 
allowed  to  stand  for  a time  in  a warm  place.  The  hot  water 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


71 


softens  and  swells  np  tlie  tissues  of  the  plant,  and  extracts  a 
portion  of  those  principles  which  are  soluble  in  water,  both 
medicinal  and  nutritive.  Thus  far  the  process  seems  well 
enough ; but  let  us  look  a little  closer  at  the  process,  and 
examine  it  in  all  its  aspects.  In  the  first  chapter  we  have 
demonstrated  that  one  great  objection  to  the  employment  of 
crude  organic  remedies,  depends  upon  the  fact  that  they  are 
extremely  variable  as  regards  the  quantitive  product  of  active 
proximate  principles.  Not  only  does  the  actual  amount  of 
medicinal  constituents  vary  infinitely,  but  frequently  are  the 
specimens  entirely  inert.  Will  this  discrepancy  be  equalised 
by  the  preparation  of  the  substance  in  infusion?  By  no 
means  whatever.  Not  only  will  the  therapeutic  deficiencies 
of  the  plant  go  unremedied,  but  absolutely  be  rendered  more 
uncertain  in  consequence  of  the  presence  of  a considerable 
amount  of  other  active  principles  insoluble  in  water , such  as 
resins,  resinoids,  oils,  etc.,  which  will  not  only  be  retained  by 
the  plant,  but  will  also  cause  the  retention  of  a considerable 
amount  of  such  portions  as  would  be  otherwise  soluble.  In 
this  way  the  full  value  of  such  of  the  medicinal  power  as 
^rould  otherwise  be  yielded  to  the  water,  is  withheld.  As 
plants  are  richer  at  some  seasons  than  at  others  in  those  prin- 
ciples which  are  insoluble  in  water,  it  follows  that  the  gather- 
ing of  the  plant  at  different  seasons,  will  exercise  a great 
influence  in  modifying  the  character  of  the  infusion. 

In  the  second  place,  when  certain  insoluble  active  principles 
are  present  in  the  plant  employed,  they  cannot  be  rejected 
without  seriously  impairing  the  value  of  the  preparation. 
When  a number  of  therapeutic  properties  are  attributed  to  a 
plant,  we  naturally  infer  that  those  properties  respectively 
reside  in  separate  and  distinct  proximate  principles,  and  do  not 
look  for  them  to  be  concentrated  in  one  single  isolated 
principle.  Hence  the  disappointment  frequently  experienced 
by  the  physician,  by  reason  of  overlooking  the  question  of 
plurality  and  solubility  of  the  active  medicinal  constituents 
of  plants. 

Thirdly,  the  water  not  only  extracts  a portion  of  the  medi- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


72 

cinal  constituents  of  tlie  plant,  but  also  a greater  part  of  the 
nutritive  or  non-medicinal  substances,  such  as  grape-sugar, 
gum,  mucilage,  dextrine,  pectin,  various  acids,  protein  sub- 
stances, tanneous  principles,  etc.,  which  of  themselves  undergo 
spontaneous  decomposition,  and  the  accompanying  fermenta- 
tion involves  the  certain  destruction  of  whatever  medicinal 
constituents  may  be  present.  Thus  are  infusions  speedily 
rendered  worthless,  the  time  required  varying  from  a few 
hours  to  a few  days.  By  referring  to  the  preceding  chapter, 
the  reader  will  be  enabled  to  comprehend  the  nature  of  the 
reactions  liable  to  ensue  when  the  above  named  substances  are 
mingled  in  solution.  He  there  will  find  the  individual  char- 
acteristics of  the  different  constituents  defined.  Thus  if  the 
plant  be  prized  on  account  of  its  yielding  tannin,  and  at  the 
same  time  protein  substances  are  afforded  to  the  solution,  they 
will  combine  with  the  tannin,  forming  an  insoluble  compound. 
Or  if  no  protein  substance  be  present,  the  tannin  is  shortly 
converted,  by  the  action  of  water  and  oxygen,  into  humus. 
Or  on  the  Other  hand,  if  these  conditions  are  not  present,  and 
a neutral  principle  is  held  in  solution  independent  of  the  pre- 
sence of  other  substances,  it  is  converted,  if  evaporation  take 
place,  into  apotheme.  If  the  plant  yield  a soluble  alkaloid, 
and  at  the  same  time  tannic  acid,  they  will  combine,  forming, 
if  the  quantity  of  tannic  acid  be  considerable,  a bi-tannate, 
which  is  insoluble  in  every  menstruum  except  a stronger  acid. 
Other  changes  are  liable  to  take  place,  which  the  reader  may 
easily  determine  by  consulting  the  preceding  chapter.  We 
have  particularised  a few,  in  order  to  account  for  the  disap- 
pointment which  no  doubt  many  physicians  have  experienced 
in  the  employment  of  medicinal  plants  when  prepared  in  this 
form.  In  consequence  of  the  want  of  a knowledge  of  these 
facts,  many  really  valuable  plants  have  been  condemned  as 
worthless,  or  at  least  as  of  uncertain  value.  The  natural 
defects  of  the  plant,  together  with  the  unscientific  method  of 
its  preparation,  have  created  much  division  of  opinion,  and 
brought  many  excellent  remedies  into  disrepute. 

The  chemical  properties  of  the  water  employed  in  making 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


73 


infusions,  exercise  a greatly  modifying  influence.  Tlius,  if 
the  water  contain  earthy  salts,'  as,  for  instance,  carbonate  of 
lime,  it  will  precipitate  a great  proportion  of  the  medicinal 
constituents,  and  render  the  infusion  comparatively  worthless. 

Decoctions. — When  a plant  is  boiled  in  water  for  a time, 
the  solution  so  formed  is  termed  a decoction.  Such  prepara- 
tions generally  contain  more  of  the  soluble  constituents  of  the 
plant,  particularly  the  nutritive,  a portion  of  which  become 
insoluble  when  the  decoction  cools,  and  are  precipitated.  These 
precipitates,  in  falling,  mechanically  carry  down  a considerable 
portion  of  the  medicinal  matters  held  in  solution,  and  thus 
materially  diminish  the  value  of  the  preparation.  By  reason 
of  their  containing  more  constituents,  their  chemical  affinities 
are  increased,  and  their  tendency  to  decomposition  augmented 
in  proportion.  As  stated  in  the  first  chapter,  such  prepara- 
tions speedily  run  into  the  putrefactive  fermentation,  particu- 
larly in  warm  weather.  If  the  plant  yield  tannic  acid,  it  will 
combine  with  protein  substances,  forming  insoluble  compounds, 
and  these,  as  above  stated,  will  mechanically  carry  down  much 
of  the  medicinal  matter  present.  If  the  plant  happen  to  yield 
a soluble  alkaloid,  it  will  combine  with  the  tannic  acid,  and 
thus  be  rendered  inert.  It  will  be  remembered  that  the  age 
of  the  plant,  dating  from  the  period  at  which  it  was  gathered, 
will  make  a great  difference  in  regard  to  the  amount  of  tannic 
acid  present,  as  that  constituent  is  formed  after  the  death  of 
the  cells,  by  a putrefactive  conversion  of  the  cellulose.  Hence 
the  amount  of  tannic  acid  increases  with  age.  We  have,  then,  to 
contend  with  much  uncertainty  when  a remedy  is  so  prepared. 
First,  the  uncertain  amount  of  medicinal  power  residing  in  the 
crude  material ; second,  the  liability  of  such  of  the  medicinal 
constituents  as  may  be  extracted,  to  be  precipitated  from  their 
solution  ; third,  the  rapid  decompositions  which  take  place 
when  a number  of  vegetable  constituents  are  mingled  together 
in  solution.  Thus,  if  the  plant  yield  starch,  together  with 
albuminous  matters,  and  which  are  almost  universally  present, 
it  will  undergo  decomposition,  if  the  decoction  be  allowed  to 
Stand  for  a time,  being  first  converted  into  dextrin,  next  into 


74 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


grape-sqgar,  and  finally  into  acetic  and  lactic  acids.  If  grape- 
sugar  be  afforded,  it  will  also  undergo  decomposition,  giving 
rise  to  tbe  formation  of  various  acids.  These,  in  turn,  will 
react  upon  other  of  the  constituents  present.  If  tannic  acid 
be  extracted,  and  does  not  combine  with  any  other  substance, 
it  will  be  converted,  after  a time,  by  the  action  of  the  water 
and  atmosphere,  into  humus.  Thus  are  certain  and  compli- 
cated reactions  involved,  and  the  character  of  the  preparation 
rendered  uncertain  and  inert.  The  presence  of  any  nutritive 
principle  whatever,  is  antagonistic  to  the  integrity  of  every 
pharmaceutical  preparation.  Complete  isolation  of  the  thera- 
peutic constituents  is  the  only  safeguard. 

Extracts. — Of  these  preparations  we  have  several  varieties, 
termed  respectively,  aqueous,  alcoholic,  hydro-alcoholic? 
inspissated,  and  fluid.  No  department  of  pharmacy  more 
needs  a thorough  reformation  than  this.  While  we  are  far 
from  impugning  the  motives  of  those  who  manufacture  these 
preparations  for^the  use  of  the  profession,  believing  that  they 
have  honestly  and  faithfully  endeavored  to  effect  the  best 
results  their  knowledge  of  organic  chemistry  would  permit, 
we  nevertheless  desire  to  call  the  attention  of  the  profession  to 
the  obvious  defects  that  pertain  to  such  preparations,  and 
invite  their  serious  attention  to  a consideration  of  the  facts  we 
are  about  to  present  in  relation  thereto. 

Aqueous  Extracts. — When  an  infusion  or  decoction  is 
evaporated  to  a syrupy  or  honey -like  consistency,  the  residue  is 
known  by  the  general  term  of  extract.  It  will  be  remembered 
that  the  usual  and  almost  sole  medicinal  constituent  yielded  to 
water  is  a neutral  principle.  It  will  also  be  remembered  that 
we  stated,  when  treating  of  the  chemical  properties  of  neutral 
principles  that  when  their  watery  solution  is  exposed  to  a free 
access  of  air,  and  evaporated,  they  undergo  a material  alteration 
in  their  composition.  This  is  precisely  what  occurs  in  the 
preparation  of  watery  extracts.  The  continual  change  of  air 
to  which  the  surface  of  the  evaporating  liquid  is  exposed,  gives 
rise  to  the  formation  of  a peculiar  substance  much  resembling 
humus , to  which  the  name  of  apotheme  has  been  given.  This 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


75 


substance,  as  it  forms,  is  precipitated,  and  in  common  with  tbe 
concentrated  nutritive  substances  which  may  have  been 
afforded  by  the  plant,  forms  the  ordinary  aqueous  extract. 
If  the  evaporating  liquid  is  exposed  to  a strong  heat,  the  neu- 
tral principle  is  completely  decomposed,  and  the  extract 
rendered  entirely  worthless  for  all  medicinal  purposes. 

This  change  does  not  take  place  to  so  great  an  extent  when 
the  extracts  are  prepared  in  vacuo ; but  even  then  they  are 
rendered  none  the  less  liable  to  the  spontaneous  decomposi- 
tions which  afterwards  ensue,  as  sufficient  water  will  always 
be  present  to  institute  and  promote  a destructive  metamor- 
phosis. Frequently  are  the  plants  employed  in  making 
extracts  nearly  or  quite  destitute  of  any  proximate  active 
principles  whatever,  in  which  case  we  have  nothing  for  our 
pains  but  a worthless  mass  of  starch,  grape-sugar,  protein 
substances,  gum,  pectin,  etc.  Thus  lean  we  upon  a broken 
reed  perhaps,  in  the  time  of  our  greatest  need.  Or  perhaps 
the  active  principles  that  give  medicinal  value  to  the  plant  are 
insoluble  in  water,  and  again  is  such  a preparation  obviously 
worthless.  Even  admitting,  for  the  sake  of  argument,  that 
the  watery  extract  may  have  secured  the  neutral  principle 
unchanged,  yet  a very  short  time  will  suffice  to  render  the 
preparation  valueless.  This  result  will  arise  from  the  fact  of 
their  admixture  with  those  non -medicinal  constituents  which 
so  readily  and  rapidly  undergo  decomposition,  and  which,  as 
stated  in  the  preceding  chapter,  communicate  their  disposition 
to  substances  of  a more  enduring  texture.  As  neutral  princi- 
ples are  the  first  to  be  affected  by  such  decomposition,  it 
follows  that  those  preparations  depending  upon  the  presence 
of  thi*s  principle  for  therapeutic  value,  will  soonest  be  rendered 
worthless.  All  extracts  become  entirely  inert  in  one  year 
from  the  time  of  their  preparation.  Extracts  of  narcotic 
plants  are  generally  worthless  after  the  expiration  of  six 
months.  Some  extracts  are  entirely  decomposed  at  the  end 
of  three  weeks.  Extracts  that  should  be  kept  in  hermetically 
closed  vessels,  are  frequently  put  into  earthen  pots  with 


76 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


loosely  fitting  covers,  and  thus  exposed  to  the  destructive 
ravages  of  air  and  moisture. 

Alcoholic  Extracts. — These  are  prepared  by  digesting 
the  crude  materials  in  alcohol,  of  various  per  centages, 
until  the  medicinal  constituents  are  dissolved  out,  and  the 
solution  so  formed  is  reduced  by  distillation  or  evaporation  to 
the  proper  consistency.  Extracts  so  prepared  are  preferable 
to  the  preceding,  inasmuch  as  they  contain  a lesser  proportion 
of  the  non-medicinal  constituents  of  the  plant,  provided  the 
alcohol  employed  in  their  preparation  be  not  too  much 
diluted.  Yet  even  these  will  contain  grape-sugar,  tanneous 
substances,  various  acids,  and  water,  quite  sufficient  to  cause 
them  to.  undergo  decomposition  in  a very  short  time.  It  is 
also  a common  practice  amongst  extract  makers,  to  boil  the 
materials,  after  they  have  been  exhausted  with  alcohol,  in 
water,  so  long  as  they  will  yield  any  soluble  matters,  and  to 
add  this  watery  product  to  the  alcoholic  solution.  In  this 
way  the  quantity  of  extract  is  increased,  but  the  quality  is 
impaired,  as  the  added  constituents  consist  of  gum,  starch, 
grape-sugar,  pectin,  dextrin,  and  other  non-medicinal  matters, 
all  active  agents  in  promoting  fermentation  and  decomposition. 
Even  when  excluded  effectually  from  the  action  of  the  atmos- 
phere, extracts  are  not  proof  against  decomposition,  as  water 
is  always  present  in  sufficient  quantity  to  stimulate  the  chemi- 
cal affinities  of  the  non-nit  rogenous  constituents,  and  when 
once  the  fermentative  or  putrefactive  processes  are  commenced, 
their  influence}  as , previously  explained,  is  communicated  to 
the  more  resisting  constituents.  The  more  complex  such  a 
preparation  may  be,  the  greater  the  number  of  its  affinities, 
consequently  liable  to  a greater  number  and  variety  of  chemi- 
cal reactions. 

Ifydro-alcoholic  extracts  are  similar  to  the  above,  the  only 
difference  being  that  the  plant  is  exhausted,  or,  we.  might 
more  properly  say,  digested  in  dilute  alcohol.  Hence  less  of 
the  constituents  requiring  strong  alcohol  to  dissolve  them  are 
obtained,  while  the  non-medicinal  nutritive  substances  are 
chiefly  extracted.  Their  defects  are  therefore  self-evident. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


77 


Inspissated  Extracts. — This  name  is  given  to  prepara- 
tions made  by  reducing  the  expressed  juice  of  the  fresh  plant 
to  the  proper  consistency.  The  plant  is  bruised  and  subjected 
to  pressure,  and  after  all  the  juice  that  is  possible  is  obtained 
in  this  manner,  hot  water  is  added  to  i,he  plant,  and  the  press- 
ure again  applied,  and  so  on  ad  finem  until  all  the  properties 
are  supposed  to  be  extracted.  The  solutions  so  obtained  are 
mixed,  and  exposed  to  a heat  above  150°  F.,  in  order  te 
coagulate  the  protein  substances,  filtered,  and  evaporated  to 
the  proper  consistence.  Extracts  so  prepared  are  similar  to 
the  alcoholic  extracts,  except  that  if  the  plant  from  which 
they  are  obtained  contain  an  alkaloid  principle,  which 
generally  occurs  in  a crystalline  form,  the  extract  will  not 
possess  it,  unless  the  alkaloid  be  soluble  in  water,  which,  how- 
ever, is  seldom  the  case.  Pressure  will  not  extract  the  crys- 
talline alkaloid  principles  of  plants. 

Fluid  Extracts. — These  are  old  preparations  with  new 
titles.  They  are  variously  prepared,  and  are  nothing  more 
than  infusions,  decoctions,  or  tinctures,  reduced  to  a semi-fluid 
or  syrupy  consistency.  In  some  cases  the  plants  are  treated 
with  water,  the  solution  evaporated,  and  a quantity  of  alcohol 
added.  At  other  times,  the  evaporated  solution  is  mixed 
with  syrup  or  molasses,  and  the  required  consistency  thus 
obtained.  Sometimes  alcohol  is  employed  as  the  menstruum, 
which,  however,  is  generally  evaporated  off,  and  sugar  and 
water  substituted.  The  vapor  of  alcohol,  or  water,  or  both, 
is  employed  by  others,  but  in  either  case  no  definite  result  is 
arrived  at,  so  far  as  regards  the  medicinal  strength  of  the 
preparations.  They  possess  no  advantages  over  other  extracts, 
being  neither  definite  nor  uniform  in  therapeutic  power.  As 
a general  thing,  they  contain  very  little  of  the  active  medi- 
cinal constituents  of  the  plants  from  which  they  are  derived, 
and  frequently  none  at  all.  In  this  statement,  we  are  sup- 
ported by  the  experience  of  eminent  and  scientific  profes- 
sional men,  their  judgment  in  the  matter  being  rendered 
only  after  carefully  conducted  and  extensive  trials.  In  a 
paper  read  before  the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  by  a 


78 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


distinguished  member  of  that  body,  an  impartial  history  is 
given  of  numerous  clinical  and  chemical  analyses,  and  these 
preparations  there  proven  to  be  variable,  uncertain,  and  fre- 
quently inert.  The  reader  has  but  to  transfer  the  application 
of  the  foregoing  facts  to  these  preparations,  and  thereby  save 
us  the  necessity  of  a recapitulation.  They  are  open  to  all  the 
objections  and  accidents  of  other  extracts,  differing  only  in 
degree. 

Tinctures. — The  ordinary  tinctures  of  organic  medicinal 
substances  are  fully  as  indefinite  in  remedial  power,  as  any  of 
the  preparations  we  have  been  describing.  As  in  all  other 
instances,  physical  considerations  alone  are  the  criterion  for 
their  preparation.  A given  amount,  by  weight , of  some  crude 
substance  is  directed  to  be  added  to  a given  quantity  of  alco- 
hol, by  measure , and  this  completes  the  process,  except,  in 
some  instances,  digesting  and  filtering.  The  alcohol  employed 
is  seldom  of  uniform  strength,  and  frequently  the  alcohol 
employed  in  preparing  tinctures  from  the  same  plant  is  of 
variable  per  centage.  We  have  amply  demonstrated  the  fact 
that  all  crude  organic  materials  are  never  uniform  in  their 
yield  of  active  principles,  and  this  alone  would  prove  the 
character  of  ordinary  tinctures  unreliable.  But  other  consid- 
erations may  be  appropriately  cited.  If  the  alcohol  is  not  of 
sufficient  strength,  a great  proportion  of  the  active  principles 
requiring  strong  alcohol  to  dissolve  them,  such  as  resins, 
resinoids,  oils,  etc.,  will  not  be  extracted,  while  at  the  same 
time  a larger  amount  of  the  nutritive  constituents  are  taken 
up,  such  as  grape-sugar,  etc.,  and  the  tincture  thus  rendered 
more  susceptible  of  decomposition.  Not  even  tinctures  are 
proof  against  change  and  decomposition,  although  they  suffer 
to  a less  extent  than  the  previously  described  preparations. 
Tinctures  which,  when  newly  made,  have  neither  alkaline  nor 
acid  reactions,  become,  after  standing  for  a length  of  time, 
acidulous,  as  is  proved  by  their  power  of  reddening  blue  lit- 
mus paper.  When  tinctures  are  allowed  to  stand  undisturbed 
for  from  three  to  six  months,  be  they  ever  so  securely  stop- 
pered, they  will  give  a brownish  colored  precipitate.  This 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


79 


precipitate  belongs,  in  consideration  of  its  chemical  properties, 
to  the  class  of  humoid  products,  which  proves  abundantly 
that  the  medicinal  constituents  have  been  undergoing  decom- 
position. Alcohol  will  not  prevent  tannic  acid  from  undergo- 
ing decomposition,  neither  will  it  prevent  the  catalytic 
influence  of  one  constituent  over  another.  Alcohol,  when 
diluted,  is  an  excitant  of  decomposition,  as  may  be  seen  by 
observing  the  process  pursued  in  some  parts  of  the  country 
for  making  vinegar. 

Syrups. — These  are  simply  fluid  extracts  mixed  with  cane- 
sugar.  The  extracts  may  be  either  aqueous,  alcoholic,  or 
hydro-alcoholic.  The  usual  proportion  of  sugar  employed  is 
two  parts  to  one  of  extract.  It  is  generally  conceived,  and  so 
stated,  that  this  proportion  of  sugar  will  prevent  decomposition 
of  both  the  medicinal  and  nutritive  substances.  This,  however, 
is  an  error.  Sugar  simply  retards , but  will  not  'prevent 
decomposition.  That  it  will  not  prevent  decomposition,  we 
have  many  familiar  examples  in  domestic  economy.  For 
instance,  when  certain  unripe  fruits  are  preserved  in  pure 
syrup  of  sugar,  they  gradually  ripen,  and  in  course  of  time 
become  matured  in  flavor  and  other  characteristic  properties. 
This  proves  that  a material  metamorphosis  has  taken  place  in 
their  constituents,  retarded  perhaps,  but  not  prevented  by  the 
presence  of  the  sugar.  Walnuts  gathered  while  yet  unripe, 
and  before  any  traces  whatever  of  oil  can  be  detected  in  them, 
and  preserved  in  sugar,  will  undergo  a progressive  change  in 
their  constitution,  and  the  characteristic  oil  of  the  nut  will  be 
developed.  Thus  we  see  that  .even  sugar  will  not  hold  the 
chemic  forces  in  abeyance.  But  we  need  not  go  beyond  the 
dispensatories  to  prove  that  sugar  will  not  prevent  decomposi- 
tion. It  is  there  admitted.  Directions  are  also  given,  that  if 
a syrup  ferment,  it  be  re-heated,  and  again  allowed  to  cool. 
It  is  also  stated  that  “ a syrup  thus  recovered  is  less  apt  to 
undergo  subsequent  change,  on  account  of  the  fermenting 
principles  having  been  decreased  or  consumed.”  What  are 
these  “ fermenting  principles”  so  u decreased  or  consumed?” 
It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  syrups  depend  chiefly  for  their 


80 


CONCENTRATED  REMEDIES. 


medicinal  value  upon  the  presence  of  neutral  principles. 
These  principles,  it  must  also  be  remembered,  are  extremely 
susceptible  to  decomposing  influences.  No  neutral  principle 
can  preserve  its  integrity  in  the  presence  of  fermentation  once 
excited.  They  are  the  first  to  undergo  change  in  all  ferment- 
ing solutions.  Nor  is  much  time  required  to  effect  their  total 
destruction.  These  are  a part  of  the  “ fermenting  principles” 
which  are  “ decreased  or  consumed”  when  syrups  manifest  a 
disposition  to  decompose.  We  would  caution  practitioners 
not  to  risk  the  lives  of  their  patients,  nor  their  own  reputations, 
by  using  syrups  which  have  fermented  and  been  re-heated,  as 
the  “fermenting  principles  decreased  or  consumed”  by  the 
process  constitute,  in  nine  cases  out  of  ten,  the  sole  remedial 
properties  of  the  preparations. 

Sugar  does  possess,  in  a degree,' the  power  of  preventing 
direct  oxydation,  by  reason  of  its  property  of  absorbing  0x3^  gen. 
It  also  may  retard  decomposition  for  a time  b}r  absorbing 
water.  But  this  will  not  prevent  the  reactions  of  the  con- 
stituents upon  each  other.  These  reactions  partake,  in  many 
instances,  of  a catalytic  nature.  Cane-sugar,  by  the  absorption 
of  two  equivalents  of  water,  is  converted  into  grape-sugar,  and 
its  power  to  prevent  oxydation  or  decomposition  is  thereby 
materially  lessened.  This  conversion  proves  that  certain 
reactions  have  been  going  forward.  But  while  cane-sugar  has 
the  property  of  absorbing  water,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind 
that  some  of  the  neutral  principles  also  possess  this  property 
in  a preeminent  degree.  To  demonstrate  this  fact,  we  have 
but  to  expose  a quantity  of  cane-sugar  and  an  equal  amount 
of  certain  of  the  neutral  principles  to  the  action  of  the  atmos- 
phere, when  it  will  be  found  that,  while  the  sugar  becomes 
dried,  actually  losing  a portion  of  its  moisture,  or  remains  un- 
changed, the  neutral  principles  will  absorb  water  and  harden. 
For  the  purpose  of  experiment,  Leptandrin,  Cypripedin, 
Populin,  etc.,  may  be  employed,  each  of  which  contains  a 
neutral  principle  possessing  hygroscopic  properties.  This 
phenomenon  as  readily  takes  place  in  syrups  and  other 
preparations,  and  affords  an  illustration  of  elective  affinity.  It 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


81 


will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  sugar  would  be  inefficient  in  pre- 
serving such  constituents  from  undergoing  change.  This 
property  of  the  neutral  principles  exercises  a most  important 
bearing  upon  the  history  of  all  crude  organic  remedies,  and 
will  explain  the  variable  and  uncertain  character  of  many 
remedial  agents. 

We  have  now  enumerated  the  principal  defects  of  the  fore- 
going classes  of  pharmaceutical  preparations.  We  are  aware 
that  the  processes  we  have  mentioned  are  frequently  varied, 
and  that  other  solvent  menstrua  are  frequently  employed,  such 
as  ether,  wine,  etc.,  but  the  main  features  of  the  case  are  not 
thereby  altered.  We  do  not  entertain  the  idea  for  a moment 
that  aught  we  have  said  will  bring  these  preparations  into 
entire  disuse.  But  we  hope,  nevertheless,  that  practitioners  will 
give  their  serious  consideration  to  the  facts  we  have  advanced. 
We  have  given  the  chemical  proofs,  step  by  step,  and  we 
doubt  not  that  the  experience  of  all  observing  physicians  will 
confirm  the  truth  of  our  exposition.  Although  the  facts  in 
the  case  have  long  been  apparent,  no  explanation  has  hitherto 
been  given  which  might  serve  to  reconcile  the  various  opinions 
relative  to  the  remedial  value  of  many  plants. 

Every  practitioner  of  medicine  is  well  aware  that  there  are 
times  when  it  is  difficult  tc  decide  upon  the  precise  remedy 
indicated.  Of  this  fact  we  have  an  illustration  in  every  con- 
sultation held  over  a case  of  disease.  When,  at  last,  combined 
judgment  has  decided  upon  the  proper  remedy,  greatly  is  the 
perplexity  increased,  if  it  be  of  indefinite  therapeutic  power. 
Be  it  either  above  or  below  the  common  standard  of  medicinal 
strength,  mischief  will  equally  happen.  If  too  strong,  the 
reaction  may  prove  fatal.  If  it  be  inferior  or  inert,  valuable 
time  will  be  lost,  and  the  chances  of  recovery  lessened,  if  not 
destroyed.  How  often  does  the  reputation  of  the  skillful 
practitioner  suffer,  by  reason  of  the  dispensation  of  such 
defective  agents  as  we  have  enumerated.  His  diagnosis  may 
have  been  perfect,  his  judgment  correct,  his  prescription 
appropriate;  yet,  in  consequence  of  the  dispensation  of 
extracts,  tinctures,  syrups,  etc.,  prepared  from  inferior,  per- 
6 


82 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


haps  inert  materials,  his  patient  fails  of  receiving  benefit,  his 
judgment  is  impugned,  his  prescription  condemned,  and  his 
reputation  injured.  The  positive  character  of  any  and  every 
remedial  agent  is  a consideration  of  the  greatest  importance  to 
every  practicing  physician.  It  is  a consideration  that  directly 
involves  the  question  of  success.  No  conscientious  physician 
would  risk  his  patient’s  health  and  life  by  the  employment  of 
remedies  of  doubtful  power.  Even  were  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine made  a purely  commercial  .transaction,  yet  would  the 
hope  of  further  patronage  be  based  upon  the  power  to  cure. 
In  either  view  of  the  case,  then,  the  positive  character  of 
remedial  agents  is  a question  of  great  moment.  Health,  life, 
success,  reputation,  hang  in  the  balance.  We  feel  that  we 
cannot  be  too  strenuous  upon  this  point,  and  are  certain  that 
all  right-thinking  physicians  will  coincide  with  us  in  the 
opinion  that  all  remedial  agents  should  be  as  positive  and 
definite  in  their  character  as  human  skill  can  make  them. 
The  substances  of  the  inorganic  materia  medica  have  been 
defined  with  great  precision  and  care,  and  why  should  not 
those  of  the  organic?  In  former  years  the  attention  of  chem- 
ists has  been  more  especially  devoted  to  a consideration  of  the 
substances  of  the  mineral  kingdom,  consequently  greater 
progress  has  been  made  in  that  department  of  chemical  science. 
It  is  only  of  late  that  the  subject  of  organic  chemistry  has 
received  that  attention  to  which  its  importance  justly  entitles 
it,  and  its  true  bearing  on  the  interests  of  practice  fully  appre- 
ciated. Within  a few  years,  however,  the  attention  of  the 
profession  has  been  directed  to  the  development  of  this  branch 
of  the  collateral  medical  sciences,  and  already  are  good  results 
flowing  in  upon  us  from  this  fountain  of  scientific  industry. 
Though  yet  but  in  its  initial  flow,  still  may  we  with  reason 
anticipate  that  the  patient  industry  of  coming  years  will 
expand  this  little  rivulet  into  a broad  and  noble  stream,  upon 
whose  placid  bosom  the  physician  may  with  safety  launch  his 
therapeutic  bark,  and  guided  by  the  tide  of  truth,  and 
impelled  by  the  motive  winds  of  duty  and  philanthrophy, 
“ carry  healing  to  all  the  nations.” 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


83 


We  now  come  to  a consideration  of 
Concentrated  Medicines  Proper. — In  the  history  of  all 
the  more  important  medicinal  plants,  we  find  a record  of  the 
various  attempts  which  have  been  made  to  ascertain  upon 
what  particular  constituents  they  depended  for  therapeutic 
value.  But  one  prevailing  error  has  rendered  the  majority  of 
these  attempts  abortive.  This  error  consisted  in  conceiving 
that  multiple  therapeutic  powers  could  reside  in  one  single 
constituent.  Thus,  an  oil,  a resin,  a resinoid,  or  an  alkaloid 
was  supposed  to  embody  the  entire  therapeutic  constitution 
of  the  plant.  This  conception  not  holding  good  in  practice, 
it  followed,  in  many  instances,  that  the  attempt  to  ascertain 
this  peculiar  constituent  was  abandoned,  and  the  plant  con- 
tinued to  be  employed  in  the  ordinary  manner;  while  in 
other  instances  the  vending  of  these  isolated,  fragmentary 
resin,  resinoid,  or  alkaloid  preparations,  represented  as  being 
the  active  constituents  of  plants,  has  brought  many  excellent 
remedies  into  disrepute.  This  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  when 
we  consider  that,  in  procuring  these  fractional  constituents, 
the  more  valuable  proximate  medicinal  principles  were 
rejected  as  worthless,  and  out  of  some  three  or  four  active 
principles,  some  one  resin  or  resinoid  only  preserved.  It  is 
true  that  a number  of  isolated  alkaloid  principles  are  esteemed 
of  great  value  in  medicine.  Usually  such  principles  are 
limited  in  the  number  of  their  therapeutic  properties,  possess- 
ing in  general  but  one  or  two  well  defined  powers.  Thus  in 
morphia  we  have  the  principal  narcotic  power  of  opium.  But 
no  one  will  say  that  morphia  is  equivalent  to  opium.  Mor- 
phia is  esteemed  especially  as  an  anodyne  and  soporific. 
Opium  is  considered  narcotic,  sedative,  stimulant,  astringent, 
anti-spasmodic,  febrifuge,  diaphoretic,  etc.  Quinia  is  but  one 
of  a number  of  active  principles  belonging  to  the  Peruvian 
bark.  It  represents  the  anti-periodic  tonic  power  of  the  bark. 
So  with  many  other  similar  preparations  that  we  might  men- 
tion. Besins  are  generally  possessed  of  but  limited  and  feeble 
powers.  Besinoids  are  remarkable  for  possessing  a greater 
number  of  distinct  therape  itic  powers.  The  reason  of  this  we 


84 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


have  explained  in  the  preceding  chapter,  nnder  the  head  of 
resinoids.  We  have  there  shown  that  they  are  compound  sub- 
stances, composed  of  a number  of  different  resins.  We  have 
enumerated  and  described  four  varieties,  but  some  resinoids 
are  more  complex  still.  Each  one  of  these  resins  has  a differ- 
ent chemical  character,  behaves  differently  towards  reagents, 
and  possesses  individual  electric  properties.  It  would  be 
philosophical,  therefore,  to  suppose  each  resin  to  be  possessed 
of  diffeient  therapeutic  properties,  which  is  absolutely  the 
•case.  The  resinoid  principle  of  Podophyllin  has  been  ‘sepa- 
rated into  five  resins,  and  we  have  reason  to  suspect  a greater 
complexity  in  its  constitution.  This  will  account  in  a 
measure  for  the  great  number  of  physiological  results  which 
that  remedy  is  capable  of  producing.  So  we  might  run  on 
through  the  whole  organic  materia  medica,  eliciting  facts  all 
tending  to  prove  that  the  diverse  therapeutic  properties  of 
plants  reside,  not  in  one , but  in  many  principles.  We  have 
shown  how,  in  the  preparation  of  extracts,  etc.,  the  neutral 
principles  of  plants  are  altered  in  their  composition  or  com- 
pletely destroyed.  We  have  also  shown  that  they  constitute 
an  important  class  of  proximate  active  principles.  We  claim 
to  have  been  the  first  to  recognise  their  true  remedial  value, 
and  the  first  to  have  established  their  identity  as  a class  of 
distinct  proximate  principles.  We  were  also  the  first  to  record 
their  physical  and  chemical  characteristics.  We  likewise  claim 
to  have  established  the  existence  of  a new  class  of  proxi- 
mate active  principles,  to  which  We  have  given  the  name  of 
muci-resins.  In  view  of  all  these  facts,  it  must  be  evident  to  the 
reader  that,  in  order  to  secure  the  full  value  of  a medicinal 
plant,  these  various  proximate  principles  should  be  isolated 
from  all  extraneous  combination,  and  then  recombined.  This 
is  precisely  what  has  been  done  in  the  preparation  of  the  con- 
centrated medicines  treated  of  in  this  volume.  Every  plant 
has  been  carefully  and  repeatedly  analysed,  and  both  its 'phys- 
ical and  therapeutical  constitutions  definitely  ascertained., 
In  the  prosecution  of  these  investigations,  much  patient  labor 
has  been  bestowed,  and  the  elevation  of  pharmaceutical  sci- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


85 


ence  the  ultimate  object.  The  results  have  been  gratifying  to 
those  engaged  in  conducting  the  investigations,  and,  we  trust, 
beneficial  to  the  interests  of  positive  medical  science.  We 
are  now  enabled  to  define  the  number  and  character  of  the 
proximate  active  principles  o.’  plants  with  greater  accuracy 
than  has  hitherto  been  attained.  In  making  this  statement 
we  design  to  cast  no  reflections  upon  the  motives  and  labors 
of  others,  cheerfully  recognising  and  admitting  their  claims  to 
whatever  of  advancement  they  have  made,  simply  reserving 
to  ourselves  the  credit  of  having  detected  and  explained 
many  of  the  errors  and  defects  of  organic  chemistry  as  at 
present  conducted,  and,  consequently,  to  have  made  greater 
progress  and  improvement  in  this  department  of  pharmacy 
than  any  other  organic  chemists,  by  their  productions,  have 
yet  secured.  There  may  be  those  engaged  in  this  field  of  scien- 
tific labor  "who  will  yet  outstrip  us  in  our  efforts  to  perfect  the 
character  o'f  organic  concentrated  medicines.  If  so,  we  shall 
be  amongst  the  first  to  recognize  and  rejoice  at  their  success, 
and  to  gratefully  acknowledge  their  superior  claims  in  having 
advanced  the  interests  of  progressive  medical  science.  As 
yet,  however,  we  believe  that  the  concentrated  medicines  pre- 
pared at  the  laboratory  of  B.  Keith  & Co.  are  superior  to  all 
others  yet  offered  to  the  profession.  Our  reasons  for  this 
opinion  we  will  now  endeavor  to  state.  In  the  first  place, 
they  are  not  fragmentary  preparations,  composed  of  a single 
resin,  resinoid  or  alkaloid  principle,  but  combine  all  the  active 
medicinal  principles  of  the  plants  from  which  they  are  sever- 
ally derived.  The  only  exception  to  this  rule  is  when  a plant 
yields  an  oil,  in  which  case  it  will  not  be  present  in  the 
powdered  preparations.  When  this  is  the  case,  the  fact  is 
stated.  In  the  concentrated  tinctures  the  oil,  if  there  be  any, 
is  included. 

To  illustrate  the  advantages  of  having  all  the  active  con- 
stituents of  a plant  combined,  we  will  take  the  article  of 
Podophyllin.  By  reference  to  the  article  treating  of  the  pro- 
perties and  employment  of  this  agent,  it  will  be  seen  that  it  is 
composed  o'  three  active  principles,  viz,  a resinoid,  alkaloid,  and 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


80' 

neutral.  Thus  combined,  the  action  of  this  agent  is  modified, 
and  its  operation  rendered  comparatively  mild,  while  at  the 
same  time  its  therapeutic  powers  are  increased.  All  other 
specimens  of  Podophyllin  we  have  ever  seen,  consisted  of  the 
resinoid  principle  alone.  This  principle,  like  all  other  resin- 
oids,  is  insoluble  in  the  stomach,  and  soluble  only  in  the  enteric 
secretions.  It  also  possesses  a degree  of  escharotic  power,  which, 
in  certain  inflamed  conditions  of  the  glandular  surface  of  the 
inte  stines,  renders  its  emploj^ment  objectionable,  in  consequence, 
of  its  peculiar  irritating  properties.  This  action  arises  chiefly 
in  consequence  of  the  derangement  of  the  functions  of  certain 
of  the  glands,  whereby  their  secreting  and  absorbing  powers 
are  diminished  or  suppressed.  If  the  secreting  power  be  sup- 
pressed, the  resinoid,  nor  meeting  with  the  proper  solvents, 
will  remain  undissolved,  and  act  as  a mechanical  irritant, 
liven  admitting  the  existence  of  activity  on  the  part  of  the 
absorbent  vessels,  the  resinoid  must  yet  be  in  a state  of  solu- 
tion before  it  can  be  absorbed.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
secreting  vessels  are  active  and  the  absorbent  functions  sus- 
pended, the  resinoid,  although  it  pass  into  a state  of  solution, 
will  be  retained  and  expend  its  influence  locally,  and  thus  add 
to  the  existing  irritation.  With  the  PodophyUin  combining 
the  three  active  principles  of  the  plant,  this  local  influence 
will  be  found  to  be  essentially  modified.  The  neutral  and 
alkaloid  principles,  which  exist  in  a state  of  combination,  are 
soluble  in  the  stomach,  and  are  generally  directly  absorbed, 
producing  a specific  effect  upon  the  glandular  system  before 
the  resinoid  has  yet  had  time  to  act.  In  this  way  the  diathesis 
of  the  system  is  changed  and  corrected,  and  the  requisite  con- 
ditions for  the  further  action  of  the  remedy  are  secured.  It 
is  in  consequence  of  the  soluble  character  of  the  neutral  and 
alkaloid  principles  that  PodophyUin  frequently  manifest  so 
speedy  a control  over  the  functions  of  the  system.  Many 
symptoms  are  allayed,  and  decided  sanative  results  produced, 
ere  the  resinoid  principle  has  had  time  to  pass  the  pylorus 
and  be  reduced  to  a state  of  solution.  Another  reason  why 
the  resinoid  principle  is  sometimes  so  much  of  an  irritant,  is 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


87 


tlie  fact  of  the  presence  of  a minute  quantity  of  a very  acrid 
oil,  which  adheres  to  the  resinoid,  and  which  appears  to  be  a 
protoplastic  resinoid  principle  not  yet  matured.  It  is  found 
only  when  the  plant  is  gathered  at  an  improper  season,  and 
while  the  development  of  the  proximate  constituents  is  yet 
incomplete. 

The  Leptandrin  is  another  remedy  combining  a number  of 
important  active  principles.  The  Leptandrin  of  which  we 
shall  have  to  treat  contains  three  more  proximate  medicinal 
principles  than  the  Leptandrin  of  other  manufacturers,  viz.: 
a resin,  neutral,  and  alkaloid.  Hence  its  range  of  application 
and  therapeutic  powers  are  proportionately  increased.  So  with 
all  the- concentrated  medicines  of  which  we  shall  have  to  treat, 
with  the  exception  of  Geranin  and  Myricin , they  being  the 
two  only  remedies  with  which  we  are  acquainted,  of  other 
manufacture,  that  contain  more  than  one  principle,  and  these 
consist,  in  each  instance,  of  a resinoid  and  tannic  acid.  They 
are,  therefore,  the  two  only  remedies  that  embody  the  total 
active  value  of  the  plants  from  which  they  are  obtained. 

We' think  we  may  justly  claim,  therefore,  that  the  concen- 
trated remedies  described  in  this  work  are  superior  and  more 
nearly  complete  than  any  yet  offered  to  the  profession.  We 
claim  that  they  are  the  concentrated  equivalents  of  the  plants 
from  which  they  are  severally  derived,  uniform  in  strength, 
definite  and  positive  in  therapeutic  power,  and  will  preserve 
their  properties  unchanged  for  an  unlimited  period  of  time. 
Their  several  principles  are  isolated  singly,  deprived  of  all 
foreign  admixture,  and  then  recombined  in  the  same  numbers 
and  proportions  as  they  existed  in  the  plant,  unchanged  in 
composition,  and  entirely  free  from  the  presence  of  any  of 
those  non-medicinal  constituents  which  we  have  shown  are 
instrumental  in  effecting  the  decomposition  of  ordinary  phar- 
maceutical preparations.  Does  any  one  doubt  that  these  results 
can  be  accomplished?  Does  any  one  doubt  the  existence  of 
Morphine,  Quinine,  Emetine,  Jalapin,  etc.?  Are  they  not 
well  defined,  positive  medical  agents,  uniform  in  therapeutic 
power,  and  capable  of  being  preserved  for  an  indefinite  period 


88 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


of  time  ? But,  says  the  reader,  these  are  simple  alkaloid  or 
resin  principles.  True,  but  if  it  is  possible  to  isolate  one  single 
principle,  is  it  not  possible  to  isolate  a number  of  single  prin- 
ciples residing  in  the  same  plant?  And  if  one  is  capable  of 
being  defined  in  chemical  and  therapeutic  properties,  is  there 
any  reason  why  all  should  not  be  ? But  there  is  no  need  of 
argument  to  prove  that  which  is  self-evident.  The  existence 
of  these  various  principles  so  isolated  constitutes  the  befit 
evidence  of  the  fact. 

It  is  not  consistent  with  the  character  of  this  work  to  give  a 
detailed  history  of  the  various  chemical  processes  involved  in 
the  preparation  of  these  medicines.  Such  an  exposition 
belongs  properly  to  a more  elaborate  work  on  general  materia 
medica.  W e are  not  writing  a text  book  for  chemists,  but  are 
endeavoring  to  embody  those  more  important  facts  which  daily 
concern  the  physician  in  the  practice  of  his  profession.  In 
years  past  we  have  sadly  felt  the  need  of  such  information  as 
we  now  have  the  pleasure  of  submitting  to  the  profession,  and 
we  doubt  not  that  our  humble  efforts  will  meet  with  a welcome 
response  from  all  well-wishers  of  the  art  of  healing.  W e have 
given  the  physiological  and  chemical  history  of  each  constituent 
under  its  appropriate  head,  and  shall  proceed  directly  to  an 
exposition  of  the  therapeutic  properties  and  physiological 
effects  of  the  combined  active  constituents.  It  is  this  portion 
of  our  subject  that  more  nearly  concerns  the  practitioner, 
whose  province  it  is  to  administer  medicines  and  not  to  make 
them.  The  manipulations  of  the  laboratory  come  within  the 
province  of  the  chemist,  whose  duty  it  is  to  provide  the 
physician  with  the  means  wherewith  to  execute  the  require- 
ments of  his  profession.  We  have  given  a plain  and  truthful 
history  of  the  active  constituents  of  plants,  and  every  physician 
is  supposed  to  possess  a sufficiency  of  chemical  knowledge  to 
enable  him  to  test  the  correctness  of  our  statements.  There- 
fore he  may  easily  satisfy  himself  as  to  the  chemical  character 
of  the  several  preparations.  But  this  will  tell  him  nothing  of 
their  clinical  value.  The  question  with  him  is,  are  they 
reliable  as  remedial  agents.  This  question  is  one  that  requires 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


89 


individual  observation  at  the  bedside  in  order  to  effect  its  most 
satisfactory  solution. 

So  far  as  the  writer  is  concerned,  he  bases  his  reputation  as 
a practitioner,  and  as  an  author,  upon  the  positive  character  of 
these  preparations.  Upwards  of  twenty  years  experience  in 
collecting,  curing,  and  preparing  plants  for  medicinal  use,  and 
fourteen  years  •experience  in  the  clinical  employment  of  organic 
remedies,  both  in  their  crude  and  concentrated  forms,  has 
given  him  a familiarity  with  the  physiological  effects  produced 
by  vegetable  substances  upon  the  human  organism  which 
enables  him  to  pronounce  the  concentrated  preparations,  when 
all  the  active  principles  are  combined,  fully  equivalent  to , and 
more  reliable  than  the  plants  from  which  they  are  severally 
derived,  when  prepared  in  any  other  form.  Their  curative 
action  in  disease  is  entirely  analogous,  and  attended  with 
greater  certainty.  Amongst  the  many  advantages  arising 
from  the  employment  of  organic  remedies  in  this  form,  we 
esteem  their  promptitude  of  action  a matter  of  the  greatest 
importance.  Being  divested  of  all  extraneous  combination, 
they  are  purely  medicinal ; and  as  such,  are  prepared  to  act 
the  moment  they  are  taken  into  the  system.  Uot  so  with 
crude  remedies.  When  taken  into  the  stomach,  the  latter 
require  to  undergo  a digestive  analysis,  in  order  that  the 
therapeutic  constituents  may  be  separated  from  their  combina- 
tion with  those  inert  matters  which  are  incapable  of  assimilation. 
In  an  enfeebled  and  disordered  condition  of  the  digestive 
apparatus,  this  taxation  of  its  exhausted  powers  is  a matter  of 
serious  moment,  and  its  inability  to  perform  this  office  will 
result  in  the  withholding  of  the  manifestation  of  any  therapeu- 
tic power  on  the  part  of  the  substance  so  administered.  This 
matter,  will  either  remain  and  act  as  a mechanical  irritant,  or 
pass  off  as  useless  ingesta.  It  is  in  this  manner  that  we  may 
account  for  the  frequent  failures  of  crude  remedies,  when 
administered  in  substance,  in  not  producing  their  specific 
effects  upon  the  system.  Surely  it  is  as  reasonable  to  suppose 
that  the  stomach  is  as  incapable  at  times  of  digesting  crude 
barks,  roots,  etc.,  as  it  is  of  digesting  bread,  meat,  etc.  The 


90 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


skillful  hygeist  is  scrupulously  circumspect  in  appointing  his 
patients  diet,  having  reference  to  the  digestive  and  assimilative 
power  of  his  patients  system ; — then  why  should  he  not  observe 
the  same  conditions  and  requirements  in  the  appointment  of 
his  medicines.  Even  if  the  power  to  perform  this  office  exist, 
considerable  time  must  elapse  before  the  medicinal  constituents 
can  be  brought  into  a condition  to  admit  of  their  appropriation. 
And  even  then,  a considerable  amount  of  inert  matter  fre- 
quently remains,  imposing  further  taxation  of  the  depurating 
organs  to  secure  its  removal.  This  of  itself  constitutes  a 
serious  objection  to  the  employment  of  crude  substances  in 
cases  of  great  debility.  And.  again,  the  percolating  through 
the  alimentary  canal  of  particles  of  woody  matters  and  ferment- 
ing non-medicinal  substances,  frequently  creates  a serious 
disturbance  of  the  nervous  system,  and  with  patients  of  a 
peculiarly  susceptible  organism,  will  often  provoke  a trouble- 
some degree  of  spasmodic  action.  With  children,  this  irritation 
will  sometimes  give  rise  to  convulsions.  We  have  seen  the 
alvine  discharges  of  patients  who  had  dosed  themselves,  or 
been  dosed  with  considerable  quantities  of  powdered  roots, 
etc.,  much  resemble  a mixture  of  saw-dust  and  water,  when 
under  the  influence  of  a cathartic.  The  retention  of  such* 
worthless  material  is  quite  as  likely  to  provoke  or  prolong  a 
febrile  action  as  any  other  retained  matter.  In  gastritis,  enter- 
itis, diarrhea,  cholera  morbus,  dysentery,  &c.,  the  administration 
of  vegetable  remedies  in  substance,  is  bad  practice,  and  can 
scarcely  fail  to  aggravate  the  disease  in  every  instance.  Yet 
it  is  an  error  quite  too  common  amongst  some  practitioners. 

The  remedies  of  which  we  shall  presently  treat,  are  free  from 
these  objections.  Their  composition  and  constitution  is  purely 
therapeutic,  and  they  require  neither  an  outlay  of  digestive  ac- 
tion to  prepare  them  for  appropriation,  nor  the  exercise  of 
the  functions  of  depuration  for  the  expulsion  of  waste  material. 
They  therefore  ensure  a promptitude  of  action  which  can  never 
attach  to  crude  medicines,  and  thereby  effect  a saving  of  time 
which  is  frequently  of  the  utmost  importance.  We  would 
have  every  practitioner  test  the  question  of  their  reliability  for 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES.  91 

himself,  as  we  desire  no  one  to  be  controlled  by  our  judgement 
but  respectfully  ask  that  all  will  make  the  same  impartial  trial 
of  their  merits  that  we  have  done.  Independc  ace  of  action 
in  this  respect  will  give  the  practitioner  a better  conception  of 
their  remedial  value  than  anything  we  may  say  concerning 
them.  We  simply  give  our  own  convictions,  the  fruits  of  a 
somewhat  extensive  clinical  experience. 

To  sum  up  the  advantages  claimed  for  concentrated  medi- 
cines combining  the  various  active  principles  of  the  several 
plants,  we  pronounce  them  far  superior  to  any  yet  offeied  to 
the  profession,  inasmuch  as  they  are  concentrated  equivalents 
of  the  plants  from  which  they  are- derived,  entirely  divested  of 
all  non- medicinal  combination,  positive  in  therapeutic  power, 
uniform  in  strength,  convenient  of  administration,  and  capable 
of  preserving  their  properties  unimpaired  fora  series  of  years. 
The  only  way  in  which  the  preservation  of  the  active  constitu- 
ents of  plants  can  be  ensured,  is  to  isolate  them  from  all 
extraneous  admixture,  dry  and  reduce  them  to  powder,  and 
keep  them  in  closely  stopped  bottles.  It  is  not  to  be  expected 
that  a suspension  of  natural  laws  will  take  place  in  favor  of 
the  organic  substances  sooner  than  in  favor  of  the  inorganic. 
Light,  heat,  air,  moisture,  all  conspire  in  executing  the  immu- 
table laws  of  chemical  trans-formations.  The  affinities  of  the 
atoms  of  matter  are  definite,  fixed,  and  unchangeable.  By  the 
action  of  light,  hydrocyanic  acid,  one  of  the  most  virulent  of 
poisons,  is  decomposed  and  rendered  inert.  Iodine  is  volatile, 
and  requires  to  be  carefully  excluded  from  the  air.  Chloride 
of  zinc,  various  preparations  of  potassa,  etc.  absorb  water  and 
deliquesce.  Hence  certain  precautions  are  necessary  to  the 
preservation  of  inorganic  remedial  substances.  So  with 
organic  substances.  By  exposure  to  the  air,  certain  volatile 
oils  absorb  oxygen,  and  are  converted  into  resins.  Those 
neutral  principles  possessing  hygroscopic  properties  absorb 
water,  harden,  and  become  altered  in  their  properties.  When 
exposed  to  a strong  light,  some  of  the  concentrated  preparations 
will  change  in  color,  and  as  many  of  the  coloring  matters 


92 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


possess  decidedly  valuable  remedial  powers,  t hey  are  thereby 
deteriorated. 

Some  objections  have  been  held  against  the  concentrated 
preparations  on  account  of  their  not  being  decolorized.  As 
we  have  shown  in  the  second  chapter,  the  retention  of  the 
coloring  matters  does  not  militate  against  the  value  of  these 
preparations,  but,  on  the  contrary,  confirms  them  in  the  pos- 
session of  an  additional  therapeutic  constituent.  That  coloring 
matters  possess  remedial  properties,  we  have  examples  in  the 
cochineal  insect , and  in  hematoxylin  derived  from  logwood, 
both  of  which  are  used  medicinally.  The  coloring  matters  of 
plants  are  so  intimately  blended  with  the  other  active  con- 
stituents that  they  cannot  be  separated  without  effecting  their 
decomposition,  and  thus  altering,  and  in  many  instances 
destroying  their  remedial  properties.  It  will  be  seen,  therefore, 
that  the  characteristic  color  of  the  various  preparations,  besides 
furnishing  a distinguishing  mark,  denotes  that  no  violence  has 
been  done  in  isolating  their  several  principles. 

In  this  connection  we  desire  to  speak  of  the  Concentrated 
Tinctures  prepared  at  the  laboratory  of  B.  Keith  & Co.  Their 
claim  to  superiority  is  based  upon  the  same  considerations  as 
those  of  the  powdered  preparations,  namely,  their  freedom  from 
all  inert  admixture,  positive  character,  uniformity  of  strength, 
and  property  of  retaining  their  virtues  for  a great  length  of 
time  unchanged.  The  process  pursued  in  their  preparation  is 
the  same  as  that  observed  in  preparing  the  powders.  Each 
active  constituent  is  isolated  singly,  freed  from  all  non-medicinal 
matters,  and  so  on  until  the  aggregate  therapeutic  principles 
are  all  obtained,  which  are  then  recombined  and  redissolved, 
in  exact  proportions,  in  alcohol  of  uniform  per  centage..  This 
process  ensures  a certainty  and  uniformity  in  no  other  way 
attainable.  Consequently  the  practitioner  is  as  certain  of  the 
quantity  of  medicine  he  is  administering,  as  he  would  be  in 
exhibiting  a definite  solution  of  morphine,  quinine,  etc.  Suffi- 
cient alcohol  is  employed  to  hold  the  various  active  principles 
in  complete  solution.  When  the  plant  contains  a valuable  oil 
or  oleo-resinous  principle,  we . deem  this  the  better  mode  of 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


93 


preparation.  With  the  more  active  plants,  as  the  Yeratrum 
Viride,  Digitalis  Purpurea,  Hyoscyamus  Niger,  etc.,  this  form 
of  preparation  is  by  many  preferred.  We  have  reason  to 
believe  that  the  tinctures  operate  more  promptly  under  some 
circumstances  than  the  powdered  preparations,  in  consequence 
of  their  diffusible  character.  As  a matter  of  convenience  also, 
they  offer  some  advantages,  as  the  prescriber  is  saved  the 
necessity  of  dividing  them  into  separate  doses.  They  also 
admit  of  a ready  and  convenient  combination  with  each  other, 
and  in  this  way,  as  with  the  powders,  their  properties  may  be 
varied  or  increased.  * We  will  speak  further  of  each  under  its 
appropriate  head. 

ADMINISTRATION  OF  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 

Success  in  the  employment  of  remedial  agents  depends 
upon  the  observance  of  certain  conditions.  This  is  especially 
true  of  the  organic  medicines.  Remedies  ever  so  positive  in 
therapeutic  power,  and  uniform  in  strength,  may  yet  fail  of 
producing  any  specific  effects  upon  the  system.  The  first  con- 
dition to  which  we  would  call  attention,  as  being  unfavorable 
to  the  action  of  the  concentrated  remedies,  is  the  predominance 
of  acidity  in  the  stomach  and  bowels.  We  first  called  the 
attention  of  the  profession  to  this  subject,  some  two  years 
since,  through  the  medium  of  the  medical  journals,  and  we 
are  glad  to  find  that  recent  writers  have  adopted  and  reiterated 
our  sentiments,  although  they  have  omitted,  unintentionally, 
no  doubt,  to  give  us  proper  credit.  Many  practitioners, 
doubtless,  have  been  disappointed  in  not  realising  anticipated 
results  from  the  employment  of  concentrated  remedies  to 
which  specific  and  positive  therapeutic  powers  had  been 
accredited,  and  from  which,  consequently,  they  were  led  to 
expect  much.  Frequently  after  a single  trial,  a good  remedy 
has  been  condemned,  simply  because  it  failed  to  realise  all  that 
was  expected  of  it,  and  because  the  true  reason  of  the  failure 
was  misunderstood.  In  nearly  all  cases  of  disordered  action 
there  is  a disposition  on  the  part  of  the  system  to  originate 
acid.  In  chlorosis,  this  condition  incites  the  patient  to  seek 


94 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


after  absorbents  and  alkalies,  as  magnesia,  cbalk,  slate  pencils, 
etc.  In  many  cases  the  food,  instead  of  being  digested,  under- 
goes a fermentative  decomposition,  and  gives  rise  to  the  forma- 
tion of  various  acids.  Even  the  medicines  administered,  such 
as  extracts,  syrups,  sweetened  infusions,  decoctions,  and  all 
preparations  containing  starch,  sugar,  etc.,  tend  to  aggravate 
the  condition,  by  reason  of  their  nutritive  constituents  under- 
going fermentation.  These  acids  very  speedily  decompose  the 
resin,  resinoid,  and  neutral  principles,  and  hold  the  alkaloids 
in  solution.  The  latter  are  not  decomposed,  but  their  action 
is  suspended.  In  case  an  inorganic  alkali  is  administered, 
being  a stronger  base,  it  robs  them  of  their  acid,  and  they  are 
again  set  free.  It  is  in  this  way  that  certain  plants  have 
gained  the  reputation  of  possessing  cumulative  * properties. 
Repeated  doses  have  been  administered  and  failed  to  act  in 
consequence  of  the  acid  present,  which  has  combined  with  the 
alkaloid,  when,  by  accident  or  spontaneous  action,  the  acid  has 
become  neutralised,  and  the  whole  power  of  the  accumulated 
remedy  has  been  suddenly  expended.  Another  reason  we 
would  assign  for  the  apparent  cumulative  power  of  certain 
remedies,  is  the  neglect  of  furnishing  to  the  system  the  proper 
amount  of  fluid.  In  certain  cases  and  stages  of  disease,  when 
the  fluids  are  greatly  expended,  this  consideration  is  one  of 
great  importance.  The  physician’s  first  duty,  when  called  to 
prescribe  in  the  advanced  stages  of  typhoid  and  other  fevers, 
is  to  supply  the  system  with  a proper  quantity  of  diluent  and 
demulcent  drinks.  When  continued  fever  has  occasioned 
a great  expenditure  of  the  serum  of  the  blood,  and  the  tongue, 
fauces,  and  mucous  membranes  of  the  stomach  and  bowels 
are  dry  and  inflamed,  it  is  bad  practice  to  exhibit  powders,  or 
other  solid  substances  in  a scanty  vehicle,  as  a little  syrup,  for 
by  so  doing  the  symptoms  are  aggravated  and  the  object  of 
the  medicine  defeated.  The  syrup  will  have  but  little  effect  in 
bringing  about  the  necessary  degree  of  solution,  while  on  the 
O' her  hand  it  will  prove  mischievous  by  reason  of  undergoing 
a fermentative  decomposition.  More  acid  is  thereby  formed, 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


95 


and  the  local  irritation  increased,  while  the  medicine  itself  is 
liable  to  be  decomposed  and  rendered  inert. 

Among  the  acids  most  destructive  in  their  action  upon  the 
organic  remedies,  is  the  lactic.  Podoph yllin  is  not  hindered 
in  its  operation  by  acetic  acid,  but  the  presence  of  a consid- 
erable quantity  of  lactic  acid  will  almost  entirely  suppress  its 
action.  This  will  account  for  its  failure  in  many  instances  in 
not  producing  its  legitimate  impression  upon  the  system.  We 
have  known  the  operation  of  fifteen  grains  of  the  resinoid 
principle  to  be  immediately  checked  and  all  further  manifes- 
tations of  therapeutic  power  arrested  by  the  administration 
of  sour  milk.  It  is  all  important  to  the  successful  exhibition 
of  organic  remedies  that  undue  acidity  of  the  sj^stem  be  first 
neutralized.  * Attention  to  this  necessity  will  save  disappoint- 
ment and  loss  of  time,  besides  preventing  many  an  excellent 
remedy  from  being  unjustly  condemned.  Super-carbonate 
of  soda  is  the  most  convenient  antacid  generally  at  hand,  and 
may  either  precede  or  accompany  the  medicine.  When  the 
acidity  is  considerable,  it  is  best  to  administer  the  soda  half 
an  hour  before  the  medicine.  From  one  half  to  one  drachm 
is  sometimes  required.  In  other  cases  from  five  to  ten  grains 
will  be  sufficient.  Common  salt,  chloride  of  sodium,  will  an- 
swer when  soda  cannot  be  obtained.  But  when  a full  dose  of 
Podopliyllin  is  administered,  the  too  free  use  of  salt  during  its 
operation  will  sometimes  have  a tendency  to  produce  hyper- 
catharsis, while  the  remedy  is  in  consequence  liable  to  be  un- 
justly blamed.  We  have  repeatedly  observed  this  fact. 

The  proper  combination  of  concentrated  remedies  is  a sub- 
ject of  much  interest  to  the  practitioner.  Multiplicity  of  reme- 
dial agents  is  to  be  avoided  as  much  as  possible.  We  have 
observed,  with  regret,  a fondness  amongst  physicians  for  nu- 
merical combinations.  In  the  old  dispensatories  formulas  are 
given  for  pharmaceutical  compounds  containing  as  high  as 
sixty  ingredients.  The  philosophy  of  the  composition  was, 
that  where  so  many  agents  were  combined,  one,  at  least,  would 
reach  the  case.  The  fact  seems  to  be  overlooked  now,  as  then, 
that  organic  medicines  are  capable  of  and  liable  to  mutual  re- 


96 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


actions,  decompositions,  and  combinations.  In  tbis  respect 
many  of  them  are  quite  as  susceptible  as  inorganic  substances. 
Tannic  acid  will  combine  with  vegetable  alkaloids  and  ren- 
der them  insoluble.  It  will  also  almost  entirely  suppress  the 
action  of  alteratives,  particularly  those  designed  to  influence 
the  liver.  The  practitioner  may  avoid  the  mistake  of  com- 
bining incomp atable  remedies  by  making  it  a point  to  treat 
diseases  with  simple  substances,  and  to  never  add  an  adjunc- 
tive remedy  unless  a thorough  knowledge  of  its  influence  over 
the  remedy  already  administered,  orMhe  indications  of  the  case 
render  it  justifiable.  The  true  value  of  the  concentrated  re- 
medies can  never  be  estimated  unless  they  are  kingly  and 
thoroughly  tested.  One  simple  remedy  will  often  answer  a 
better  purpose  than  half  a dozen  combined,  although  each  one 
singly  would  be  admissable  and  appropriate  to  the  case.  Many 
combinations  may  be  judiciously  formed,  whereby  the  activity 
of  a special  therapeutic  property  may  be  augmented  or  modi- 
fied, and  by  which  the  number  and  kind  of  remedial  powers 
may  be  multiplied,  instances  of  which  we  shall  give  in  the 
following  page§.  Some  writers  have  recommended  the  ad- 
mixture of  six  and  seven  of  the  concentrated  medicines,  many 
of  them  incompatable  and  contra-indicated  by  the  described 
features  of  the  case.  Such  promiscuous  combinations  could 
have  only  been  devised  in  the  absence  of  practical  knowledge, 
and  a proclivity  for  plausible  hypothesis.  Brilliant  theories 
in  medicine  are  like  the  lightning’s  flashes;  although  they 
dazzle  for  a time,  their  explosion  is  followed  by  the  thunders  of 
discord,  and  intensified  darkness.  We  were  forcibly  reminded 
of  some  formulas  we  have  seen  recommended  for  combining 
concentrated  remedies  by  a prescription  which  recently  came 
under  our  observation.  It  read  as  follows. : 

R. 

Comp.  Fluid  Extract  of  Sarsaparilla, 

Simple  Syrup, 

Phytolacin, 

Irisin, 

Alcohol, 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


97 


Con.  Com.  Stillingia  Alterative, 

Iodide  of  Potassium. 

TTie  Compound  Fluid  Extract  Sarsaparilla  contains  five  in- 
gredients, viz.:  sarsaparilla,  liquorice , sassafras , mezereon , 
and  gumacum.  The  Concentrated  Compound  Stillingia  Al- 
terative contains  seven  ingredients,  viz.,  stillingia,  corydalis , 
phytolacca , iris  versicolor,  xanthoxylum,  chima/phila,  and 
cardamon  seeds.  Here  are  twelve  ingredients  besides  the 
syrup,  alcohol,  and  iodide  of  potassium.  As  to  the  modus 
operandi  of  such  a combination  we  confess  our  entire  igno- 
rance. It  may  be  a very  scientific  and  eligible  preparation, 
but  we  doubt  whether  its  inventor  could  explain  its  precise 
therapeutic  action,  or  how  nature  could  ever  succeed  in  un- 
ravelling the  web  of  its  composition.  If  all  the  therapeutic  „ 
powers  attributed  to  each  single  ingredient  were  to  be  display- 
ed at  the  same  time,  we  can  imagine  a very  lively  and  com- 
plex excitement  of  the  various  functions  of  the  system. 

We  would  respectfully,  yet  earnestly,  advise  practitioners 
to  observe  simplicity  as  much  as  possible,  assuring  them  that 
the  best  results  will  accrue  from  such  a course.  By  closely 
observing  the  independent  action  of  each  remedy,  he  will  be 
better  enabled  to  judiciously  effect  proper  combinations  where 
occasion  requires.  Not  only  this,  but  he  will  also  be  able  to 
distinguish  the  remedy  from  the  auxiliary,  a feature  quite  im- 
portant in  the  treatment  of  disease. 

Various  suggestions  have  been  made  in  regard  to  the  man- 
ner of  administering  concentrated  medicines.  The  trituration 
of  the  active  principles  with  sugar  is  advocated  by  many.  To 
this  plan,  however,  we  cannot  yield  our  assent.  We  have  al- 
ready shown  the  impropriety  of  sweetened  decoctions,  syrups, 
&c.,  and  can  make  no  distinction  between  the  latter  and  tritu- 
rations with  sugar.  It  is  argued  in  favor  of  the  employment 
of  sugar,  that  it  will  prevent  the  local  action  of  the  medicine 
upon  the  stomach.  This  would  seem  to  us  to  be  an  untenable 
position.  In  order  to  produce  a local  impression  upon  the 
stomach,  the  substances  administered  must  be  soluble  in  that 
organ.  Will  sugar  prevent  them  from  entering  into  solution? 


98 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


If  so,  it  will  negative  their  action  entirely,  and  their  remedial 
influence  will  be  lost.  But  such  is  not  the  case.  Sugar  will 
not  'prevent  the  local  action  of  the  remedy  upon  the  stomach, 
but  it  will  diffuse  it.  Again,  the  local  action  is  one  that  is 
frequently  desirable.  All  neutral  principles  are  soluble  in  the 
stomach,  and  are  absorbed  directly  by  that  organ.  Sugar  will 
not  promote  their  solution,  nor  absorption.  It  only  furnishes 
an  additional,  and,  under  the  circumstances,  an  unnecessary 
constituent,  requiring  of  itself  to  be  digested  and  assimilated. 
If  the  stomach  be  competent,  all  is  well.  But  if  not,  the  sugar 
undergoes  a fermentative  decomposition,  and  gives  rise  to  the 
production  of  acids  which  not  only  aggravate  the  existing  dis- 
order, but  attack  and  decompose  the  accompanying  active 
principles,  and  thereby  destroy  their  power  over  the  system. 

Another  argument  in  favor  of  the  trituration  of  concentrated 
medicines  with  sugar  is,  that  it  enables  them  to  become  more 
readily  absorbed  and  conveyed  into  the  circulation.  This  we 
also  deem  an  erroneous  view.  If  the  remedy  and  the  sugar 
required  the  same  Solvents,  no  advantage  would  be  gained,  as 
the  presence  of  the  sugar  would  require  more  labor  to  be  per- 
formed without  any  prospect  of  equivalent  benefit.  The  sugar 
itself  is  not  a solvent  of  the  active  principles,  hence  is  of  no 
utility  in  that  respect.  But  as  the  constitution  of  the  sugar 
and  the  concentrated  medicines  vary,  it  follows  that  different 
solvents  are  required,  and  that  the  dissolving,  absorbing,  and 
circulating  of  the  active  principles  is  an  action  quite  independ- 
ent of  the  presence  of  the  sugar,  which  not  only  does  not  pro- 
mote this  action,  but  requires  of  itself  to  be  similarly  acted 
upon.  Hence  is  a greater  expenditure  of  digestive  action 
occasioned  to  no  purpose.  We  hold  it  a fixed  and  truthful 
principle  in  the  practice  of  medicine,  that  the  purer  medicines 
are  administered,  and  the  less  they  are  compounded  with  inert 
or  nutritive  matters,  the  more  certain  and  satisfactory  they  are 
in  their  operation.  Sugar  is  most  objectionable  in  the  treat- 
ment of  many  disorders  of  the  digestive  apparatus.  We  have 
succeeded  in  curing  many  cases  of  indigestion  with  the  same 
remedies  with  which  others  have  failed.  They  administered 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


99 


them  in  syrup,  sweetened  decoctions,  etc.,  while  we  exhibited 
them  in  their  purity,  without  sugar  or  other  extraneous  ad- 
mixture, at  the  same  time  prohibiting  the  use  of  sugar  and 
other  fermentescible  substances.  Notwithstanding  our  objec- 
tions to  the  use  of  sugar,  we  are  in  favor  of  triturating  some  of  the 
concentrated  medicines,  with  a view  to  their  proper  diffusion. 
We  have  devised  and  practiced  a method  of  trituration  which 
we  now  have  the  pleasure  of  submitting  to  the  profession,  and 
which  we  can  assure  them  will  answer  a better  purpose  than 
any  yet  suggested.  As  most  of  the  concentrated  remedies  are 
soluble  in  water,  but  few  articles  require  triturating  on  that 
account.  But  with  some  of  the  more  potent  remedies,  such  as 
Yeratrin,  Podophyllin,  Digitalin,  Sanguinarin,  etc.,  diffusion 
is  desirable  in  consequence  of  the  high  degree  of  power  attain- 
ed by  their  concentration,  and  their  more  kindly  operation 
when  diffused  over  a larger  nervous  surface.  Our  plan* is  to 
triturate  one  agent  with  another.  In  this  way  is  not  only  the 
desired  object  attained,  but  the  activity  of  the  remedy  may  be 
augmented  or  modified  at  the  option  of  the  practitioner.  Our 
usual  agent  employed  in  trituration  is  the  Asclepin.  No  re- 
medy with  which  we  are  acquainted  is  so  seldom  contra-indi- 
cated as  the  Asclepin.  In  fact  we  do  not  know  a single  indi- 
cation in  which  this  remedy  could  be  used  amiss.  By  refer- 
ing  to  the  article  on  the  employment  of  Asclepin,  the  reader 
may  learn  our  reasons  for  so  esteeming  it.  The  Yeratrin  may 
be  triturated  with  Asclepin  in  the  proportion  of  one  grain  of 
the  former  to  ten  or  more  of  the  latter,  at  the  option  of  the 
practitioner.  The  Asclepin  will  not  only  not  counteract  the 
Yeratrin  in  any  respect,  but  will  enhance  its  diaphoretic  pro- 
perty, an  advantage  instead  of  an  objection,  and  an  effect 
always  desirable  to  be  produced  when  Yeratrin  is  indicated. 
The  Podophyllin  may  be  triturated  in  the  same  way,  either 
with  Asclepin  or  Caulophyllin,  according  as  the  diaphoretic 
or  antispasmodic  property  may  be  desired.  The  Asclepin  is 
nearly  all  soluble  in  water,  and  will  render  other  of  the  con- 
centrated remedies  capable  of  being  administered  in  that  men- 
struum. So  with  the  Cauiophyllin.  We  shall  treat  more 


100 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


fully  upon  this  subject  in  the  second  part  of  this  volume, 
when  detailing  the  employment  of  the  concentrated  medicines. 

In  the  employment  of  the  concentrated  medicines  combining 
the  various  active  principles  of  the  plant,  combinations  are  not 
so  frequently  necessary  as  when  single  resin,  resinoid,  or  alka- 
loid principles  are  used.  Nearly  all  the  remedies  of  which  we 
shall  have  occasion  to  speak,  possess  several  distinct  and  well 
marked  therapeutic  properties,  hence  are  capable  of  fulfilling 
an  equal  number  of  indications.  Veratrin  is  emetic,  arterial 
sedative,  diaphoretic,  etc.,  and  with  it  we  may  evacuate  the 
stomach,  reduce  the  force  and  frequency  of  the  pulse,  promote 
the  cutaneous  exhalations,  abate  febrile  excitement,  relieve 
local  congestions,  etc.  Populin  is  diuretic,  diaphoretic,  febri- 
fuge, tonic,  etc.  With  it  we  may  relieve  and  cure  suppression 
and  scalding  of  the  urine,  fevers,  night  sweats,  indigestion,  etc. 
Each  remedy  is  already  a natural  combination  in  itself,  and  as 
such  is  generally  better  adapted  to  the  necessities  and  assim- 
ilative powers  of  the  system  than  any  artificial  combination. 

In  the  constitution  and  arrangement  of  the  active  constitu- 
ents of  medicinal  plants,  we  have  a wonderful  illustration  of 
the  wisdom  and  perfection  of  design  of  the  Creator,  in  having 
so  constituted  and  endowed  the  therapeutic  atoms  as  to  ensure 
perfect  harmony  of  action  when  a number  of  distinct  active 
principles  are  blended  together.  No  clashing  of  adverse  powers 
is  observable  when  a single  medicinal  plant  is  employed.  But 
when  the  assumptions  of  art  have  advised  the  indiscriminate 
commingling  together  of  a great  number  of  remedials,  frequent- 
ly is  “confusion  worse  confounded,”  Certainty  reduced  to 
uncertainty,  and  action  and  counter-action  engaged  in  unprofit- 
able warfare. 

Following  the  discovery  of  vegetable  alkaloids  in  1816,  the 
medical  world  was  thrown  into  a fever  of  a decidedly  alkaloid 
type.  Physicians,  chemists,  druggists,  apothecaries  and  the 
whole  medical  crew  run  v ad  in  the  pursuit  of  what  was  sup- 
posed to  be  the  universus  of  vegetable  remedial  powers. 
Creation  was  ransacked  high  and  low,  and  simultaneous  with 
the  appearance  of  a purple  stain  upon  a piece  of  reddened 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


101 


litmus  paper,  came  the  triumphant  cry  of  eureka  ! But  the 
ardor  of  the  enthusiast  was  destined  to  be  cooled  by  a suc- 
cession of  disappointments.  Many  alkaloids  were  found  to  be 
possessed  of  no  particular  medicinal  value,  while  many  plants 
were  found  destitute  of  any  alkaloid  principle  whatever. 
And  even  where  the  alkaloid  obtained  was  of  value  as  a 
remedial  agent,  it  failed  to  represent  in  full  the  therapeutic 
constitution  of  the  plant  from  which  it  was  derived.  With  a 
few  exceptions,  this  class  of  agents  have  gone  into  disrepute. 
The  medical  profession  have  become  satisfied  that  they  do  not 
fairly  nor  fully  represent  the  remedial  properties  of  the  sub- 
stances from  which  they  are  derived. 

But  notwithstanding  the  search  after  alkaloids  failed  of  its 
purpose,'  much  good  has  resulted  from  the  investigations 
necessarily  carried  on.  Other  principles  were  brought  to  light, 
the  existence  of  which  was  before  unknown,  or  at  least  hypo- 
thetical. Besins  and  resinoids  became  the  objects  of  the 
chemist’s  search,  for  still  laboring  under  the  one  principle 
delusion,  he  sought  to  find  in  either  of  these  the  active  princi- 
ple of  the  plant.  The  alkaloid  mania  was  not  cured,  but 
simply  transferred.  If  the  alcoholic  tincture  but  threw  down 
a precipitate  when  added  to  water,  the  long  sought  desideratum 
was  thought  to  be  obtained.  No  matter  how  much  the  water 
might  hold  in  solution,  or  wash  away,  did  but  some  insoluble 
matter  remain,  it  was  bottled  up,  vended  as  the  active  princi- 
ple of  the  plant,  and  accredited  with  all  the  therapeutic  powers 
pertaining  thereto.  Several  preparations  of  this  character  are 
now  before  the  profession,  and  we  would  caution  them  to 
critically  examine  all  preparations  purporting  to  be  concen- 
trated, and  ascertain  whether  they  actually  combine  the 
different  active  principles  of  the  plant,  or  whether  they  are 
not,  rather,  fragmentary,  resin  or  resinoid  preparations  only, 
and  thus  deceptive,  being  in  truth  isolated  but  not  concentrated. 
And  yet  we  have  known  those  detached  principles  to  receive 
the  sanction  of  writers  professing  to  high  scientific  culture, 
and  assuming  to  be  censors  of  the  opinions  and  labors  of 
others,  and  by  them  to  be  indorsed  as  the  active  principle,  and 


102 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


as  such  pompously  recorded  in  dispensatories,  and  other 
publications  as  among  the  immense  discoveries  of  the  nine- 
teenth century.  Now  a£  these  preparations  are  in  each 
instance  simply  an  active  principle,  one  of  many,  how  are  we 
to  relieve  these  authors  of  the  dilemma  in  which  they  have 
placed  themselves.  If  we  attribute  the  error  to  a want  of 
scientific  knowledge,  we  shall  most  undoubtedly  be  visited 
with  their  direst  indignation.  If,  then,  we  allow  them,  in 
charity,  the  credit  of  being  perfect  masters  of  the  science  of 
organic  chemistry,  how  shall  we  relieve  them  of  the  seeming 
I hone.  !y  which  would  lead  them  to  palm  off  upon  the  pro- 
fession these  fractional  resin,  resinoid,  and  other  defective 
preparations  as  being  the  active  constituents  of  plants,  instead 
of  truthfully  proclaiming  them  to  be,  what  they  really  are, 
isolations,  one  of  several  active  constituents,  the  rest  having 
been  lost,  rejected,  or  their  existence  not  known  or  suspected. 
W e are  inclined,  however,  to  give  them  credit  for  honesty  in  one 
respect,  and  that  is,  in  stating  all  they  knew.  But  at  the  same 
time  it  would  have  been  as  well  not  to  have  been  too  positive 
of  the  dishonesty  of  others  whose  researches  had  fortunately 
resulted  more  successfully,  and  who  bad  brought  to  light  the 
several  active  constituents  of  the  -vegetable  organism ; and 
having  made  the  discovery,  and  succeeded  in  isolating  the 
various  principles,  adopted  the  rational  idea  of  re-combining 
them  as  they  existed  in  the  plant.  To  those  who  were 
acquainted  with  single  resin,  resinoid,  or  alkaloid  principles 
only,  this  combination  of  a number  of  principles  was  a new 
and  startling  idea,  and  many  were  inclined,  honestly,  we  hope, 
to  look  upon  it  as  an  adulteration.  But  the  better  sense  of 
the  profession,  as  soon  as  informed  of  the  true  state  of  the 
case,  generously  yielded  the  credit  due  to  those  whose  skill 
and  penetration  had  secured  the  real  concentrated  equivalents 
of  the  various  plants.  Here  we  are  willing  to  let  the  matter 
rest  with  the ‘profession,  having  been  drawn  into  make  these 
remarks  in  consequence  of  some  unjust  aspersions  having 
been  cast  upon  the  motives  of  those  whom  we  believe  to  be 
honestly  engaged  in  a good  and  important  work.  We 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


103 


acknowledge  that  the  aspersions  referred  to  came  from  sources 
which  it  would  be  derogatory  to  our  self-respect  to  mention 
here,  and  we  should  not  have  mentioned  the  circumstance  hut 
to  illustrate  the  liability  of  all  discoverers  to  be  maligned  by  the 
ignorant  and  viciously  inclined. 

To  briefly  recapitulate  the  most  favorable  conditions  for  the 
successful  administration  of  concentrated  medicines,  we  would 
advise  that  particular  attention  be  paid  to  the  neutralising 
of  undue  acidity,  simplicity  of  combination,  avoidance  of  the 
use  of  sugar  and  other  fermentescible  substances,  and  such 
general  considerations  in  regard  to  diet,  regimen,  etc.,  as  the 
circumstances  of  the  case  may  render  appropriate. 

As  a majority  of  the  concentrated  medicines  are  soluble  or 
mixable  in  water,  we  would  recommend  that  menstruum  as 
being  in  general  the  best,  as  well  as  the  most  available.  We 
are  aware  that  many  advocate  the  plan  of  rendering  medi- 
cines as  palatable  to  the  patient  as  possible,  entertaining  the 
idea  that  their  certainty  and  efficiency  of  action  are  governed 
in  a measure  by  the  likes  and  dislikes  of  the  patient.  With 
all  due  deference  to  the  opinions  of  others,  we  would  record 
our  experience  in  favor  of  administering  medicines  in  their 
purity  as  much  as  possible.  Our  experience  goes  to  prove 
that  much  less  medicine  will  usually  be  needed,  while  the 
specific  influences  of  the  remedy  will  in  no  wise  be  diminished. 
Podophyllin  will  ne’er  fail  of  producing  its  usual  effects  in 
consequence  of  being  disgusting  to  the  palate.  Hyoscyamin 
will  alleviate  pain,  and  induce  a quiescent  condition  of  the 
nervous  system,  despite  the  objections  of  the  patient  to  its 
nauseous  taste.  We  have  never  found  a medicine  to  fail  of  its 
accustomed  operation  in  consequence  of  its  unpleasant  flavor. 
We  impress  upon  our  patients  the  fact  that  we  give  medicines 
to  cure  disease,  and  not  to  please  the  palate ; and  we  teach 
them  to  expect  that  any  remedy  possessing  power  to  remove 
disease,  must  give  some  indication  to  the  senses  of  its  peculiar 
properties.  We  direct  their  minds  to  a consideration  of  the 
beneficial  results  to  follow,  and  discourage  all  reference  to  its 
unpalatableness.  The  smallness  of  the  dose  when  concen- 


104 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES. 


trated  medicines  are  employed,  renders  disguise  less  frequently 
necessary.  Our  objections  to  foreign  admixture  have  already 
been  set  forth  in  the  preceding  pages,  hence  there  is  no  need 
to  recapitulate  them  here.  Pills  may  be  formed  in  many 
instances,  as  a matter  of  convenience,  to  secure  a more  eligible 
form,  and  to  overcome  the  objections  held  against  the  taste  of 
the  various  remedies. 

We  shall  now  proceed  to  give  a practical  exposition  of  the 
therapeutic  properties  and  clinical  employment  of  such  of  the 
concentrated  medicines  as  combine  the  different  principles  of 
the  various  plants.  We  wish  it  distinctly  understood  that  our 
remarks  apply  only  to  such  concentrated  medicines  as  are 
prepared  in  accordance  with  the  above  conditions,  that  is, 
which  combine  the  several  active  constituents  of  the  plant. 
We  do  not  profess  to  be  able  to  give  a history  of  all  the  indi- 
cations which  may  be  successfully  fulfilled  with  these  reme- 
dies, nor  to  enumerate  all  the  combinations  that  may  bo 
judiciously  and  advantageously  effected.  We  shall  endeavor 
to  give  a truthful  synopsis  of  the  therapeutic  properties 
characterising  each  remedy,  relying  upon  the  judgment  of  the 
practitioner  to  select  such  as  are  best  adapted  to  the  various 
necessities  of  the  system. 

The  formulas  we  give  are  such  . as  we  employ  in  daily 
practice  ; and  all  refeience  to  their  curative  action  is  a 
simple  record  of  xour  own  experience,  except  when  expressly 
stated  to  the  contrary.  When  o \u  own  experimental  knowl- 
edge of  a remedy  is  limited,  we  shall  give  the  experience  of 
those  practicing  physicians  whose  testimony  may  be  received 
as  reliable. 

We  are  aware  that  disease  is  tempered  by  climatic  and 
other  influences,  and  that  the  treatment  which  proves  success- 
ful in  our  own  locality  will  require  to  be  modified  to  meet  the 
peculiarities  of  other  sections.  Yet  the  properties  of  the 
remedies  will  be  the  same  in  all  climates,  and  the  modifications 
required  will  be  in  regard  to  combination , quantity,  time , 
repetition  and  continuance . 


PART  II. 


C^ncenirateb  ||Tt&ick$ 


♦ 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


109 


Before  entering  upon  the  therapeutic  and  clinical  history 
of  the  Concentrated  Medicines  Proper,  we  deem  it  due  to  the 
enterprise,  energy,  and  industry  of  B.  Keith,  M.D.,  that  proper 
credit  should  be  here  awarded  him  for  hi£  successful  efforts  in 
providing  the  profession  with  concentrated  preparations  of  a 
definite,  reliable,  and  uniform  therapeutic  character.  , 

Of  long  experience  in  the  clinical  employment  of  crude 
organic  remedies,  his  attention  was  early  attracted  to  an  investi- 
gation into  the  merits  of  so-called  concentrated  medicines. 
Upon  testing  these  preparations  in  practice,  he  found  a*  marked 
discrepancy  between  the  therapeutic  action  of  the  “ active  prin- 
ciples,” so-called,  and  the  plants  from  which  they  were  derived. 
To  ascertain  the  cause  of  this  discrepancy,  and  to  provide  the 
profession  with  true  concentrated  equivalents  of  the  various 
medicinal  plants,  became  the  engrossing  object  of  his  scientific 
labors.  Taking  into  consideration  the  fact  that  plants  were 
possessed  of  numerous  and  varied  therapeutic  properties,  he 
conceived  the  idea  that  the  aggregate  medicinal  value  of  plants 
resided  not  in  one , but  in  several  and  distinct  proximate  prin- 
ciples. Upon  examining  the  ordinary  preparations  termed 
“concentrated,”  together  with  the  methods  employed  for  ob' 
taining  them,  he  soon  ascertained  that  they  were  fractional 
and  imperfect,  consisting  of  isolated  resin,  resinoid,  and  alka- 
loid principles,  as  the  case  might  be,  and  representing  only  in 
part  the  therapeutic  constituents  of  the  plants  from  which 
they  were  severally  derived.  As  many  of  the  preparations 
represented  to  be  “ the  active  principle”  of  certain  plants  were 
insoluble  “resins”  and  “resinoids,”  and  whereas  the  plants 
were  known  to  yield  soluble  medicinal  principles  to  water, 
additional  evidence  was  afforded  that  some  one  or  more  of 
their  active  constituents  were  overlooked  and  lost.  Furnished 
with  this  evidence,  his  investigations  took  a new  direction, 
and  their  results  are  now  laid  before  the  profession.  The 
existence  of  a multiplicity  of  active  medicinal  constituents  in  the 
same  plant  was  correctly  demonstrated,  and  two  new  classes  of 
proximate  principles,  the  neutrals  and  mud-resins , discovered 
and  added  to  the  list  of  those  already  known.  These  princi- 


110 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


pies  we  have  the  honor  of  being  the  first  to  describe  and  in- 
troduce to  the  profession.  To  him  belongs  the  credit  of  being 
the  first  to  advance  the  idea  of  combining  all  the  proximate 
medicinal  constituents  of  a plant  in  one  preparation — the  first 
to  make  and  announce  to  the  profession  correct  chemical 
analysis  of  chemical  plants,  and  the  first  to  caution  them 
against  the  unreliable  character  of  extracts,  syrups,  and  other 
of  the  ordinary  preparations  of  the  day. 

While  laboring  faithfully  during  the  past  six  years  to  ad- 
vance the  interests  of  organic  chemical  science,  he  has  been 
none  the  less  diligent  in  the  discharge  of  the  arduous  duties 
of  his  profession,  testing  in  clinical  practice  those  preparations 
which  his  scientific  skill  had  succeeded  in  bringing  to  a 
state  as  near  perfection  as  possible,  thus  becoming  a guarantee 
to  the  profession  of  the  character  of  the  remedial  agents  fur- 
nished. All  preparations  offered  to  the  profession,  emanating 
from  his  establishment,  has  been  thoroughly  tested  in  prac- 
tice, unless  explicitly  stated  to  the  contrary.  Numerous  im- 
provements have  been  made  from  time  to  time,  and  “progress” 
is  the  rule  of  action  with  this  gentleman. 

All  the  preparations  manufactured  at  his  establishment,  are 
unlike  those  of  any  other  .manufacturer.  The  powdered  prepa- 
rations, as  well  as  the  concentrated  tinctures,  command  the 
confidence  and  approbation  of  the  profession.  They  are  defi- 
nite, reliable,  and  uniform  in  medical  strength,  portable,  not 
liable  to  change,  and  convenient  of  administration.  The  con- 
centrated tinctures  are  a peculiar  feature  in  the  improvements 
made  by  this  gentleman  in  pharmaceutical  science,  of  which 
we  have  already  given  a history.  Every  drop  is  of  uniform 
therapeutic  strength,  and  invariably  represents  a positive  and 
definite  amount  of  active  principles. 

To  this  gentleman  and  his  co-laborers  in  the  field  of  organic 
chemistry,  belongs  the  credit  of  being  the  first  to  discover,  de- 
scribe, and  introduce  to  the  profession  all  but  two  of  the  con- 
centrated preparations  enumerated  in  this  work. 


SENECIN. 


Derived  from  Senecio  Gracilis , Nat.  Ord. — Aster  acea. 

Sex.  Syst. — Syngenesia  Superflua. 

Common  Names — Life  Loot , Gough  Weed , Waw  Weed, 
Unleum , Female  Regulator , eta. 

Part  Used — The  Plant. 

No.  of  Principles,  two , viz.:  resi/noid  and  neutral. 

Properties — Diuretic , diaphoretic , emmenagogue,  febrifuge, 
expectorant,  pectoral,  alterative  and  tow. 

Employment — Amenorrhea,  dysmenorrhea,  menorrhagia, 
hysteria,  gravel,  strangury,  chlorosis,  dropsy,  dysentery,  gon- 
orrhea, coughs,  colds,  loss  of  appetite , debility,  etc. 

Senecin  is  an  elegant  and  efficient  remedy,  and  one  which 
admits  of  a wide  range  of  application.  It  is  deservedly  held 
in  high  repute  in  the  treatment  of  the  various  affections  pecu- 
liar to  females.  From  the  fact  of  the  plant  having  been 
successfully  employed  in  domestic  practice  for  regulating 
menstrual  derangements,  it  derived  one  of  its  common  names, 
that  of  Female  Regulator . 

Senecin,  either  alone  or  combined  with  other  positive 
medical  agents,  has  proved  eminently  successful  in  the  treat- 
ment of  amenorrhea.  It  is  usually  exhibited  in  doses  of  from 


112 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


two  to  five  grains,  three  times  per  day.  When  the  obstruc- 
tion has  arisen  from  cold,  this  remedy,  in  connection  with 
warm  alkaline  pediluyia,  is  generally  sufficient.  If  it  be 
desirable  to  increase  its  diaphoretic  effect,  it  may  be  advan- 
tageously combined  with  Asclepin.  We  employ  the  following 
formula : 

Senecin,  y 

Asclepin  aa.  grs.  ij. 

To  be  given  at  a dose,  and  repeated  twice  or  thrice  a day. 
When-  the  affection  is  uncomplicated,  we  know  of  no  remedy 
more  generally  reliable  than  the  above.  It  operates  kindly, 
and  without  excitement,  and  the  catamenial  flow  is  restored 
in  a -manner  so  natural  that  the  patient  is  scarcely  aware  of 
being  under  the  influence  of  medicine.  Should  the  case 
prove  obstinate,  we  administer  a cathartic  dose  of  Podophyllin 
at  or  near  the  usual  time  for  the  appearance  of  the  menses,  or 
whenever  the  system  manifests  a desire  to  restore  this  secre- 
tion. We  seldom  or  never  employ  the  Podophyllin  alone, 
hence  we  resort  to  such  combinations  as  the  existing  condition 
of  the  system  may  indicate.  For  the  present  purpose  we 
usually  give 

Podophyllin, 

Asclepin  aa.  grs.  ij. 

This  may  be  generally  given  at  bed  time ; but  it  is  sometimes 
better  to  administer  it  as  soon  as  any  of  the  usual  symptoms 
preceding  the  return  of  the  menses  are  felt. 

When  the  affection  occurs  in  patients  of  a peculiarly  nervous 
constitution,  we  combine  the  Senecin  with  Caulophyllin,  as 
follows : 

9- 

Senecin, 

Caulophyllin,  aa.  3 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Of  these  ore  may  be  given 
twice  or  thrice  a day,  at  the  option  of  the  practitioner.  By 
this  combination  we  increase  the  emmenagogue  property  of 
the  Senecin,  and  at  the  same  time  gain  the  anti-spasmodic 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


113 


effect  of  the  Caulophyllin,  which  exerts  a most  desirable 
influence  when  this  affection  is  accompanied  with  a convulsive 
tendency.  The  Yiburin  may  be  substituted  for  the  Caulo- 
phyllin, and  in  some  cases  will  answer  a better  purpose.  If 
we  require  a more  energetic  relaxant  and  anti-spasmodic,  we 
employ  the  Grelsemin.  It  may  be  substituted  for  either  of  the 
above,  or  may  be  combined  to  meet  special  indications,  as  in 
the  following  formulas.  As  an  adjunctive,  we  have  always 
found  it  valuable: 

9- 

Senecin  grs.  XXIY 

Grelsemin  grs.  IY 

Mix  and  divide  into  eight  powders.  One  of  these  may  be 
given  once  in  four  hours.  The  quantity  of  Grelsemin  may  be 
increased  or  diminished  according  to  the  susceptibility  of  the 
patient’s  System  to  its  influence.  The  repetition  of  the  doses 
must  be  governed  by  the  same  considerations.  As  a more 
efficient  combination  still,  the  following  may  be  employed: 

Senecin, 

Caulophyllin  aa.  grs.  XX, 

Gelsemin  grs.  Y. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Administer  same  as  above. 
These  combinations  will  be  found  very  useful  in  controlling 
all  spasmodic  manifestations  accompanying  simple  uncompli- 
cated amenorrhea.  But.  the  Senecin  should  be  employed 
alone  in  all  cases  where  the  above  combinations  are  not  posi- 
tively indicated. 

When  complications  exist  or  the  case  has  become  chronic, 
auxiliary  remedies  will  be  needed.  These  will  depend,  in 
each  case,  upon  the  existing  necessity.  If  the  liver  be  deranged 
in  its  functions,  the  prompt  administration  of  Podophyllin  or 
some  other  chologogue  should  precede  all  other  treatment.  If 
the  biliary  obstruction  be  slight,  Leptandrin,  Juglandin,  or 
Irisin  may  be  sufficient.  If  constipation  be  an  attendant 
symptom,  measures  must  be  employed  to  obviate  it.  For  this 
purpose  from  one  fourth  to  one  grain  of  Podophyllin,  triturated 


114 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


with  Asclepin,  in  the  proportion  of  one  to  four,  may  be 
exhibited  every  night,  or  every  second  night.  As  a general 
thing  we  prefer  to  administer  Podophyllin  at  night,  and  inde- 
pendent of  whatever  general  remedies  we  may  be  employing, 
finding  that  it  operates  more  kindly  and  pleasantly  when  thus 
exhibited. 

We  have  derived  equally  happy  effects  from  the  employ- 
ment of  Senecin  in  the  treatment  of  dysmenorrhea.  The  most 
beneficial  results  are  obtained  by  exhibiting  it  during  the 
intermenstrual  period.  It  acts  as  a special  tonic  upon  the 
uterine  system,  invigorating  the  menstrual  function,  and 
restoring  equilibrium  of  action.  For  this  affection.it  may  be 
given  in  doses  of  from  two  to  five  grains  two  or  three  times  a 
day,  and  alternated  with  Helonin.  Or  the  two  may  be  com- 
bined, as  follows : 

Senecin  grs.  XX. 

Helonin  grs.  X. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  This  we  have  found  to  be 
a valuable  combination.  If  the  menstrual  secretion  be  profuse, 
Trilliin  should  be  substituted  for  the  Helonin.  If  the  secretion 
be  scanty,  Macrotin  or  Baptisin  may  be  employed.  Below 
we  give  our  usual  formulas : 

Senecin, 

Trilliin  aa.  grs.  XYI. 

Mix  and  divide  into  eight  powders.  These  are  to  be  used 
during  the  intermenstrual  period,  when  the  flow  is  immode- 
rate. 


9- 

Senecin  grs.  XXIV. 
Macrotin  grs.  IV. 

Mix  and  divide  into  eight  powders.  Or 

9. 

Senecin  grs.  XX. 
Baptisin  grs.  X. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


115 


Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Either  of  the  above  formu- 
las will  answer  a good  purpose  when  the  secretion  is  defective. 
The  above  prescriptions  are  designed  to  constitute  the  radical 
treatment,  while  special  symptoms  must  be  met  with  such 
auxiliary  measures  as  the  circumstances  of  the  case  may 
demand. 

We  have  been  equally  successful  with  the  Senecin  in  the 
treatment  of  menorrhagia.  It  may  seem  somewhat  paradoxi- 
cal to  the  reader  that  we  should  prescribe  the  same  remedy  in 
what  are  generally  conceived  to  be  opposite  conditions  of  the 
system.  Thus  amenorrhea  and  menorrhagia  as  supposed  to 
indicate  the  necessity  of  remedies  possessing  dissimilar  thera- 
peutic properties.  Let  us  look  for  a moment  at  the  condition 
of  the  two  cases.  In  each  instance  there  is  admitted  to  be 
deranged  action.  This  disturbance  of  the  physiological  con- 
dition in  either  case  is  simply  a loss  of  equilibrium.  In  the 
one  case  the  functions  are  suppressed,  and  there  is  no  secretion. 
In  the  other  case  there  is  a relaxed  or  enfeebled  condition,  and 
the  secretion  is  profuse.  W e say  secretion,  but  that  is  not  the 
proper  term.  The  act  of  secretion  is  purely  a physiological 
phenomenon,  accompanying,  preserving,  or  restoring  a normal 
condition.  Profuse  and  active  discharges  are  hardly  to  be 
looked  upon  in  the  light  of  a secretion,  but  rather  as  a sort  ot 
leakage,  an  indiscriminate  outpouring  of  the  constituents  of 
animal  fluidity.  Secretion  is  the  act  of  separating.  As  applied 
to  the  animal  economy,  it  means  to  imply  the  process  whereby 
a separation  is  effected  between  the  vital  and  the  morbid 
materials  of  the  organism,  the  retention  of  the  former,  and 
the  expulsion  of  the  latter.  It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  the 
system  would  reject  any  materials  not  yet  become  effete  or 
useless,  as  such  a proceeding  would  argue  a prodigality  and 
disposition  to  waste  not  at  all  in  harmony  with  the  wisdom 
displayed  in  its  organization.  Yet  we  find  that  these  profuse 
secretions,  so  called,  are  a mixture  of  both  the  healthy  and 
vitiated  constituents  of  the  body,  and  that  the  escape  or  flow  is 
followed  by  exhaustion,  impoverishment,  and  debility.  This 
would  certainly  not  be  the  case  were  the  morbid  materials  only 


116 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


separated  and  expelled.  Perspiration  induced  by  exercise  or 
vegetable  diaphoretics  is  neither  exhausting,  or  debilitating ; 
but  nightsweats,  so  called,  are  depleting  and  impoverishing  in 
their  effect.  The  latter  are  not  the  result  of  increased  secre- 
tion, but  are  transudations  resulting  from  a relaxed  and 
enfeebled  condition  of  the  capillary  vessels  of  the  surface. 
The  power  to  secrete  is  wanting,  hence  both  the  good  and  bad 
materials  of  the  blood  are  allowed  to  run  to  waste  through  the 
unguarded  portals  of  the  skin.  So  in  amenorrhea  and  men- 
orrhagia. In  both  cases  the  power  to  secrete  is  wanting.  In 
the  one  case  it  is  suppressed  in  consequence  of  the  interposition 
of  certain  obstructions.  In  the  other  case  we  have  an  illustra- 
tion of  that  condition  which  has  been  designated  by  the  term 
of  vis  inertia , or  a complete  passivity  of  the  vital  forces.  How 
it  is  evident  that  in  either  condition  it  is  necessary  to  restore 
the  secreting  power,  simply  to  recall  and  re-establish  the 
functional  equilibrium  of  the  organs.  Ho  matter  in  which 
direction  the  scale  may  be  turned,  if  we  can  but  restore  and  equal- 
ize the  functional  activity  of  the  parts,  we  shall  effect  a cure. 
Por  this  purpose  we  employ  the  Senecin,  simply  because  it 
possesses  the  power  of  recalling  or  restoring  lost  or  healthful 
action.  This  then  explains  the  seeming  paradox  of  giving  the 
same  remedy  in  dissimilar  derangements  of  the  same  organ. 
We  shall  have  occasion  to  refer  again  to  this  subject  in  treating 
of  other  of  the  concentrated  medicine’s.  The  plan  of  seeking 
to  devise  a different  remedy  for  every  variation  in  the  mani- 
festations of  diseased  action  we  deem  to  be  erroneous,  and 
calculated  to  confuse  and  render  too  complex  the  art  of  pre- 
scribing. 

Our  usual  method  of  employing  Senecin  in  the  treatment  of 
menorrhagia  is  the  same  as  in  the  preceding  cases.  We  rely 
upon  it  as  a radical  measure,  while  special  symptoms  are  met 
as  they  arise. 

Chlorosis  is  another  of  those  incidental  female  affections 
in  which  the  Senecin  will  be  found  an  excellent  remedy.  In 
view  of  its  alterative  and  tonic  properties,  it  is  peculiarly 
serviceable  when  chlorosis  occurs  in  a strumous  diathesis.  In 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


Ilf 


these  cases  it  may  be  advantageously  combined  with  other 
alteratives,  as  the  Ampelopsin,  Alnuin,  Stillingin,  Chimaphi- 
lin,  &c.,  or  with  more  decided  tonics,  as  Cornin,  Hydrastin, 
Menispermin,  etc. 

In  anemic  habits,  the  Senecin  may  be  advantageously  com- 
bined with  the  different  preparations  of  Iron.  Thus  in  some 
forms  of  chlorosis  and  amenorrhea,  we  may  prescribe  the 
following : 

Senecin  3 ss. 

Iron  by  Hydrogen  grs.  YI. 

Mix  and  divide  into  twelve  powders.  Dose,  one,  morning  and 
evening.  The  quantity  of  Iron  may  be  increased  if  deemed 
necessary.  If  constipation  be  an  accompanying  symptom,  we 
may  vary  the  prescription  thus : 

9. 

Senecin, 

Leptandrin  aa.  grs.  XX. 

Iron  by  Hydrogen  grs.  Y. 

Form  a mass  with  mucilage  of  gum  arabic  and  divide  into  ten 
pills.  Dose,  one,  twice  or  thrice  a day.  The  above  will  be 
found  excellent  for  prolapsus  uteri,  when  of  an  asthenic 
character.  When  the  disturbance  of  the  nervous  system  is 
considerable,  and  the  symptoms  verge  on  hysteria,  we  employ 
the  Yalerianate  of  Iron.  It  will  answer  the  double  purpose  of 
relieving  the  anemic  habit  and  allaying  nervous  excitability. 

9. 

Senecin  3 ss. 

Yalerianate  of  Iron  grs.  X. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Exhibit  one  morning  and 
evening.  The  same  will  be  found  useful  in  chorea.  When 
suppression  occurs  in  females  advanced  in  life,  and  when  there 
are  symptoms  of  a preternatural  wasting  of  the  tissues,  we 
substitute  the  phosphate  of  Iron. 

Senecin  grs.  XXI Y. 

Phosphate  of  Iron  grs.  YHI. 


118 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


Mix  and  divide  into  eight  powders.  Dose  same  as  above. 

Senecin  is  valuable  in  the  treatment  of  dropsy,  not  so  much 
oh  account  of  its  diuretic  power  as  on  account  of  its  alterative 
and  tonic  properties,  by  reason  of  its  exciting  the  glandular 
system  to  healthful  action.  The  same  may  be  said  in  relation 
to  its  employment  in  the  treatment  of  gravelly  affections. 

In  gonorrhea  it  manifests  a decided  sanative  power.  It  may 
be  employed  alone,  alternating  with  such  other  remedies  as 
the  features  of  the  case  may  indicate,  or  it  may  be  combined 
with  other  alteratives. 


Senecin, 

Stillingin aa.  3 ij. 

Mix.  Dose,  two  to  five  grains  three  times  per  day. 

IJ. 

Senecin 3 ss. 

Phytolacin grs.  XV. 

Mix.  Dose,  from  two  to  four  grains  three  times  per  day. 

9- 


Senecin  3j. 

Irisin 3ss. 

Mix.  Dose  same  as  above. 

9. 

Senecin  3 j- 

Oorydalin 3j. 


Mix.  Dose,  two  to  five  grains.  These  formulas  will  be  found 
equally  serviceable  in  the  treatment  of  syphilis.  Other  com- 
binations majr  be  effected  when  indicated.  Thus  if  scalding 
of  the  urine  be  a troublesome  symptom,  Populin  will  be 
appropriate.  If  chordee  be  present,  Stillingin  is  contra-indi- 
cated. Lupulin  is  then  proper.  Other  agents  may  be  added 
to  the  formulas  given  at  the  option  of  the  practitioner,  but 
we  have  found  the  simple  combinations  best,  and  prefer  to  use 
the  auxiliary  remedies  separately. 

Senecin  has  gained  some  repute  in,  the  treatment  of  dysen- 
tery, but  our  own  experience  of  its  value  in  that  disease  is 
limited.  ' Our  observation  of  its  action  in  other  diseases  inclines 


Concentrated  medicines  proper. 


119 


us  to  the  opinion  that  it  would  be  mainly  useful  in  the  con- 
valescing stages  as  a tonic. 

In  coughs,  colds,  and  other  complaints  of  the  chest,  Senecin 
is  one  of  the  most  valuable  remedies  we  possess.  It  is  espe- 
cially serviceable  in  mucous  coughs.  Either  alone,  or  combined 
with  Asclepin,  Prunin,  Hyosciamin,  Lycopin,  &c.,  it  will 
seldom  disappoint  expectation. 

Senecin. 

Asclepin aa.  3 ss. 

Mix.  Dose,  two  to  four  grains  once  in  four  hours.  Service- 
able when  expectoration  is  difficult,  skin  dry,  and  system 
feverish. 

9- 

Senecin, 

Prunin  aa 3 ss. 

Mix.  Dose  same  as  above.  Useful  when  expectoration  is  free 
and  tonics  are  indicated. 


5 

Senecin 3 ss. 

Hyosciamin  grs.  ij. 


Mix  thoroughly,  and  divide  into  sixteen  powders.  Of 
these,  one  may  be  given  once  in  from  two  to  four  hours. 
Excellent  when  pain  is  experienced  in  any  part  of  the  chest. 
Also,  when  the  cough  is  troublesome  at  night.  If  there  be 
symptoms  of  hemoptysis,  the  following  will  be  the  best  com- 
bination. 

9 

Senecin, 

Lycopin aa.  3j. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  One  may  be  given  every 
three  hours. 

Taking  into  consideration  the  therapeutic  properties  already 
possessed  by  the  Senecin,  the  practitioner  may  readily  effect 
combinations  with  other  agents  calculated  to  simply  augment 
each  or  either  of  the  properties,  or  to  increase  their  number, 
or  to  suppress  the  action  of  one  or  the  other.  Its  range  of 


120 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


application  may  thus  be  extended,  although  the  remedy  should 
be  employed  for  its  own  peculiar  merits. 


(W  TITRATED  TINCTURE  SENECIO  GRACILIS. 


This  preparation  of  the  Senecio  is  by  some  preferred  to  the 
Senecin.  We  are  in  the  habit  of  employing  it  in  cough  mix- 
tures, and  in  various  ways.  It  is  convenient  for  the  practi- 
tioner when  he  wishes  to  leave  medicine  with  the  patient,  or 
when  sending  medicine  to  a patient  at  a distance,  as  the  labor 
and  necessity  of  dividing  it  into  separate  doses  is  thereby 
obviated.  Two  drops  of  the  Con.'  Tine,  represent  one  grain 
of  Senecin,  therefore  the  proper  dose  is  easily  estimated. 

In  remedial  value  it  is  fully  equivalent  to  the  Senecin,  and 
may  be  employed  in  all  cases  where  that  remedy  is  indicated. 
In  the  treatment  of  amenorrhea,  the  following  will  be  found 
valuable.  The  dose,  and  frequency  of  the  repetition,  must  of 
course  be  regulated  by  the  requirements  of  the  case ; we  can 
only  approximate  it. 

9. 

Con.  Tine.  Senecio  Grracil. 

Con.  Tine.  Gelseminum aa.  3 i j 

Mix.  Dose  from  five  to  ten  drops  three  times  per  day. 

For  strangury  and  gravelly  affections,  we  employ  the  fol- 
lowing : 

9- 

Con.  Tine.  Senecio  Grracil. 

Con.  Tine.  Eupatorium  Purpu aa.  § ss 

Mix.  Dose  four  to  eight  drops,  repeated  once  in  from  two  to 
four  hours,  according  to  circumstances. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


121 


For  hysteria,  painful  menstruations,  etc.,  the  following  will 


be  found  excellent : 

Con.  Tine.  Senecio  Gracil. 

Con,  Tine.  Scutellaria  Later aa.  3 ij« 

Con.  Tine.  Hyoscyamus 3 j* 


Mix.  Dose  from  five  to  fifteen  drops,  repeated  once  in  from 
two  to  six  hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms. 

This  will  be  found  a reliable  remedy  for  relieving  pain  and 
procuring  rest  in  the  above  affections. 

In  the  secondary  stages  of  dysentery,  after  the  secretive  action 
of  the  liver  has  been  corrected,  and  the  inflammatory  symp- 
toms have  measureably  subsided,  the  following  prescription 
will  be  found  excellent  for  restraining  and  giving  tone  to  the 


bowels : 

Con.  Tine.  Senecio  Gracil 3 ij 

Con.  Tine.  Rhus  Glab 3 j. 


Mix,  and  give  from  four  to  eight  drops  every  two  to  four 
hours.  If  much  prostration  or  sinking  of  the  vital  powers  be 
present,  the  value  and  efficiency  of  the  prescription  will  be 
materially  enhanced  by  the  addition  of  3 j Con.Tinc.  Xanthoxy- 
lum  Frax.  With  this  addition,  it  will  prove  an  excellent 
remedy  for  cholera  infantum,  the  morbid  secretions  having 
been  first  removed. 


ASCLEPIN. 


4 

% 

Derived  from  Asclepias  Tuber osa,  Nat.  Ord — Asclepiadaceoe- 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Digynia. 

Common  Names. — Pleurisy  Boot , White  Boot , Wind 
Boot , Colic  Boot , Butterfly  Weed,  etc . 

Part  Used — The  Boot. 

No.  of  Principles,  £100,  viz.:  resinoid  and  neutral . 

Properties — Alterative,  anti-spasmodic , carminative , 
phoretic , diuretic , expectorant , laxative  and  tonic. 

Employment — Fevers  of  every  type)  pneumonia , croup, 
peritonitis , pleuritis , rheumatism,  colic,  colds,  coughs, 
hepatic  derangements,  constipation,  hooping  cough . hysteria, 
amenorrhea,  dysmenorrhea,  leucorrhea,  menorrhagia,  and  in 
mflammatory  diseases  of  whatever  type. 

No  other  remedy  with  which  we  are  acquainted  is  so  uni- 
versally admissible  in  the  treatment  of  disease,  either  alone  or 
in  combination,  as  the  Asclepin.  In  fact,  we  can  think  of  no 
pathological  condition  that  would  be  aggravated  by  its  em- 
ployment. It  expels  wind,  relieves  pain,  relaxes  spasm, 
induces  and  promotes  perspiration,  equalises  the  circulation, 
harmonises  the  action  of  the  nervous  system,  and  accomplishes 
its  work  without  excitement,  neither  increasing  the  force  or 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


123 


frequency  of  the  pulse,  nor  raising  the  temperature  of  the  body. 
It  is  of  especial  service  in  the  treatment  of  affections  involving 
the  serous  membranes,  as  pleuritis,  peritonitis,  etc.  The 
remarkable  efficacy  of  the  plant  in  the  cure  of  pleurisy,  for 
which  purpose  it  has  been  employed  for  many  years  in 
domestic  practice,  has  earned  for  it  the  common  name  of 
Pleurisy  Root . In  like  manner  it  earned  the  appellation  of 
Wind  Root  and  Colic  Root , having  bfeen  found  reliable  as  a 
carminative  and  anti-spasmodic. 

In  order  that  the  full  value  of  the  Asclepin  may  be  realized 
in  the  treatment  of  all  febrile  complaints,  it  must  be  exhibited 
in  f ull  doses  and  repeated  sufficiently  often  to  induce  'and 
maintain  free  diaphoresis.  The  usual  dose  of  the  Asclepin  is 
from  one  to  five  grains,  but  when  there  is  high  febrile  excite- 
ment we  commence  with  TEN  grain  doses,  repeating  every  one 
or  two  hours  until  the  system  is  brought  under  its  fall 
influence,  and  then  diminish  to  from  two  to  five  grains  every 
two  hours,  or  sufficiently  often  to  secure  the  desired  effect, 
that  is,  to  sustain  the  diaphoretic  action.  It  may  accompany 
any  other  remedies  without  interfering  with  their  specific 
properties,  enhancing  rather  than  retarding  the  action  of  such 
auxiliaries  as  may  be  used  in  connection  with  it. 

Flatulent  colic  is  quickly  relieved  by  administering  from  five 
to  ten  grains  of  Asclepin  every  twenty  minutes  until  the 
spasm  is  relaxed  and  the  wind  expelled.  Belief  will  be  more 
prompt  if  the  remedy  is  administered  in  warm  water.  Cramp 
in  the  stomach  will  generally  yield  to  the  same  prescription. 
The  usual  manner  'of  exhibiting  Asclepin  in  pleuritis  is  the 
same  as  in  all  - febrile  affections.  Free  perspiration  must  be 
induced  and  maintained  for  from  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours, 
or  sufficiently  long  to  overcome  the  local  congestion.  We 
have  found  it  to  act  remarkably  well  in  combination  with 
Cypripedin. 


Asclepin 

Cypripedin  _ _ 
Aqua  fervens 


124  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

Dose  two  teaspoonsfull  every  thirty  minutes  until  perspiration 
is  induced,  then  once  in  one  or  two  hours  as  may  be  necessary 
to  maintain  the  action.  We  have  seen  some  very  severe 
attacks  of  the  pleurisy  cured  by  this  prescription  alone.  No 
depletion  accompanies  this  treatment,  and  the  patient  is  at  once 
restored  to  his  usual  health.  When  a more  active  combina- 
tion is  needed,  as  for  instance  when  there  is  excessive  arterial 


excitement,  we  give  the  following : 

9. 

Asclepin 3ss. 

Aqua  fervens. § IV. 

Con.  Tine.  Yeratrum  Yiride gtt.  XXX. 


Dissolve  the  Asclepin  in  the  water  and  add  'the  Tine,  of  Yera- 
trum. Give  two  teaspoonsful  every  hour  until  the  patient  is 
brought  under  the  full  influence  of  the  remedy,  then  repeat  at 
intervals  of  two  hours,  or  sufficiently  often  to  keep  the  arterial 
excitement  under  control.  If  nausea  arise,  omit  until  it  has 
subsided,  then  resume  as  before.  Of  course,  we  cannot  name 
the  precise  dose,  nor  regulate  the  frequency  of  repetition  for 
every  case.  The  patient  may  require  more  or  less  than  the 
dose  we  have  advised,  but  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  give 
sufficient  to  produce  the  specific  effect  of  the  remedy,  and  to 
maintain  the  action  until  the  disease  is  overcome.  If  nausea 
and  even  vomiting  take  place,  no  disadvantage  will  accrue, 
but,  on  the  contrary,  when  the  stomach  is  loaded  with  phlegm 
or  other  matters,  will  generally  prove  decidedly  beneficial. 

In  the  treatment  of  exanthematous  fevers,  of  whatever  type, 
we  invariably  employ  the  Asclepin.  No  remedy  with  which 
we  are  acquainted  exercises  so  salutary  an  effect  in  these 
cases  as  the  Asclepin.  Its  employment  is  admissible  at  any 
and  all  stages.  It  excites  a kindly  depurative  action  on 
the  part  of  the  cutaneous  exhalents,  and  favors  the  devel- 
opment of  the  eruption.  In  the  treatment  of  scarlatina  it 
is  of  eminent  service.  Mild  cases  of  scarlatina,  rubeola, 
varicella,  etc.,  are  manageable  with  this  remedy  alone,  and 
seldom  is  any  auxiliary  treatment  necessary.  When  more 
active  treatment  is  demanded,  the  formula  given  above  will  be 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  F ROPER. 


125 


found  reliable.  We  seldom  find  any  other  medicines  necessary 
in  the  treatment  of  scarlatina  in  this  climate,  except  the  occa- 
sional administration  of  a dose  of  Podophyllin. 

Asclepin  is  an  invaluable  adjunctive  in  the  treatment  of 
many  chronic  diseases.  From  the  fact  of  its  exercising  a 
peculiar  influence  upon  the  serous  membranes,  it  proves 
valuable  remedy  for  chronic  pleuritis,  in  which  complaint  it  is 
most  advantageously  combined  with  Sanguinarin. 

9. 

Asclepin . 3j. 

Sanguinarin grs.  IV. 

Triturate  well  together,  and  divide  into  ten  powders. 
Exhibit  one  three  times  per  day.  This  treatment,  in  connec- 
tion with  alterative  doses  of  Podophyllin,  will  prove  success- 
ful in  a majority  of  cases.  In  obstinate  cases,  counter-irrita- 
tion may  be  resorted  to  in  connection  with  the  above  remedies. 
For  this  purpose  the  following  will  be  found  excellent : 


9. 

01.  Stillingia  Sylvat 3 ij. 

Spts.  Vini .§  TV. 

Bathe  the  affected  parts  night  and  morning.  Or  the  follow- 
ing: 

01.  Stillingia 3 ij. 

01.  Lobelia 3 ss. 

Spts.  Vini i 5 IV. 


Apply  same  as  above.  This  is  excellent  when  it  is  desirable 
to  produce  relaxation.  If  a more  stimulating  application  is 
indicated,  we  vary  the  formula,  thus : 

9 

01.  Stillingia 3j. 

01.  Capsicum gtt.  X vel  XX 

Alcohol § ij. 

This  is  a powerful  stimulant  and  counter-irritant,  and  will  be 
found  eminently  serviceable  in  arousing  a proper  action  of  the 
skin. 

In  all  diseases  accompanied  with  a dry  skin,  unequal  eircu- 


126 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


lation,  feeble  respiration,  a tardy  action  of  the  renal  functions, 
flatulence,  constipation,  or  viscidity  of  the  secretions,  Asclepin 
will  prove  a most  reliable  remedy,  either  alone  or  in  combina- 
tion with  other  agents.  For  the  removal  of  hepatic  obstruc- 
tions, it  may  be  advantageously  combined  with  either  of  the 
following  agents:  Podophyllin,  Leptandrin,  Juglandin,  Eu« 
phorbin,  Irisin,  Phytolacin,  or  Apocynin.  In  the  treatment 
of  Rheumatism,  with  Macrotin,  Sanguinarin,  Xanthoxylin, 
Phytolacin,  Stillingin,  or  Rumin.  For  the  cure  of  Chronic 
coughs,  with  Prunin,  Cerasein,  Senecin,  Lupulin,  or  Sanguina- 
rin. For  hemoptysis,  with  Ly copin,  Trilliin,  or  Eupatorin, 
(Purpu.)  It  is  true  that  it  may  be  considered  as  simply  an 
auxiliary  to  some  of  the  above  mentioned  remedies,  yet  we 
know  full  well  that  their  efficacy  is  materially  enhanced  by 
the  modifying  action  of  the  Asclepin.  The  only  difficulty  is, 
that  Asclepin  is  too  frequently  looked  upon  as  a simple  and 
inadequate  remedy,  which  needs  must  be  combined  with  some 
more  potent  agent,  and  hence  it  is  too  seldom  employed  alone. 
Were  more  confidence  reposed  in  its  therapeutic  worth,  it  would 
be  found  that  no  one  agent  manifesting  so  little  excitement 
in  its  operation  is  capable  of  successfully  meeting  so  great  a 
number  of  indications.  Possessing  alterative,  laxative,  and 
tonic,  properties,  it  is  exceedingly  valuable  in  the  treatment  of 
some  forms  of  indigestion,  increasing  the  appetite,  promoting 
digestion,  and  removing  constipation.  In  the  cure  of  hooping 
cough,  it  is  with  us  a favorite  remedy.  From  THREE  to  five 
grains  may  be  given  four  times  a day.  We  usually  form  a 
solution  with  warm  water.  If  the  cough  is  violent  or  spasmo- 
dic, we  add  from  five  to  ten  drops  of  the  Wine  Tine,  of 
Lobelia  to  eiaeh  dose.  We  sometimes  use  the  Asclepin  in 
connection  with  Hydrocyanic  Acid. 


9- 

Hydrocyanic  Acid gtt.  X. 

Water.. 5 IV\ 


Dose  one  teaspoonful  three  times  a day.  At  the  same  time 
we  give  the  Asclepin  in  sufficient  quantities  to  maintain  a gen- 
tle diaphoresis.  Xo  other  plan  of  treatment  that  we  have  evei 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


127 


seen  devised  has  proved  so  uniformly  successful  as  the  above, 
cutting  the  disease  short  with  remarkable  certainty. 

Asclepin  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  remedies  in  the  ad- 
vanced stage  of  phthisis  pulmonalis  that  we  have  ever  em- 
ployed. It  overcomes  the  viscidity  of  the  secretions,  promotes 
expectoration,  abates  febrile  excitement,  and  by  promoting  the 
cutaneous  exhalations,  lessens  the  cough.  And  all  this  it  does 
so  kindly  that  the  patient  is  surprised  and  delighted  at  the  de- 
gree of  comfort  ensured  by  so  mild  and  pleasant  a remedy. 
Its  action  is  so  different  from  the  Diaphoretics  usually  em- 
ployed, that  its  employment  is  always  admissable,  and  will 
not  interfere  with  the  action  of  such  anodynes  or  sedatives  as 
the  physician  may  have  occasion  to  administer. 

In  the  treatment  of  hysteria,  amenorrhea,  and  other  dis- 
eases incident  to  females,  the  Asclepin  proves  a remedy  of 
much  utility.  W e shall  frequently  refer  to  it  when  treating 
of  other  remedies,  as  no  other  agent  will  admit  of  so  frequent 
and  promiscuous  combination.  It  may  be  thought  that  we 
are  too  sanguine  in  our  advocacy  of  the  virtues  of  the  Asclepin, 
but  we  rely  upon  a verdict  in  favor  of  the  truthfulness  of  our 
estimate  from  all  who  have  had  a similar  experience  with  our- 
selves. 

In  the  management  of  dysentery,  the  Asclepin  will  be  found 
an  indispensable  auxiliary  when  once  its  real  value  is  under- 
stood. Diaphoretics  are  always  indicated  in  that  disease,  and 
none  will  be  found  more  valuable  than  the  Asclepin.  We 
have  frequently  known  a single  dose  to  cure  a severe  diarrhea. 
When  arising  from  cold,  the  cure  is  almost  certain.  In  the 
treatment  of  cholera  infantum  we  have  found  the  Asclepin  a 
highly  useful  remedy. 

As  stated  in  the  first  part  of  this  work,  we  employ  the  As- 
clepin as  a substitute  for  sugar,  etc.,  in  triturating  the  more  ac- 
tive concentrated  medicines.  Among  these  we  may  enumerate 
the  Yeratrin,  Hyoscyamin,  Digitalm,  Sanguinarin,  Podophyllin, 
and  Grelsemin.  We  know  of  no  indication  in  which  the  As- 
clepin would  be  inadmissable ; neither  will  it  interfere  in 
suppressing  the  therapeutic  action  of  either  of  these  remedies. 


128 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


On  the  contrary,  it  will  increase  their  activity,  and,  by  render- 
ing them  more  diffusible,  insure  a more  kindly  operation.  We 
know  of  no  combining  agent  so  generally  appropriate,  or 
which  exercises  a more  desireable  modifying  influence  over  the 
Podophyllin  than  the  Asclepin.  The  combinations  will  be 
noticed  in  connection  with  each  agent. 


GELSEMIN. 


Derived  from  Gelseminum  Sempervwens, 

Nat.  Ord. — Apocynaceoe. 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Digynia. 

Common  Names. — Yellow  Jessamine , Wild  Jessamine , 
Woodbine , etc . 

Part  Used — Barit  of  the  Boot. 

No.  of  Principles,  three,  viz.,  resinoid,  neutral  and  alkaloid. 

Properties — Febrifuge,  nervine,  anti-spasmodic,  relaxant, 
alterative,  emmenagogue,  parturifacient,  and  narcotic. 

Employment — Fevers,  pneumonia,  pleuritis,  rheumatism, 
hysteria,  dysmenorrhea,  amenorrhea,  gonorrhea,  chorea, 
spermatorrhea,  epilepsy,  paralysis,  after  pains,  convulsions , 
and  to  expel  worms. 

Although  comparatively  a new  remedy,  the  Gelseminum 
has  rapidly  gained  the  approbation  and  confidence  of  the  pro- 
fession. We  are  firmly  of  the  opinion  that  not  one  half  the 
true  value  of  the  Grelseminum  is  understood,  yet  sufficient  is 
already  known  to  render  it  a most  welcome  addition  to  the 
Materia  Medica.  As  the  plant  is  possessed  of  most  positive  and 
9 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  130 

active  therapeutic  powers,  it  is  important  that  its  pharmaceutical 
preparations  should  ensure  a definite  and  uniform  standard  of 
medicinal  strength.  Such  a desideratum  has  been  secured  in 
the  preparation  now  under  consideration.  The  three  active 
principles  of  the  plant  have  been  isolated  and  recombined, 
and  form  a beautiful  and  convenient  powder.  Numerous 
attempts  have  been  made  to  isolate  the  active  principles  of  the 
Grelseminum,  so  as  to  secure  them  in  a powdered  form,  but 
this  result  has  only  been  accomplished  at  the  laboratory  of  B. 
Keith  & Co.  The  thanks  of  the  profession  are  due,  in  this 
instance,  as  in  many  others,  to  the  indomitable  energy  and 
skill  of  this  firm,  in  having  so  faithfully  rendered  us  a concen- 
trated equivalent  of  the  plant. 

Grelsemin  is  deservedly  entitled  to  the  appellation  of  posi- 
tive medical  agent,  being  possessed  of  specific  and  positive 
therapeutic  properties,  uniform  in  strength,  and  capable  of 
preserving  its  properties  unimpaired  for  an  unlimited  period 
of  time. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Gelsemin  is  half  a grain.  But 
owing  to  constitutional  peculiarities,  the  dose  will  vary  from 
one-fourth  to  two  grains.  Fevers  and  inflammatory  diseases 
generally  afford  a spacious  field  for  its  employment.  Its 
peculiar  influence  over  the  nervous  and  circulating  systems 
justly  entitles  it  to  be  called  both  nervine  and  febrifuge.  A 
knowlege  of  the  peculiar  febrifuge  power  of  this  remedy,  has 
ushered  in  a new  era  in  the  treatment  of  febrile  diseases. 
Fevers  of  almost  every  type  may  be  controlled  in  from  six 
to  eighteen  hours.  In  order  to  reap  the  full  utility  of  the 
remedy,  it  must  be  given  in  sufficient  doses  to  produce  its 
constitutional  effects,  and  the  patient  kept  fully  under  its 
influence  until  the  symptoms  are  completely  subdued.  The 
effects  referred  to  are  dimness  of  vision,  double-sightedness, 
inability  to  open  the  eyes,  and,  when  carried  beyond  this, 
complete  prostration  of  the  muscular  system.  But  it  is  seldom 
necessary  to  carry  the  administration  of  the  remedy  to  the 
production  of  the  latter  influence.  It  is  sufficient  in  a large 
majority  of  cases  to  produce  a slight  dimness  of  vision,  and  to 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


131 


continue  the  remedy  with  such  doses  and  frequency  of  repeti- 
tion as  will  maintain  a uniform  degree  of  action  at  this  poiiifc. 
In  many  cases  it  will  be  expedient  to  reduce  the  dose  ,to 
just  below  the  production  of  this  effect.  Even  when 
the  remedy  has  been  carried  to  the  production  of  complete 
bodily  prostration,  we  have  never  known  any  permanently 
injurious  effects  to  remain.  These  symptoms  will  all  pass 
off  in  a few  hours,  leaving  the  patient  refreshed  and  positively 
invigorated,  rather  than  leaving,  as  might  be  expected,  any 
symptoms  of  exhaustion  or  debility.  It  is  always  best  to 
explain  to  the  patient  and  attendants  the  nature  of  the  symp- 
toms likely  to  arise  when  this  remedy  is  exhibited,  otherwise 
unnecessary  alarm  may  be  excited,  and,  as  is  frequently  the 
case,  the  nurse,  in  the  absence  of  the  physician,  will  adminis- 
ter stimulants,  and  so  defeat  the  action  of  the  remedy.  In 
the  treatment  of  pneumonia,  it  is  sometimes  necessary  to  keep 
the  patient  under  the  full  influence  of  the  Gelsemin,  that  is,  to 
the  production  of  dimness  of  vision  or  double-sightedness,  for 
four  or  five  days.  If  this  be  not  done,  the  disease  will  pro- 
gress unconquered,  and  the  patient  be  lost.  Some  division  of 
opinion  exists  as  to  whether  the  Gelsemin  has  a narcotic 
property.  We  should  think  that  a very  slight  experience 
would  be  sufficient  to  decide  this  question.  When  the  patient 
is  brought  fully  under  its  constitutional  influence,  the  symp- 
toms are  so  marked  that  we  cannot  conceive  how  the  remedy 
should  be  deemed  otherwise.  On  attempting  to  move  about, 
the  patient  appears  as  if  intoxicated,  the  muscles  refuse  to 
obey  the  mandates  of  the  will,  while  the  head  is  dizzy,  and 
the  senses  confused.  In  some  respects  the  symptoms  much 
resemble  those  produced  by  Strammonium,  and  in  like  manner 
pass  off  as  soon  as  the  remedy  is  discontinued.  At  other 
times  the  patient  appears  as  if  under  the  influence  of  alcohol, 
and  evinces  a decided  disinclination  to  motion,  and  a tendency 
to  sleep,  from  which  he  awakes  feeling  invigorated  and 
refreshed. 

In  some  instances,  in  the  treatment  of  fevers,  it  is  best  to 


132 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


precede  the  employment  of  the  Gelsemin  with  a cathartic 
dose  of  Podophyllin.  In  general,  if  we  find  that  Podophyllin 
is  indicated,  we  administer  it  in  combination  with  Gelsemin : 


' 9- 


Podophyllin, 

Asclepin 

Gelsemin 

• sr-j- 

Podophyllin, 

Leptandrin 

Gelsemin 

---...aa.  grs.  ij. 
grs-  J- 

TV  ith  a single  dose  of  either  of  the  above  formulas  we  have 
frequently  arrested  typhoid  and  other  fevers  in  the  forming 
stages,  so  completely  as  to  render  further  medication  unnecess- 
ary. A more  powerful  combination  is  the  following : 

Podophyllin, 

Euphorbin aa.  grs.  ij. 

Gelsemin gr.  j. 

This  will  prove  an  emeto-cathartic  dose,  and  we  have  fre- 
quently arrested  severe  attacks  of  fever,  rheumatism,  and 
pneumonia,  by  exhibiting  it  in  the  forming  stages.  This  may 
be  deemed  heroic  treatment,  but  in  the  section  in  which  we 
write,  it  answers  our  purpose,  and  that  is  just  what  we  desire 
of  every  remedy.  If  any  fever  remain  after  the  operation  of 
the  above,  we  follow  with  the  Gelsemin  until  it  is  controlled. 
Asclepin  may  always  be  advantageously  exhibited  in  connec- 
tion with  the  • Gelsemin.  This  is  particularly  the  case  in 
pneumonia,  scarlatina,  and  eruptive  fevers  generally. 

Acute  rheumatism  will  frequently  yield  to  the  Gelsemin, 
particularly  if  the  system  has  been  properly  regulated  by  the 
previous  exhibition  of  Podophyllin.  But  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  the  Gelsemir  is  not  a specific,  and  that  many 
constitutions  will  not  bear  it  at  all,  while  others  seem  to  be 
completely  fortified  against  its  impressions  altogether,  experi- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


138 


encing  no  influence  from  it  whatever.  In  such  cases  we  must 
rely  upon  the  Yeratrin. 

It  is  in  the  treatment  of  female  disorders  that  we  find  the 
Gelsemin  peculiarly  serviceable.  Amenorrhea  will  frequently 
yield  to  Gelsemin  when  administered  in  half  grain  doses 
three  times  a day.  Hysteric  convulsions  are  also  readily 
controlled  with  it.  For  relieving  the  pains  of  dysmenorrhea, 
we  know  of  no  single  remedy  equal  to  it.  We  give  from  ONE 
half  to  one  grain  every  two  hours.  If  it  fails  alone,  we  give 
the  following : 

Caulophyllin, 

Yiburin aa.  grs.  XX 

Gelsemin grs.  Y 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  every  two 
hours.  If  the  pain  is  very  severe,  repeat  every  hour.  This 
is  without  exception  the  most  efficient  remedy  for  the  relief 
of  pains  accompanying  menstruation  with  which  we  are 
acquainted.  When  caused  by  functional  derangement,  we 
deem  it  a specific.  We  have  earned  the  gratitude  of  many 
sufferers  by  the  employment  of  the  above.  It  is  equally  effi- 
cacious in  relieving  the  pains  occurring  after  parturition. 
Neuralgia  will  also  often  yield  to  the  same  prescription.  In 
connection  with  suitable  tonics,  Gelsemin  will  be  found  of 
great  service  in  the  treatment  of  chorea.  The  tonics  employed 
should  be  of  an  anti-periodic  character,  such  as  Cornin,  Cera 
sein,  and  Iron. 

Gelsemin  has  gained  considerable  repute  in  the  treatment 
of  gonorrhea.  We  have  employed  it  for  some  three  years 
past  in  that  disease,  but  have  never  relied  upon  it  exclusively. 
Our  principal  object  in  employing  it  is  to  overcome  the  ure" 
thral  inflammation,  and  prevent  chordee,  and  for  these  purposes 
we  have  found  it  reliable.  It  may  be  given  alone  or  in  com- 
bination with  alteratives.  We  usually  administer  it  at  bed 
time,  finding  that  the  patient  is  more  apt  to  enjoy  a quiet 
night’s  rest  thereby.  From  one  to  two  grains  of  the  Gelse- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


1 34 

min,  or  from  ten  to  twenty  drops  of  the  tincture  may  be 
given.  While  some  patients  are  readly  controlled  by  six  or 
eight  drops,  we  have  found  some  to  require  twenty-five 
drops  for  the  same  purpose.  We  cannot  say  with  .certainty 
whether  the  Gelsemin  possesses  any  specific  alterative  value  in 
the  above  disease  or  not,  but  we  believe  it  does,  and  in  that 
belief  we  prescribe  it  in  all  the  cases  we  are  called  upon  to 
treat,-  as  an  auxiliary. 

For  spermatorrhea,  in  connection  with  tonics,  we  have 
found  it  of  exceeding  utility,  In  many  cases  it  is  better  to 
administer  the  Gelsemin  alone  for  a few  days,  or  until  a 
remission  of  the  . symptoms  is  induced,  and  then  follow  with 
tonics.  Of  the  latter,  Cerasein  will  be  found  most  efficient. 
In  some  cases  Lupulin,  Hydrastin,  or  Cornin  will  answer  a 
better  purpose.  At  other  times  we  combine  the  Gelsemin 
with  tonics,  as  follows : 

9- 

Cerasein 3j. 

Gelsemin grs.  Vj . 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  powders.  Dose — one,  three  times 
per  day.  In  some  cases,  double  the  above  dose  will  be  re- . 
quired.  The  formula  given  below  we  deem  the  most  efficient 
that  can  be  devised  : 

9- 

Cerasein 3j- 

Lupulin grs.  XXIV. 

Gelsemin grs.  Vj. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  powders,  same  as  the  above.  As 

soon  as  the  emissions  are  effectually  checked,  we  omit  the  Gel- 
semin and  continue  the  Cerasein  and  Lupulin  for  at  least  one 
month.  When  the  affection  arises  from  a badly  cured  gonor- 
rhea, we  direct  injections  of  Chloride  of  Lime  to  the  urethra. 


Chloride  of  Lime § j. 

Water O.j. 


Inject  three  or  four  times  a day.  If  too  strong,  dilute.  This 
treatment  has  cured  some  obstinate  cases. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  135 

"We  have  found  the  Gelsemin  remarkably  efficacious  in 
some  forms  of  convulsions.  Not  only  will  it  control  the 
spasms,  but  also  effect,  in  many  cases,  a cure,  as  it  is  a direct 
tonic  to  the  nervous  system.  The  doses  should  be  sufficiently 
large  to  bring  the  system  under  control,  and  as  soon  as  a 
remission  is  fairly  established,  the  dose  should  be  diminished 
one-half,  and  continued  as  long  as  may  be  thought  necessary. 
It  is  advisable,  in  some  instances,  to  combine  the  Gelsemin 
with  anti-periodics,  as  soon  as  a remission  occurs,  precisely  as 
in  the  treatment  of  intermittent  fever.  Should  the  convul- 
sions return,  omit  the  tonic  until  another  remission  occurs. 
Tonics,  however,  will  sometimes  aggravate  the  disease,  in 
which  case  the  Gelsemin  will  answer  a better  purpose  alone 
We  have  cured  several  cases  of  epileptic  convulsions  by  occa- 
sionally exhibiting  a dose  of  Podophyllin,  with  Gelsemin  at 
night,  and  Cerasein  during  the  day.  We  also  direct  that,  if 
the  patient  be  conscious  of  the  approach  of  the  lit,  a dose  of 
the  Gelsemin  be  taken  immediately,  which  will  usually  have 
the  effect  of  preventing  its  recurrence.  It  is  sometimes 
advisable  to  administer  the  Gelsemin  two  or  three  times  a 
day,  so  as  to  keep  the  system  continually  under  its  influence. 
As  soon  as  the  disease  is  controlled,  the  doses  of  the  Gelsemin 
may  be  diminished  in  frequency. 

Hysteric  convulsions,  when  not  arising  from  displacement 
of  the  uterus,  may  also  be  controlled  with  the  Gelsemin. 

Some  division  of  opinion  exists  in  relation  to  the  true  action 
of  this  remedy  upon  the  uterus.  We  have  had  considerable 
experience  in  the  treatment  of  female  disorders,  and  have  used 
the  preparations  of  Gelseminum  quite  extensively.  For  five 
years  past  we  have  employed  it  as  a parturifacient,  and  with 
better  satisfaction  than  any  other  remedy.  W e use  it  for  the 
purpose  of  relieving  cramps,  or  other  spasmodic  difficulties, 
vertigo,  nervous  irritability,  wakefulness,  and  other  symptoms 
accompanying  gestation.  We  usually  commence  its  employ- 
ment about  five  weeks  before  the  expected  time  of  confine- 
ment, if  not  sooner  indicated,  and  exhibit  from  one-fourth 
to  one-half  grain  of  the  Gelsemin  every  other  night,  or  from 


136 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


FIVE  to  TEN  drop®  of  the  Con.  Tincture.  The  Gelsemin,  how- 
ever, will  not  agree  with  all  constitutions,  and  we  have  met 
with  some  two  or  three  cases  in  which  we  could  not  employ  it. 
Where  no  such  idiosyncracy  exists,  it  will  compose  both  the 
mind  and  body  of  the  patient,  and  carry  her  safely  and  fully 
up  to  the  completion  of  the  period  of  gestation.  It  seems  to 
prepare  the  system  for  the  parturient  effort,  and  labor  is  com- 
pleted in  an  unusually  short  period  of  time.  As  soon  as. 
delivery  is  effected,  and  the  secundines  expelled,  we  give-  the 
patient  from  one-fourth  to  one-half  grain  of  Gelsemin,  or 
FIVE  to  ten  drops  of  the  Concentrated  Tincture.  This  quiets 
all  nervous  excitability,  favors  the  contraction  of  the  uterus, 
and  acts  as  a prophylactic  of  febrile  excitement.  It  must  be 
borne  in  mind  that  Gelsemin  is  narcotic , and  hence  will  not 
be  admissable  at  all  times.  We  have  met  with  a few  cases 
of  pregnancy  in  which  the  Gelsemin  was  indicated,  but  owing 
to  existing  idiosyncracies  it  could  not  be  employed.  In  some 
cases  it  will  fail  to  produce  the  desired  effect,  without  other- 
wise manifesting  any  impressions  upon  the  system,  simply 
failing  to  act  all.  In  other  cases  it  will  produce  considerable 
cerebral  excitement,  with  a tendency  to  vertigo,  and  without 
relieving  the  symptoms  for  which  it  was  administered. 

Gelsemin  is  one  of  those  medicines  which  are  peculiarly 
governed  in  their  action  by  the  quantity  administered.  Thus 
in  small  doses  it  acts  as  a gentle  stimulant  and  tonic  to  the 
nervous  system,  giving  vigor  and  harmony  of  action ; while 
in  large  doses  it  proves  a powerful  relaxant,  completely  pros- 
trating the  muscular  system,  and,  by  over  stimulating  the 
brain  and  nerves,  produces  irregular  and  disturbed  nervous 
action.  The  opinion  has  been  entertained  by  some,  that  the 
Gelseminum  is  capabV,  of  producing  abortion,  but  our  experi- 
ence with  it  inclines  us  to  the  contrary  belief.  As  before 
stated,  when  administered  in  small  doses,  it  gently  stimulates 
uterine  contraction,  but  when  given  in  large  doses  it  will 
arrest  the  progress  of  labor  with  much  certainty.  Still  we  are 
unable  to  say  that  it  will  not  produce  abortion  under  some 
circumstances,  although  we  have  never  seen  any  evidence  of 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  IS  1 

its  power  to  do  so,  and  we  have  administered  it  to  females  at 
all  the  different  stages  of  utero-gestation. 

Gelsemin  has  proved  effectual  in  expelling  intestinal  enxo- 
zoa,  particularly  the  ascaris  lumbricoides  and  tricocephaius' 
dispar.  The  Gelsemin  may  be  administered  in  one-half  or 
one  grain  doses  two  or  three  times  a day,  as  the  patient  will 
•bear,  for  two  or  three  days,  and  then  followed  with  a brisK 
cathartic.  Or  it  may  be  combined  with  Podophyllin,  as  in  the 


following  formula : 

9- 

Gelsemin grs.  Y 

Podophyllin grs.  X 


Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Exhibit  one  every  night 
for  three  nights,  then  omit  three  nights,  and  repeat  as  before. 
If  the  bowels  should  not  be  sufficiently  relaxed  by  the  use  of 
one  of  these  powders  daily,  the  quantity  of  Podophyllin  may 
be  increased,  or  an  additional  powder  may  be  administered  in 
the  morning.  Other  formulas  embracing  the  Gelsemin  will  be 
given  under  the  head  of  Santonin. 

Neuralgia,  when  arising  from  functional  disturbances  of  the 
nervous  system,  is  successfully  treated  with  Gelsemin.  From 
one-fourth  to  one  grain  of  Gelsemin,  or  from  five  to  fif- 
teen drops  of  the  Con.  Tine,  may  be  given  every  two  hours 
until  relief  is  obtained,  and  then  at  longer  intervals  until  the 
affection  is  broken  up.  We  frequently  form  combinations  of 
Gelsemin  with  other  neuropathies,  as  Cypripedin,  Scutellarin, 
Lupulin,  Hyosciainin,  etc.,  as  may  be  indicated  at  the  time. 
In  many  cases  of  neuralgia,  the  use  of  Gelsemin,  or  other 
remedies  of  its  class,  will  prove  of  but  temporary  service 
unless  accompanied  with,  or  followed  by  a tonic  of  an  anu- 
periodic  character.  The  Gelsemin,  however,  possesses  con- 
siderable anti-periodic  power,  and  will  prove  more  uniformly 
permanent  in  its  action  upon  the  nervous  system  than  many 
other  remedies  of  its  class.  Gelsemin  may  be  combined  with 
anti-periodics  in  the  treatment  of  neuralgia,  but  we  prefer  to 
administer  it  alone  until  we  have  obtained  a remission  of  the 
symptoms,  and  then  follow  with  Cerasein,  Cornin,  Hydrastin,  or 


138 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


Quinine,  either  alone  or  combined  with  Iron,  in  such  doses, 
and  with  such  frequency  of  repetition  as  the  circumstances  of 
the  case  will  justify. 

It  would  be  impossible  for  us  to  give  a full  and  complete 
history  of  the  range  of  employment  of  the  remedy  under 
consideration.  Our  experience  in  the  use  of  this  remedy  has 
not  been  limited,  yet  we  feel  that  we  have  but  feebly  por- 
trayed its  therapeutic  value.  It  has  proved  reliable  in  our 
hands  in  fulfilling  all  the  indications  of  disease  we  have  men- 
tioned, yet  we  do  not,  by  any  means,  look  upon  it  as  a specific. 
In  the  absence  of  any  idiosyncracy  on  the  part  of  the  patient 
forbidding  its  employment,  it  is  a sure  and  effectual  remedy 
in  controlling  febrile  excitement.  It  was  the  first  remedy 
introduced  to  the  profession  by  which  typhoid  and  other 
fevers  could  be  completely  controlled  and  subdued  in  from 
twelve  to  eighteen  hours,  thus  disproving  the  statement  that 
such  types  of  disease  must  “run  their  course.”  That  it  is 
capable  of  doing  this,  we  have  but  to  refer  to  the  corrobora- 
tive experience  of  all  who  have  understandingly  employed  it 
for  this  purpose.  Giving  tone  and  harmony  of  action  to  the 
nervous  system,  it  proves  an  invaluable  remedy  in  the  treat- 
ment of  all  spasmodic  affections. 

The  Gelsemin  is  a remedy  not  to  be  incautiously  trifled  with, 
and  those  adopting  its  use  should  commence  with  small  doses 
until  they  learn  by  experience  somewhat  of  its  peculiar  influ- 
ences. Avoid  combinations  as  much  as  possible,  and  rely 
rather  upon  alternation.  In  this  way  the  true  value  of  the 
remedy  may  be  leaned.  The  medium  dose  of  the  Gelsemin 
is  half  a grain. 


CON.  TINC.  GELSEMINUM  SEMPERVIRENS. 


This  preparation  of  the  Gelseminum  is  equivalent  in  thera- 
peutic properties  to  the  Gelsemin.  It  is  prepared  in  accordance 
with  the  conditions  of  the  method  referred  to  in  the  first  part 
of  this  volume,  and  possesses  the  advantage  over  all  other 
prepared  tinctures  of  this  plant  of  being  of  uniform  medicinal . 
strength. 

The  medium  dose  of  this  tincture  is  TEN  drops.  In  many 
cases  five  drops  will  produce  the  peculiar  constitutional  in- 
fluences of  the  plant,  while  in  other  cases  as  many  as  thirty 
drops  will  be  required.  We  are  of  opinion  that  the  action  of 
the  tincture  is  in  general  mo;re  prompt  than  that  of  the  Gel- 
semin,  in  consequence  of  its  diffusible  character.  It  is  very 
convenient  for  combining  with  other  tinctures,  and  for  adding 
to  solutions  of  other  remedies.  It  also  enables  us  to  graduate 
the  doses  with  much  precision. 

The  tincture  may  be  employed  for  all  the  purposes  for 
which  we  have  recommended  the  Gelsemin.  In  the  treatment 
of  febrile  diseases,  we  employ  it  in  connection  with  Asclepin, 


as  follows : 

Asclepin 3 ss. 

Warm  water § ij. 

Con.  Tine.  Gelseminum gtt.  LX. 


Dissolve  the  Asclepin  in  the  water  and  add  the  Tine.  Gelse- 
minum. Dose,  from  one  to  three  teaspoonfuls  once  in  two 
hours.  This  is  a very  convenient  form  of  preparing  it  for 
administration  in  the  above  mentioned  diseases,  particularly 
when  a continued  use  of  the  remedy  is  necessary,  and  when 
the  physician  cannot  conveniently  see  the  patient  sufficiently 
often  to  superintend  its  exhibition. 


140 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


We  employ  the  tincture  very  frequently  in  the  treatment 
of  chronic  diseases  as  a matter  of  convenience,  as  the  patient 
is  enabled  to  estimate  the  dose  by  the  number  of  drops  directed. 
In  commencing  the  use  of  the  tincture  in  chronic  disease,  we 
order  what  we  consider  to  be  rather  less  than  a medium  dose 
for  the  patient  in  hand,  and  direct  that,  if  the  peculiar  constitu- 
tional impressions  are  not  produced  by  that  quantity,  the  dose 
be  increased  one  drop  at  a time  until  the  symptoms  of  dizziness 
or  clouded  vision  are  apparent,  then  to  hold  at  that  quantity, 
or  reduce  a drop  or  two,  and  thus  continue. 

Combinations  are  very  readily  effected  with  other  of  the 
concentrated  tinctures  when  desired.  Thus  with  Con.  Tine. 
Senecio  as  recommended  under  that  head  for  amenorrhea.  In 
the  treatment  of  nervous  affections  it  may  be  advantageously 
joined  with  Con.  Tine.  Scutellaria. 

Con.  Tine.  Gelseminum, 

Con.  Tine.  Scutellaria  aa.  3j- 

Dose,  from  five  to  fifteen  drops. 

For  hooping  cough,  asthma,  etc.,  joined  with  the  Wine  Tine, 
of  Lobelia,  it  will  be  found  very  beneficial. 


9- 

Con.  Tine.  Gelseminum 3 ss. 

Wine.  Tine.  Lobelia 3 j* 


Mix.  Dose,  five  to  ten  drops  once  in  three  hours,  or  when- 
ever the  cough  is  troublesome. 

Combined  with  the  Con.  Tine.  Apocynum,  we  have  a very 
excellent  remedy  for  the  removal  of  ascaris  vermicularis. 


9- 

Con.  Tine.  Gelseminum 3 j- 

Con.  Tine.  Apocynum 3 ss. 


Mix.  Dose,  from  six  to  twelve  drops  three  times  per  day. 
After  using  the  remedy  for  three  days  in  this  manner,  if  the 
bowels  are  not  sufficiently  relaxed,  administer  a dose  of  Podo- 
phyllin.  This  will  generally  prove  most  effectual  in  expelling 
those  vermin. 

For  the  removal  of  the  ascaris  lumbricoides,  a useful  com- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


141 


bination  may  be  effected  with  tbe  Con.  Tine.  Chelone  Glabra. 


9- 

Con.  Tine.  Gelseminum 3 j. 

Con.  Tine.  Chelone 3 ij. 


Mix.  Dose,  from  five  to  ten  drops  three  times  per  day,  for 
three  days,  followed  by  a dose  of  Podophyllin,  or  some  other 
cathartic.  If  the  first  trial  should  prove  ineffectual,  repeat 
in  the  same  manner. 

We  have  found  the  tincture  beneficial  as  an  outward  appli- 
cation in  various  affections.  Diluted  with  from  four  to  eight 
parts  of  water,  we  have  applied  it  with  excellent  results  to 
erysipelatous  inflammations.  The  parts  should  be  kept  cov- 
ered with  cloths  wetted  in  the  dilute  tincture.  It  abates  the 
local  inflamation,  and  has  a very  soothing  and  pleasant  influence. 
The  same  application  has  been  found  beneficial  in  inflammation 
of  the  eye,  resulting  from  cold,  as  well  as  in  purulent  and  other 
forms  of  opthalmia.  Wash  the  eye  with  the  dilute  tincture, 
and  then  apply  cloths  wetted  with  it  as  above  directed.  Diluted 
in  the  same  manner,  and  dropped  intq  the  ear,  it  will  soften 
the  accumulations  of  hardened  cerumen,  and  relieve  the  ringing, 
roaring,  and  other  disagreeable  symptoms  that  result  from 
deranged  secretion. 

We  have  found  the  Tine,  an  excellent  remedy  for  poisoning 
by  the  Rhus  Rhadicans,  and  Rhus  Toxicodendron,  common 
names,  poison  ivy,  and  swamp  or  poison  sumach.  Dilute  the 
tincture  with  from  four  to  eight  parts  of  water  and  apply  as 
directed  for  erysipelas,  keeping  the  parts  constantly  moistened 
with  it.  If  there  be  any  febrile  excitement  present,  adminis- 
ter the  tincture  internally  at  the  same  time,  in  such  doses,  and 
with  such  frequency  of  repetition  as  the  case  will  warrant. 
We  have  experienced  the  value  of  this  remedy  in  our  own 
person,  and  can  recommend  it  as  reliable.  We  also  have  the 
concurrent  testimony  of  practitioners  who  have  used  it  for  the 
same  purpose. 

The  dilute  tincture  is  also  beneficially  applied  to  some  forms 
of  rheumatic  swellings,  neuralgic  affections,  etc.  We  fre- 
quently combine  it  with  other  bathing  preparations. 


142 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


The  following  is  excellent : 

Soap  Liniment §iij. 

Con.  Tine.  Grelseminum § j. 

Mix.  Bathe  the  parts  freely,  repeating  every  two  or  three 
hours,  or  apply  cloths  wetted  with  the  mixture,  covering  with 
a dry  banclage  to  prevent  too  rapid  evaporation. 

Many  forms  of  skin  diseases  may  be  benefited  and  cured  by 
the  internal  and  external  application  of  the  tincture.  Bor 
external  application  the  above  mixture  will  be  found  useful, 
or  the  tincture  may  be  added  to  ointments,  or  mixed  with 
other  fluid  applications. 


MACROTIN. 


Derived  from  Macrotys  Racemosa 

Nat.  Ord. — Ranunculacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Polyandria  Di-Pentagynia. 

Common  Names. — Black  Cohosh , Peer  Weed , Rattle 
Root , Black  Snake  Root , Squaw  Root , eto. 

Part  Used — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles,  three , vi z.,resinoid,  alkaloid  and  neutral. 

Properties — Alterative , anti-spasmodic , stimulant , diapho- 
retic, diuretic , expectorant , resolvent , nervine , emmenagogue , 
parturient , tonic  and  narcotic. 

Employment — Amenorrhea , leucorrhea , dysmenorrhea , 7w/s- 
teria,  chorea , chlorosis , to  facilitate  delivery , rheumatism , 
coughs , asthma , hooping  cough , phthisis , small-pox , 

croup,  convulsions , epilepsy , neuralgia , scrofula , indigestion , 
prolapsus  uteri , gonorrhea , gleet,  spermatorrhea,  intermittent 
fever,  cutaneous  diseases,  bronchitis,  laryngitis,  etc . 

It  may  be  thought  that  we  have  awarded  to  the  Macrotin 
a too  liberal  range  of  employment : but  we  can  assure  the 
reader  that  we  write  from  positive  data,  and  with  the  record 


144 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


of  our  own  and  cotemporary  clinical  experience  before  us. 
With  this  assurance  we  shall  proceed  to  lay  before  the  reader 
a history  of  its  application  in  disease. 

The  alterative  properties  of  this  remedy  are  well  marked, 
hence  its  utility  in  scrofula,  cutaneous  diseases,  &c.  We  shall 
not  assume  to  explain  the  manner  of  its  operation  in  these 
cases,  but  confine  ourselves  to  a history  of  results.  We  do 
not  look  upon  it  as  a specific  in  disease,  but  as  of  great  relia- 
bility in  fulfilling  specific  indications.  As  with  all  other 
remedies  possessing  alterative  properties,  its  successful  em- 
ployment is  based  upon  certain  conditions.-  Thus,  in  scrofula, 
we  should  correctly  estimate  the  necessities  of  the  system,  and 
determine  whether  those  conditions  are  present  or  not.  As 
the  remedy  imparts  a healthful  stimulus  to  the  digestive  and 
nutritive  functions,  we  should  see  that  the  elements  of  nutrition 
are  supplied,  in  order  that,  if  activity  be  given  to  the  functions 
of  nutrition,  there  be  something  upon  which  the  action  so 
aroused  may  expend  itself.  It  is  worse  than  useless  to  excite 
the  nutritive  apparatus  of  the  system  to  action  unless  there  be 
material  to  appropriate.  Scrofula  occurs  mostly  in  patients 
whose  systems  are  deficient  in  nitrogenous  matters  and  iron, 
hence  the  latter  are  to  be  supplied  as  articles  of  diet  or 
materials  of  sustenance  and  reparation,  while  the  Macrotin 
will  act  as  a motor-excitant,  promoting  the  assimilation  and 
appropriation  of  the  sustaining  and  reparative  material.  By 
observing  these  conditions,  the  practitioner  will  find  in  the 
Macrotin  a most  excellent  remedy  for  the  treatment  of  the 
above  named  diseases.  It  exercises  a remarkable  influence 
over  the  nervous  system,  giving  tone  and  harmony  of  action, 
and  awakening  its  latent  energies  to  healthful  activity.  This 
peculiar  stimulant  property  is  of  great  service  in  those  cold 
and  passive  conditions  which  sometimes  attend  the  develop- 
ment of  strumous  diseases.  In  such  cases  it  proves  a valuable 
adjunctive  to  other  alteratives  and  tonics.  It  may  be  given 
alone  and  alternated  with  other  appropriate  remedies,  or  com- 
bined with  such  alteratives  or  tonics  as  are  indicated.  The 
medium  dose  of  the  Macrotin  is  half  a grain.  When  given 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


145 


in  small  doses,  it  gently  stimulates  the  nervous  system,  relaxes 
muscular  spasm,  allays  pain,  soothes  the  irritability  of  the 
system,  reduces  the  force  and  frequency  of  the  pulse  and 
equalizes  the  circulation,  and  acts  as  a prophylactic  of  cerebral 
congestion.  In  over-doses  it  produces  considerable  cerebral 
disturbance,  with  vertigo,  nausea,  prostration,  pain  and  fullness 
in  the  head,  and  an  indefinable  sense  of  aching  in  the  joints. 
In  its  general  influence,  when  taken  in  large  quantities,  it  sim- 
ilates  the  action  of  alcohol.  An  infusion  of  green  tea  or  roasted 
coffee  counteracts  its  impressions.  We  have  never  known 
any  permanently  injurious  effects  to  follow  the  production 
of  the  above  symptoms,  yet  in  patients  of  a peculiarly  suscepti- 
ble organism  we  would  advise  caution  in  its  employment. 

In  the  treatment  of  amenorrhea,  the  Macrotin  may  be  given 
in  doses  of  from  one-fourth  to  one  grain,  three  times  per 
day.  In  order  to  be  effectual,  it  is  generally  necessary  that  the 
doses  should  be  sufficiently  large  to  produce  the  constitutional 
effects  of  the  medicine  in  a slight  degree.  In  many  cases  these 
symptoms  will  be  limited  to  a slight  sense  of  aching  in  the 
joints,  and  a peculiar  electrical  sensation  extending  throughout 
the  entire  system.  At  other  times  these  peculiar  sensations 
will  be  manifested  only  in  the  organs  or  parts  diseased,  as  in 
the  kidneys,  liver,  etc.  In  the  treatment  of  the  affection  under 
consideration,  the  Macrotin  may  be  alternated  with  such  other 
medicines  as  the  necessity  of  the  case  demands.  Thus  if  it 
be  desirable  to  increase  its  emmenagogue  and  tonic  properties, 
it  may  be  alternated  with  Senecin,  Helonin,  Baptisin,  etc. 
The  Macrotin  may  be  exhibited  for  a few  days,  and  then 
followed  with  either  of  the  above  remedies,  or  they  may  be 
alternated  upon  the  same  day.  To  avoid  complexity,  combi- 
nations may  be  formed.  Thus  to  increase  its  tonic,  stimulant, 
emmenagogue  properties,  as  follows : 

9 / 

Macrotin  -----  grs.  y. 

Senecin  - - - - - 3j. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose,  one,  three  times  per 
day.  Or  the  following : 

10 


146 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


9- 

Macrotin  ------  grs.  YI. 

Helonin grs.  XYIII. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  powders.  Dose,  same  as  above. 
When  laxatives  are  indicated,  it  is  better  to  exhibit  the  MaT 
crotin  through  the  day,  and  the  laxative  at  bed-time. 

In  the  treatment  of  leucorrhea  the  Macrotin  should  be 
given  in  doses  sufficiently  large  to  produce  the  constitutional 
symptoms,  and  warm  alkaline  hip  baths  employed  every  day. 
In  speaking  of  these  complaints,  we  mean  to  be  understood  as 
referring  to  simple  uncomplicated  affections.  When  complica- 
tions exist,  the  indications  must  be  determined  and  met 
according  to  the  individual  characteristics  of  each  case. 

Dysmenorrhea  is  frequently  relieved  of  its  immediate  pain- 
ful character  by  administering  from  one-half  to  one  grain 
of  Macrotin  every  two  hours,  and  permanently  cured  by 
continuing  the  remedy,  in  appropriate  doses,  during  the  inter- 
menstrual  period. 

The  spasms  of  hysteria,  when  not  arising  from  actual 
displacement  of  the  uterus,  are  easily  controlled  with  the 
Macrotin.  If  there  be  prolapsus,  inversion,  or  retroversion  of 
the  uterus,  first  replace  it,  then  administer  the  Macrotin,  and 
having  quieted  the  immediate  irritability,  continue  the  remedy 
until  the  tone  of  the  system  is  restored,  and  thus  guard  against 
such  accidents  in  future. 

rlhe  Macrotin  possesses  considerable  anti-periodic  power, 
hence  will  be  found  useful  in  the  management  of  chorea. 
Exhibit  in  full  doses,  and  alternate  during  the  remissions  with 
more  decided  tonics,  such  as  Cornin,  Cerasein,  Hydrastin, 
Quinine,  Iron,  etc.  If  the  Macrotin  should  not  prove  suffi- 
ciently anti-spasmodic,  it  may  be  joined  with  other  remedies  of 
its  class.  Among  these  may  be  enumerated  Gelsemin,  Yiburnin, 
Cypripedin,  Caulophyllin,  and  Yeratrin. 

In  connection  with  Iron,  Macrotin  will  be  found  valuable  in 
the  treatment  of  chlorosis.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that 
Macrotin  will  increase  the  activity  of  those  remedies  with  which 
it  may  be  combined.  This  it  does,  not  by  actually  increasing 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


147 


tlie  medicinal  power  of  the  adjunctive,  but  by  arousing  the 
impressibility  of  the  nervous  system,  and  by  promoting  its 
absorption  and  diffusion.  For  the  complaint  above  mentioned 
we  may  combine  the  Macrotin  as  follows : 

9- 

Macrotin  . . . . . grs.  Y. 

Iron  by  Hydrogen  . . . grs.  X. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — one,  twice  a day. 
Under  all  circumstances  the  acidity  of  the  stomach  should  be 
neutralised  before  exhibiting  the  Macrotin.  Other  preparations 
of  Iron  may  be  substituted  for  the  above,  as  the  Y alerianate, 
Phosphate,  Carbonate,  etc. 

For  promoting  delivery,  the  Macrotin  is  deservedly  held  in 
high  repute.  It  is  indicated  in  all  cases  in  which  Ergot  is 
usually  employed,  and  we  have  the  testimony  of  several  emi- 
nent practitioners  that  it  is  not  only  equal,  but  preferable  under 
all  circumstances.  When  the  uterine  efforts  are  feeble  and 
irregular,  the  Macrotin  should  be  exhibited  in  doses  of  half 
a grain  once  in  two  hours.  It  is  very  important  to  not 
administer  the  remedy  in  too  large  doses,  otherwise  the  object 
in  view  will  be  defeated.  This  is  a general  error  in  the  em- 
ployment of  Ergot,  overaction  being  quite  too  frequently 
produced.  If  the  uterus  be  undilated,  or  undilatable,  the  use 
of  the  Macrotin  should  be  preceded  by  the  Wine  Tine,  of 
Lobelia.  We  have  been  assured  by  those  who  have  employed 
the  Macrotin,  that  they  would  never  again  use  Ergot,  being 
satisfied  that  the  former  is  quite  as  efficient,  and,  at  the  same 
time,  much  more  kind  and  safe  in  its  operation.  It  is  the 
opinion  of  some  that  the  Macrotin  is  inferior  as  a partus 
accelerator  to  the  Caulophyllin ; but  both  are  good,  and  as 
neither  are  specifics,  one  may  answer  where  the  other  fails. 

Macrotin  is  highly  esteemed  in  the  treatment  of  chronic 
rheumatism,  in  which  complaint  it  is  quite  as  reliable  as  any 
other  single  remedy.  The  pa  lent  must  be  brought  under 
its  full  influence,  and  the  remedy  persevered  with.  In  this 
complaint  it  is  advantageously  combined  with  Sanguinarin, 
Xanthoxylin,  Stillingin,  Irisin,  Phytolacin,  Pumin,  etc. 


148 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


Macrotin grs.  Y. 

Xanthoxylin 3j. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — one,  three  times 
per  day.  Diaphoretics  are  always  of  service  in  rheumatism, 
hence  we  employ  the  following  combinations : 


Macrotin grs.  X. 

Sanguinarin *. grs.  Y. 

Asclepin grs.  XL. 


Triturate  well  together  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Dose 
— same  as  above.  Or, 

B- 

Macrotin grs.  X. 

Phytolacin grs.  XX. 

Asclepin grs.  XL. 

Triturate  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Exhibit  same  as 
above.  In  this  way  we  form  combinations  with  other  remedies 
suited  to  the  case  in  hand.  As  a general  thing  the  employment 
of  these  remedies  in  rheumatism  should  be  preceded  by  the  use 
of  Podophyllin,  and  an  occasional  dose  should  be  administered 
during  the  progress  of  the  treatment. 

Macrotin  possesses  well  marked  expectorant  and  diaphoretic 
properties,  hence  is  valuable  in  the  treatment  of  colds,  coughs, 
incipient  phthisis,  etc.  In  these  affections  it  may  be  either 
alternated  or  combined  with  Senecin,  Asclepin,  Prunin,  San- 
guinarin, orLycopin. 

In  view  of  its  anti-spasmodic  and  expectorant  properties, 
the  Macrotin  has  been  found  highly  beneficial  in  asthma, 
hooping  cough,  and  croup.  As  an  expectorant,  it  may  be 
employed  with  confidence  whenever  such  a property  is  indicated. 
For  asthma  or  hooping  cough,  it  is  excellent  when  joined  with 
Eupatorin  Purpu.  or  Apocynin,  or  Prunin,  etc.  In  croup, 
after  the  urgent  symptoms  are  all  tyed,  it  is  exceedingly  bene- 
ficial as  an  expectorant.  In  all  spasmodic  affections  of  the 
respiratory ‘system  it  is  a reliable  and  valuable  remedy. 

The  Macrotin  has  been  highly  recommended  in  the  treatment 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


149 


of  small  pox.  Our  experience  of  its  employment  in  that 
disease  has  been  somewhat  limited,  yet  sufficient  to  give  us  a 
very  high  estimate  of  its  value.  We  have  exhibited  it  in  a 
number  of  cases  with  obviously  good  effects.  When  adminis- 
* tered  during  the  febrile  s£age,  it  reduces  the  force  and  frequency 
of  the  pulse,  allays  cerebral  excitement,  equalises  the  circulation, 
and  induces  a gentle  diaphoresis.  We  are  satisfied  that  it  will 
modify  the  violence  of  the  symptoms,  and  deprive  the  disease 
of  much  of  its  malignancy.  It  is  also  of  value  in  the  treat- 
ment of  other  eruptive  fevers. 

Epilepsy  has  been  much  benefited  by  the  use  of  Macrotin. 
It  will  usually  induce  a remission  of  the  symptoms,  although 
it  may  not  prove  sufficiently  anti-periodic  to  prevent  their 
recurrence.  In  such  an  event  it  must  be  joined  with  more 
active  tonics,  or  the  tonics  may  be  exhibited  when  a remission 
occurs.  If  a more  active  anti-spasmodic  and  relaxant  is 
required,  the  following  will  answer  an  excellent  purpose : 

9- 

Macrotin, 

Grelsemin aa.  grs.  Y. 

Asclepin grs.  XX. 

Triturate  well  together,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose, 
one,  twice  or  thrice  a day.  As  soon  as  a remission  occurs, 
administer  Cerasein  in  five  grain  doses  once  in  four  hours, 
and  continue  until  some  three  or  four  of  the  usual  periods  for 
the  return  of  the  symptoms  are  past. 

Macrotin  has  been  found  serviceable  in  the  treatment  of 
neuralgia.  The  manner  of  its  employment  is  the  same  as  for 
the  above. 

The  Macrotin  exercises  a peculiar  and  powerfully  sanative 
influence  over  the  functions  of  the  liver,  and  to  this  fact  are 
we  to  look  for  a solution  of  its  value  in  many  forms  of  disease. 
It  imparts  a healthful  impulse  to  this  organ,  and  powerfully 
promotes  its  secretive  power.  In  long  standing  hepatic  de- 
rangements, this  remedy  can  scarcely  be  excelled  in  efficacy. 
Hepatic  torpor,  indigestion,  and  all  their  concomitant  symptoms 
are  most  effectually  obviated  by  the  use  of  the  Macrotin.  It 


150 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


is  not  as  prompt  in  its  operation  as  many  other  remedies,  yet 
it  does  its  work  surely.  In  order  to  realise  its  full  and  true 
value,  the  patient  should  be  kept  slightly  under  the  constitu- 
tional influences  of  the  remedy,  as  in  other  cases,  until  the 
symptoms  yield.  In  some  cases  it  may  be  advisable  to 
occasionally  exhibit  a dose  of  Podophyllin,  Leptandrin,  or 
some  other  laxative  or  cathartic,  in  order  to  quicken  the  action 
of  the  bowels  when  tardy,  and  so  obviate  the  danger  of 
accumulation.  When  occasion  requires  the  exhibition  of 
laxatives  or  cathartics,  it  is  better  to  administer  them  indepen- 
dent of  the  Macrotin. 

A tendency  to  prolapsus  and  other  displacements  of  the 
uterus  may  be  benefited  and  cured  by  the  use  of  the  Macrotin. 
It  should  be  given  in  small  doses,  and  long  continued.  We 
sometimes  combine  it  with  other  agents,  as  follows : 

Macrotin grs.  Y. 

Helonin grs.  XY. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — one,  three  times  per 
day.  If  a laxative  tonic  be  indicated,  we  substitute  Hydrastin 
for  the  Helonin.  In  other  cases  we  employ  the  following 
pills,  which  answer  an  excellent  purpose: 

Macrotin grs.  YI. 

Helonin grs.  XII. 

Leptandrin grs.  XXIY. 

Mucil.  Acacia q.  s. 

Make  a mass  and  divide  into  twenty-four  pills.  Dose — one  or 
two,  twice  or  thrice  a day. 

Macrotin  has  been  found  highly  beneficial  in  the  treatment 
of  gonorrhea,  gleet,  and  spermatorrhea,  as  an  auxiliary  to  other 
remedies.  It  is  a powerful  alterative,  and  also  promotes  the 
action  of  other  alteratives.  For  gonorrhea  or  gleet,  it  may  be 
combined  with  Stillingin,  Irisin,  Phytolacin,  Rumin,  Ampelop- 
sin,  Corydalin,  or  Chimaphilin.  The  same  will  be  found 
valuable  in  secondary  syphilis,  and  in  various  forms  of  dermoid 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  151 

disease.  For  spermatorrhea,  the  Macrotin  may  be  combined 
with  Lupnlin,  Grelsemin,  Hydrastin,  or  Cerasein. 

We  have  cured  many  cases  of  intermittent  fever  by  first 
administering  a full  cathartic  dose  of  Podophyllin,  and  then 
exhibiting  the  following  powders  during  the  intermission : 

Macrotin grs.  VI. 

Xanthoxylin grs.  XXIV 

Mix,  and.  divide  into  twelve  powders.  Dose — one,  every  three 
or  four  hours,  as  the  patient  can  bear.  At  other  times  we  have 
combined  the  Macrotin  with  Cornin  or  Hydrastin,  Xan- 
thoxylin, etc. 

Macrotin, . .... grs.  V. 

Cornin, 3 ss. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — same  as  above. 

Or, 

Macrotin grs.  V. 

Hydrastin grs.  X. 

Xanthoxylin 3j. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose  and  employment 
same  as  above.  If  the  patient  be  troubled  with  a relaxed 
condition  of  the  bowels,  the  Hydrastin  will  be  inadmissable. 
In  that  case  the  Macrotin  and  Cornin,  or  Macrotin  and  Xan- 
thoxylin will  answer  a better  purpose. 

Chronic  bronchitis,  laryngitis,  etc.,  have  been  greatly  relieved 
by  the  use  of  Macrotin.  It  may  be  used  alone,  or  in  connection 
with  Prunin,  Senecin,  Asclepin,  Leptandrin,  etc. 

Macrotin  is  also  valuable  as  an  external  application  in  many 
forms  of  disease.  For  this  purpose  it  may  be  dissolved  in 
ctrong  alcohol.  For  ordinary  use,  the  following  will  answer: 


9. 

Macrotin •_ 3 I. 

Alcohol 5 IV. 


This  is  applied  in  rheumatism,  lumbago,  neuralgia,  spinal 
irritation,  indolent  swellings,  synovitis,  indolent  ulcers,  rheu- 


152 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


matic  opthalmia,  etc.  For  promoting  absorption  in  synovial 
effusions,  we  use  the  preparation  much  stronger: 


Macro  tin 5 I. 

Strong  Alcohol § IY. 


Apply  night  and  morning.  Over  this  we  usually  apply  a 
bandage  wetted  in  cold  water  and  well  protected  with  dry 
flannel.  The  Macro  tin  is  powerfully  relaxant,  hence  as  soon 
as  the  reduction  of  the  enlargement  is  effected,  the  Macrotin 
should  be  discontinued,  and  the  parts  bathed  with  a tincture 
of  Hydrastin  and  Myricin  in  Alcohol : 


9- 

Hydrastin 3 ij. 

Myricin gss. 

Alcohol § IY. 

Bathe  freely. 


The  tincture  of  Macrotin  is  also  excellent  for  contracted 
joints,  and  all  cold  and  indolent  local  indurations  or  enlarge- 
ments. 


AMPELOPSIN. 


Derived  from  Ampelopsis  Qumquefolia . 

Nat.  Ord. — Vitaccce. 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Woodbine , American  Ivy , Five-leafed 
Ivy , Virginian  Creeper , Fmtf, 

Part  Used — Twigs. 

No.  of  Principles,  three,  viz.,  resin,  resinoid , and  neutral. 

Properties — Alterative , diuretic , expectorant , anti-syphilr 
itic , astringent  and  tonic. 

Employment — Scrofula , cutaneous  diseases , bronchitis , 
hooping  cough , asthma , dropsy , syphilis , diarrhea , rheur 

matism. 


As  an  alterative,  the  Ampelopsin  may  be  relied  upon  in 
all  cases  where  remedies  of  that  class  are  indicated.  It  does 
its  work  kindly,  silently,  yet  surely.  The  average  dose  of 
this  remedy  is  three  grains,  though  in  some  cases  the  dose 
may  be  advantageously  increased  to  ten  grains. 

In  the  treatment  of  scrofula,  the  Ampelopsin  will  be  found 
one  of  the  most  reliable  alteratives  that  can  be  employed.  It 


154 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


seems  especially  adapted  to  the  cure*of  this  complaint,  and  in 
connection  with  shch  other  general  treatment  as  may  be 
indicated,  will  seldom  disappoint  expectation.  The  better  plan 
is  to  administer  it  in  from  TWO  to  FIVE  grain  doses,  two  hours 
after  each  meal.  All  alteratives  operate  better  if  taken  into 
the  stomach  in  the  absence  of  food.  The  Ampelopsin  exercises 
a remarkable  influence  over  the  absorbent  system,  hence  will 
be  found  valuable  in  all  cases  where  tuberculous  deposits  or 
indurations  are  suspected.  It  is,  for  this  reason,  a suitable 
remedy  in  incipient  phthisis.  In  order  to  demonstrate  its 
utility  in  these  as  in  other  complaints,  it. should  be  used  alone, 
such  attention  being  paid  at  the  same  time  to  the  liver,  bowels, 
and  skin,  as  the  circumstances  of  the  case  may  indicate.  If 
other  medicines  are  indicated,  they  should,  by  preference,  be 
alternated  with  the  Ampelopsin.  If  the  liver  be  inactive,  or 
deranged  in  any  manner,  an  occasional  dose  of  Podophyllin 
should  be  administered.  If  the  functions  of  the  skin  are  tardy 
or  inactive,  an  alkaline  bath  should  be  administered  twice  or 
thrice  a week.  For  this  purpose  carbonate  of  soda,  saleratus,  or 
hard  wood  ashes  may  be  employed.  When  the  latter  can  be 
obtained,  we  give  it  the  preference. 


Hard  W ood  Ashes one  gill. 

Boiling  Water one  quart. 


Infuse  five  minutes  and  strain.  Apply  tepid,  sponging  the 
entire  surface,  and  rub  well  with  a dry  towel.  If  the  patient 
is  very  feeble,  from  one  half  to  one  pint  of  common  spirits 
may  be  added  to  the  above.  We  give  preference  to  New 
England  Rum.  None  but  those  who  have  experienced  the 
utility  of  the  alkaline  bath  as  an  auxiliary  in  the  treatment  of 
scrofula,  skin  diseases,  rheumatism,  dropsy,  etc.,  can  properly 
appreciate  its  value. 

Although  we  are  a strong  advocate  for  employing  organic 
remedies  in  their  simple  forms,  alternating  with  others  where 
change  is  necessary,  yet  we  may  sometimes  effect  combinations 
better  suited  to  individual  cases.  Thus  in  scrofula,  skin 
diseases,  rheumatism,  etc.,  if  the  liver  be  inactive  and  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  155 

bowels  constipated,  we  may  combine  the  Ampelopsin  with 
such  other  of  the  concentrated  medicines  as  are  known  to 
be  good  in  those  affections,  and  which  will  afford  the  desired 
chologogue  and  laxative  properties.  The  following  for  ex- 


ample : 

Ampelopsin 3 j* 

Leptandrin 3 ss. 

. Mucilage  Gum  Arabic q.  s. 


Make  a mass  and  divide  into  thirty  pills.  Dose — from  one  to 
two,  three  times  per  day.  This  combination  will  be  found  of 
most  especial  service  in  the  above  mentioned  diseases,  and  in 
bronchitis,  laryngitis,  hepatitis,  and  in  all  affections  of  the 
glandular  system. 

For  hooping  cough  and -asthma,  the  Ampelopsin  may  be 
rendered  more  efficient  by  combining  it  with  Macrotin,  Asclepin, 
or  Eupatorin  Purpu. 

Ampelopsin 3 ss. 

Macro  tin grs.  IY. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  sixteen  powders.  Dose — one,  repeated 
every  four  or  six  hours. 

Ampelopsin, 

Asclepin aa.  3j. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — same  as  above. 

5 

Ampelopsin 

Eupatorin  Purpu aa.  3j. 

Divide  into  ten  powders  and  exhibit  same  as  above.  Either 
of  these  formulas  may  be  employed  as  may  seem  best  adapted 
to  the  case  in  hand. 

The  Ampelopsin  has  proved  a reliable  agent  in  the  cure  of 
dropsy.  Although  possessing  considerable  diuretic  power 
its  curative  action  in  this  disease  does  not  seem  to  depend 
upon  that  especial  property,  but  upon  its  power  to  excite  a 
healthful  action  in  the  glandular  and  absorbent  systems,  and  of 


156 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


promoting  depuration.  Its  influence  seems  to  be  expended 
upon  the  entire  organism,  gently  stimulating  each  function  to 
the  performance  of  its  duty,  without  proving  evacuant  in 
one  direction  more  than  in  another.  At  times,  however,  it 
proves  actively  diuretic.  As  a general  thing  it  is  better  to 
commence  the  treatment  of  dropsy  by  administering  a dose  of 
Podophyllin  or  Jalapin  combined  with  Cream  of  Tartar. 
Either  of  the  following  will  answer : 


9- 

Podophyllin grs.  ij. 

Bitartrate  of  Potassa __3j. 


Administer  in  a spoonful  of  water  at  bed  time.  As  soon  as 
the  above  has  operated  thoroughly,  commence  with  the 
Ampelopsin,  and  exhibit  in  doses  of  from  five  to  ten  grains 
three  times  per  day.  The  Podophyllin  and  Cream  of  Tartar 
should  be  repeated  occasionally  during  the  course  of  the 
treatment. 

Or  Jalapin  may  be  substituted  for  the  Podophyllin,  as 


follows : 

9- 

Jalapin grs.  IY. 

Bitartrate  of  Potassa 3j. 


In  some  cases  we  find  the  three  combined  to  answer  a better 


purpose 

9- 

Podophyllin gr.  j. 

Jalapin grs.  ij. 

Bitartrate  Potassa 3j. 


In  other  cases  it  is  better  to  precede  the  employment  of  the 
Ampelopsin  with  an  emetic  of  Lobelia.  For  this  purpose  the 
Wine  Tincture  answers  an  excellent  purpose.  From  two  to 
FOUR  drachms  of  the  tincture  may  be  given  every  twenty 
minutes  until  free  emesis  is  produced.  If  there  be  reason  to 
suspect  acidity  of  the  stomach,  twenty  grains  of  the  super- 
carbonate of  soda  should  be  added  to  each  dose.  Or  if  this 
caution  has  been  neglected,,  and  the  Lobelia  is  tardy  in  operating, 
a teaspoonful  of  soda  dissolved  in  half  a tumbler  of  warm 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


157 


water  should  be  immediately  administered.  The  Ampelopsin 
may  be  employed  as  above  directed,  in  connection  with  an 
occasional  hydrogogue  cathartic.  As  soon  as  the  dropsical 
symptoms  are  removed,  the  system  must  be  braced  up  with 
tonics  in  order  to  prevent  a return.  Cornin,  Flydrastin, 
Cerasein,  Fraserin,  or  Eupatorin  Perfo.,  either  alone  or  com- 
bined with  Iron,  will  answer  a good  purpose. 

Ampelopsin  has  considerable  reputation  in  the  cure  of 
syphilis.  % It  is  employed  in  the  same  manner  as  other  altera- 
tives. When  thought  advisable,  it  may  be  combined  with 
Stillingin,  Irisin,  Phytolacin,  or  Corydalin.  As  with  other 
alteratives,  we  deem  it  better,  as  a general  thing,  to  use  the 
Ampelopsin  alone,  and  alternate  with  other  remedies.  Its  use 
must  be  persevered  in  for  a length  of  time,  in  order  to  reap  its 
full  utility. 

The  Ampelopsin  possesses  slightly  astringent  properties, 
and  has  been  found  serviceable  in  certain  forms  of  diarrhea. 
In  these  complaints,  it  may  be  advantageously  combined  with 
Leptandrin,  Euphorbin,  or  Juglandin,  when  the  affection  pro- 
ceeds from  a deranged  action  of  the  liver. 

9- 

Ampelopsin 3j. 

Leptandrin grs.  X. 

Form  a mass  with  mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  and  divide  into 
ten  pills.  Administer  one  every  two  hours  until  the  alvine 
evacuations  assume  a healthy  appearance. 

Or; 

9-  . 

Ampelopsin 3 ss. 

Euphorbin grs.  YI. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  powders.  Dose,  same  as  above. 
Or, 

9- 

. Ampelopsin, 

Juglandin aa.  grs.  XY. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Exhibit  in  the  same 
manner. 


158  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

If  the  affection  lias  arisen  from  cold,  the  Ampelopsin  sliould 
be  combined  with  Asclepin.  In  colliquative  diarrhea  it  should 
be  combined  with  more  powerful  astringents,  as  Geranin, 
Rhusin,  Myr»cin,  Hamamelin,  or  Trilliin.  Thus  its  range  of 
application  may  be  varied  by  judiciously  combining  it  with 
such  other  agents  as  may  be  required  to  meet  special  symp- 
toms. 


GERANIN. 


Derived  from  Geranium  Maculatum . 

Nat.  Ord. — Geraniacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Monodelphia  Decandria. 

Common  Names. — Cranesbill , Purple  Crowfoot , Alum 
Boot , Spotted  Geranium , 

Part  used. — TA0 

No.  of  Principles,  fow,  viz.,  resinoid  and  tannin. 
Properties — Astringent , styptic , anti-septic . 

Employment. — Dysentery , Diarrhea , hemoptysis , hema- 
turia, passive  hemorrhages , apthous  sore  mouth , leucorrhea , 
gleet,  diabetes , and  all  affections  of  the  rrmcous  surfaces . 


Geranin  is  justly  considered  one  of  the  most  valuable  of 
the  vegetable  astringents.  In  its  action,  it  differs  somewhat 
from  astringents  generally,  in  promoting,  instead  of  suppress- 
ing the  secretive  power  of  the  mucous  surfaces,  and  leaving 
them  moist  and  invigorated  in  their  functions.  This  remedy 
has  been  largely  employed  in  the  treatment  of  dysentery,  and 
with  more  general  success  than  any  other  astringent.  Its  use 


160  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

is  admissible  in  all  the  different  stages,  although  success  will 
be  more  certain  if  the  bowels  are  first  relieved  of  their  morbid 
contents,  and  the  functions  of  the  liver  corrected  bj  the  use  of 
Podoph yllin,  Leptandrin,  etc.  The  medium  dose  of  the  Ger* 
anin  is  three  grains.  The  doses  may  be  repeated  every  hour, 
or  once  in  two,  four  or  six  hours  according  to  the  urgency  of 
the  symptoms.  When  the  discharges  from  the  bowels  are  pro- 
fuse, the  skin  hot,  dry,  and  constricted,  and  the  tongue  and 
fauces  red,  parched  and  inflamed,  the  Geranin  will  answer  an 
admirable  purpose  in  combination  with  Asclepin^ 

9 

Geranin - 3j. 

Asclepin grs.  X. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  One  of  these  may  be  ad- 
ministered every  hour:  In  a short  time  after  commencing  the 
use  of  the  medicine  the  mucous  surfaces  will  resume  their 
secretive  action  and  become  moist,  and  a gentle  moisture  ap- 
pear upon  the  skin,  while  the  dejections  from  the  bowels  will 
become  less  frequent  and  more  healthy  in  appearance.  The 
dose  we  have  named  will  not  be  sufficient  in  some  cases,  and 
must  be  increased  to  the  production  of  the  desired  effect.  In 
all  forms  of  bowel  complaints  attended  with  spasmodic  pains, 
and  when  astringents  are  indicated,  the  Geranin  is  advantage- 
ously combined  with  Caulophyllin. 

Geranin, 

Caulophyllin aa.  3j. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  ■ Dose — one,  to  be  repeated 
every  hour  or  two,  as  may  be  necessary.  This  combination 
will  be  found  excellent  for  relieving  the  griping  pains  so  com- 
mon in  these  complaints.  In  diarrhea  and  dysentery  of  a 
bilious  character,  a more  suitable  and  efficient  combination 
may  be  effected  with  the  Dioscorein. 

9- 

Geranin Dj. 

Dioscorein grs.  X. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — same  a^  above. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


161 


This  prescription  is  peculiarly  useful  in  cholera  morbus  and 
cholera  infantum.  In  the  sinking  stages  of  dysentery  and 
similar  affections,  the  Geranin  should  be  combined  with  stim- 
ulants and  tonics.  The  following  we  have  employed  quite 
extensively,  and  with  excellent  results. 

9- 

Greranin, 

Xanthoxylin  aa.  3j. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Exhibit  as  above  directed. 
This  is  excellent  in  the  advanced  stages  of  cholera  infantum. 
When  tonics  are  indicated,  Cornin,  Cerasein,  and  Fraserin 
will  be  found  reliable. 

In  the  advanced  stages  of  all  diarrheal  complaints,  and  in 
all  cases  where  there  is  a tendency  to  putrescency  of  the  fluids, 
the  Greranin,  when  indicated,  should  invariably  be  combined 
with  Baptism. 

5 * 

Geranin 3 ss. 

Baptism grs.  XY. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  fifteen  powders.  Give  one  every  two 
hours.  In  some  cases,  it  will  be  necessary  to  double  the  quan- 
tity of  Geranin.  ISTo  remedy  with  which  we  are  acquainted 
is  more  to  be  relied  upon  for  correcting  the  putrefactive 
tendency  than  this.  In  typhoid  and  other  fevers,  inflammation 
of  the  bowels,  etc.,  this  combination  will  be  found  exceedingly 
useful. 

Geranin  has  been  found  serviceable  in  checking  hemor- 
rhages from  the  lungs,  stomach,  bowels,  kidneys,  and  uterus. 
The  usual  dose  in  such  cases  is  FIVE  grains,  although  as  much 
as  ten  grains  is  sometimes  given.  The  doses  are  repeated 
every  hour  until  the  hemorrhage  is  arrested,  and  then  at 
longer  intervals.  In  passive  hemorrhages  this  remedy  has 
proved  itself  of  great  utility.  In . hemorrhage  of  the  bowels, 
it  is  sometimes  more  efficient  when  administered  by  enema. 
From  one-half  to  one  drachm  may  be  so  administered  at  a 
time,  and  repeated  when  occasion  requires.  It  may  be  added 
to  mucilage  of  slippery  elm,  starch  water,  etc.  We  have 

11 


162 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


known  some  cases  of  dysentery  to  yield  readily  to  tliis  treat- 
ment when  remedies  by  the  stomach  had  failed. 

Leucorrhea,  gleet,  and  other  affections  of  the  mucous  sur- 
faces have  been  benefited  and  cured  by  the  use  of  the  Gieranin. 
It  is  both  administered  internally  and  applied  externally.  For 
external  use  it  is  sometimes  made  into  a tincture  and  then 
added  to  water.  At  other  times  it  is  simply  added  to  warm 
water,  in  which,  however,  it  is  only  partly  soluble. 

G-eranin,  in  connection  with  suitable  diet  and  tonics,  is  of  great 
service  in  the  treatment  of  diabetes.  From  two  to  five  grains 
may  be  given  three  times  per  day.  The  bowels  should  be 
kept  open  by  the  use  of  small  doses  of  Podophyllin,  Leptandrin, 
or  Juglandin. 

The  diarrhea  occurring  in  the  latter  stage  of  phthisis 
pulmonalis  is  more  readily  controlled  by  the  G-eranin  than  any 
other  remedy  with  which  we  are  acquainted. 

The  vomiting  in  cholera  has  been  checked  with  Geranin 
when  other  means  failed. 

Externally,  the  G-eranin  is  employed  in  a variety  of  affections. 
The  apthous  sore  mouths  of  infants  is  frequently  cured  by  a 
wash  made  by  adding  half  a drachm  of  Geranin  to  four  ounces 
of  warm  water.  The  same  is  found  serviceable  in  some  forms 
of  opthalmia,  otorrhea,  sore  nipples,  eruptions  of  the  skin, 
chafes,  etc.  An  ointment  serviceable  in  the  treatment  of  piles 


is  made  as  follows : 

Geranin  3 j* 

Lard §j. 

Mix.  The  following  is  still  better: 

Geranin 3 j* 

Hydrastin ... 3 ss. 

Lard - 5j. 


Mix.  Anoint  the  parts  freely  several  times  a day.  The 
same  has  been  found  useful  in  scaly  eruptions  of  the  skin. 
Dissolved  in  alcohol,  in  the  proportion  of  half  a drachm  to 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


163 


the  ounce,  it  is  an  excellent  application  for  toughening  the 
skin  when  rendered  irritable  by  shaving. 

The  Geranin  will  be  found  one  of  the  best  and  most  relia- 
able  astringents  in  the  range  of  the  Materia  Medica,  but  will 
fail,  like  all  other  remedies,  when  the  indications  for  its 
employment  are  mistaken.  Thus  we  would  never  think  of 
giving  it  in  dysentery  and  kindred  complaints  untill  the  morbid 
material  of  the  stomach  and  bowels  had  first  been  removed  by 
suitable  remedies,  and  the  action  of  the  liver  corrected.  And 
if  this  be  done,  the  neccessity  for  astringents  will  be  materially 
lessened.  It  is  bad  practice  to  treat  bowel  complaints  in  their 
primary  stages  with  astringents,  and  which  cannot  be  to  severely 
reprehended.  Assist  nature  to  expel  the  morbid  material 
which  is  the  direct  cause  of  the  inordinate  evacuations,  then 
tone  up  the  various  functions  that  have  been  weakened  by 
excess  of  action. 


POPULIN. 


Derived  from  Populus  Tremuloides. 

Nat.  Ord  —Salicaceoe. 

Sex.  Syst. — Dioecia  Octcmdria. 

Common  Names. — TJptand  Poplar , White  Poplar , Quak- 
ing Aspen , etc. 

* Part  IJsed — The  Baric. 

No.  of  Principles,  two , viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral. 

Properties — Alterative , tonic,  diuretic , stomachic , depura- 
tive , vermifuge , diaphoretic. 

Employment — Indigestion , flatulence , worms , hysteria , 
jaundice , fevers , cutaneous  diseases , scalding  and  suppression 
of  urine , sweats , 

We  shall  not,  perhaps,  have  occasion  to  speak  of  any  remedy 
more  reliable  than  the  Popnlin  in  .fulfilling  certain  indications. 
W e have  used  it  long  and  extensively,  and  always  with  the 
most  gratifying  results.  As  a remedy  for  indigestion  accom- 
panied with  flatulence  and  acidity,  we  know  of  no  single  agent 
more  to  be  relied  upon  than  this.  The  average  dose  of  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PRORER. 


165 


Populin  in  these  cases  is  tDree  grains  three  times  per  day. 
It  will  have  a better  effect  if  taken  immediately  after  eating. 
We  have  found  by  experience  that  all  medicines  calculated  to 
promote  digestion  and  prevent  acidity  and  flatulence  answer  a 
much  better  purpose  when  administered  at  the  time  their 
action  is  needed.  It  is  presumed  that  the  therapeutic  properties 
of  such  remedies  are,  in  a measure,  expended  locally.  Hence 
it  is  proper  to  administer  them  at  those  periods  when  such 
local  excitement  is  necessary.  Alteratives,  on  the  contrary, 
operate  better  when  taken  into  the  stomach  in  the  absence  of 
food,  as  they  are  then  enabled  to  be  digested,  absorbed  and 
conveyed  to  their  destination  by  the  undivided  forces  of  the 
system. 

The  dose  of  the  Populin  will  vary  from  two  to  six  grains 
according  to  the  impressibility  of  the  patient’s  system,  or  the 
effect  desired  to  be  produced.  In  small  and  oft  repeated 
doses  it  powerfully  promotes  diaphoresis.  In  large  doses  it 
proves  more  actively  diuretic.  Hence,  in  the  treatment  of 
fevers,  it  should  be  given  in  small  quantities  and  often ; while 
in  suppression,  retention,  and  scalding  of  the  urine,  the  doses 
should  be  larger,  and  exhibited  at  longer  intervals. 

For  the  removal  of  flatulence  it  is  more  of  a radical  than 
an  immediate  remedy,  overcoming  the  disposition  by  its  powers 
as  a corrective.  It  will  be  found  one  of  the  most  certain 
remedies  for  this  purpose  that  has  ever  yet  been  discovered. 

For  removal  of  worms  it  should  be  given  in  from  three 
to  five  grain  doses  three  times  per  day  for  a few  days,  and  be 
followed  by  a cathartic. 

In  hysteria  it  is  mainly  useful  as  a tonic  after  the  urgent 
symptoms  are  quelled.  For  this  purpose  it  will  be  found  of 
singular  utility,  as  it  will  be  tolerated  by  the  stomach  when 
other  tonics  are  rejected,  and  tranquilise  the  sympathetic 
disturbance  arising,  from  uterine  excitement.  It  is,  for  this 
reason,  an  excellent  remedy  for  the  dyspeptic  symptoms 
accompanying  pregnancy. 

In  jaundice  the  Populin  is  of  eminent  service.  It  possesses 
the  properties  of  an  alternative  to  a marked  extent,  which  is 


166 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


displayed  by  its  power  to  correct  tbe  secretive  action  of  tbe  skin 
and  kidneys.  It  is  of  great  importance  that  these  emnnctories 
should  be  restored  to  a normal  condition  in  the  treatment  of 
jaundice,  as  they  constitute  the  main  channels  of  depuration. 
To  render  the  Populin  more  effectual,  it  should  be  alternated 
with  alterative  doses  of  Podophyllin,  Leptandrin  or  Jug- 
landin. 

Populin  is  one  of  the  most  reliable  remedies  for  the  relief 
of  night  sweats  that  it  has  ever  been  our  good  fortune  to 
become  acquainted  with.  We  refer  its  curative  action  in  this 
instance  to  its  power  of  restoring  and  giving  vigor  to  the 
secreting  vessels  of  the  skin.  This  property  we  have  referred 
to  in  speaking  of  the  Senecin.  For  the  cure  of  the  above 
complaint,  when  not  arising  from  hepatic  congestion,  fifteen 
to  twenty  grains  of  Populin  should  be  administered  daily. 
We  usually  employ  it  in  solution. 

9- 

Populin  -------  3j. 

Warm  Water  -----  g iij. 

Mix.  The  Populin  is  not  entirely  soluble  in  water,  yet 
sufficiently  so  for  all  practical  purposes.  It  should  be  stirred 
up  when  taken.  One  tablespoonful  of  the  above  solution 
should  be  given  once  in  two  hours. 

Suppression  and  retention  of  urine  are  readily  relieved 
with  the  Populin,  for  which  purpose  it  may  be  used  in  such 
doses,  and  with  such  frequency  of  repetition  as  the  case 
demands.  All  the  directions  we  deem  necessary  are,  to  give 
it  in  solution,  and  in  sufficient  quantities  to  produce  the  desired 
effect. 

Valuable  as  we  deem  the  Populin  in  the  treatment  of  the 
affections  previously  named,  it  has  one  other  property  which  we 
consider  of  paramount  importance  to  all  the  rest,  and  that  is,  its 
property  of  relieving  painful  micturation,  and  heat  and  scalding 
of  urine.  Did  it  possess  no  other  curative  value,  we  should 
esteem  it  an  indispensible  constituent  of  our  materia  medica. 
Its  value  in  this  respect  is  most  apparent  when  the  symptoms 
above  named  occur  during  pregnancy.  The  relief  it  affords  is 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


167 


most  gratifying  to  both  patient  and  practitioner.  Our  method 
of  employing  it  is  in  solution,  in  connection  with  tincture  of 
Gum  Myrrh,  as  follows : 


9- 

Populin 3j. 

Tine.  Myrrh 3ij. 

Warm  Water § TV. 


Of  this  mixture  one  tablespoonful  may  be  given  once  every 
two  to  four  hours,  and  continued  until  the  symptoms  are 
entirely  relieved.  In  order  to  allay  the  irritation  of  the 
meatus  urinarius  and  labia,  we  employ  the  following  : 


9- 

PuV  Gum  Myrrh Jss 

Boiling  W ater O.ss. 


Infuse  and  strain.  Wash  the  parts  freely  with  this  infusion, 
or  a cloth  wetted  with  it  may  be  inserted  between  the  labia, 
and  in  contact  with  the  meatus.  This  treatment  will  seldom 
or  never  disappoint  the  practitioner.  W e look  upon  it  as  the 
most  certain  prescription  that  can  be  made.  W e can  recollect 
of  no  instance  of  failure.  It  is  perfectly  safe  in  all  stages  of 
pregnancy. 

Many  combinations  may  be  effected  with  the  Populin,  some 
of  which  we  are  in  the  habit  of  dispensing  daily.  We  give 
below  our  favorite  formulas  : 

9- 

Populin 

Xanthoxylin aa.  3 ss. 

Mucil.  Acacia q.  s. 

Form  a mass  and  divide  into  twenty  pills.  Or  what  will 
answer  equally  as  well,  if  not  better,  the  following : 

9-  * 

Populin- 3 j. 

Con.  Tine.  Xanthoxylum _ _q.  s. 

Form  a mass  and  divide  into  twenty  pills.  These  pills  are 
serviceable  in  debility,  indigestion,  loss  of  appetite*  flatulence, 
acidity  of  the  stomach,  etc.  We  direct  one  to  be  taken 
immediately  after  each  meal.  The  stimulant  properties  of  the 


168 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


Xanthoxylin  increase  the  efficacy  of  the  Populin  in  cases 
where  great  coldness  and  inactivity  of  the  system  exist. 

In  cases  of  hepatic  torpor  and  constipation,  we  employ  the 


annexed  formula: 

9- 

Populin, 

Leptandrin  aa.  3 j* 

Con.  Tine.  Xanthoxylum q.  s. 


Form  a mass  and  divide  into  thirty  pills.  Use  in  the  same 
manner  as  above  directed.  These  we  find  excellent  for 
promoting  the  secretions  of  the  liver  and  obviating  constipation. 
When  the  difficulty  has  been  of  long  standing,  Phytolacin 
may  be  substituted  for  the  Leptandrin. 

From  the  description  we  have  given  of  the  properties  and 
employment  of  the  Populin,  the  practitioner  will  be  enabled 
to  effect  many  valuable  combinations  not  necessary  for  us  to 
notice  here.  In  consequence  of  the  hygroscopic  property  of 
the  neutral  principle  of  the  Populin,  it  is  necessary  to  make  it 
into  pills  or  reduce  it  to  solution  when  consecutive  doses  are 
prescribed.  If  preferred  it  may  be  dissolved  in  alcohol,  in 
which  it  is  soluble  in  equal  proportions. 

We  would  earnestly  call  the  attention  of  practitioners  to  the 
Populin,  assuring  them  that  they  will  find  it  a reliable  remedy 
in  fulfilling  the  indications  we  have  named.  It  has  proved  so 
useful  in  our  hands  that  we  are  anxious  that  all  should  avail 
themselves  of  its  valuable  remedial  properties  in  the  treatment 
of  disease.  We  trust  to  the  discriminating  intelligence  of  the 
profession  to  decide  that  we  have  not  over-rated  its  medicinal 
worth.  A fair  trial  of  its  merits  will  confirm  the  opinion  that 
it  is  truly  a positive  medical  agent . 


CyPRIPEDi  N. 


Derived  from  Cypripedium  Pubescens . 

Nat.  Ord. — Orchidacece. 

Sex.  Syst — Gyna/ndria  Diandria. 

Common  Names. — Wild  Ladies  Slipper,  Yellow  TJmbel, 
Nerve  Root,  American  Valerian,  Moccasin  Flower,  etc . 

Part  used. — The  Boot. 

No.  of  Principles,  two,  viz.,  resi/noid  and  neutral . 
Properties — Anti-spasmodic , nervine , tonic,  a/nd  narcotic; 
also,  diaphoretic. 

Employment. — Hysteria,  chorea,  nervous  headache,  neu- 
ralgia, hypochondria , nervous  irritability,  fevers,  debility, 

etc . 


The  Cypripedin  fully  represents  the  therapeutic  properties 
of  the  plant.  It  is  frequently  employed  as  a substitute  for 
the  imported  valerian,  but  it  will  not  be  found  identical  with 
it.  As  a nervine  and  anti-spasmodic,  the  plant  has  long 
been  used  in  domestic  practice,  and  with  the  most  beneficial 
results.  Its  concentrated  equivalent,  Cypripedin,  possesses  the 
properties  above  attributed  to  it  in  an  eminent  degree.  When 


170 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


opium  and  its  preparations  will  not  agree,  the  Cypripedin  may 
be  relied  upon  with  much  confidence.  As  a substitute  for 
Paregoric,  Godfrey’s  Cordial,  etc.,  it  is  most  advantageously 
employed  in  alleviating  the  disorders  of  children  requiring  the 
use  of  an  anodyne.  It  possesses,  however,  some  narcotjc 
power,  and  many  times  will  be  found  quite  as  inadmissible  as 
opium.  Cypripedin  is  much  used  in  the  treatment  of  fevers, 
pleurisy,  rheumatism,  etc.,  on  account  of  its  anodyne,  diaphor- 
etic, and  febrifuge  properties,  It  allays  pain,  abates  delirium, 
promotes  perspiration,  and  procures  sleep.  It  may  be  given 
alone  in  doses  of  from  TWO  to  four  grains,  or  combined  with 
such  other  remedies  as  are  being  prescribed.  In  febrile  diseases 
it  is  employed  mostly  in  combination  with  Asclepin.  The 
neutral  principle  of  the  Cypripedin  has  a strong  affinity  for 
water,  and  is,  therefore,  liable  to  absorb  moisture  and  harden 
when  exposed  to  the  air.  For  this  reason  it  is  necessary  to 
reduce  it  to  solution,  or  form  it  into  pills,  when  more  than  a 
single  dose  is  to  be  left  with  the  patient.  We  employ  it  mostly 
in  solution. 


Dose — from  two  to  four  teaspoonfuls  once  in  two  hours.  As 
stated  under  the  head  of  Asclepin,  we  have  seen  severe  attacks 
of  pleurisy  cured  with  this  formula  alone. 

This  formula  will  be  found  useful  in  all  febrile  diseases 
attended  with  nervous  irritability.  Rheumatism,  gout,  neural- 
gia, hysteria,  and  all  spasmodic  affections  afford  indications  for 
its  use.  In  the  treatment  of  scarlatina  and  other  exanthematous 
fevers,  the  combination  above  given  will  answer  an  excellent 
purpose  for  producing  diaphoresis  and  quieting  nervous  excite- 
ment. Nervous  headache  is  also  relieved  by  administering 
two  teaspoonfuls  of  the  solution  every  twenty  minutes  until 
the  violence  of  the  symptoms  is  abated,  then  once  every  hour 
until  complete  relief  is  obtained.  A better  combination  for 
this  purpose  may  be  made  as  follows : 


9- 


Cypripedin  . , 

Asclepin 

Warm  Water 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


171 


9- 

Cypripedin «, grs.  X. 

Asclepin 

Scutellarin aa.  3 j 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powers.  Dose — one,  every  twenty 
or  thirty  minutes,  in  warm  water.  As  soon  as  the  symptoms 
begin  to  abate,  the  medicine  may  be  given  at  longer  intervals. 

Cypripedin  may  be  joined  with  Caulophyllin,  Lupulin, 
Yiburin,  Scutellarin,  or  other  nervines  and  anti-spasmodics, 
in  the  treatment  of  chorea,  hysteria,  hypochondria,  nervous 
debility,  etc.  In  many  cases  it  is  desirable  to  combine  it  with 
tonics,  in  which  case  it  may  be  joined  with  Cornin,  Cerasein, 
Hydrastin,  Euonymin,  Fraserin,  or  Cerasein,  accordingly  as 
the  properties  possessed  by  either  are  indicated.  All  anti- 
spasmodics  are  tonics,  yet  their  anti  spasmodic  power  is 
lightened,  or  rather  confirmed,  by  joining  them  with  pure 
tonics.  For  this  reason  the  Cypripedin,  when  employed  in 
nervous  affections  attended  with  marked  periodicity,  should  be 
joined  with  suitable  tonics. 

As  an  adjunctive  to  other  remedies,  it  has  been  found  highly 
serviceable  in  dyspepsia,  and  other  affections  of  the  stomach 
and  bowels.  It  qualifies  the  action  of  Cathartics,  and  abates 
the  tendency  to  delirium  in  fevers.  Its  properties  are  so  well 
defined,  and  its  uses  so  generally  understood,  that  we  deem  it 
unnecessary  to  dwell  longer  upon  the  manner  of  its  employment. 

The  practitioner  will  find  it  a valuable  adjunctive  in  a great 
variety  of  cases,  inasmuch  as  its  more  prominent  properties 
are  so  frequently  indicated.  The  large  class  of  diseases  to 
which  females  are  subject  afford  numerous  opportunities  for 
its  employment.  Although  in  general  agreeing  well  with  the 
patient,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  it  possesses  a degree  of 
narcotic  power,  and  will,  therefore,  be  sometimes  found  quite 
as  incompatible  as  opium  or  any  of  its  preparations.  The 
average  dose  of  the  Cypripedin  is  three  grains,  yet  in  some 
cases  half  a grain  will  be  sufficient,  while  in  others  ten  grains 
will  be  required. 


CH II A PHI  LIN. 


Derived  from  Chimaphila  Umbellata. 

Nat.  Ord. — Ericaceae. 

Sex.  Syst. — Decandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Prince's  Pine , Pipsissewa , Winter  green. 
Ground  Holly , etc. 

Part  used. — The  Plamt. 

No.  of  Principles,  three , viz.,  resin , resinoid,  and  neutral. 
Properties. — Alterative , diuretic , and  astringent. 

Employment. — Scrofula,  rheumatism , dropsy , gonorrhea 
strangury,  gra/vel,  debility,  etc . 


This  elegant  remedy  is  now  presented  for  the  first  time  to 
the  profession.  The  well  known  efficacy  of  the  plant  as  an 
alterative  has  long  rendered  it  desirable  that  it  should  be 
prepared  for  medicinal  use  in  a convenient  and  reliable  form. 
This  has  been  accomplished  in  the  article  under  consideration. 
The  active  principles  of  the  plant,  three  in  number,  are  here 
presented,  condensed,  definite,  uniform,  and  reliable.  The 
average  dose  of  the  Chimaphilin  is  three  grains.  Of  course 
the  quantity  must  be  varied  to  suit  the  peculiarities  of  the 
case  in  hand.  In  the  treatment  of  scrofula  it  will  be  advisable 
to  administer  it  in  doses  of  from  two  to  FIVE  grains  three  times 
per  day,  continuing  its  use  for  two  or  three  weeks,  and  then 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


173 


alternating  with  some  other  alterative.  Of  the  latter  Ampe- 
lopsin,  Corydalin,  Irisin,  Phytolaein,  or  Stillingin  may  be 
selected,  as  may  be  best  suited  to  the  case.  ‘We  set  a high 
estimate  upon  the  alterative  power  of  this  remedy,  an  opinion 
based  upon  experience.  Its  operation  is  not  attended  with  any 
special  excitement,  nor  is  one  function  apparently  stimulated 
more  than  another,  except  it  be,  in  some  instances,  the  kidneys. 
The  whole  system  seems  to  be  embraced  in  its  influence, 
manifested  by  a simultaneous  improvement  of  the  various 
functions  of  digestion,  nutrition,  and  depuration. 

Chronic  rheumatism  has  been  frequently  relieved  and  cured 
by  this  remedy.  As  a general  thing,  larger  doses  are  required 
than  in  the  preceding  case.  From  five  to  ten  grains  may  be 
given  three  times  per  day.  At  the  same  time  the  bowels  should 
be  kept  in  a soluble  condition  by  the  use  of  Podophyllin, 
Leptandrin,  Juglandin,  Euonymin,  etc.  In  this  case,  as  in 
the  former,  the  Chimaphilin  should  be  alternated  with  other 
alteratives,  as  more  satisfactory  results  will  be  obtained,  as  a 
general  thing,  by  alternation  than  by  combination.  Yet  there 
are  circumstances  and  conditions  when  combinations  will  meet 
the  indications  with  greater  certainty  and  promptitude.  For 
instance,  in  the  treatment  of  rheumatism,  ulcers,  and  other 
diseases  attended  with  a cold,  languid  condition  of  the  system, 
viscidity  of  the  secretions,  etc.,  joined  with  stimulants,  such  as 
the  Xanthoxylin,  Sanguinarin,  or  Phytolaein,  it  will  be 
rendered  much  more  active.  Either  of  the  following  formulas 
may  be  employed,  and  will  be  found  excellent : 

Chimaphilin  -----  3 ss. 

Xanthoxylin  - - - - - - Sj. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders. 

Or, 

9 

Chimaphilin  - - - - - - 3j« 

Sanguinarin grs.  iij. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  powders. 

Or, 


174 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


5- 

Chimaphilin  - - - - - - 2>ij- 

Phytolapin  ------  grs.  X 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  One  of  either  of  the  above 
powders  may  be  given  twice  or  thrice  a day,  as  circumstances 
require. 

This  remedy  hns  been  of  much  utility  in  the  treatment  of 
dropsy,  particularly  ascites.  It  seems  to  act  in  this  complaint 
much  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Ampelopsin,  by  general  and 
not  by  specific  therapeutic  impression.  Its  value  is  more 
apparent  in  cases  originating  from  or  accompanied  with  an 
impaired  action  of  the  digestive  and  nutritive  system,  and 
debility.  In  these  cases  it  operates  by  promoting  the  appetite, 
digestion,  and  assimilation,  and  gently  stimulating  absorption 
and  depuration.  In  the  treatment  of  dropsy,  it  may  be 
advantageously  combined  with  other  of  the  concentrated 
medicines  suited  to  the  features  of  the  case.  Thus,  in  dropsy 
of  the  abdomen,  and  general  anasarca,  we  should  combine  it 
with  the  Ampelopsin. 

Chimaphilin, 

Ampelopsin  - - - - aa.  3 ss. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  powders.  Dose — one,  every  four 
to  six  hours.  If  more  of  the  stimulant  property  were  needed, 
we  should  add  a portion  of  Sanguinarin  to  the  above.  The 
formula  would  then  stand  thus : 

Chimaphilin, 

Ampelopsin  - - - - - aa.3ij. 

Sanguinarin  -----  grs.  X. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  ITse  in  the  same 
manner. 

In  hydrothorax,  or  dropsy  of  the  chest,  we  should  combine 
it  with  Digitalin. 

9 

Chimaphilin  - - - - - 3ij. 

Digitalin  ------  grs.  ij. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


175 


Triturate  thoroughly  together  and  divide  into  ten  powders. 
One  of  these  may  be  given  every  five  hours,  until*a  perceptible 
impression  is  made  upon  the  system  in  some  way,  either 
upon  the  pulse,  kidneys,  or  respiration,  and  then  at  longer 
intervals,  and  continued  until  the  symptoms  are  removed,  or 
there  is  obvious  disagreement  of  the  remedy.  In  administering 
this  prescription  particular  care  should  be  taken  to  neutralise 
undue  acidity  of  the  stomach.  As  a general  thing,  it  will  be 
better  to  combine  a few  grains  of  super-carbonate  of  soda  with 
each  dose. 

Other  diuretics,  as  the  Eupatorin  Purpu.,  Lupulin,  Populin, 
Senecin,  etc.,  may  be  joined  with  Chimaphilin  at  the  option  of  the 
practitioner.  For  strangury  and  gravel,  we  prefer  the  Populin. 


9 

Chimaphilin _ 3ss. 

Populin 3j. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  every  two 
hours  until  relief  is  obtained,  then  every  four  or  six  hours 
till  a cure  is  effected.  The  same  formula  will  be  found  excellent 
for  loss  of  appetite,  indigestion,  debility,  etc.  In  these  cases 
one  powder  may  be  given  twice  or  thrice  a day.  Whenever 
laxatives  or  cathartics  are  needed,  they  should  be  alternated 
with  the  Chimaphilin. 

Chimaphilin  is  very  valuable  in  the  treatment  of  gonorrhea, 
syphilis,  and  mercurial  diseases.  It  must  be  used  freely  and 
persevered  in  for  a length  of  time,  occasionally  alternating 
with  other  tonics  and  alteratives.  When  deemed  appropriate^ 
it  may  be  joined  with  Corydalin,  Senecin,  Irisin,  Stillingin, 
Phytolacin,  Rumin,  etc.,  with  either  of  which  it  is  not  only 
admirably  suited  to  the  cure  of  the  above  affections,  but  also 
skin  diseases,  ulcers,  scrofula,  and  all  complaints  arising  from 
or  accompanied  with  a vitiated  condition  of  the  blood  and 
fluids.  As  an  alterative,  and  as  a remedy  in  rheumatism, 
gouty  and  gravelly  affections,  chronic  cough,  and  dropsical 
diseases,  it  may  at  all  times  be  relied  upon  with  confidence  as 
an  auxiliary,  if  not  as  a radical  remedy. 


DIOSCOREItf. 


Derived  from  Dioscorea  Villosa. 

Nat.  Ord. — Dioscoreacew. 

Sex.  Syst. — Dicecia  Hexandria. 

Common  Names. — Wild  Yam,  Colic  Boot , etc . 

No.  of  Principles,  three , viz.,  resin , neutral  and  mud-resin. 

Properties. — Anti-spasmodic , expectorant , diaphoi'etic. 

Employment. — Bilious  colic , cholera  morbus , nausea 
attending  pregnancy , spasms , coughs , hepatic  disorders . after- 
pains,  flatulence,  dysmenorrhea,  and  in  all  cases  where  an 
spasmodic  is  required. 


The  wonderful  efficacy  of  this  remedy  in  the  cure  of  bilious 
colic  renders  it  an  indispensable  agent  to  every  practitioner 
of  the  healing  art.  In  this  complaint  it  is  as  near  a specific 
as  any  remedy  can  well  be.  The  relief  it  affords  is  both 
prompt  and  certain.  But  its  entire  value  does  not  relate  to 
this  disease  alone,  as  it  has  been  found  exceedingly  valuable 
in  the  complaints  above  enumerated. 

The  Dioscorea  has  been  in  use,  in  the  crude  state,  for  some 
considerable  time,  but  we  have  the  pleasure  of  being  the 
first  to  record  a history  of  its  true  concentrated  equivalent, 
Dioscorein,  for  the  benefit  of  the  profession  at  large.  True,  a 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


17? 


preparation  called  Dioscorein  lias  been  offered  them,  under  the 
designation  of  a resinoid , and  represented  as  being  the  active 
principle  of  the  plant.  By  referring  to  the  head  of  this 
article,  the  reader  will  perceive  that  the  therapeutic  properties 
of  the  plant  reside  not  in  one , but  in  three  distinct  proximate 
principles.,  viz.,  a resin,  neutral,  avid  muci-resin.  The  character- 
istics of  these  several  principles  have  been  described  in  the 
first  part  of  this  volume.  With  the  exception  of  the  above 
named  resinoid  Dioscorein  mentioned  by  some  authors,  the 
only  other  method  recommended  for  employing  the  Dioscorea 
is  in  the  form  of  a decoction.  In  this  form  it  has  been  suc- 
cessfully employed  in  bilious  colic,  cholera  morbus,  etc., 
proving  thereby  that  it  yielded  at  least  sufficient  of  its  proper- 
ties to  water  to  prove  actively  medicinal.  The  reader  will 
please  remember  that  resinoids  are  soluble  only  in  strong 
alcohol,  hence,  if  the  active  properties  of  the  plant  had  resided 
in  a resinoid,  the  water  would  have  failed  in  extracting  it,  and 
the  decoction  would  be,  consequently,  useless.  But  now  that 
we  have  set  the  matter  in  its  proper  light,  there  will  be  no 
difficulty  in  perceiving  that  water  may  extract  a soluble  neu- 
tral and  muci-resin,  and  a partially  soluble  resin.  We  have 
deemed  it  necessary  to  enter  thus  into  detail,  in  order  that  the 
reader  might  perceive  the  justice  of  our  charge  of  inaccuracy 
against  the  representation  of  a resinoid  being  the  active  prin- 
ciple of  the  plant.  We  labor  for  the  cause  of  truth  and 
accuracy  in  medical  science,  and  we  desire  that  all  we  write 
or  say  shall  be  capable  of  demonstration,  heflfle  our  digression. 

The  usual  dose  of  the  Dioscorein  in  the  treatment  of  bilious 
colic  is  four  grains,  repeated  every  thirty  minutes  until  com- 
plete relief  is  obtained.  The  relief  afforded  is  as  prompt  as  it 
is  certain.  In  gome  cases  we  deem  it  better  to  combine  the 
Dioscorein  with  Asclepin  as  follows : 

Dioscorein  . ^ T)j. 

Asclepin 3 ss. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  every  twenty  01 
thirty  minutes  until  the  symptoms  are  fully  abated.  We  have 


178 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


"known  a single  dose  of  the  above  to  afford  entire  relief  in 
twenty  minutes,  rendering  further  medication  unnecessary.  In 
many,  however,  it  will  be  necessary,  in  order  to  effect  a radi- 
cal cure,  to  follow  with  a full  dose  of  Podophyllin,  which,  in 
cases  like  this,  should  be  combined  with  Caulophyllin.  The 
above  formula  is  not  only  reliable  in  the  treatment  of  bilious 
colic,  but  also  in  flatulent  colic,  borborygmus,  spasms,  etc. 

In  the  treatment  of  cholera  morbus,  the  Dioscorein  should 
be  given  in  doses  of  from  one  to  two  grains  every  twenty 
minutes  until  the  symptoms  are  abated.  In  this  case,  as  in  all 
others,  the  acidity  of  the  stomach  must  be  neutralised,  other- 
wise the  medicine  may  be  of  no  effect.  This  may  be  done  by 
combining  a few  grains  of  soda  with  each  dose.  In  our 
experience  of  the  management  of  cholera  morbus,  as  well  as 
of  vomiting  from  other  causes,  we  have  found  that  small  doses 
frequently  repeated  will  oftentimes  control  the  symptoms 
when  large  doses  fail.  Hence  we  deem  it  expedient  in  some 
cases,  to  give  from  one-fourth  to  one-half  a grain  of  the 
Dioscorein  at  a dose,  and  repeat  every  five  or  ten  minutes. 
The  stomach  will  frequently  tolerate  and  retain  very  small 
doses  when  larger  ones  are  rejected. 

We  have  found  the  Dioscorein  valuable  in  the  treatment  of 
hepatic  disorders,  particularly  when  accompanied  with  irrita- 
bility of  the  stomach,  and  spasm.  We  generally  employ  it  as 
an  adjunctive  to  chologogues,  as  the  Leptandrin,  Juglandin, 
etc.  Either  of  the  following  formulas  will  be  found  of  excel- 
lent service  in  the  treatment  of  both  acute  and  chronic  disor- 


. ders  of  the  liver. 

Dioscorein 3j* 

Leptandrin - Dfl- 

Mucil.  Acacia fl*s* 


Make  a mass,  and  divide  into  twenty  pills.  From  one  to  twc 
of  these  may  be  given  twice  a day. 


9- 

Dioscorein Dj- 

Juglandin 3 j- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


179 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  One  of  these  may  be 
given  every  four  or  six  hours.  The  latter  will  be  found 
excellent  in  those  cases  of  indigestion  accompanied  with 
acidity,  flatulence,  and  spasmodic  pains.  When  the  symptoms 
are  aggravated  by  eating,  one  of  the  above  powders  should  be 
given  immediately  after  each  meal.  If  .preferred  the  powder 
may  be  formed  into  pills  with  mucilage  of  gum  arabic. 

We  have  found  the  Dioscorein  excellent  for  allaying  the 
intestinal  irritation  sometimes  produced  by  Podophyllin.  We 
employ  either  of  the  following  formulas,  accordingly  as  we 
wish  to  secure  a diaphoretic  or  stimulant  property. 

9 

Dioscorein grs.  X. 

Asclepin - - - 3j- 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  every  two  or 
three  hours. 

Or, 

9 

Dioscorein ..grs.  X. 

Xanthoxylin 3 j. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — same  as  above 
Both  of  these  formulas  will  be  found  excellent  in  diarrhea, 
dysentery,  cholera  infantum,  etc.,  at  the  proper  stages. 

With  Caulophyllin,  Yiburnin,  Scutellarin,  Cypripedin,  or 
Lupulin,  the  Dioscorein  is  advantageously  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  female  affections,  as  hysteria,  dysmenorrhea, 
after-pains,  etc.  It  is  an  excellent  remedy  in  all  spasmodic 
affections,  either  as  a radical  or  an  auxiliary  agent.  It  may 
be  combined  with  one  or  more  of  the  above,  as  may  be  best 
suited  to  the  case.  At  other  times  it  will  require  to  be 
combined  with  tonics,  as  the  Cornin,  Cerasein,  Fraserin, 
Hydrastin,  Eupatorin  Perfo.,  etc. 

Dioscorein  has  been  spoken  of  as  a remedy  for  the  nausea 
accompanying  pregnancy,  but  we  have  no  personal  knowledge 
of  its  efficacy  in  that  affection.  Judging  from  its  action  in 
other  cases,  however,  we  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend  it  for 


180 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


that  purpose,  confident  that  if  it  fails  to  alleviate,  no  harm  can 
arise  from  its  administration. 

As  an  expectorant,  the  Dioscorein  has  obtained  some  repute 
in  the  cure  of  asthma,  hooping  cough,  and  bronchitis.  For 
asthmatic  affections  it  may  be  joined  with  Apocynin,  Sangui- 
narin,  Eupatorin  Purpu.,  or  Hyoscyamin.  For  hooping  cough, 
with  Macrotin,  Asclepin,  or  Wine  Tincture  of  Lobelia.  For 
bronchitis,  with  Ampelopsin,  Stillingin,  Leptandrin,  or  Prunin. 

In  conclusion  we  would  reiterate  the  fact  that  Dioscorein  is 
eminently  anti-spasmodic  and  diaphoretic,  and  that  its  power 
of  relieving  spasms  relates  more  particularly  to  the  stomach 
and  bowels,  in  the  disorders  of  which  it  has  become  to  be 
looked  upon  by  many  as  nearly  a specific.  We  speak  of  our 
own  knowledge  when  we  state  it  to  be  the  most  reliable  remedy 
yet  discovered  for  bilious,  and  flatulent  colic,  and  intestinal 
spasm  and  irritation  generally.  It  is  a safe  and  harmless 
remedy,  but  in  over  doses  will  produce  vomiting. 


CHELOm. 


Derived  from  Chelone  Glabra. 

Nat.  Ord. — Scrophulariacece. 

Sex.  Sjst. — Didynamia  A.  ngiosperma. 

Common  Names. — Ralmony , Snake  Head , Turtlebloom , 
Twrtlehead,  Salt  Rlieum  Weed , etc. 

Part  used. — The  Herb . 

No.  of  Principles,  two,  viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral. 

Properties. — Laacative , few,  and  anthelmintic. 

Employment. — Dyspepsia , jaundice,  constipation , debility 
a/nd  worms. 

t Chelonin  is  of  especial  value  in  the  treatment  of  hepatic 
disorders,  and  forms  a very  appropriate  adjunctive  to  other 
remedies.  In  the  cure  of  jaundice,  it  is  of  eminent  service. 
It  seems  to  stimulate  the  secretive  power  of  the  liver  in  a 
peculiar  manner,  at  the  same  time  giving  tone  and  regularity 
of  action.  As  a tonic,  its  influence  seems  to  be  expended 
; mainly  upon  the  digestive  apparatus,  increasing  the  appetite, 
promoting  digestion  and  assimilation,  and  so  conducing  to  an 
improved  condition  of  the  blood,  both  in  quality  and  volume. 
Being  somewhat  laxative,  it  generally  obviates  constipation. 
When  not  sufficiently  so,  it  may  be  combined  or  alternated 


182 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


with  other  laxatives,  as  the  Leptandrin,  Hydrasiin,  Euonymin, 
etc.  The  average  dose  of  the  Chelonin  is  three  grains,  yet 
profitably  increased  to  five  or  ten  in  some  cases.  In  dyspep- 
sia accompanied  with  hepatic  torpor,,  the  Chelonin  will  be 
found  a most  useful  agent.  The  doses  may  be  repeated  three 
or  four  times  a day,  as  thought  necessary.  The  same  is  tine 
in  relation  to  jaundice.  In  the  treatment  of  the  latter  com- 
plaint, a dose  of  Podophyllin  and  Leptandrin  should  be 
administered  once  or  twice  a week. 

Combined  with  Juglandin,  the  Chelonin  will  be  rendered 
more  efficient  in  those  cases  of  indigestion  accompanied  with 
acidity  and  flatulence. 


9- 

Chelonin 3j. 

Juglandin 3 ss. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — one,  three  times 
per  day.  Or  with  Populin : 

Chelonin, 

Populin aa.  3j. 

Form  a mass  with  mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  and  divide  into 
thirty  pills.  Give  one  immediately  after  each  meal.  The 
same  formula  will  be  found  excellent  for  the  removal  of 
worms.  Two  pills  may  be  given  three  times  a day,  for  three 
days,  and  then  followed  by  a cathartic  dose  of  Podophyllin 
and  Leptandrin.  If  the  first  trial  should  prove  ineffectual, 
repeat  in  the  same  manner. 

We  have  succeeded  in  removing  large  numbers  of  the  ascctr 
ris  vermicularis  with  the  following  formula,  administered  by 
way  of  enema,  blood  warm : 


9- 

Chelonin  3 ss. 

Wine  Tine.  Lobelia § ss. 

Warm  water § IV. 


Mix,  and  administer  at  once,  with  a common  syringe,  and 
repeat  in  two  hours,  if  the  first  dose  does  not  dislodge  the 
vermin.  This  enema  may  be  repeated  every  day  for  a week, 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


188 


or  so  long  as  it  continues  to  bring  away  any  worms.  We 
remember  several  cases  permanently  relieved  by  this  treat- 


ment. 

For  the  removal  of  the  ascaris  lumbricoides,  and  tricoce - 
phalus  dispar , the  Chelonin  may  be  combined  with  Gelsemin. 

9 

Chelonin 3ij. 

Gelsemin grs.  Y. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  three  times  per 
day  for  two  or  three  days,  then  administer  a cathartic. 

The  Chelonin  will  be  found  of  excellent  service  in  the  con- 
valescing stages  of  fevers  and  other  acute  diseases.  It  is 
particularly  useful  in  dysentery  after  the  inflammatory  symp- 
toms have  subsided,  in  which  complaints  it  may  be  combined 
with  astringents,  as  the  Geranin,  Myricin,  Khusin,  etc.,  or  with 
diaphoretics,  as  the  Asclepin ; or  with  other  tonics,  as  the 
Fraserin,  Cornin,  Cerasein,  Populin,  according  to  the  particu- 
lar requirements  of  the  case.  It  is  of  especial  benefit  in  all 
cases  where  the  system  has  undergone  depletion  by  hemor. 
rhage  or  colliquitive  discharges.  When  astringents  and  tonics 
are  indicated,  the  following  is  excellent : 


5- 

Chelonin 3ij. 

Geranin 3j. 


Mix  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Give  one  every  four 
hours.  When  tonics  and  diaphoretics  are  needed,  we  employ 
the  annexed  formula : 


9- 

Chelonin grs.  X. 

Asclepin 3j. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  every  two  hours* 
To  enhance  the  tonic  power  of  the  Chelonin  in  the  cases  last 
cited,  we  prefer  the  Fraserin : 

Chelonin T)j. 

Frasesin 3 ss. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  every  four  or  six 


184 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


hours.  If  it  be  desirable  to  increase  the  tonic  and  laxative 
power  of  the  Chelonin,  we  prefer  the  Hydrastin : 

#• 

Chelonin 3 ss. 

Hydrastin  grs.  XY. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  fifteen  powders.  Give  one  every  four 
hours.  But  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  Hydrastin  will 
not  be  admissable  in  any  case  where  there  is  acute  or  subacute 
gastritis  or  enteritis,  nor  in  any  case  of  inflammation  of  the 
intestinal  gh::  : - 


HE  LON  IN. 


Derived  from  Helonias  Dioica. 

Nat.  Ord. — Melancthacece. 

Sex.  Sjst. — Hexandria  Trigynia. 

Common  Names.  —False  Unicorn. , Drooping  Starwort , 
Helonias,  Devils  Bit,  etc. 

Part  used. — The  Boot. 

No.  of  Principles,  one , viz.,  a neutral.  ' 

Properties — Alterative , tonic,  diuretic,  vermifuge  cmd  em- 
menagogue. 

Employment. — Prolapsus  uteri,  amenorrhea,  dysmenorrhea , 
leucorrhea,  to  prevent  miscarriage,  dyspepsia,  worms,  etc . 

No  agent  of  the  materia  medica  better  deserves,  the  name 
of  uterine  tonic  than  the  Helonin.  The  remarkable  success 
attending  its  administration  in  the  diseases  peculiar  to  females 
has  rendered  it  an  indispensable  remedy  to  those  acquainted 
with  its  peculiar  virtues-.  Like  the  the  Senecin,  it  is  alike 
appropriate  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  apparently  calling  for 
dissimilar  properties,  as,  for  instance,  amenorrhea  and  menor- 
rhagia. By  referring  to  our  remarks  under  the  head  of  Senecin, 


186 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


the  reader  will  there  find  an  explanation  of  onr  views  upon 
this  subject,  and  thus  save  us  the  necessity  of  a recapitulation. 
Its  alterative  and  tonic  influence  will  account,  in  a measure,  for 
its  utility  in  those  complaints.  In  the  treatment  of  amenor- 
rhea, it  will  be  found  most  beneficial  in  those  cases  arising  from 
or  accompanied  with  a disordered  condition  of  the  digestive 
apparatus,  and  an  anemic  habit.  It  invigorates  the  appetite, 
promoles  digestion  and  depuration,  and  so  improves  the 
quality  and  increases  the  volume  of  the  blood.  In  this  way 
the  foundation  for  a cure  is  laid  by  improving  the  tone  of  the 
entire  system.  Aside  from  this,  it  has  an  especial  influence 
over  the  organs  of  generation,  independent  of  its  general  con- 
stitutional influence.  For  this  reason  it  has  proved  of  eminent 
value  in  the  cure  of  prolapsus  uteri,  tendency  to  miscarriage, 
and  atony  of  the  generative  organs.  Sterility  and  impotence 
have  also  been  relieved  and  cured  by  this  remedy.  In  conse- 
quence of  the  peculiar  value  of  Helonin  in  the  treatment  of  the 
above  named  affections,  certain  writers  have  classed  it  as  an 
aphrodisiac,  and  stated  that  its  continued  use  induces  an  abnor- 
mal desire  for  sexual  indulgence.  Such  a statement  could  only 
have  been  made  in  the  absence  of  actual  knowledge,  and  as  the 
legitimate  fruit  of  a prurient  imagination.  We  have  probably 
used  the  Helonin  quite  as  extensively  as  any  other  practitioner, 
and  we  must  confess  to  a want  of  sufficient  penetration  to 
discover  any  such  results  from  its  employment.  The  only 
aphrodisiac  we  recognize,  is  the  natural  proclivity  of  a sensual 
mind.  That  the  Helonin  is  a special  tonic  to  the  organs 
of  reproduction  we  are  well  aware,  but  only  to  a normal  and 
healthful  extent.  Hid  its  action  extend  further  than  this,  it 
would  be  a disease-producing  and  not  a disease-curing  remedy. 
When  a medicine  so  acts  upon  a diseased  organ  as  to  restore 
it  to  a physiological  condition,  we  very  naturally  conclude  that 
said  organ  will  manifest  the  fact  of  its  restoration  by  the  resump- 
tion of  its  functional  activity.  This  is  precisely  the  case  when 
the  Helonin  is  employed.  If  administered  for  the  cure  of  indi- 
gestion, the  appetite  improves,  the  food  is  digested,  absorbed 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


187 


and  assimilated,  and  thns  is  the  curative  action  of  the  remedy 
manifested.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  case  be  one  of  amenor- 
rhea, sterility,  menorrhagia,  or  impotency,  secretion  is  restored, 
tone  imparted,  and  the  healthful  flow  of  returning  stimulus  is 
manifested  by  the  usual  physical  signs.  Thq  sexual  appetite 
is  the  sequent  and  not  the  antecedent  of  the  restoration  of  the 
ability  of  the  organs  to  perform  the  functions  assigned  them  by 
nature.  Too  much  confidence  must  not  be  placed  in  the  state- 
ments of  writers  who  are  deficient  in  clinical  experience,  and 
who  write  only  from  report,  or  who  assume  to  know  too  much, 
and  who,  therefore,  become  ridiculous  as  well  as  untruthful. 

The  Helonin  being  composed  entirely  of  a neutral  principle, 
is,  therefore,  mostly  soluble  in  water,  in  which  vehicle  it  is 
best  administered.  For  the  same  reason,  as  a tonic,  it  will  be 
tolerated  by  the  stomach  when  other  tonics  are  rejected. 
Containing  no  resinoid  principle,  it  is  completely  soluble  in 
the  stomach,  and  is,  therefore,  an  appropriate  tonic  in  the 
convalescing  stages  of  dysentery  and  other  intestinal  diseases. 
Its  operation  is  entirely  devoid  of  irritation. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Helonin  is  three  grains,  which 
dose  may  be  repeated  three  times  per  day.  In  the  treatment 
of  prolapsus  uteri,  the  organ  should  first  be  replaced  and  quiet 
enjoined  upon  the  patient,  if  necessary  in  the  recumbent 
position,  and  the  Helonin  then  administered  in  doses  of  from 
two  to  four  grains  three  times  per  day.  The  cure  may  be 
facilitated  by  placing  a plaster  of  galbanum,  or  some  other 
stimulant,  upon  the  sacral  region,  and  the  use  of  the  following 


vaginal  enema : 

9- 

Hydrastin 3 ss. 

Myricin 3 j. 

Boiling  Water O.j. 


Infuse  and  strain.  Inject  two  ounces  with  a female  syringe 
two  or  three  times  a day.  If  the  affection  be  accompanied 
with  inflammation  and  slight  ulceration  of  either  the  os  uteri  or 
vaginal  walls,  we  prefer  the  following : 


/ 


188 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


9- 

Chloride  of  Lime 

Cold  Water O.ij. 

Put  the  lime  in  a bottle,  add  the  water,  shake  well,  stand  it 
aside  to  settle,  and  use  the  clear  solution  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  above.  If  a.more  stimulating  injection  seems  necessary, 
add  two  ounces  of'  the  chloride  to  a quart  of  water.  If  the 
liver  is  inactive  and  the  bowels  inclined  to  constipation,,  we 
combine  the  Helonin  with  Leptandrin  : 

9. 

Helonin 3ij. 

Leptandrin  . . . . 3j. 

Form  a mass  with  Mucilage  of  Gum  Arabic  and  divide  into 
twenty  pills.  Give  one  three  times  per  day.  Or  the  Leptan- 
drin may  be  alternated  with  the  Helonin,  two  or  three  grains 
of  which  may  be  administered  at  bed  time.  The  same  plan 
of  treatment  will  be  found  equally  useful  in  the  treatment  of 
some  forms  of  leucorrhea,  particularly  those  cases  accompanied 
with  or  arising  from  prolapsed  uterus,  debility,  etc. 

Either  alone,  or  combined  with  other  appropriate  remedies, 
the  Helonin  will  be  found  reliable  in  the  radical  cure  of 
amenorrhea.  In  simple  uncomplicated  amenorrhea,"  it  is  best 
joined  with  Senecin : 

9. 

Helonin, 

Senecin  . , . . aa.  9j. 

Mix,  divide  into  ten  powders,  and  give  one  three  times  per 
day.  The  same  formula  will  serve  an  excellent  purpose  for 
the  cure  of  dysmenorrhea  and  menorrhagia,  in  which  com- 
plaints it  should  be  administered  regularly  during  the 
intermenstrual  period.  Upon  the  approach  of  the  menstrual 
molimen  its  use  should  be  discontinued,  and  the  patient  placed 
under  the  influence  of  Caulophyllin,  Gelsemin,  Yiburnin  or 
other  anti-spasmodics  in  dysmenorrhea,  and  Trilliin,  Oil  of 
Erigeron,  Lycopin,  Geranin  or  Myricin  in  menorrhagia.  WheD 
the  period  has  passed,  the  remedy  should  be  again  resumed. 

In  anemic  habits  the  Helonin  is  advantageously  joined 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


189 


with  Iron.  If  hysteric  symptoms  are  present,  with  the 


Valerianate : 

9- 

Helonin 3 ij. 

Valerianate  of  Iron Dj. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Dose, — one  three 

times  per  day.  In  defective  menstruation  we  employ  the 
following,  which  we  prefer  to  any  other  combination  we  have 


ever  employed : 

9- 

4 Helonin 3 ij. 

Iron  by  Hydrogen grs.  XVI. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  sixteen  powders.  Give  one  morning 
and  evening.  If  the  patient  be  advanced  in  years,  and 
irritability  of  the  stomach  does  not  contra-indicate,  the  Phos- 
phate of  Iron  may  be  substituted. 

Helonin  has  been  found  serviceable  in  correcting  a tendency 
to  miscarriage,  which  it  effects  by  virtue  of  its  properties  as  a 
special  uterine  as  well  as  a general  tonic.  In  those  cases  the 
doses,  frequency  of  repetition,  and  continuance  must  be  such 
as  the  judgment  of  the  practitioner  may  indicate. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  various  forms  of  dropsy,  the  Helonin 
has  proved  of  remarkable  utility.  It  operates  in  a general 
manner,  and  is,  seemingly,  a powerful  resolvent.  It  restores 
the  appetite,  improves  digestion,  promotes  absorption  and 
depuration,  and  imparts  a healthful  impetus  to  the  whole 
economy.  The  only  manner  in  which  it  proves  visibly 
evacuant,  is,  in  some  cases,  as  a diuretic,  except  when  given 
in  over  doses,  in  which  case  it  proves  emetic.  In  the  treatment 
of  dropsy,  it  may  be  combined  with  Ampelopsin,  or  Apocynin, 
or  Digitalin,  or  Sanguinarin,  etc.  For  general  anasarca,  with 


Ampelopsin : 

Helonin 3 ss. 

Ampelopsin 3 j . 


Mix,  and  divide  into  fifteen  powders,  Give  one  every  four 
or  six  hours. 


190 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


Twice  a week  give  the  following  cathartic : 


Podoph yllin grs.  ij. 

Cream  of  Tartar Dj. 


Mix.  Administer  in  a little  water  at  bed  time.  For  dropsy 
of  the  abdomen,  it  may  be  appropriately  joined  with  Apocynin. 
5. 

Helonin 1 3ss. 

Apocynin grs.  X. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  three  times  per 
day.  For  hydrothorax,  hydrops  uteri,  and  ovarian  dropsy,  it 
may  be  combined  with  Digitalin. 

9- 

Helonin 3 ss. 

Digitalin grs,  ij. 

Triturate  well  together  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give 
one,  two  or  three  times  a day.  Be  particular  to  neutralise 
undue  acidity  of  the  stomach  previous  to  the  administration 
of  this  remedy,  and  employ  a fluid  menstruum  in  exhibiting 
it.  In  dropsy  of  the  ovaries  the  following  Liniment  will  be 
found  a valuable  auxiliary  : 


5. 

Con.  Tine.  Digitalis 3 ij. 

Tincture  of  Squills, 

Alcohol aar§  ij. 


Mix.  Bathe  the  parts  freely  two  or  three  times  a day,  or 
apply  a cloth  wetted  with  the  liniment.  This  applicatign 
powerfully  promotes  absorption. 

When  great  languor,  coldness  and  debility  exists,  the 
Helonin  is  beneficially  joined  with  Sanguinarin. 


9- 

Helonin Dij. 

Sanguinarin grs.  X. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Give  one  three  times 
per  day.  To  render  the  prescription  more  stimulating,  Xan 
thoxylin  may  be  added,  as  follows : 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


191 


9- 

Helonin, 

Xanthoxylin aa.  3 ij. 

Sanguinarin grs.  yij. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Dose,  same  as  above. 
In  this  way  combinations  may  be  effected  to  snit  the  pecu- 
liarities of  the  case  in 'hand. 

For  the  removal  of  worms,  the  Helonin  may  be  given  in 
four  grain  doses  morning  and  evening,  for  two  or  three  days, 
followed  by  a cathartic.  After  the  worms  are  expelled,  the 
Helonin  should  be  continued  in  two  grain  doses  for  a time, 
in  order  to  strengthen  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  so  obviate 
the  condition  giving  rise  to  the  generation  of  the  vermin. 

As  a general  tonic,  in  the  convalescing  stages  of  fevers, 
dysentery,  and  other  acute  diseases,  dyspepsia,  etc.,  the  Helonin 
may  at  all  times  be  relied  upon  with  much  confidence.  As  a 
general  thing,  it  should  be  employed,  alone  when  it  is  desirable 
to  realise  its  specific  influences,  yet  appropriate  combinations 
may  be  effected  when  the  practitioner  deems  it  advisable.  We 
have  found  it  useful  when  joined  with  Cornin  in  certain  forms 
of  dyspepsia,  and  with  Cerasein  in  passive  hemorrhage  and 
menorrhagia.  With  Fraserin,  it  will  be  appropriate  when 
the  system  has  been  exhausted  by  colliquitive  discharges. 

As  a tonic  in  debility  of  the  uterus  and  appendages,  we 
know  of  no  organic  remedy  deserving  of  greater  confidence. 
We  have  used  it  long  and  extensively,  and  with  the  happiest 
results.  We  sometimes  join  it  with  Caulophyllin  in  amenor- 
rhea, and  with  Baptism  in  defective  menstruation,  and  when 
tonics  and  antiseptics  are  indicated,  as  in  typhoid,  typhus, 
and  other  fevers,  dysentery,  scarlatina  maligna,  etc.  The  dose 
will  vary  in  different  cases,  and  under  different  circumstances. 
We  have  given  the  auantity  we  usually  employ  in  our 
practice. 


LEPTANDRIN. 


Derived  from  Lepta/ndra  Yirgi/nica. 

Nat.  Ord. — Salicacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Didynamia  Gymnosperma. 

Common  Names. — Culver's  Root , Culver  s Physic,  Black 
Root,  Tall  Speedwell , etc. 

Part  Used — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles,  four •,  viz.,  resin,  resinoid,  alkaloid  and 
neutral. 

Properties — Alterative,  deobstruent,  chologogue , laxative 
and  tonic. 

Employment — Fevers  of  every  type,  dysentery,  diarrhea, 
cholera  infantum,  dyspepsia,  jaundice,  piles,  laryngitis, 
bronchitis,  etc. 


No  one  of  the  concentrated  medicines  has  been  so  much 
misunderstood  as  the  Leptandrin.  The  reason  for  this  resides  in 
the  fact  that  the  profession  had  had  but  little  clinical  experience 
in  the  use  of  the  plant  from  which  this  remedy  is  derived. 
Previous  to  the  time  of  the  concentration  of  the  active  principles 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


193 


of  the  Leptandra,  little  knowledge  was  to  be  gained  from  the 
various  works  on  materia  medica  in  relation  to  the  therapeutic 
properties  of  this  plant.  The  same  stereotyped  statement 
was  copied  into  the  various  publications  treating  upon  thera- 
peutics, the  authors  seeming  to  possess  little  positive  knowledge 
of  its  virtues,  relying  rather  upon  the  traditionary  reports 
handed  down  by  the  elder  botanists.  The  plant  was  said,  by 
them,  to  be  possessed  of  active  cathartic  properties,  and  was 
highly  recommended  in  the  treatment  of  typhoid  fever,  as  it 
was  said  to  be  capable  of  producing  “copious,  dark,  tar-like 
dejections  from  the  bowels,”  and  so  break  up  the  disease.  As 
soon  as  the  concentrated  preparation,  Leptandrin,  was  brought 
to  the  notice  of  the  profession,  many  practitioners  commenced 
employing  it  in  their  practice,  a large  number  of  whom  never 
* had  any  experience  in  the  use  of  the  plant.  Relying  upon  the 
truthfulness  of  the  statements  they  had  read  concerning  the 
Leptandra,  they  very  naturally  supposed  that  the  Leptandrin, 
being  the  concentrated  equivalent  of  the  plant,  was,  as  there 
represented,  a cathartic  of  considerable  power.  Failing  to 
realise  such  a result  from  the  employment  of  the  Leptandrin, 
many  were  disposed  to  condemn  the  remedy  as  being  improperly 
prepared  and  worthless.  Taking  advantage  of  this  circum- 
stance, some  two  or  three  ignorant  and  malicious  scribblers  made 
themselves  not  only  notorious  but  ridiculous  by  attempting  to 
impeach  the  character  of  those  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of 
the  Leptandrin,  charging  them  with  fraud  and  adulteration. 
But  their  transparent  hypocrisy  served  but  illy  to  mask  the 
real  motives  of  their  canting  pretensions.  Professing  to  regard 
solely  the  interests  of  the  profession,  and  to  be  actuated  by  a 
desire  to  have  the  profession  furnished  with  pure  and  reliable 
remedies,  they  unwittingly  displayed  the  “cloven  foot”  of 
ignorance  and  personal  malice,  demonstrating  the  fact,  by  their 
disgraceful  failure,  that  they  had  but  “ stolen  the  livery  of 
Heaven  to  serve  the  devil  in.”  We  highly  approve  and  honor 
capable  and  honest  criticism,  believing  • it  to  be  the  great 
conservator  of  medical  science ; but  we  equally  deprecate  the 
unworthy  '•ftf^pts  of  incompetent  meddlers  with  subjects 
S 3 


f 


194 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


they  cannot  comprehend,  and  which  they  essay  only  to  give 
vent  to  the  cankering  venom  so  prone  to  generate  in  base  and 
ignoble  minds.  All  attempts  at  imposture  in  pharmaceutical 
preparations  should  be  denounced  by  the  unanimous  voice  of 
the  profession ; but  even-handed  justice  demands  that  such 
denunciation  should  follow,  and  not  precede  conviction. 

In  the  early  history  of  the  Leptandrin,  a “resinous  substance  ” 
was  supposed  to  embody  the  active  properties  of  the  plant, 
which  idea  is  still  indulged  by  some  manufacturers,  consequently 
the  preparations  they  offer  to  the  profession  under  the  appella- 
tion of  Leptandrin  consists  mostly  of  the  resinoid  principle  of 
the  plant,  to  the  exclusion  of  three  other  important  principles, 
namely,  a resin,  neutral , and  alkaloid.  The  article  of  Lep- 
tandrin now  under  consideration  consists  of  four  distinct 
principles,  namely,  a resin , resinoid , alkaloid , and  neutral. 
With  the  assistance  of  the  explanations  given  in  the  first  part 
of  this  volume,  any  competent  chemist  may  ascertain  the  truth 
of  our  statement  by  analysis.  When  this  fact  was  first 
announced  to  the  profession,  accompanied  with  proof  in  the 
form  of  the  article  in  question,  ignorant  and  interested  persons 
endeavored  to  cast  suspicion  upon  the  character  of  the 
preparation  by  denying  the  fact  of  multiplicity  of  principles, 
accounting  for  the  obvious  difference  in  its  composition,  when 
compared  with  the  “resinous”  Leptandrin,  by  the  charge  of 
adulteration  and  foreign  admixture.  But  unfortunately  for  the 
success  of  charlatans,  the  science  of  organic  chemistry  is  suffi- 
ciently definite  in  its  manipulations  to  enable  the  honest  searcher 
after  truth  to  test  the  accuracy  of  all  pretensions  submitted  to 
its  ordeal.  Through  this  ordeal  the  Leptandrin  under  con- 
sideration has  passed  again  and  again,  and  yet  will  pass,  and 
thus  the  claims  of  truth  be  vindicated.  We  desire  no  one  to 
take  our  ipse  dixit , but,  if  dissatisfied,  to  boldly,  manfully, 
and  independently  investigate  all  matters  where  contrariety  of 
sentiment  is  held  or  expressed.  Of  such  of  our  readers  as  are 
not  conversant  with,  the  circumstances  that  have  led  us  into 
this  digression,  we  humbly  beg  pardon  for  taxing  their  patience 
with  the  foregoing  preamble ; but  to  those  who  recognise  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


195 


application  of  our  remarks,  we  deem  no  apology  due.  If  a 
portion  of  those  engaged  in  the  isolation  of  the  active  proximate 
principles  of  plants  should  find  themselves  less  competent 
and  sucessful  than  others  engaged  in  the  same  pursuit,  let 
them  not  seek  to  divert  attention  from  their  own  errors  and 
blunders  by  detraction  and  defamation,  but  let  them  labor 
rather  to  correct  their  own. mistakes  and  defects,  and  deserve 
confidence  and  support  by  bringing  their  preparations  up  to 
the  standard  required  by  the  present  advanced  condition  of 
organic  chemical  science. 

The  writer  was  accustomed,  over  twenty  years  ago,  to  gather 
and  prepare  the  Leptandra  for  medicinal  use  in  his  father’s 
practice.  Many  opportunities  were  then  offered  for  observing 
its  action  upon  the  system.  Since  that, time  we  have  employed 
the  crude  powdered  root  in  practice  and  upon  our  own  person, 
and  have  never  deemed  it  more  than  laxative.  It  required  to 
be  given  in  repeated  doses,  at  intervals  of  two  hours,  in  order 
to  obtain  an  action  of  the  bowels.  Its  operation  would 
frequently  be  attended  with  considerable  nausea,  griping, 
drowsiness,  and  general  relaxation  of  the  system.  In  con- 
sequence of  the  above  mentioned  symptom  of  drowsiness 
having  been  observed  during  its  operation,  some  writers  have 
supposed  it  to  be  narcotic  ; but  such  we  do  not  deem  it.  We 
are  of  the  opinion  that  the  symptom  arose  from  the  slowness 
with  which  the  medicine  operated,  in  consequence  of  the 
digestive  action  required  to  eliminate  the  active  principles 
from  their  combination  with  woody  and  other  inert  matters? 
and  partially  in  consequence  of  the  gradual  secretion  of  morbid 
matters  into  the  intestinal  canal.  Be  the  cause  what  it  might, 
we  never  deemed  the  Leptandra  cathartic,  although  we  do 
not  doubt  that  some  practitioners  have  been  deceived  into  so 
supposing  it  in  consequence  of  having  administered  the  remedy 
at  that  very  moment  when  nature  was  ripe  for  a spontaneous 
dejection  of  accumulated  fecal  material. 

Leptandrin  is,  in  our  opinion,  the  most  valuable  remedy  of 
its  class.  It  is  eminently  chologogue,  resolvent,  laxative  and 
tonic.  It  is  slow,  but  mild,  certain,  and  radical  in  its  opera- 


196 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


tion.  No  remedy  with  which  we  are  acquainted  is  more  to  be 
relied  upon  in  chronic  affections  of  the  mucous  surfaces.  Its 
value  in  this  respect  is  peculiarly  apparent  in  chronic  dysen- 
tery and  diarrhea,  and  other  diseases  of  the  bowels.  When 
false  membranous  formations  have  occurred  in  the  small 
intestines,  produced  by  the  gradual  exudation  of  plastic  lymph, 
the  Leptandrin  may  be  relied  upon  for  their  removal,  with 
great  confidence.  The  dose  of  the  Leptandrin  in  such  cases 
will  be  from  two  to  four  grains  twice  or  thrice  a day,  accord- 
. ing  to  the  solubility  of  the  bowels.  In  order  to  reap- its  full 
utility,  the  remedy  must  be  persevered  in  for  a considerable 
length  of  time.  Although  the  Leptandrin  may  be  relied  upon 
alone,  we  may  sometimes  effect  combinations  calculated  to 
accomplish  the  same  object,  which,  although  they  may  present 
no  apparent  advantages,  experience  has  demonstrated  to  be 
reliable.  The  following  is  with  us  a favorite  formula : 

Leptandrin, 

Juglandin aa.  3 j- 

Form  a mass  with  mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  and  divide  into 
thirty  pills.  Dose — one,  two  or  three  times  per  day.  In  the 
treatment  of  the  complaints  above  mentioned,  we  have  derived 
the  most  beneficial  results  from  the  employment  of  the  above 
prescription.  We  have  also  used  it  with  great  success  in  the 
cure  of  constipation  and  piles.  W e recently  treated  a case  of  the 
latter  complaint,  accompanied  with  frequent  hemorrhage  from 
the  rectum,  of  twelve  years  standing.  A short  time  after 
commencing  the  use  of  the  above  remedy,  the  patient  dis- 
charged considerable  quantities  of  false  membrane  in  shreds 
and  patches,  and  a number  of  pieces  several  inches  in  length, 
forming  complete  tubes.  The  evacuation  of  this  matter  was 
attended  with  an  amelioration  of  all  the  symptoms,  and  at  the 
present  time  the  patient  declares  himself  well.  The  bowels 
are  regular,  appetite  good,  the  hemorrhage  has  ceased,  and  the 
distressing  pain  so  long  experienced  beneath  the  sacrum 
entirely  gone.  We  might  mention  numerous  other  cases,  but 
it  will  be  of  more  interest  to  practitioners  to  know  how  to 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


197 


cd re  their  own  cases,  than  to  read  of  those  that  have  been 
cured. 

Leptandrin  has  obtained  a well  merited  celebrity  in  the 
treatment  of  typhoid  and  other  fevers.  Its  employment  is 
admissible  when  more  irritating  remedies  would  be  objection- 
able. In  typhoid  fever,  and  in  dysentery,  its  action  seems  to 
be  peculiar  and  specific.  It  not  only  regulates  the  functions  of 
the  liver,  but  also  corrects  and  restores  the  secreting  power 
throughout  the  whole  extent  of  the  alimentary  canal.  Not  only, 
does  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  and  bowels  come 
under  its  especial  control,  but  the  entire  organism  acknowledges 
its  sanative  power.  The  whole  glandular  system,  including 
the  skin,  partakes  of  its  healthful  impress.  When  the  patient 
is  fairly  brought  under  the  constitutional  influence  of  the 
Leptandrin,  the  skin,  which  was  before  hot,  dry,  and  constricted, 
becomes  soft,  moist  and  flexible ; expectoration  becomes  easy, 
the  arterial  excitement  is  lessened,  and  the  patient,  before 
restless,  wakeful  and  delirious,  .becomes  calm,  rational,  and 
inclined  to  sleep.  Such  are  the  general  constitutional  influences 
of  the  Leptandrin  when  administered  in  acute  diseases.  In 
the  treatment  of  typhoid  fevers,  when  chologogues  and  laxatives 
are  indicated,  the  Leptandrin  should  be  administered  in  average 
doses  of  three  grains,  every  two  hours,  until  sufficient  action 
is  produced.  One  great  advantage  possessed  by  the  Leptandrin 
is  its  tonic  power.  It  never  debilitates,  but,  on  the  contrary, 
invigorates  while  it  deterges.  The  evacuations  produced  by 
Leptandrin  always  give  evidence  of  a sanative  influence  hav- 
ing been  exercised  over  the  secretive  functions.  In  mild  cases 
of  dysentery,  diarrhea,  and  cholera  infantum,  a few  grains  of 
Leptandrin  will,  if  administered  early,  bring  about  well  assimi- 
lated fecal  discharges  in  a few  hours.  In  the  treatment  of  all 
febrile  complaints,  the  Leptandrin  is  judiciously  combined 
with  Asclepin,  as  follows : 

Leptandrin, 

Asclepin aa.  grs.  ij. 

Mix,  and  administer  at  one  dose.  Repeat  once  in  two  hours 


198 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


until  the  alvine  discharges  assume  a healthy  appearance. 
These  directions  apply  equally  in  case  of  typhoid  fever,  dys- 
entery, diarrhea,  cholera  infantum,  or  other  intestinal  disorders, 
Of  course,  it  is  expected  that  practitioners  will  vary  the 
combination,  dose,  repetition  and  continuance  according  to  the 
necessities  of  the  case. 

Leptandrin  is  one  of  the  best  adjunctives  to  the  Podophyllin 
in  all  cases  when  the  latter  remedy  is  indicated.  We  seldom 
treat  either  typhoid  fever  or  dysentery,  in  this  locality, 
without  a combination  of  the  two.  The  following  is  our  usual 
formula  for  typhoid  fever  : 


9- 

Leptandrin grs.  iij. 

Asclepin grs.  ij. 

Podophyllin grs.  j. 


Mix,  and  give  at  a single  dose.  We  generally  repeat  this 
powder  once  in  twenty-four  hours  until  the  secretions  of  the 
liver  and  bowels  are  corrected.  In  the  treatment  of  dysentery 
we  employ  the  following : 


9- 

Leptandrin grs.YI. 

Podophyllin grs.  ij. 

Asclepin grs  IY. 


Mix  and  divide  into  four  powders.  Give  one  every  two  hours, 
and  continue  until  the  discharges  from  the  bowels  assume  a 
healthier  appearance.  We  sometimes  substitute  Caulophyllin 
for  the  Asclepin,  and  we  find  it  excellent  for  controling  the 
spasmodic  pains  accompanying  this  complaint.  After  the 
acute  symptoms  of  the  disease  have  subsided,  and  the  bowels 
continue  relaxed,  the  Leptandrin  may  be  combined  with 
Geranin,  Myricin,  Phusin,  or  other  astringents.  In  this  man- 
ner the  action  of  each  may  be  modified,  and  the  discharges 
restrained  without  producing  constipation.  As  a general 
thing,  however,  we  prefer  to  alternate  the  Leptandrin  with 
astringents,  and  this  plan,  we  think,  will  give  the  practitioner 
the  greatest  amount  of  satisfaction.  In  all  intestinal  disorders 
connected  with,  or  originating  from  a deranged  action  of  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  199 

liver,  the  Leptandrin  is  one  of  the  most  efficient  remedies 
known.  But  we  would  here  state,  as  the  result  of  experience, 
that  when  the  patient  is  laboring  under  obstinate  constipation 
of  the  bowels,  and  a cold,  inactive  condition  of  the  system 
generally,  the  use  of  the  Leptandrin  should  be  preceded  by  a 
full  cathartic  dose  of  Pocfophyllin,  as  by  so  doing,  greater 
promptitude  of  relief  will  be  ensured.  And  when  the  Leptandrin 
is  used  as  a resolvent  and  detergent,  an  occasional  dose  of 
Podophyllin  or  some  other  cathartic  should  be  administered, 
otherwise  the  bowels  are  liable  to  become  loaded  with  accumula- 
tions of  morbid  secretions,  which  if  retained,  give  rise  to 
serious  constitutional  disturbance.  Not  only  this,  but  if  the 
bowels  move  under  the  influence  of  the  Leptandrin,  its  operation 
is  generally  slow,  and  the  acrid  secretions  passing  off  tardily, 
give  rise  to  a great  amount  of  irritation  which,  by  the  above 
observance,  may  be  avoided.  When  the  Leptandrin  is 
exhibited  in  small  and  repeated  doses  as  an  alterative,  its 
laxative  power  becomes  considerably  modified,  hence  the 
necessity  of  occasionally  alternating  with  a more  decided 
evacuant. 

In  the  treatment  of  dyspepsia  dependent  upon  hepatic 
derangement,  the  Leptandrin  will  be  found  one  of  the  most 
reliable  auxiliaries.  The  same  is  true  in  relation  to  jaundice. 
It  acts  in  a general  and  not  in  a specific  manner.  It  soothes 
irritability,  removes  obstructions,  promotes  secretion  and 
depuration,  and  imparts  tone  and  vigor  of  action  to  the  vari- 
ous functions.  W e have  already  spoken  of  its  value  in  the 
treatment  of  piles,  in  which  complaint,  either  with  or  without 
hemorrhage,  we  deem  it  invaluable.  In  this  affection  we 
generally  use  it  in  connection  with  Hydrastin.  They  may  be 
combined,  or  used  alternately.  If  desirable  to  avoid  com- 
plexity of  prescription,  we  give  the  following  pill : 


9 

Leptandrin 3 j. 

Hydrastin 3 ss. 


Form  a mass  with  mucilage  of  gum  arabic  and  divide  into 
thirty  pills.  Dose — from  one  to  two,  three  times  per  day.  At 


200  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

the  same  time,  if  there  be  hemorrhage  or  ulceration  of  the 
rectum  present,  we  employ  the  following  enema : 


9- 

Hydrastin 3 j. 

Boiling  water O.  j, 


Administer  two  ounces  of  the.  above  infusion  three  or  four 
times  per  day.  Use  cold  or  tepid,  as  best  accords  with  the 
feelings  of  the  patient. 

As  a general  thing  we,  prefer  to  administer  from  one  to 
two  grains  of  Hydrastin  three  times  per  day,  and  from  two 
to  four  grains  of  Leptandrin  at  bed  time.  At  the  same  time 
employ  the  above  enema.  Or  the  combinations  of  Leptandrin 
and  Juglandin,  previously  mentioned,  may  be  employed,  in 
connection  with  Hydrastin.  One  or  two  of  the  pills  may  be 
given  at  bed  time,  and  two  grains  of  Hj^drastin  morning  and 
evening.  This  treatment,  if  persevered  in,  will  seldom  fail  of 
effecting  a cure.  It  is  not  only  necessary  to  continue  the 
medicine  until  the  immediate  symptoms  are  relieved,  but  for 
a considerable  time  afterwards,  in  order  to  strengthen  the 
system  against  a return.  For  the  latter  purpose,  the  Leptan- 
drin will  answer  an  equally  good  purpose  alone. 

Leptandrin  has  been  found  very  serviceable  in  the  removal 
of  worms.  It  is  usually  given  in  doses  of  from  two  to  five 
grains  twice  a day,  or  in  sufficient  quantity  to  keep  the  bow- 
els somewhat  relaxed.  It  may  be  advantageously  combined 
with  other  vermifuge  remedies,  as  Chelonin,  Grelsemin, 
Helonin,  Populin,  etc.  Although  sometimes  instrumental  in 
expelling  worms,  “its  greatest  value  resides  in  its  power  of 
correcting  the  action,  and  giving  tone  to  the  bowels  after  the 
worms  are  removed,  and  so  obviating  the  condition  favorable 
to  their  generation.  For  the  latter  purpose,  it  may  be  com- 
bined with  tonics. 

Leptandrin  is  an  admirable  auxiliary  remedy  in  the  treatment 
of  bronchitis,  laryngitis,  and  other  affections  of  the  respiratory 
organs.  It  is  a safe  and  certain  resolvent,  acting  in  an  especial 
manner  upon  the  mucous  membranes,  hence  is  of  service  in  all 
affections  of  these  surfaces.  In  chronic  inflammation  of  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


201 


bladder,  leucorrhea,  chronic  diarrhea,  and  dysentery,  etc.,  the 
practitioner  will  find  it  a serviceable  and  reliable  remedy. 
In  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  skin,  no  better  general 
Temedy  can  be  brought  to  bear. 

A great  and  important  fact,  in  connection  with  the  Leptandrin 
is,  that  while  it  promotes  and  corrects  the  secreting  power  of 
the  liver,  resolves,  deterges,  and  promotes  depuration,  it  does 
not  debilitate.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  decidedly  tonic,  giving 
tone  and  vigor  of  action  to  the  entire  secretive  apparatus  of 
the  system.  Hence  it  is  always  a safe  remedy  in  debility,  and 
in  the  treatment  of  the  diseases  incident  to  delicate  females 
and  infants.  For  constipation  during  pregnancy,  or  for  the 
cure  of  diarrhea  and  dysentery,  under  the  same  circumstances, 
and  for  the  intestinal  disorders  of  infants,  it  is  always  safe  and 
reliable. 

The  neutral  principle  of  the  Leptandrin  is  eminently  hygro- 
scopic, absorbing  moisture  from  the  atmosphere  with  great 
readiness,  and  hardening  into  a solid  mass.  For  this  reason 
it  is  inconvenient  of  dispensation  in  the  form  of  powder. 
Where  great  exactitude  is  required,  it  should  be  formed  into 
pills,  or  dissolved  in  alcohol.  In  the  treatment  of  chronic 
disease,  used  either  alone  or  in  combination,  we  frequently 
deliver  it  to  the  patient  in  bulk,  in  a well  corked  vial,  direct- 
ing the  proper  dose  by  weight  or  measure,  as  by  means  of  a 
three  or  five  cent  piece.  Unlike  some  of  the  more  potent 
remedies,  a slight  deviation  from  the  exact  quantity  will 
entail  no  serious  consequences.  The  Leptandrin  is  neither 
soluble  nor  mixable  in  water,  another  good  reason  for  form- 
ing it  into  pills.  It  will  mix  well  with  mucilages,  as  of 
slippery  elm,  gum  arabic,  etc.  Average  dose,  three  grains. 


DIGITALIN. 


Derived  horn  Digitalis  Purpurea. 

Nat.  Ord. — Scrophulariaceoe. 

Sex.  Syst. — Didynamia  Angiosperma. 

Common  Name. — Foxglove. 

Part  Used — The  Leaves. 

No.  of  Principles,  four,  viz.,  resinoid,  alkaloid  and  two 
' neutrals . 

Properties — Narcotic,  arterial  sedative , alterative , resolv- 
ent, diuretic,  antiseptic , 

Employment  — Dropsies , pneumonia,  both  acute  and 
chronic,  hemoptysis , neuralgia,  mania,  epilepsy , pertussis, 
asthma,  rheumatism , disease  of  the  Kea/rt,  both  functional 
and  organic,  croup,  nervous  affections  of  almost  every  type, 
to  prevent  abortion,  glandular  diseases,  fever  and  inflamma- 
tions generally.  Also  in  s&'ofulous  affections,  chronic  exam- 
thema,  local  oedema,  ulcers,  tumors , diseases  of  the  bones  amd 
joints , etc. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


203 


The  deficiencies  of  crude  organic  remedies  and  so-called 
officinal  preparations  have  never  been  more  seriously  felt,  than 
in  the  employment  of  the  Digitalis  and  other  plants  possessing 
a high  concentration  of  therapeutic  power.  The  variable 
amount  of  active  principles  residing  in  the  plant  has  hitherto 
rendered  the  employment  of  the  Digitalis  somewhat  hazardous, 
as  the  discrepancies  of  the-  plant  have  attached  to  all  its 
pharmaceutical  preparations.  Not  only  has  the  amount  of  the 
medicinal  principles  present  been  extremely  indefinite,  but 
also  the  number , as  the  therapeutic  properties  of  the  Digitalis 
reside,  not  in  one  distinct  principle,  but  in  four,  each  one  of 
which  represents  a more  or  less  distinct  medicinal  power,  and 
these  four,  when  combined,  embody  the  entire  therapeutic  value 
of  the  plant.  Those  properties  which  exercise  a peculiar 
sedative  or  depressing  power  over  the  arterial  system,  reside 
chiefly  in  the  resin  and  oleo-resin;  while  the  neutral  and 
alkaloid  principles  expend  their  influence  more  particularly 
upon  the  absorbent  vessels.  These  facts  not  having  been 
understood  heretofore,  will  account  for  the  many  failures  and 
bad  results  attendant  upon  the  employment  of  the  Digitalis, 
both  in  the  use  of  the  plant  in  substance,  or  of  the  various 
pharmaceutical  preparations  hitherto  employed.  The  plant 
being  uncertain  and  variable  in  the  actual  amount  of  proximate 
active  principles  present,  it  follows,  as  a matter  of  course,  that 
ordinary  tinctures,  infusions,  etc.,  must,  of  necessity,  partake 
of  the  uncertain  character  of  the  plant.  No  process  short  of 
isolation  and  recombination  of  the  various  active-  principles 
could  render  the  therapeutic  powers  of  the  plant  uniform, 
definite,  or  certain.  The  Digitalin  of  which  we  now  propose  to 
treat,  is  so  prepared. 

When  Digitalin  is  administered  in  small  and  repeated  doses 
to  a healthy  person,  the  following  symptoms  will  be  developed 
in  the  course  of  from  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours: — in  a 
majority  of  cases  the  secretion  of  urine  will  be  augmented,  and 
in  all  cases  the  secretions  of  the  mucous  membranes  will  be 
increased ; digestion  is  soon  more  or  less  impaired,  accompanied 
with  nausea,  pain  in  the  stomach,  loss  of  appetite,  and  colicky 


204  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

pains  in  the  bowels.  The  effects  of  the  Digitalin  are  next 
displayed  upon  the  arterial  and  nervous  systems,  the  frequency 
of  the  pulse  is  greatly  diminished,  often  being  reduced  to  one 
half  the  usual  number  of  beats  per  minute,  and  generally 
becoming  small,  soft,  and  feeble.  The  latter  effect,  however, 
only  appears  after  the  Di gitalin  has  been  exhibited  for  two  or 
three  days  consecutively,  and  usually  continues  for  several 
days  after  the  use  of  the  Digitalin  has  been  abandoned.  In 
many  cases,  however,  the  effect  of  the  Digitalin  upon  the  arterial 
system  is  quite  the  contrary,  increasing  instead  of  diminishing 
the  frequency  of  the  pulse,  and  giving  rise  to  local  congestions, 
hemorrhage  of  the  lungs,  etc.  It  is  only  in  cases  of  debility 
that  the  depressing  power  of  the  Digitalin  is  uniformly  and 
surely  manifested  upon  the  arterial  system. 

When  administered  in  larger  doses,  the  Digitalin  first 
stimulates  the  arterial  system,  and  gives  rise  to  vomiting, 
diarrhea,  obscured  vision,  sparklings  before  the  eyes,  dilation  of 
the  pupil,  vertigo,  stupor,  violent  headache,  and  congestion,  etc. 
But  these  evidences  of  irritation  do  not  continue  long,  soon 
giving  place  to  symptoms  of  great  depression  and  paralytic 
debility.  The  pulse  sinks  rapidty,  becoming  small  and  un- 
frequent, followed  by  great  lassitude,  faintness,  drowsiness, 
etc.,  which  state  frequently  continues  for  several  days. 

When  given  in  very  large  doses,  the  Digitalin  acts  upon 
the  stomach  and  intestines  much  like  a caustic  poison,  producing 
a severe  burning  sensation  in  the  throat  and  stomach,  salivation, 
thirst,  spasm  of  the  glottis,  painful  retching  and  vomiting  of 
greenish  matter,  diarrhea,  delirium,  and  convulsions.  These 
symptoms  are  soon  succeeded  by  insensibility,  general  paralysis, 
accompanied  with  a small,  feeble,  unffequent,  and  often- 
intermittent  pulse.  This  condition,  even  after  the  exhibition 
of  moderate  doses  of  the  Digitalin,  frequently  ends  in  a fatal 
apoplexy.  Upon  dissection,'  when  death  has  ensued,  we  find 
the  mucous  surfaces  of  the  stomach  and  bowels  inflamed  and 
broken  down,  but  seldom  is  the  vascular  structure  of  the 
head,  or  the  venous  system  generally,  in  a congested  condition. 
The  lungs  usually  present  a normal  appearance. 


V 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  205 

It  k is  been  seen  that  tke  Digitalin  possesses  two  primary 
and  distinct  therapeutic  powers,  wkick  expend  tkeir  influences 
in  different  directions.  Tke  first  exercises  a remarkable  influ- 
ence over  tke  keart  and  arterial  system,  depressing  and 
retarding  tkeir  functional  activity,  while  tke  second  property 
is  expended  upon  tke  absorbent  and  venous  systems,  and  upon 
tke  lymphatic  vessels  and  glandular  structure  generally,  stim- 
ulating them  to  increased  activity.  This  is  tke  case  even 
when  applied  externally ; as,  for  instance,  when  applied  to 
tumors  and  enlarged  glands. 

j Digitalin  depresses  dnd  retards  the  activity  of  the  positive 
vital  forces  engaged  in  the  processes  of  organic  formation 
and  reproduction ; while  it  stimulates  and  quickens  the 
activity  of  the  negative  forces.  This  fact  will  be  apparent 
when  it  is  considered  tkat  tke  arterial  system  superintends  tke 
conveying  of  tke  plastic  formative  materials  of  tke  blood  to 
tkeir  proper  destinations;  while,  on  tke  other  hand,  tke  venous 
and  lymphatic  systems  perform  tke  duty  of  conveying  away, 
not  only  tke  superfluous  materials  and  effete  matters  given  off 
during  tke  processes  of  organic  formation,  but  also  have  to 
re-dissolve  and  absorb  what  has  been  already  formed,  particu- 
larly when  morbidly  active,  all  of  wkick  processes  are 
necessary  to  tke  institution  and  completion  of  tke  phenomena 
of  reproduction. 

A difference  of  opinion  exists  as  to  whether  Di gitalin  acts 
primarily  upon  tke  keart  and  arterial  system  in  tke  production 
of  tke  phenomenon  of  sedation,  or  whether  this  result  is  tke 
consequence  of  counter  stimulation,  and  therefore  secondary. 
For  our  own  part,  we  incline  to  tke  former  opinion,  drawing 
our  conclusions  from  observations  made  at  the  ^bedside,  tke 
only  proper  place  to  decide  tke  precise  therapeutic  operation 
of  remedial  agents.  We  find  tkat  tke  Digitalin,  in  most  cases 
of  an  abnormally  increased  activity  of  tke  keart  and  arteries, 
relaxes  the  tone  of  tke  arterial  vessels,  and  depresses  tke  action 
of  tke  keart,  diminishes  tke  force  and  frequency  of  tke  pulse, 
and  renders  it  soft,  small,  and  infrequent.  We  find,  further, 
tkat  tke  Di  gitalin  is  a most  excellent  remedy  for  tke  relief  and 


206 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


cure  of  those  sequela  which,  remain  when  inflammatory 
affections  have  been  subjected  to  the  antiphlogistic  treatment, 
manifested  by  a morbid  activity  of  the  whole  arterial  system, 
or  by  some  of  its  single  branches.  At  the  same  time,  its  influ- 
ence over  the  absorbent  vessels  promotes  the  resolution  of 
local  inflammations  and  congestions.  Digitalin  is,  in  general, 
a powerful  relaxant  and  sedative  remedy  for  the  relief  of  a 
morbidly  increased  activity  of  the  arterial  system,  yet,  in 
certain  conditions,  it  will  prove  a powerful  stimulant  to  the 
same  organs. 

No  less  important  is  the  therapeutic  effect  produced  by 
Digitalin  upon  the  absorbent  system.  Its  influence  is  evi- 
dently that  of  a stimulating  tonic,  and  its  impressions  are  not 
confined  to  the  absorbent  vessels,  but  extend  to  the  veins,  glands, 
mucous,  fibrous,  and  serous  membranes,  and  to  the  epidermis. 

Digitalin  is  eminently  resolvent  and  alterative,  overcoming 
viscidity  of  the  secretions,  and  quickening  the  activity  of  the 
entire  absorbent  system.  It  excites,  in  an  especial  manner, 
the  absorption  of  serous  effusions,  and  promotes  their  depura- 
tion through  the  natural  channels.  From  the  fact  of  its 
influence  in  increasing  the  secretive  action  of  the  kidneys,  it 
is  termed  a diuretic.  The  diuretic  effect  of  Digitalin,  how- 
ever, is  not  primary,  like  that  of  oil  of  turpentine,  cantharides, 
etc.,  which  operate  by  direct  irritation  and  stimulation  of  the 
urinary  organs,  but  is  manifested  only  in  proportion  to  the 
degree  of  absorption  excited.  Even  when  Digitalin  is  given 
in  excess,  we  do  not  observe  those  symptoms  of  local  irrita- 
tion of  the  urinary  apparatus  which  attend  the  administration 
of  the  above-named  specific  diuretics. 

In  diseases  requiring  large  doses,  or  the  continued  use  of 
Digitalin,  it  will  be  necessary  to  counteract  the  disturbance  it 
usually  creates  in  the  functions  of  digestion  and  nutrition,  as 
well  as  the  narcotic  properties  above  referred  to,  and  which 
often  render  its  use  objectionable,  by  the  use  of  suitable  reme- 
dies. Of  the  narcotic  properties  of  the  Digitalin,  we  can 
seldom  make  any  specific  use.  Thus  much  of  its  therapeutic 
history. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


207 


Employment. — Among  the  indications  in  which  Digitalin 
is  employed,  we  may  first  mention  those  conditions  characterised 
by  a morbidly  increased  activity  of  the  arterial  system,  either 
throughout  its  whole  extent,  or  of  some  of  its  numerous 
branches.  This  condition  is  manifested  more  by  a quickened 
pulsation  than  by  an  increase  of  tone.*  This  abnormal  excite- 
ment of  the  arterial  system  may  arise  from  two  distinct  and 
separate  exciting  causes;  in  the  first  place,  from  a super- 
abundance of  the  materials  of  excitement  in  the  blood ; and, 
in  the  second  place,  from  an  exalted  or  morbid  irritability  of 
the  heart  and  arterial  vessels.  It  is  in  either  of  the  above 
conditions  that  Digitalin  is  most  successfully  employed. 

But  in  many  cases  it  will  be  found  that  both  causes  are 
operating  at  the  same  time,  in  which  event  it  becomes  necessary 
to  combine  the  Digitalin  with  other  remedies.  Under  these 
circumstances  the  Veratrin  is  particularly  indicated. 

The  morbid  irritability  inherent  to  the  heart  and  arterial 
system  may  be  produced  or  aggravated  by  the  continued  incite- 
ment of  reflex  action  originating  from  an  abnormal  condition 
of  the  heart  itself,  of  the  arteries,  lungs,  etc.;  as  organic 
disease  of  the  heart,  ossification  of  the  aorta,  tuberculous 
deposits  in  the  lungs,  or  organic  disease  of  some  other  import- 
ant corresponding  organ.  In  these  cases  the  Digitalin  will  be 
found  a valuable  palliative. 

On  account  of  the  peculiar  influence  it  exercises  over  the 
absorbent  system,  Digitalin  is  beneficially  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  those  diseases  arising  from  or  dependent  upon 
inactivity  of  the  lymphatic  vessels  and  glands,  serous  mem- 
branes, and  veins,  and  when  it  is  necessary  to  stimulate  the 
absorbent  functions  to  increased  activity  in  order  to  depurate 
through  the  urinary  canals  fluids  already  secreted  or  exudated. 
But  when  the  inactivity  is  the  result  of  vital  exhaustion  and 
debility  of  the  absorbent  system,  Digitalin  is  contra-indicated, 
and  its  employment  will  be  attended  with  bad  results.  Digi- 
talin may  awaken  and  incite  to  action  the  latent  or  sleeping 
forces  of  the  system , but  it  is  incapable  of  infusing  vitality  or 
recruiting  exhaustion. 


208 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


In  acute  fevers,  Digitalin'  is  generally  an  uncertain*  and 
critical  remedy,  quite  frequently  producing  contrary  effects 
from  those  desired.  It  had  better,  therefore,  be  avoided  in 
such  cases,  unless  it  is  clearly  and  distinctly  indicated. 

The  morbid  irritability  of  the  heart  and  arterial  system 
mentioned  above,  is  often  apparent  in  intermittent  and  remit- 
tent fevers,  manifested  by  an  increased  action  of  the  pulse, 
while  the  temperature  of  the  surface  and  the  rest  of  the 
febrile  symptoms  are  not  present  in  a corresponding  degree. 
This  exalted  sensibility  supports  and  perpetuates  the  febrile 
condition,  and  gives  rise  to  various  disturbances  of  the  circula- 
tion, such  as  congestions,  etc.  Under  such  circumstances  a 
judicious  use  of  the  Digitalin  will  be  attended  with  beneficial 
results. 

In  rheumatic  fevers,  the  Digitalin  will  not  only  diminish 
the  fever,  but  also  moderate  the  profuse  symptomatic  sweats 
which  attend  the  disease,  and  which  arise  from  excessive  capil- 
lary congestion. 

In  acute  exanthematous  fevers,  Digitalin  is  of  great  value, 
partly  because  of  the  great  irritability  of  the  arterial  system, 
and  partly  because  of  the  great  tendency  in  these  complaints 
to  exudation,  concretions,  etc.,  and  the  liability  to  malignant 
sequela,  which  the  depurative  power  of  the  Digitalin  is 
calculated  to  obviate. 

In  lingering  hectic  and  pneumonic  fevers,  the  Digitalin  is 
of  much  advantage,  either  when  the  fever  is  supported  by  a 
morbid  irritability  of  the  arterial  system,  or  by  a remote 
irritation  originating  from  organic  affections,  tuberculous 
deposits  in  the  lungs,  etc. 

Inflammations  are  successf  ully  treated  with  Digitalin,  in  which 
affections  it  proves  highly  beneficial,  both  on  account  of  its 
peculiar  sedative  influence  over  the  arterial  system,  and  its 
power  of  stimulating  the  absorbent  vessels  to  action.  In 
hypersthenic  inflammations,  arising  from  an  exalted  condition 
of  the  blood,  other  remedies  will  of  course  be  needed  to  remove 
the  cause  of  the  disease,  such  as  Podophyllin,  Asclepin,  and 
Veratrin,  after  which  the  Digitalin  may  be  used  as  a palliative 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


209 


to  quiet  the  irritable  condition  of  the  arterial  vessels.  But  in 
vegetative  inflammations,  and  such  as  are  disposed  to  terminate 
in  exudations  or  effusions,  particularly  when  located  in  the 
serous  membranes,  as  the  pleura  and  peritoneum,  or  in  the 
glandular  structure,  as  the  lungs,  liver,  etc.,  the  Digitalin  may 
be  employed  alone. 

Digitalin  is  sometimes  employed  in  acute  dropsies  of  the 
cavities  of  the  brain,  but  should  never  be  given  in  sufficient 
doses  to  produce  its  narcotic  effect.  If  used  at  all,  small  doses 
only  should  be  employed. 

In  croup,  Digitalin  acts  too  slowly  to  be  a certain  and  effective 
remedy,  but  is  useful  in  the  convalescing  stages  to  prevent  a 
relapse. 

Digitalin  is  of  excellent  service  in  the  treatment  of  puerperal 
fever,  when  the  exudative  inflammation  of  the  peritoneum  is 
distinctly  manifest.  In  this  affection  the  tincture  may  be 
applied  locally  with  advantage,  in  connection  with  the  internal 
use  of  the  Digitalin. 

Phlegmasia  dolens  and  erysipelas  are  successfully  treated 
with  Digitalin  in  connection  with  PoJophyllin.  Digitalin 
may  also  be  employed  in  some  forms  of  hemorrhage,  particu- 
larly those  cases  which  are  supposed  to  arise  from  a morbid 
irritability  of  the  arterial  system  or  some  of  its  branches,  and 
when  organic  diseases  of  the  heart,  lungs,  or  other  organs 
exist,  whereby  the  freedom  of  the  circulation  is  interrupted. 
In  hemoptysis  and  incipient  phthisis  pulmonalis,  and  for  the 
suppression  of  colliquitive  hemorrhoidal  discharges,  the  Digi- 
talin has  been  employed  with  much  benefit.  As  a remedy  for 
threatened  abortion,  arising  from  sanguineous  congestion  of 
the  uterus,  Digitalin,  combined  with  Hyoscyamin  and  alternated 
with  stimulants,  such  as  camphor,  etc.,  has  been  found  of  great 
service. 

In  organic  and  other  abnormal  affections  of  the  heart  and 
larger  arteries,  we  have,  in  Digitalin,  even  in  the  most  severe 
and  malignant  cases,  an  excellent  palliative  remedy.  But  in 
hyper-inflammation  of  ffiese  organs  Digitalin  may  prove  hurtful 
instead  of  beneficial,  unless  its  employment  be  preceded  by  the 
14 


210 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


judicious  administration  of  Podophyllin.  Digitalin  relieves 
the  asthmatic  and  syncoptic  symptoms  which  are  always 
connected  with  organic  disease  of  the  heart,  and  removes  the 
chronic  inflammation  existing  in  the  diseased  parts,  particularly 
of  the  serous  membranes  with  which  the  interior  of  the  heart 
and  larger  arteries  is  lined.  It  likewise  promotes  absorption 
and  so  lessens  the  tendency  to  exudation  and  effusion,  particu- 
larly those  dropsical  effusions  which  so  frequently  occur  as  the 
sequents  of  organic  disease.  In  these  cases  the  Digitalin 
should  be  given  in  small  and  repeated  doses. 

In  dilatation  and  aneurism  of  the  heart,  the  Digitalin 
requires  to  be  given  in  larger  doses  and  alternated  with  tonics, 
as  Iron,  etc.  In  carditis  polyposia,  palpitation  caused  by 
morbid  irritability,  and  pulsations  felt  in  the  abdomen,  Digitalin 
is  employed  with  much  success.  Also  for  the  relief  of  angina 
pectoris  or  sternocardia. 

Digitalin  is  extensively  employed  in  the  treatment  of  dropsical 
affections.  This  remedy  is  particularly  indicated  in  those  cases 
where  exhalation  is  in  excess  of  absorption,  produced  by 
erethism  of  the  arterial  system  or  of  its  extreme  exhaling 
branches ; as,  for  instance,  acute  dropsies  following  acute 
exanthema,  as  measles,  scarlatina,  which  are  mostly  of  an 
erethismal  character,  and  the  acute  dropsies  produced  by  sudden 
colds,  particularly  anasarca. 

Digitalin  is  also  of  great  value  in  the  treatment  of  chronic 
dropsies,  such  as  originate  from  a torpid  or  inactive  condition 
of  the  absorbent  and  lymphatic  systems  and  veins  ; as,  for 
instance,  chronic  hydrocephalus,  chronic  hydrothorax,  chronic 
ascites,  etc.  When  there  is  great  exhaustion  and  vital  debility, 
Di gitalin  is  contra-indicated.  If  employed  at  all,  it  must  be  in 
connection  with  stimulants  and  tonics. 

In  the  asthenic  form  of  dropsies  common  to  aged  persons, 
Digitalin  may  be  combined  with  Hydrastin,  Cerasein,  etc.,  in 
conjunction  with  which  it  will  be  found  serviceable  in  hydro- 
thorax. 

No  other  remedy  has  been  more  frequently  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  phthisis  pulmonalis  than  the  Digitalin,  yet  it  is 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


211 


by  no  means  a specific.  It  is  of  great  value  as  a palliative  in 
tuberculous  disease  of  the  lungs,  as  it  abates  vascular  excite- 
ment, stimulates  absorption,  and  lessens  the  secretions  of  the 
bronchial  mucous  membranes.  It  is  supposed  to  be  capable, 
in  some  cases,  of  preventing  tuberculous  deposits. 

Digitalin  is  of  service  in  controlling  the  pneumonic  symptoms 
accompanying  phthisis  pulmonalis.  It  arrests  hemorrhage, 
abates  the  febrile  symptoms,  and  removes  the  pulmonary  and 
pectoral  congestions.  In  these  cases  it  should  be  given  in 
small  doses  two  or  three  times  per  day,  occasionally  omitting 
its  use  for  a few  days,  and  then  resuming  again.  It  may  be 
combined,  as  circumstances  require,  with  Hyoscyamin,  tonics, 
and  alteratives. 

Digitalin  is  also  successfully  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
chronic  pneumonitis  and  catarrhal  complications,  characterised 
by  a continued  sthenic  irritability  of  the  mucous  membranes, 
and  a tendency  to  exudations  and  eftasions.  Also  in  those 
chronic  rheumatic  affections  of  the  lungs  and  pleura  which  so 
frequently  terminate  in  hydrothorax.  In  these  affections  it  is 
advantageously  joined  with  Asclepin,  Veratrin,  Podophyllin, 
Hyoscyamin,  etc.  In  phthisis  laryngea  and  trachealis,  arising 
from  a strumous  diathesis,  the  Digitalin  may  be  given  in  small, 
repeated  doses,  combined  with  Asclepin,  Prunin,  or  Ehusin, 
and  alternately  with  Podophyllin,  Phytolacin,  etc. 

We  have  in  Digitalin  an  excellent  remedy  for  scrofulous 
affections,  particularly  in  persons  of  a full,  plethoric  habit, 
wherein  excess  oi  nutrition  and  repletion  argue  a torpid  or 
inactive  condition  of  the  lymphatic  system.  It  is  also  useful 
in  the  treatment  of  chronic  scrofulous  inflammations  of  the 
mucous  membranes,  strumous  opthalmia,  and  in  lingering 
scrofulous  inflammations  of  the  mesenteric  glands.  Digitalin 
has  also  been  recommended  in  bronchocele. 

The  employment  of  Digitalin  in  nervous  diseases  cannot  be 
recommended  upon  rational  principles.  It  is  sometimes 
employed  in  convulsive  affections  of  the  pectoral  organs,  as 
sternocardia,  asthma,  hooping  cough,  etc.,  and  in  convulsions, 
epilepsy,  mania,  hypochondria,  paralysis,  vertigo,  amaurosis, 


212 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


etc. ; but  so  long  as  we  have  better  and  safer  nervines,  fhe 
employment  of  the  Digitalin  should  be  limited  so  long  as 
other  complications  do  not  positively  indicate  its  use. 

Digitalin  is  contra-indicated  in  violent  and  excessive  san- 
guineous inflammations,  vascular  repletion,  orgasm  of  the  blood, 
extreme  sensibility  of  the  nervous  system,  great  debility  o/ 
the  digestive  apparatus,  and  true  vital  debility  or  atrophy. 

Externally,  Digitalin  is  employed  in  the  treatment  ot 
scrofulous  ulcers  and  tumors,  local  effusions  of  water,  scrofulous 
diseases  of  the  bones  and  joints,  chronic  exanthemas,  psoriasis, 
etc.  It  may  be  dissolved  in  alcohol  or  made  into  an  ointment 
with  lard. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Digitalin  is  one  fifth  of  one 
grain.  In  some  cases  it  may  be  profitably  increased  to  one 
HALF  of  ONE  grain.  But  we  profess  only  to  approximate  the 
quantity  requisite  in  ordinary  cases.  We  would  advise  the 
practitioner  to  always  commence  with  small  doses,  and  after  a 
suitable  time  to  increase,  if  occasion  requires.  Great  caution 
should  be  exercised  in  its  administration,  and  its  exhibition 
never  entrusted  to  unskillful  hands.  Above  all  things  be 
sure  to  neutralise  undue  acidity  of  the  stomach  previous  to  its 
administration,  and  to  render  it  as  diffusible  as  possible  by  the 
free  use  of  diluents.  By  so  doing  the  danger  of  cumulative 
action  may  be  avoided. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  213 

CONCENTRATED  TINCTURE  DIGITALIS  PURPUREA. 

Properties  and  employment  same  as  above.  The  strength 
of  the  Con.  Tine.,  as  compared  with  the  Digitalin,  is  as  EIGHT 
to  one  ; that  is,  EIGHT  drops  of  the  tincture  represent  ONE 
grain  of  The  Digitalin.  The  dose  will  therefore  vary  from 
one  to  FOUR  drops,  in  order  to  bear  a relative  proportion  to 
the  Digitalin.  The  tincture  may  always  be  relied  upon  as  of 
definite  strength,  as  it  is  prepared  strictly  in  accordance  with 
the  principles  recorded  in  the  first  part  of  this  volume. 

The  tincture  is  convenient  for  external  application,  for  which 
purpose  it  should  be  diluted  with  from  four  to  eight  parts  of 
alcohol.  It  is  of  service  as  a topical  remedy  in  local  oedema, 
tumors,  enlarged  glands,  etc.  In  the  treatment  of  ovarian 
dropsy  and  ascites,  we  employ  it  in  combination  with  tincture 


of  .Squills,  as  follows : 

Con.  Tine.  Digitalis 3 ij- 

Tinc.  Squills, 

Alcohol _aa.  § IV. 


Mix.  Bathe  the  parts  freely  three  times  per  day,  or  apply 
cloths  wetted  with  the  liniment. 

For  internal  use,  'when  indicated,  it  may  be  combined 
with  the  Con.  Tine.  Veratrum  Viride.  When  'astringents  are 
indicated,  with  Con.  Tine.  Rhus  Glabra.  When  stimulants 
are  needed,  with  Con.  Tine.  Xanthoxylum  Frax.  As  a general 
thing,  however,  it  will  be  best  to  alternate  the  Tine.  Digitalis 
with  tonics,  stimulants,  and  alteratives,  when  such  auxiliaries 
are  indicated.  When  Asclepin  is  indicated,  it  should  be 
reduced  to  solution,  and  the  Tine.  Digitalis  added  to  each  dose 
as  occasion  requires.  The  conditions  requiring  the  employment 
of  either  of  the  above  named  adjunctives  have  been  pointed 
out  in  the  preceding  pages.  The  history  there  detailed  of  the 
properties  and  employment  of  the  Digitalin  is  a faithful  record 
of  personal  experience  in  its  employment  through  a series  of 
years,  wherein  both  its  advantages  and  disadvantages  are  fully 
explained. 


J 


R H U S IN. 


Derived  from  Rhus  Glabrum . 

Nat.  Ord. — Anacardiaceae.  . 

Sex.  Sjst. — Pentandria  Trigynia. 

Common  Names.  — Sumach , Upland  Sumach , 

Part  used. — of  the  Root. 

No.  of  Principles,  two , viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral . 

Properties — Tonic , astringent  and  antiseptic. 

Employment. — Diarrhea , dysentery \ apthous  and  mercu- 
rial sore  mouth , diabetes , leucorrhea , gonorrhea , hectic  fever , 
scrofula. 

Reusin'  may  justly  be  classed  amongst  the  most  valuable 
of  the  astringent  tonics.  It  exercises  a peculiar  sanative 
influence  over  mucous  membranes,  and  is  invaluable  in  the 
treatment  of  many  forms  of  disease  affecting  those  surfaces. 
Being  powerfully  anti-septic,  it  is  particularly  useful  in  all 
cases  manifesting  a tendency  to  putrescency. 

In  diarrhea  and  dysentery,  after  the  morbid  accumulations 
have  been  removed  by  appropriate  remedies,  and  the.  sthenic 
symptoms  are  measurably  controlled,  the  Rhusin  will  be 
found  of  essential  service  in  restraining  and  toning  the  action 
of  the  bowels.  Bor  this  purpose  it  may  be  given  in  doses  of 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


215 


TWO  grains,  once  in  two  hours.  When  desired,  it  may  be 
joined  with  other  astringents,  as  the  Geranin,  Myricin,  Ly copin, 
etc. ; or  with  diaphoretics,  as  the  Asclepin ; or  with  stimulants, 
as  the  Xanthoxylin ; or  with  tonics,  as  the  Cornin,  Cerasein, 
Fraserin,  Eupatorin  Perfo.;  or  with  laxatives,  as  the  Leptandrin, 
Euonymin,  Juglandin ; or  with  alteratives,  as  the  Alnuin,  Cory- 
dalin,  Irisin,  Stillingin,  Phytolacin,  Menispermin,  Chimaphilin, 
etc.  By  judiciously  selecting  the  adjunctive,  combinations  may 
be  effected  suited  to  the  cure  ot  the  various  diseases  mentioned 
at  the  head  of  this  article.  Thus  in  diarrhea  and  dysentery, 
we  combine  it  with  Geranin,  as  follows : 

Rhusin, 

Geranin aa.  3j. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Give  one  every  one  to 
three  hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms.  If 
there  is  still  a slight  febrile  condition  remaining,  we  join  it 
with  Asclepin : 

Rhusin, 

Asclepin aa.  grs.  XV. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — same  as  above. 
For  hemorrhage  of  the  lungs,  stomach,  or  bowels,  we  combine 
it  with  Ly  copin : 

9-  ' 

Rhusin, 

Lycopin aa.  3j. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Dose — one,  every 
twenty  or  thirty  minutes,  until  the  hemorrhage  is  restrained, 
then  at  intervals  of  from  one  to  three  hours,  and  continued 
until  the  symptoms  are  fully  abated.  The  same  formula  will 
be  found  of  exceeding  utility  in  the  cure  of  diabetes.  In  this 
complaint  the  remedy  may  be  administered  three  times  per 
day.  The  dose  will  also  require  to  be  increased,  in  some  cases, 
to  double  the  quantity.  When  the  system  has  been  exhausted 
by  profuse  colliquitive  discharges,  and  a relaxed  condition  of 
the  bowels  remains,  Fraserin  will  be  the  best  adjunctive: 


216 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


9- 

R husi  n _ grs.  XV. 

Fraserin.  grs.  XXX. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  fifteen  powders.  Give  one  every  fonr  or 
six  hours,  as  occasion  requires.  In  the  treatment  of  leucorrhea, 
if  constipation.be  present,  the  Rhusin  may  be  given  in  two 
grain  doses  three  times  per  day,  and  from  TWO  to  FOUR  grains 
of  Leptandrin  at  bed  time.  Or  they  may  be  combined  and 
formed  into  pills,  as  follows,  although  we  prefer  alternation  : 


9- 

Rhusin 3j. 

Leptandrin 3ij. 


Form  a mass  with  mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  and  divide  into 
twenty  pills.  Dose — one,  three  times  per  day.  Should  they 
not  prove  sufficiently  laxative,  a dose  of  Podophyllin  should 
be  occasionally  given  at  bed  time.  For  gonorrhea,  combi- 
nations may  be  effected  with  other  of  the  vegetable  alteratives, 
which,  as  we  shall  have  occasion  to  so  frequently  mention 
them,  it  will  not  now- be  necessary  to  speak.  We  will  say, 
however,  that  the  Rhusin  will  be  found  a remedy  of  great 
utility  in  that  complaint, 

But  the  remedial  value  of  the  Rhusin  is  best  displayed  in 
the  treatment  of  apthous  and  mecurial  affections  of  the 
mucous  surfaces.  The  various  forms  of  stomatitis  afford  a 
wide  range  for  its  employment.  It  should  be  given  in  doses  of 
two  grains  every  four  or  six  hours,  and  the  mouth  and  fauces 
frequently  gargled  with  a solution  of  the  same.  For  the  latter 
purpose,  one  drachm  may  be  added  to  half  a pint  of  boiling 
water.  We  know  of  no  more  useful  agent  in  the  treatment 
of  the  distressing  sequela  that  sometimes  follow  the  use  of 
mercurials.  In  case  the  lower  portion  of  the  alimentary 
canal  be  involved,  the  Rhusin  may  be  administered  by  enema 


with  advantage. 

9- 

Rhusin 3j* 

Boiling  Water Oj. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


217 


Of  this  infusion,  from  two  to  FOUR  ounces  may  be  adminis- 
tered, tepid,  every  two  to  four  hours.  The  same  will  be  found 
exceedingly  efficacious  in  some  cases  of  dysentery  and  rectal 
hemorrhage.  Some  practitioners,  in  the  above  complaints, 
combine  the  Khusin  and  Myricin  in  equal  proportions. 

Khusin  has  been  employed  with  advantage  in  hectic  fever, 
in  which  complaint  it  may  be  sometimes  beneficially  joined 
with  Digitalin,  as  mentioned  under  that  head.  In  scrofula 
also,  particularly  those  cases  involving  the  mucous  surfaces, 
the  Khusin  has  been  found  valuable.  In  such  cases  it  should 
be  alternated  with  alteratives  and  tonics.  In  the  diarrhea  of 
typhoid  fever,  and  in  all  cases  where  a putrescent  tendency  is 
manifest,  the  Khusin  will  be  found  a reliable  and  appropriate 
remedy.  When  astringent,  tonic,  anti-septic,  and  stimulant 
properties  are  indicated,  a combination  of  Khusin  with 
Xanthoxylin  will  be  found  equal  if  not  superior  to  any  other. 
The  latter  two  remedies  act  admirably  together,  and  indications 
for  their,  employment  will  be  met  with  in  diarrhea,  dysentery, 
cholera  infantum,  typhoid  fever,  scarlatina  maligna,  etc.  In 
ulcerations  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  the  Khusin  should  not 
be  omitted.  Average  dose,  two  grains. 


218 


CONCENTRATE!)  medicines  proper. 


CONCENTRATED  TINCTURE  RHUS  GLABRUM. 

Properties  and  uses  same  as  the  preceding.  Average  dose, 
three  drops.  Convenient  for  combining  with  other  of  the 
concentrated  tinctures,  when  auxiliary  properties  are  indicated. 
For  example: 

Con.  Tine.  Rhus  Glab. 

Con.  Tine.  Digitalis  Purpu. 

Con.  Tine.  Rhus  Glab. 

Con.  Tine.  Senecio  Gracil. 

9* 

Con.  Tine.  Rhus  Glab. 

Con.  Tine.  Xanthoxylum  Frax. 

9* 

Con.  Tine.  Rhus  Glab. 

Con.  Tine.  Smilax  Sarsa. 

The  average  doses  being  given  under  the  proper  heads,  the 
proportions  may  be  easily  regulated. 


B APT!  SIN. 


Derived  from  Baptism  Tinctoria . 

USTat.  Ord  —Fdbaceoe. 

Sex.  Syst. — Decandria  Monogynia. 

Common  IS  ames. — Wild  Indigo , Horsefly  Weed , etc . 

No.  of  Principles,  £100,  viz.,  resin  and  neutral. 

Properties. — Alterative , emetic , laxative , stimulant , 0m- 
menagogue , tome,  and  antiseptic. 

Employment. — Amenorrhea  and  defective  menstruation , 
erysipelas , hepatic  disorders , whenever  an  alterative  is  indi- 
cated, and  in  scarlatina  and  typhoid  fevers , and  in  all  diseases 
that  have  <2  putrescent  tendency. 

Baptisin  is  possessed  of  more  energetic  emmenagogue  pro- 
perties than  the  plant  has  generally  been  accredited  with. 

W e have  employed  it  with  gratifying  success  in  the  treatment 
of  amenorrhea  and  defective  menstruation.  Also  in  cases  of 
vicarious  - menstruation,  in  combination  with  Podophyllin, 
with  signal  success.  The  average  dose  of  the  Baptism  is  two  • 
grains.  The  dose  may  be  repeated  twice  or  thrice  a day  as 
circumstances  require.  In  too  large  doses  it  will  produce 
nausea,  emesis,  and  catharsis.  In  the  treatment  of  amenorrhea* 


220 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


and  defective  menstruation,  the  Baptism  should  be  given  in 
doses  of  from  one  tu  three  grains  three  times  per  day,  and  a 
dose  of  Podophyllin  and  Leptandrin  administered  once  or 
twice  a week  at  bed  time.  In  the  treatment  of  vicarious 
menstruation,  particularly  those  cases  accompanied  with 
periodical  diarrhea,  we  have  found  the  following  combination 
entirely  successful,  when  administered  during  the  intermenstrual 


period : 

Baptism 3j. 

Podophyllin.  grs.  X. 

Caulophyllin grs.  XY. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Exhibit  one  every  night, 
or  every  other  night,  according  to  the  condition  of  the  bowels. 
The  quantity  of  Podophyllin  should  be  sufficient  to  produce  a 
mild  cathartic  effect  at  first,  and  afterwards  the  quantity  may 
be  reduced  so  as  just  to  secure  its  alterative  and  laxative 
effect.  When  necessary,  it  may  be  alternated  with  tonics,  as 
Helonin  and  Iron,  or  Cerasein. 

In  erysipelas  the  alterative  and  antiseptic  properties  of  the 
Baptism  make  it  a remedy  of  great  value.  It  may  be  adminis- 
tered, internally,  in  doses  of  from  ONE  to  TWO  grains  once  in 
four  hours,  and  if  there  be  ulcerations  or  sloughings,  the  parts 
should  be  covered  with  dry  Bap ti sin,  over  which,  if  there  be 
much  pain,  heat  or  inflammation,  place  the  cold  water  bandage. 
This  we  have  frequently  employed  and  found  effectual.  The 
application  of  the  Baptism  may  be  repeated  two  or  three  times 
a day,  and  the  bandage  re-wetted  as  often  as  it  becomes  dry 
or  much  heated.  The  same  treatment  will  be  found  of  essential 
service  in  other  forms  of  acute  as  well  as  of  chronic  exanthema. 

Baptisin  is  a sure  and  powerful  alterative,  and  may  be 
employed  with  confidence  in  all  affections  of  the  glandular 
system.  In  hepatic  derangements  it  will  be  found  a valuable 
auxiliary,  and  in  a great  many  cases  may  be  depended  upon 
alone.  In  scrofula  and  cutaneous  disorders,  few  remedies  are 
more  beneficial.  In  these  cases  it  should  be  given  in  small 
doses,  and  its  use  persisted  in  for  a length  of  time.  It  should 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


221 


be  alternated  witb  occasional  doses  of  Podophyllin  and  Lep- 
tandrin, and  also  with  other  alteratives.  In  consequence  of 
the  stimulant  properties  of  the  Baptisin,  it  is  valuable  in  all 
cold  and*  indolent  conditions  of  the  system,  such  as  usually 
accompany  scrofula,  white  swelling,  hip  disease,  scaly  eruptions 
of  the  skin,  etc.  Many  valuable  combinations  may  be  effected 
with  other  of  the  concentrated  agents,  as  the  circumstances  of 
the  case  may  indicate.  In  the  treatment  of  ulcerative  inflam- 
mations of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  chronic  diarrhea,  and 
dysentery,  its  use  should  never  be  omitted.  We  consider  its 
tonic  and  antiseptic  properties  as  of  paramount  value,  and  as 
specially  indicated  in  all  cases  of  internal  ulcerative  inflam- 
mations, putrescency,  gangrene,  etc.  In  the  various  forms  of 
stomatitis,  mercurial  sore  mouth,  putrid  sore  throat,  scarlatina 
maligna,  typhoid  fever,  dysentery,  and  inflammation  of  the 
bowels,  we  have,  in  the  Baptisin,  one  of  the  most  powerful, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  safest  antiseptic  remedies  in  the  range 
of  the  Materia  Medica.  If  astringent  properties  are  indicated 
in  connection  with  the  Baptisin,  we  have  Greranin,  Myricin, 
Rhusin,  Lycopin,  Trilliin,  etc.  If  diaphoretics  are  needed, 
Asclepin,  Yeratrin,  etc.  If  more  stimulating  properties  are 
required,  Xanthoxylin.  Of  alteratives  we  have,  as  adj  unctives, 
Alnuin,  Chimaphilin,  Rumin,  Irisin,  Phytolacin,  Stillingin, 
Smilacin,  etc.  To  increase  its  laxative  property,  Euonymin, 
Hydrastin,  Menispermin,  Apocynin,  Leptandrin,  Podophyllin, 
etc.-  Combined  with  Caulophyllin,  we  have  found  it  very 
serviceable  in  certain  forms  of  dyspepsia,  particularly  those 
cases  accompanied  with  irritability  of  the  stomach,  acid  eructa- 
tions, griping  pains  and  looseness  of  the  bowels,  with  frequent, 
small  and  offensive  stools.  In  a majority  of  cases  it  is  better 
to  precede  the  administration  of  the  Baptisin  and  Caulophyllin 
with  a cathartic  dose  of  Podophyllin  and  Leptandrin,  in  which 
the  latter  should  largely  predominate. 

With  Leptandrin  the  Baptisin  will  be  found  excellent  in 
chronic  affections  of  the  liver,  accompanied  with  constipation. 
We  combine  as  follows: 


222 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


5- 

Baptisin 3j. 

Leptandrin _ 2)  i j . 


Form  a mass  with  mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  and  divide  into 
twenty  pills.  Give  from  one  to  two,  morning  and  evening. 
The  same  will  be  found  excellent  in  chronic  diarrhea,  and 
dysentery,  and  ulcerations  of  the  bowels.  If  a milder  cholo- 
gogue  and  laxative  is  required,  substitute  the  Juglandin  for 
the  Leptandrin. 

When  astringents  are  indicated,  we  prefer  the  Bhusin. 
particularly  in  typhoid  fever,  mercurial  ulcerations,  etc. 

Baptisin grs.  X. 

Bhusin grs.  XX. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Give  one,  every  one 
or  two  hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms. 

In  the  treatment  of  virulent  leucorrhea,  the  Baptisin  will 
be  found  one  of  the  most  effective  agents,  to  be  used  both 
internally  and  locally.  For  internal  use  we  generally  combine 
it  with  other  remedies,  as  the  Hydrastin,  Ilelonin,  Phytolacin, 
etc.  Locally,  the  following : 


Baptisin 3 ij. 

Boiling  Water Oj. 


Infuse  the  Baptisin  in  the  water,  and  inject  with  a proper 
syringe  three  or  four  times  a day.  It  may  be  used  tepid  or 
cold,  as  preferred.  We  frequently  vary  the  prescription  by 
combining  the  Baptisin  with  other  agents ; as  follows : 

Baptisin, 

Hydrastin aa.  3 j- 

Boiling  Water Oj. 

Or, 

9 

Baptisin, 


Myricin  aa.  3 j. 

Boiling  W ater Oj. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


223 


Or, 


B- 


Baptism 

Pul.  Gum  Myrrh 
Boiling  W ater  . . 


Infuse  and  strain.  The  latter  is  excellent  in  ulcerations  of  the 
vagina,  os  uteri,  and  congestions  and  inflammations  of  the  uterus 
and  vagina  general^,  and  for  the  relief  of  the  irritation  pro- 
duced. by  acrid  menstrual  discharges. 

In  the  treatment  of  apthous  sore  mouth  and  similar  ulcera- 
tive affections,  the  Baptism  should  be  used  as  a gargle,  of  the 
strength  of  from  ONE  to  TWO  drachms  to  the  pint  of  boiling 
water.  In  these  cases  it  is  better  joined  with  Rhusin,  one 
drachm  of  each  to  the  pint.  In  severe  cases  double  the 
quantity  may  be  employed. 

In  combination  with  Dioscorein,  the  Baptism  will  be  found 
of  great  service  in  the  treatment  of  a variety  of  intestinal 
affections,  such  as  are  accompanied  with  spasmodic  pains, 
flatulence,  and  acrid  faecal  discharges.  It  has  also  been  found 
beneficial  in  pneumonia  and  chronic  rheumatism.  It  excites 
the  secretions  of  the  glandular  system  generally,  and  of  the 
liver  and  uterus  particularly.  In  over  doses  it  produces  con- 
siderable prostration  of  the  whole  system,  from  which,  however, 
the  patient  quickly  recovers  when  the  remedy  is  omitted.  It 
should  not  be  used  during  the  period  of  utero-gestation,  as  it  is 
capable  of  producing  abortion,  for  which  purpose  we  have 
known  it  to  be  used  by  quacks  and  empirics.  The  danger  to 
the  general  health  is  very  great  when  used  in  sufficient  quan- 
tities to  produce  this  result. 

Externally,  the  Baptisin  admits  of  a wide  and  beneficial 
range  of  application.  Its  peculiar  antiseptic  property  renders 
it  a valuable  local  remedy  for  erysipelatous  and  other  ulcers, 
strumous  and  syphilitic  opthalmia,  otorrhea,  ulcerated  sore 
mouth  and  throat,  chancres,  ulcerations  of  the  cervix  uteri, 
sore  nipples,  mammary  and  other  abscesses,  inflamed  tumors, 
and  in  all  affections  having  a gangrenous  tendency.  To  open 
ulcers,  the  dry  powder  may  be  applied,  as  in  erysipelas, 


224  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

scrofulous  ulcers,  ulceration  of  tlie  cervix  uteri,  etc.  For 
ophthalmia,  otorrhea,  etc.,  it  made  he  made  into  decoction,  from 
one  to  four  drachms  being  added  to  a pint  of  boiling  water. 
Tire  same  will  answer  for  injections  into  mammary  and  other 
abscesses,  and  for  the  relief  of  fetid  vaginal  discharges.  As 
a local  application  to  tumors  and  inflamed  glands,  it  may  he 
applied  by  means  of  a suitable  poultice,  as  of  elm  or  flax-seed, 
the  surface  of  which  may  he  sprinkled  over  with  the  Baptism. 
In  the  same  manner  it  may  he  applied  to  open  ulcers.  For 
the  treatment  of  scaly  eruptions  of  the  skin,  it  may  he  dis- 
solved in  alcohol,  one  drachm  to  four  ounces,  or  made  into 
an  ointment  with  lard,  one  drachm  to  the  ounce.  As  a safe 
and  reliable  antiseptic,  it  is  worthy  the  entire  confidence  of 
the  profession. 


PODOPHILLIN. 


Derived  from  Podophyllum  Peltatum . 

Nat.  Ord. — Berberidacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Polyandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Mandrake , May  Apple , Wild  Lemon 

Part  Used — The  Boot . 

No.  of  Principles,  three,  viz.,  resinoid , alkaloid  and  neu- 
tral. 

' Properties — Emetic,  cathartic,  chologqgue,  resolvent,  altera- 
tive, diuretic,  diaphoretic,  emmenagogue,  vermifuge , revellent, 
etc. 

Employment — Fevers  and  inflammations  of  almost  every 
type,  all  disorders  of  the  liver,  spleen,  and  other  viscera,  croup, 
pneumonia,  rheumatism , both  acute  and  chronic,  scrofula, 
indigestion,  venerial  diseases,  jaundice , piles,  constipation, 
dropsy,  gravel,  inflammation  of  the  bladder,  suppression  and 
retention  of  the  urine,  eruptions  of  the  skin,  amenorrhea, 
leucorrhea,  opthalnvia,  otorrhea,  and,  in  short,  whenever  an 

alterative  is  required. 

15 


226 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


In  essaying  to  treat  upon  the  properties  and  employment  of 
this  truly  invaluable  remedy,  our  mind*  misgives  us  upon  two 
points ; first,  'as  to  whether  we  shall  be  able  to  adequately 
express  our  knowledge  and  convictions  of  its  utility;  and, 
secondly,  if  enabled  to  do  so,  whether  our  statements  will 
receive  that  credence  to  which  they  are  entitled,  or  be  passed 
over  with  that  indifference  which  too  frequently  characterizes 
minds  immured  in  their  own  self-sufficiency.  Nevertheless, 
we  shall  endeavor  to  fully,  fairly,  and  truthfully  detail  such 
positive  knowledge  as  may  be  in  our  possession,  drawn  from 
the  private  resources -of  personal  clinical  experience,  and  from 
the  public  acknowledgements  of  writers  held  in  high  estimation 
by  the  profession,  relying  upon  the  capability  of  the  remedy 
to  accomplish  all  that  we  shall  claim  for  it.  Were  mankind 
as  ready  and  willing  to  investigate,  comprehend,  appreciate, 
and  acknowledge,  as  they  are  to  doubt,  disbelieve,  condemn, 
and  repudiate,  there  would  be  more  truth  and  harmony  in  the 
affairs  of  life.  Education,  habit,  custom,  begetting  as  they  do 
a reprehensible  confidence  in,  and  slothful  dependence  upon 
the  sayings,  doings,  doctrines,  and  practices  of  former  ages, 
form  a sad  bar  to  the  progress  of  innocuous  medication.  We 
are  among  those  who  believe  that  a benign  and  all- wise  Creator 
has  endowed  the  earth  with  inexhaustible  resources  of  means 
wherewith  to  meet  all  the  necessities  of  its  children ; and  those 
of  a kind  ever  conservative  to  the  integrity  and  duration  of 
the  objects  upon  which  they  are  employed.  It  is  in  this  light 
that  we  look  upon  the  Podophyllin  and  kindred  remedies, 
holding  the  sentiment  that  all  remedial  agents  should  be  always 
conservative,  and  never  destructive  in  their  influences.  A better 
knowledge  of  such  means  is  being  opened  up  by  the  progres- 
sive enlightenment  of  the  human  mind,  and  the  profession  are 
beginning  to  understand  and  appreciate  the  nearer  compatibility 
of  organic  medicines  with  the  functions  of  organic  life. 

The  Podophyllum  Peltatum  has  been  long  and  favorably 
known,  in  the  crude  state,  as  an  efficient  remedy  in  disorders 
of  the  liver.  Much  error,  however,  pertains  to  many  written 
histories  of  the  plant.  Many  writers  have  likened  its  properties 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


227 


to  those  of  Jalap,  deeming  the  two  nearly  or  quite  analogous. 
No  greater  misconception  could  possibly  be  made  in  relation 
to  the  remedial  properties  of  the  plant.  Jalap  is  simply  an 
irritating  liydrogogue  cathartic.  Its  history  is  told  in  a.single 
line.  Not  so  with  the  article  under  consideration,  as  we  shall 
have  occasion  to  show. 

In  relation  to  the  character  and  number  of  the  proximate 
principles  upon  which  the  plant  depends  for  therapeutic  value, 
much  ignorance  has  prevailed,  and  still  prevails,  even  among 
many  manufacturers  engaged  in  preparing  concentrated  organic 
remedies  for  the  use  of  the  profession.  One  offers  us  an 
alkaloid  Podophyllin,  another  a.  retinoid  Podophyllin,  and  so 
on;  but  none  give  us  a true  account  of  the  chemical  consti- 
tuents of  the  plant,  in  fact  give  us  no  explanation  at  all, 
except  that  they  have  obtained  a precipitate  which  they  have 
dried  down  to  a powder,  and  which  they  guess  is  the  active 
principle  of  the  Podophyllum,  and  as  such  they  represent  it 
to  the  profession.  We  have  before  explained,  and  deem  it 
not  out  of  place  to  reiterate,  that  the  therapeutic  properties  of 
the  Podophyllum  Peltatum  reside,  not  in  one,  but  in  three 
distinct  and  separate  proximate  principles,  each  one  of  vThich 
represents  its  individual  share  of  the  aggregate  remedial  virtues 
of  the  plant.  These  three  principles  are  termed  resinoid, 
alkaloid,  and  neutral.  The  resinoid  represents  the  emetic, 
cathartic,  and  chologogue  properties  chiefly.  It  is  composed,  as 
heretofore  stated,  of  a number  of  distinct  resins,  each  one 
possessing  a different  degreev>f  electro-negative  reaction.  We 
have  separated  the  resinoid  of  the  Podophyllum  into  five 
different  resins,  and  have  reason  to  believe  that  a still  greater 
complexity  exists.  It  possesses  a degree  of  escharotic  power, 
and  when  applied  externally  to  fungous  growths,  will  dissolve 
them  down.  It  produces,  however,  too  much  inflammation  to 
render  it  a desirable  escharotic.  Combined  with  sulphate  of 
zinc  ‘and  Plydrastin,  it  has  been  found  valuable  as  an  appli- 
cation to  cancerous  growths.  As  a counter-irritant,  dissolved 
in  alcohol,  is  is  one  of  the  most  active  and  efficient  that  we 
have  ever  employed.  It  produces  a rapid  pustulation,  which 


228 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


appears  first  in  the  form  of  minute  vesicles  filled  with  a serous 
fluid,  which  speedily  changes  to  a whitish  or  yellowish  pus. 
The  superficial  inflammation  is  at  the  same  time  quite  severe. 
The  pustules,  as  a general  thing,  are  slow  in  healing.  We 
employ  it  in  chronic  and  obstinate  cases  of  local  neuralgic 
pains,  spinal  irritation,  chronic  hepatitis,  pleuritis  and  synovitis, 
morbus  coxarius,  etc. 

In  the  alkaloid  and  neutral  principles  we  have  the  diuretic, 
diaphoretic,  alterative  and  laxative  properties  of  the  plant  in 
an  eminent  degree.  They  also  possess  a considerable  degree 
of  chologogue  power,  and  seldom  prove  emetic.  These  two  last 
mentioned  principles  exercise  a wonderful  modifying  power 
over  the  action  of  the  resinoid  principle.  Hone  but  those  who 
have  tested  the  matter  can  appreciate  the  great  difference 
between  the  physiological  impressions  of  the  resinoid  when 
used  alone,  and  those  of  the  three  principles  combined. 
Many  who  have  deemed  the  resinoid  Podophyllin  too  harsh 
and  drastic,  and  justly  so,  have  found  the  combined  principles 
to  answer  all  their  expectations.  We  earnestly  invite  the 
attention  of  the  profession  to  the  explanations  we  have  given 
in  reference  to  the  multiplicity  of  principles  residing  in  the 
Podophyllum  Peltatum,  and,  if  doubtful  of  the  correctness  of 
our  statements,  to  put  us  to  whatever  test  may  be  deemed 
necessary.  We  have  no  mercenary  motive  to  subserve  in  our 
essay  upon  this  article,  neither  in  aught  we  ever  have  or  ever 
shall  submit  to  the  profession,  hence  fear  not  for  the  results  of 
the  severest  criticism.  We  desire  investigation  and  scrutiny,  in 
order  that  the  profession  may  become  enlightened  against  the 
errors  and  frauds  of  ignorant  and  incompetent  manufacturers 
of  concentrated  organic  remedies ; and  in  order  that  the  justice 
of  our  claims  to  a truthful  exposition  of  the  number,  character 
and  properties  of  the  proximate  active  principles  of  plants  may 
be  vindicated. 

We  have,  in  the  Podophyllin  under  consideration,  a complete 
and  reliable  substitute  for  mercury  and  its  preparations.  The 
plea  that  the  vegetable  kingdom  affords  no  remedy  of  equal 
efficacy  with  calomel  and  other-  mercurials  in  disorders  of  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  22  D 

liver,  and  in  all  cases  in  which,  those  preparations  are  employed, 
is  no  longer  tenable.  Podophyllin  has  been  called  the  “ Y ege- 
table  Calomel.”  So  far  as  the  similitude  relates  to  its  power 
to  produce  sanative  results,  it  is  correct ; but  here  the  resem- 
blance ceases.  For  all  the  good  that  calomel  can  possibly  do, 
the  Podophyllin  is  equally  competent,  while  at  the  same  time 
its  operation  is  entirely  devoid  of  those  unfortunate  results 
which  so  often  follow  in  the  wake  of  its  mineral  protonymic. 
It  may  seem  presumptuous  in  us  to  advocate  an  equality 
between  a remedy  of  comparatively  recent  discovery,  and  one 
which  has  received  the  sanction  of  the  profession  for  nearly 
four  hundred  years,  yet  if  we  can  succeed  in  showing  that 
the  Podophyllin  will  effectually  subserve  all  the  curative 
purposes  of  mercury,  and  is,  at  the  same  time,  innoxious  in 
itself,  we  trust  that  we  shall  not  be  deemed  hasty  or  incautious 
in  our  advocacy  of  a substitute. 

It  has  been  said  that  Podophyllin  is  capable  of  producing 
ptyalism,  but  we  have  never  seen  any  evidence  of  the  fact  in 
persons  wdio  had  never  taken  mercury.  The  only  symptoms 
of  salivation  we  have  ever  observed  have  been  in  those  cases 
where  mercury  had  been  taken  at  some  previous  time.  Podo- 
phyllin is  powerfully  resolvent,  and  by  its  peculiar  excitation 
of  the  glandular  system  will  sometimes  dislodge  deposits  of 
latent  mercurial  atoms,  and  so  bring  about  a season  of  mercu- 
rialisation.  Lobelia,  Irisin,  Phytolacin,  etc.,  will  frequently 
do  the  same.  We  believe  it  is  conceded  by  the  most  intelligent 
writers  and  teachers  of  the  present  day,  that  the  production  of 
ptyalism  is  entirely  unnecessary  to  the  cure  of  disease,  hence 
the  absence  of  this  power  in  the  Podophyllin  does  not  militate 
against  its  valuTe.’  We  have  frequently  induced  *a  degree  of 
salivation  in  patients  by  passing  a current  of  electro-galvanism 
through  the  salivary  and  cervical  glands,  but  only  in  those 
cases  where  mercurials  had  been  previously  administered.  The 
effect  in  these  cases  was  produced  by  the  dislodgment  of  mercu- 
rial deposits,  and  as  soon  as  they  were  removed  the  glandular 
inflammation  would  subside,  nor  would  the  re-application  of 
the  electricity  ever  again  induce  a similar  train  of  symptoms. 


230 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


In  large  doses,  say  from  three  to  five  grains,  Podophyllin 
is  an  active  emeto-cathartic.  Its  operation  is  attended  with 
copious  bilious  discharges,  a lingering,  death-like  nausea,  and 
frequently  with  severe  griping  pains  in  the  small  intestines. 
The  primary  impressions  of  Podophyllin  are  expended  upon 
the  gastro-enteric  and  hepatic  apparatus,  and  nausea  and 
vomiting  seldom  occur  until  from  two  to  four  hours  after  the 
medicine  has  been  administered.  From  this  fact  it  may  be 
learned  that  the  sickness,  griping,  and  other  unpleasant 
symptoms  arise  more  from  the  acrid  character  of  the  morbid 
matters  dislodged,  than  from  the  primary  influences  of  the 
remedy  itself.  The  neutral  and  alkaloid  principles  are  com- 
pletely soluble  in  the  stomach,  while  the  resinoid  principle  is 
soluble  only  in  the  enteric  secretions.  For  a fuller  explanation 
of  the  action  of  the  different  principles,  the  reader  is  respectfully 
referred  to  page  85,  et  seq.  If  Podophyllin  be  retained  for 
three  quarters  of  an  hour  after  it  is  administered,  it  will  not 
be  rejected  by  vomiting,  showing  that  within  this  period  it  has 
entered  into  solution  and  passed  into  the  circulation,  which 
•fact  will  be  manifested  by  its  producing  ifp  characteristic 
influences  upon  the  system,  even  though  free  emesis  occur 
immediately  upon  the  termination  of  this  period.  The  thera- 
peutic action  of  Podophyllin  is  completely  suppressed  by  the 
presence  of  a considerable  quantity  of  lactic  acid , but  operates 
without  hindrance  in  the  presence  of  acetic  acid.  Hence  the 
necessity  of  neutralising  undue  acidity  of  the  stomach  previous 
to  its  exhibition  will  be  apparent,  as  well  as  to  avoid  the  use 
of  such  substances  as  will  give  rise,  by  putrefactive  decom- 
position, to  the  formation  of  lactic  acid.  Sugar  is  particularly 
objectionable  in  connection  with  Podophyllin.  We  have 
previously  shown  that  sugar,  when  in  solution  and  exposed  to 
a temperature  above  80°  of  Farenheit,  undergoes  a putrefactive 
fermentation,  and  gives  rise  to  the  formation  of  a number  of 
products,  among  which  is  lactic  acid.  Hence  the  use  of 
syrups,  sweetened  infusions,  etc.,  should  be  dispensed  with 
while  the  system  is  under  the  influence  of  Podophyllin.  W ere 
the  sugar  properly  digested,  it  would  be  of  no  disadvantage ; 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


231 


but  those  conditions  req  airing  the  exhibition  of  Podophyllin 
are  unfavorable  to  the  digestion  of  nutritious  matters  of  any 
kind,  and  much  more  so  when  the  digestive  apparatus  is  under 
its  immediate  influence.  The  sanative  impressions  of  Podo- 
phyllin upon  the  digestive  organs,  unlike  those  of  many  othei 
remedies,  are  indirect  and  subsequent  to  its  specific  constitu- 
tional influences.  Digestion  cannot  proceed  during  the 
immediate  operation  of  Podophyllin,  nor  until  several  hours 
have  elapsed  after  its  cathartic  powers  are  manifested,  when 
given  in  cathartic  doses.  Populin, . Xanthoxylin,  and  other 
stimulants  and  tonics,  on  the  contrary,  directly  promote 
digestion,  hence  are  given  with  the  greatest  advantage 
immediately  before  or  after  meals,  in  order  that  their  specific 
influence  may  be  expended  upon  the  digestive  organs -at  the 
precise  time  when  extraneous  aid  is  necessary. 

Chloride  of  sodium,  common  salt,  enhances  the  activity  of 
Podophyllin,  and  to  the  abundant  use  of  this  condiment  may 
be  attributed  the  apparent  hyper-cathartic  effect  sometimes 
observable  in  the  use  of  this  remedy.  Our  attention  was  first 
called  to  this  fact  some  five  years  since,  and  the  phenomenon 
was  at  first  ascribed  to  the  eating  of  oysters,  but  subsequent 
observations  demonstrated  the  fact  that  it  was  the  salt  so 
conveyed  into  the  system  that  produced  the  effect.  This 
property  of  salt  renders  it  valuable  in  promoting  the  action  of 
Podophyllin  in  those  cases  where  great  coldness  and  torpidity 
exist,  and  when  that  remedy  is  tardy  in  operating.  In  all 
cases  of  a sthenic  character,  however,  salt  should  be  used  in 
moderation  while  the  system  is  under  the  influence  of  Podo- 
phyllin. We  generally  confine  our  patients  to  a diet  of  sim- 
ple corn  meal  gruel  for  a period  of  twenty-four  hours  after 
exhibiting  a full  dose  of  Podophyllin.  If  it  be  desirable  to 
promote  the  action  of  the  piedicine,  salt  may  be  added  to  the 
gruel  in  sufficient  quantity  to  produce  the  desired  effect. 

Many  suggestions  have  been  made  in  regard  to  the  combi- 
nation of  other  agents  with  the  Podophyllin,  in  order  to 
modify  its  operation.  Among  those  agents,  we  may  mention 
Leptandrin,  Jalapin,  Asclepin,  Caulophyllin,  Grelsemin,  Phy- 


232 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


tolacin,  etc.  The  Leptandrin  is,  perhaps,  more  employed  than 
any  other.  There  is  no  doubt  but  that  it  both  enhances  and 
modifies  the  chologogue  power  of  the  Podophyllin,  while  at 
the  same  time  it  lessens  the  intestinal  irritation.  It  also  seems 
to  be  of  great  service  in  securing  the  full  alterative  influence 
of  the  Podophyllin,  although  a portion  of  this  influence  is 
undoubtedly  due  to  the  adjunctive  itself.  In  typhoid  fever, 
dysentery,  and  other  diseases  attended  with  intestinal  irritation, 
we  deem  the  Leptandrin  an  indispensible  auxiliary.  We 
usually  employ  two  parts  of  Leptandrin  to  one  of  Podo- 
phyllin, 

Jalapin  with  Podophyllin  is  indicated  in  dropsy,  and  in  all 
cases  where  a speedy  evacuation  of  the  immediate  contents  of 
the  bowels  is  desirable.  The  Jalapin  will  neither  quicken  nor 
in  any  other  way  influence  the  action  of  the  Podophyllin, 
which  will  manifest  its  accustomed  influences  independent  of 
the  Jalapin.  In  congestions  of  the  portal  circle,  accompanied 
with  intestinal  engorgement,  the  combination  of  Jalapin  with 
Podophyllin  is  appropriate.  By  the  use  of  the  Jalapin  in 
these  cases,  we  get  a prompt  evacuation  of  the  alimentary 
canal  as  the  result  of  its  more  speedy  local  cathartic  power. 
But  the  Podophyllin  will  take  its  own  time,  and  its  general 
influence  will  be  the  same  as  if  no  Jalapin  had  been  employed. 
In  the  treatment  of  dropsies,  we  have  derived  more  prompt 
and  permanent  sanative  results  from  a combination  of  Podo- 
phyllin, Jalapin,  and  Cream  of  Tartar,  than  from  any  other 
hydrogogue  remedy. 

A clepin  has  long  been  a favorite  adjunctive  to  the  Podo- 
phyllin, with  us.  Long  before  the  discovery  of  the  active 
principles  of  these  plants,  we  were  in  the  habit  of  combining 
the  crude  Asclepias  with  the  Podophyllum.  It  lessens  the 
tendency  to  griping,  and  by  virtue  of  its  diaphoretic  properties, 
seems  to  enhance  the  influence  of  the  Podophyllin  upon  the 
sub-cutaneous  glandular  structure.  For  this  reason  we  deem 
it  a valuable  adjunctive  to  the  Podophyllin  in  the  treatment 
of  cutaneous  diseases.  Also  in  all  affections  attended  with 
febrile  symptoms  wherein 'Podophyllin  is  indicated. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


233 


Caulophyllin  is  also  an  excellent  modifying  agent  for  com- 
bining with  the  Podophyllin.  Its  anti-spasmodic-  properties 
are  useful  in  controlling  the  tendency  to  nausea,  pain  and 
spasm.  It  is  particularly  serviceable  as  an  auxiliary  in  the 
treatment  of  amenorrhea,  hysteria,  chorea,  and  all  nervous 
affections.  Also  in  certain  forms  of  indigestion,  cholera 
morbus,  etc. 

Grelsemin  is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  the  above.  It  is 
a more  enegetic  anti-spasmodic  and  relaxant,  and  at  the  same 
time  possesses  other  properties  frequently  indicated  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Podophyllin.  We  are  in  the  habit  of  prescribing 
in  combination  with  the  Podophyllin  daily.  In  hepatic 
congestions,  the  forming  stages  of  fevers,  pneumonia,  croup, 
and  whenever  febrile  and  spasmodic  symptoms  are  present,  we 
seldom  omit  it.  By  relaxing  spasm,  abating  febrile  excite- 
ment, and  soothing  the  irritability  of  the  nervous  system,  it 
quickens  and  promotes  the  operation  of  the  Podophyllin.  We 
find  it  of  great  service  as  an  adjunctive  in  a great  variety  of 
chronic  diseases. 

Phytolacin  is  peculiarly  serviceable  as  an  adjunctive  in  the 
treatment  of  obstinate  hepatic  disorders,  constipation,  and  in 
all  cases  accompanied  with  a languid  or  torpid  condition  of 
the  system.  Whenever  it  is  found  difficult  to  bring  the  sys- 
tem under  the  constitutional  influence  of  Podophyllin,  by 
reason  of  excessive  sluggishness  or  other  causes,  vital  debility 
excepted,  the  Phytolacin  will  be  found  to  answer  an  admira- 
ble purpose.  In  syphilis,  scaly  eruptions  of  the  skin,  chronic 
hepatitis,  scrofula,  etc.,  the  Phytolacin  will  always  prove  a 
valuable  auxiliary. 

From  five  to  ten  grains  of  super-carbonate  of  soda  may  be 
advantageously  combined  with  each  dose  of  Podophyllin  in 
case  acidity  of  the  stomach  be  suspected.  Capsicum  is  a good 
adjuvant  to  Podophyllin  in  cold  and  languid  conditions  of  the 
system.  Many  other  combinations  may  be  effected,  some  of 
which  we  shall  have  occasion  to  notice,  and  others  will  readily 
suggest  themselves  to  the  practitioner. 

Of  the  special  employment  of  Podophyllin  in  the  treatment 


234 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


of  disease,  we  would  mention  fevers  generally  as  affording 
frequent  and  decided  indications  for  the  use  of  this  remedy. 
In  the  treatment  of  fever  and  ague,  we  almost  invariably 
precede  the  employment  of  other  remedies  by  the  free  exhibi- 
tion of  the  Podophyllin.  By  so  doing,  in  this  climate,  we  cut 
the  -disease  short  at  once,  and  oftentitnes  have  no  occasion  for 
further  medication.  We  have  known  many  cases  of  intermit- 
tent fever  to  yield  to  a single  dose  of  Podophyllin,  and  we 
have-  no  doubt  that  the  credit  of  cure  is  frequently  due  to  this 
agent,  when  it  is  attributed  to  other  means.  In  those  cases  of 
fever  and  ague  in  which  the  bowels  are  a special  point  of  con- 
gestion, manifested  by  a troublesome  and  painful  diarrhea,  the 
Podophyllin  is  sometimes  inadmissable.  If,  however,  the 
diarrhea  depend  upon  a functional  disturbance  of  the  liver,  it 
will  be  indispensible.  It  should  always  be  combined,  in  such 
cases,  with  Leptandrin  and  Caulophyllin  or  Dioscorein.  If,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  diarrhea  arises  from  a primary  intestinal 
congestion,  and  be  of  a serous  or  mucous  character,  the  Podo- 
phyllin should  be  dispensed  with,  and  the  chief  reliance  be 
placed  upon  Leptandrin,  or  Euphorbin,  in  combination  with 
diaphoretics  and  anti-spasmodics.  In  cases  of  this  type,  it  will 
be  better,  as  a general  thing,  to  administer  the  above  remedies 
in  divided  doses.  The  following  formula  is  excellent : 

Leptandrin 3j. 

Asclepin, 

Dioscorein aa.  grs.  X 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  every  two  hours 
until  the  alvine  discharges  assume  a healthy  appearance. 
Astringents  may  then  be  employed,  but  we  seldom  find  them 
necessary.  The  above  formula  may  be  varied  at  the  option 
of  the  practitioner.  In  the  treatment  of  chronic  cases  of  this 
complaint,  in  adults,  we  generally  premise  our  subsequent 
treatment  with  the  following  somewhat  heroic  prescription : 

Podophyllin, 

Euphorbin aa.  grs.  ij. 

Leptandrin grs.  iij. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


235 


Mix,  and  give  at  a dose.  This  will  produce  free  emesis  and 
catharsis,  and  thoroughly  arouse  the  system.  If  the  first 
dose  does  not  suffidently  break  up  the  hepatic  obstructions 
and  awaken  the  system  from  its  torpor,  we  repeat  the  dose  at 
the  expiration  of  from  twenty -four  to  forty-eight  hours.  Of 
course  the  quantity  of  the  ingredients  in  the  above  formula 
must  be  regulated  to  the  necessities  of  the  case  in  hand.  In 
all  cases  attended  with  gastric  or  enteric  irritation,  a free  use 
of  mucilages  and  demulcents  is  advisable.  The  above  pre- 
scription we  have  found  of  eminent  service  in  the  forming 
stages  of  bilious,  typhoid,  and  other  fevers,  pneumonia, 
erysipelas,  acute  rheumatism,  etc.  We  vary  the  formula  to 
meet  the  indications.  If  a considerable  degree  of  febrile  ex- 
citement be  present,  we  usually  substitute  from  one  half  to 
TWO  grains  of  Gfelsemin  for  the  Euphorbin,  increasing,  if 
necessary,  the  proportion  of  Podophyllin,  or  Leptandrin,  or 
both.  Congestion  of  the  brain  has  frequently  yielded  to  the 
prompt  administration  of  this  remedy.  We  have  cured 
Panama  fever  of  eight  months  duration  by  means  of  Podo- 
phyllin and  Gfelsemin,  followed  by  Hydrastin  and  Xanthox- 
ylin.  We  wish  it  distinctly  understood,  that  the  treatment 
here  detailed  applies  to  the  peculiarities  of  this  climate.  We 
are  aware  that  the  habits  of  individuals,  food,  water,  climatic 
and  other  influences  all  tend  to  modify  both  the  types  of 
disease  and  action  of  medicines,  and  that  it  is  necessary  to 
modify  the  combination  of  agents  in  accordance  with  the  cir- 
cumstances of  their  employment.  These  peculiarities  it  is  the 
duty  of  the  resident  physician  to  ascertain,  and,  having  made 
himself  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  therapeutic  properties 
of  the  agents  he  employs,  to  modify  his  treatment  accordingly. 
We  have  exhibited  the  Concentrated  Medicines  in  the  States 
of  JSTorth  Carolina,  Alabama,  Florida,  and  upon  the  Mississippi 
River,  both  to  the  white  and  colored  races,  and  we  never  had 
them  fail  of  their  accustomed  effect.  Scarlatina,  acute  rheu- 
matism, nephritis,  diarrhea,  dysentery,  and  other  diseases 
yielded  as  readily  to  the  organic  remedies  as  in  our  native 
clime.  Yet  our  residence  in  those  localities  was  too  brief  to 


236 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


enable  ns  to  speak  authoritatively  as  regards  the  proper  plan  of 
treatment  to  be  there  pursued.  In  miasmatic  districts,  as  in 
the  valleys  and  river  bottoms  of  the  West,  disease  assumes  a 
more  periodic  type,  and,  in  complaints  like  rheumatism,  chol- 
era morbus,  etc.,  unless  anti-periodics  be  promptly  adminis- 
tered during  the  remissions,  relapse  will  speedily  follow 
relapse.  From  this  fact  we  may  learn  the  importance  of  using 
proper  means  to  maintain  a favorable  condition  when  it  is 
once  brought  about.  Upon  this  point  we  shall  have  more  to 
say  when  treating  of  special  anti-periodics. 

In  many  instances  it  will  be  necessary  to  combine  Podo- 
phyllin  with  active  stimulants,  at  other  times  with  sedatives, 
diaphoretics,  antispasinodics,  or  simply  with  mucilages  or  de- 
mulcents. We  cannot  undertake  to  point  out  all  the  specific 
indications  in  which  these  various  modifications  will  be  neces- 
sary, neither  do  we  deem  it  necessary,  as  the  practitioner 
cannot  fail  to  comprehend  the  combination  suggested  by  the 
circumstances  of  the  case. 

In  the  treatment  of  typhoid  fever,  the  Podophyllin  is 
sometimes  deemed  too  irritating  in  its  operation.  Such,  no 
doubt,  is  the  case  in  many  instances.  We  have  heretofore 
spoken  of  the  escharotic  property  of  the  resinoid  principle  of 
the  Podophyllin,  and  we  again  desire  to  draw  attention  to  the 
fact.  It  is  all  the  more  important  to  keep  this  fact  in  view, 
when  we  consider  that  the  Podophyllin  of  many  manufactu- 
rers consists  of  the  resinoid  principle  alone,  and  we  have  no 
doubt  but  that  this  circumstance  will  account  for  the  drastic 
effect  observed  by  some  practitioners  in  the  operation  of  Podo- 
phyllin, and  which,  by  them,  has  been  justly  considered  an 
obj  ectionable  feature.  W e have  before  stated  that  Podophyllin 
is  contra-indicated  in  gastritis  and  enteritis,  and  whenever 
there  is  evident  local  inflammation  of  any  portion  of  the  glan- 
dular structure  of  the  intestines.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind, 
that  organic  substances  are  possessed  of  chemical  affinities 
equally  with  the  inorganic,  and  that  in  diseased  conditions  of 
any  portion  of  the  animal  economy,  not  only  is  there  a fune- 
fional  aberration,  but  also  is  the  chemical  constituency  of  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


237 


apparatus  and  its  secretions  essentially  changed  and  modified. 
With  this  change  of  constitution  comes  new  affinities,  and  a 
substance  which,  under  other  circumstances,  would  pass  harm- 
lessly over  a given  surface,  is,  by  the  consequent  reaction 
resulting  from  this  changed  composition  of  the  secretions,  con- 
verted into  a drastic  irritant.  It  might  be  said  that  these 
phenomena  arise  from  a modification  of  nervous  impressibility, 
but  we  invariably  find  that  such  modification  is  attended  with 
change  both  of  the  chemical  structure  of  the  organ  and  its  se- 
cretions. It  is  important,  therefore,  if  Podophyllin  be 
employed  at  all,  that  it  be  so  combined  that  these  accidents  of 
impression  be  obviated.  In  the  treatment  of  Typhoid  Fever, 
and  other  acute  diseases,  when  called  in  the  advanced  stages, 
if  we  find  on  examination  a suppression  of  the  mucous  secre- 
tions, we  do  not  immediately  administer  Podophyllin,  be  it,  in 
other  respects,  ever  so  much  indicated.  Our  first  reliance  is 
upon  diluents  and  demulcents,  preferring  those  of  a diapho- 
retic character,  in  order  that  a degree  of  reparation  may  be 
made  for  the  expended  fluids  of  the  system.  As  soon  as  we 
have  awakened  the  secreti  ve  action  of  the  mucous  surfaces,  we 
administer  our  Podophyllin,  or  whatever  other  constitution  a1 
remedy  we  may  deem  necessary  in  the  case.  It  is  bad  practice, 
when  the  tongue,  mouth  and  fauces  are  dry,  parched  and  in- 
flamed, showing,  evidently,  a suspension  of  action  on  the  part  of 
the  exhalents,  to  administer  Podophyllin  or  any  other  remedy 
requiring  the  menstrua  of  solution,  and  which  are  capable,  if 
they  remain  undissolved  and  unabsorbed,  or  even  if  they-  dis- 
solve very  slowly,  of  expending  an  unneeded  and  undesirable 
local  influence.  Nothing  is  more  essential  to  health  than  that 
a proper  diluency  of  the  blood  and  various  juices  of  the  sys- 
tem be  maintained.  The  very  suspension  of  the  exhalations 
of  the  serous  and  mucous  membranes  is  oftentimes  a conser. 
vative  manifestation  on  the  part  of  the  system,  showing  that 
the  dissipation  of  the  fluids  has  reached  an  extent  inconsistent 
with  the  -integrity  and  duration  of  the  animal  economy.  It 
is  in  cases  like  these  that  the  very  blood  corpuscles  themselves 
become  shrivelled  and  shrunken,  having,  by  the  action  of  exos- 


238 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


mose,  given  off  a portion  of  their  water  to  supply  the  demand 
denied  from  the  proper  sources.  Not  many  years  have  elapsed 
since  the  standard  treatment  of  patients  laboring  under  febrile 
forms  of  disease  was  such  as  to  consume  them  by  a slow  pro. 
cess  of  moist  incineration.  Yenesection,  evacuants,  and  other 
artificial  means  of  depletion  were  employed,  while,  at  the 
same  time,  the  patient  was  denied  the  indulgence  of  that  indis- 
pensible  and  Heaven  sent  conservator,  water,  even  while  the 
body  shrunk  and  consumed  in  the  pyrexian  furnace.  Bleed- 
ing, blistering,  cupping,  leeching,  vomiting,  purging,  sweating 
and  diuresis,  served  to  aid  the  fever  in  extracting  and  dissipa- 
ting the  fluids  of  the  body,  leaving  the  vital  currents  to  thicken 
and  stagnate  in  the  channels  of  life,  and  planting  the  banner 
of  death'  at  the  very  citadel  of  the  life  forces.  Fortunately  for 
the  interests  of  suffering  humanity,  a reform  in  this  respect  is 
apparent  amongst  the  more  intelligent  of  the  profession, 
although  we  fear  that  the  requirements  of  the  natural  laws  are 
not,  in  many  instances,  sufficiently  regarded. 

W ater  is,  properly  speaking,  the  only  diluent.  At  the  same 
time  it  is  capable  of  holding  in  solution  certain  therapeutic 
principles  which  act  as  stimulants,  both  upon  the  exhaling  and 
absorbing  vessels.  Hence,  by  the  administration  of  infusions 
of  some  of  the  simpler  plants,  such  as  yield  soluble  neutral 
principles  possessed  of  diaphoretic  properties,  we  may  at  the 
same  time  furnish  the  material  for  maintaining  a proper  dilu- 
ency  of  the  various  juices,  and  the  means  conducing  to  its 
appropriation.  When  attainable,  we  should  scarcely  make  use 
of  any  other  remedy  than  the  Asclepin  for  that  purpose,  deem- 
ing it  always  appropriate.  As  it  is  nearly  all  soluble  in  warm 
water,  it  is  of  convenient  and  admirable  utility.  Mucilages 
and  demulcents  act  in  a manner  mechanically,  shielding  the 
irritable  and  irritated  membranes  from  the  action  of  the  acrid 
secretions,  and  at  the  same  time  apparently  soothe  and  allay 
the  excited  condition  of  the  mucous  surfaces.  They  also,  as 
a general  thing,  afford  absolute  nutriment,  and,  provided  the 
system  be  in  a condition  to  appropriate  nutritive  matters,  will 
answer  both  as  food  and  medicine.  It  is  necessary  to  success 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  239 

in  the  practice  of  medicine  to  always  bear  in  mind  the  fact, 
that  medicines  calculated  to  induce  constitutional  changes  are 
always  first  acted  wpon  by  the  system,  and  that  the  different 
degrees  of  ability  on  the  part  of  the  system  to  properly  dis- 
pose of  or  appropriate  a remedy,  will  regulate  in  the  same  de- 
gree its  positive  influences ; while  the  absence  of  this  power 
will  simply  afford  negative  results.  This  is  precisely  the  case 
with  food,  and,  in  chronic  diseases,  when  the  nutritive  appara- 
tus fails  to  make  disposition  of  the  aliment  taken  into  the 
stomach,  we  need  scarcely  hope  that  medicines  will  share  a 
better  fate.  How  important,  then,  that  due  discrimination 
should  be  exercised  in  selecting  the  various  remedies  used  in 
the  cure  of  disease,  always  keeping  in  view  the  question  of 
adaptation  on  the  part  of  the  remedy,  both  as  regards  its  thera- 
peutic and  physical  character,  to  the  conditions  present.  It  is 
in  consequence  of  this  constitutional  diversity  that  individual 
remedies  cure  in  some  cases  and  fail  in  others,  or  exhibit  vari- 
ous shades  of  curative  power. 

We  hope  we  shall  be  pardoned  for  digressing  somewhat 
from  the  strict  details  of  the  remedy  under  consideration,  but 
we  could  not  well  do  otherwise  than  revert  to  a few  general 
principles  governing  the  successful  employment  of  remedial 
agents,  and  especially  the  Podophyllin. 

In  the  treatment  of  exanthematous  fevers,  Podophyllin  is 
frequently  indicated  in  the  forming  stages,  and  its  prompt  ad- 
ministration will  deprive  this  class  of  diseases  of  much  of  their 
malignancy.  If  the  symptoms  indicate  a considerable  degree 
of  hepatic  derangement,  it  should  never  be  omitted.  Later 
than  this,  it  is  bad  practice  to  administer  Podophyllin,  or  in- 
deed any  other  cathartic,  until  the  efflorescence  is  complete 
and  mature.  At  this  stage,  the  Podophyllin  will  be  found  to 
act  more  desirably  than  any  other  agent  of  its  class.  In  these 
cases  it  should,  as  a general  thing,  be  combined  with  Leptan- 
drin.  In  some  cases  stimulants  may  be  indicated,  as  Xanthox- 
ylin,  Capsicum,  etc.  The  general  directions  in  the  early  part 
of  this  article  may  be  consulted  in  regard  to  suitable  com. 
binations.  In  the  treatment  of  fevers  and  other  inflammatory 


240 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


diseases,  a single  dose  of  Podophyllin  must  not  be  relied  upon 
in  the  outset,  unless  the  alvine  discharges  give  evidence  of  the 
removal  of  all  morbid  accumulations.  Our  practice  in  such 
cases  is  to  repeat  the  Podophyllin  once  in  twenty-four  hours, 
or  at  such  periods  as  may  be  suitable,  until  the  discharges 
from  the  bowels  give  evidence  of  effective  and  complete  depu- 
ration through  that  channel.  Unless  this  be  done,  the  prac- 
titioner will  frequently  fail  of  his  objects.  Evidence  is  thus 
afforded  that  the  principal  obstructions  are  broken  up,  and  that 
the  effete  and  corrupt  materials  which  act  as  fuel  to  the  flame 
are  expelled.  The  success  of  the  subsequent  treatment  will 
depend  in  a great  measure  upon  the  consummation  of  this  re- 
sult. Following  this,  diaphoretics,  sedatives,  febrifuges,  ner- 
vines, etc.,  will  act  with  greater  promptitude  and  certainty, 
as  they  will  not  have  to  contend  against  the  principal  cause 
which  perpetuates  the  functional  disturbances,  and  frequently 
leads  to  organic  lesions ; but  simply  have  to  harmonise  the 
disturbances  remaining  after  the  expulsion  of  a cause  which  has 
ceased  to  operate.  Much  less  medicine  will  be  needed  subse- 
quently, and  greater  certainty  will  attend  its  administration. 
Thus,  in  bilious,  scarlet,  and  other  fevers,  if  this  be  done,  the 
subsequent  employment  of  Yeratin,  Asclepin,  Gelsemin,  etc., 
will  be  attended  with  more  speedy  and  satisfactory  results ; 
while,  if  this  be  neglected,  and  the  direct  cause  of  excitation 
be  allowed  to  remain,  seldom  can  a sufficient  amount  of  calma- 
tive influence  be  brought  to  bear  to  harmonise  the  action  of 
the  disturbed  functions.  We  hold  it  to  be  an  axiom  in  medi- 
cal science,  that  every  effect  in  turn  becomes  a cause.  Let  us 
look  a moment  at  the  approach  and  progress  of  a case  of  ty- 
phoid fever.  First  we  have  slight  debility  or  lassitude,  a dull 
feeling  in  the  head,  followed  by  pain,  aching,  and  lameness  in 
the  limbs,  soreness  of  the  flesh,  appetite  feeble  or  wanting, 
bowels  generally  constipated,  skin  dry,  urine  scanty,  tongue 
slightly  coated,  taste  impaired,  accompanied  with  other  symp- 
toms and  modifications  which  finally  usher  in  a season  of  chills* 
alternated  with  febrile  paroxysms  until  the  disease  is  fairly  es- 
tablished. Here  we  see  that  there  has  beeu  manifest  tardiness 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


241 


on  the  part  of  the  depurating  functions,  the  effect  of  which  is 
retention  of  morbid  and  effete  matters,  whicn  in  turn  results 
in  accumulations.  These  retained  and  accumulated  matters 
are  acrid  and  morbific,  as  we  may  learn  from  the  fact 
that  nature  frequently  makes  an  effort  to  expel  them  in  the 
earlier  stages  of  the  disease  by  diarrhea.  But  many  practi- 
tioners thwart  this  early  effort  of  the  system  by  administering 
opiates  and  astringents.  Our  practice  is  different.  We  hold* 
that  the  violence  and  duration  of  the  disease  will  be  modified 
and  frequently  cut  short  by  the  early  expulsion  of  the  morbid 
accumulations.  These  acrid  and  irritating  matters  are  the 
direct  and  perpetuating  cause  of  the  febrile  excitement.  The 
fever  so  induced  and  perpetuated  hastens  the  metamorphosis 
of  the  interstitial  tissues  of  the  body,  and  thus  is  the  labor  of 
depuration  augmented,  and  the  liability  to  local  congestions 
increased.  By  the  long  retention  of  the  metamorphosed 
animal  tissues  is  engendered  a peculiarly  acrid  and  corrosive 
condition  of  the  fluid  menstrua,  which  hold  these  matters  in 
solution,  even  to  such  an  extent  that  they  will-  react  upon  and 
destroy  the  very  apparatus  in  which  they  circulate.  This  we 
have  evidence  of  in  the  advanced  stages  of  the  disease,  when 
an  uncontrollable  diarrhea  sets  in,  and  which  is  the  result  of 
an  absolute  erosion  of  the  glandular  structure  of  the  intestines 
by  their  own  secretions,  which  now  are  of  a decided  septic 
character.  Thus  what  was  at  first  but  functional  has  become 
organic , and  the  integrity  of  the  secreting  vessels  is  destroyed 
by  their  own  legitimate  contents.  How  important,  then,  that 
these  facts  be  taken  into  consideration  early  in  the  history  of 
the  disease.  Ho  matter  what  may  have  been  the  primary 
causes  by  which  a retention  of  the  waste  matters  of  the  system 
was  induced,  their  retention  and  consequent  accumulation 
constitutes  a morbid  condition,  an  effect,  which,  remaining 
uncorrected,  becomes  a cause  or  antecedent  to  the  production 
of  further  results.  For  the  purpose  of  meeting  the  indications, 
no  better  agent  comes  within  the  province  of  the  healing  art 
than  the  Podophyllin.  We  by  no  means  advocate  it  as  a 
specific,  but  as  being  appropriate  and  reliable  in  by  far  the 
16 


r 

242  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

largest  majority  of  cases.  In  order,  however,  to  be  successful 
with  this  agent,  the  conditions  heretofore  mentioned  as 
governing  its  employment  must  be  strictly  observed. 

Podophyllin,  in  our  opinion,  is  eminently  superior  to  all 
other  remedies  as  a resolvent  and  alteratvve.  In  this  opinion 
we  are  not  alone.  It  is,  for  this  reason,  more  frequently 
indicated  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  disease  than  any  other 
remedial  agent.  In  all  disorders  of  the  liver,  no  matter  what 
their  type,  we  have  need  to  avail  ourselves  of  the  curative 
powers  of  Podophyllin.  Be  that  organ  indolent  from  any 
cause,  excepting  only  a deficiency  in  the  blood  of  the  elemen- 
tary constituents  of  bile,  we  have,  in  the  Podophyllin,  a safe 
and  certain  agent  for  restoring  its  functional  energy.  In  this 
case  it  proves  directly  stimulant  to  that  organ,  and  is  instru- 
mental in  restoring  lost  action.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
condition  be  one  of  abnormal  excitement,  as  in  diarrhea,  dys- 
entery, etc.,  Podophyllin  is  equally  efficient  in  regulating  the 
secretive  action  of  that  organ.  ]STo  matter  to  which  side  the 
scale  may  be  turned,  Pod  phyllin  may  be  relied  upon  to 
restore  and  harffionise  the  functions  of  secretion.  Our  views 
in  relation  to  the  peculiar  property  whereby  diverse  derange- 
ments are  regulated  by  one  and  the  same  remedial  agent,  are 
more  fully  set  forth  under  the  head  of  Senecin.  Transfer  the 
exposition  there  given  to  the  Podophyllin,  and  the  phenome- 
non is  explained. 

As  a derivative,  in  the  discussion  and  diffusion  of  local 
inflammations  and  congestions,  the  Podophyllin  is,  perhaps, 
without  an  equal.  In  the  treatment  of  chronic  inflammation 
of  the  bladder,  we  have  frequently  had  occasion  to  put  its 
peculiar  virtues  in  this  respect  to  the  proof,  and  never  have 
we  been  disappointed.  As  a radical  means  in  the  cure  of  this 
complain',  our  success  with  it  has  been  such  that  we  deem  it 
indispensable.  We  usually  exhibit  it  in  full  cathartic  doses 
at  bed  time,  and  repeat  every  second  or  third  night  until  the 
more  violent  symptoms  are  subdued.  It  answers  well 
combined  with  Asclepin  in  these  cases.  The  auxiliary 
remedies  will  consist  of  mucilaginous  and  cooling  diuretics, 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


243 


as  a decoction  of  Marsh  Mallows,  Pumpkin-seeds,  or  Cleavers 
infused  in  cold  water.  Populin,  Lupulin,  and  Hydras  tin  will 
also  be  found  serviceable.  If  calculous  deposits  are  suspected, 
borate  of  soda,  in  doses  of  two  grains  twice  a day. 

In  the  treatment  of  felons,  and  local  inflammations 
generally,  we  almost  invariably  employ  the  Podophyllin  in 
full  doses,  and  have  always  found  it  efficient  in  modifying  the 
inflammatory  action,  and  abating  the  violence  of  the  local 
congestion.  As  a revellent,  we  give  it  the  preference  over  all 
other  remedies. 

9 

As  an  alterative,  in  the  treatment  of  syphilitic  infections, 
its  sanative  influences  are  more  certain  and  reliable  than  those 
of  mercury,  and  its  operation  entirely  devoid  of  any 
secondary  deleterious  effects  whatever.  Not  only  is  this  true 
in  regard  to  primary  syphilis,  but  also  of  the  secondary  and 
tertiary  forms,  and  he  who  fails  with  this  remedy,  when  judi- 
ciously employed,  need  not  resort  to  mercurials  with  any  hope 
of  success.  It  does  not  cure  by  changing  the  type  of  the 
disease,  inducing  a Podophyllo-syphilitic  complication,  but  by 
eradicating  the  virus  effectually  from  the  system.  And  when 
primary  syphilis  is  properly  treated  with  Podophyllin,  in 
connection  with  suitable  auxiliaries  derived  from  the  organic 
materia  medica,  secondary  and  tertiary  symptoms  will  seldom 
or  never  appear.  At  least  we  have  never  known  such  a result, 
and  our  experience  has  not  been  limited.  It  is  a great  mistake 
to  suppose  the  vegetable  kingdom  incapable  of  affording  a 
remedy  of  equal  efficacy  with  mercury  in  resolving  deposits 
of  inflammatory  exudations,  for  in  Podophyllin  we  have  that 
remedy.  Whether  they  arise  from  pleural  or  other  adhesions 
of  the  serous  membranes,  or  from  syphilitic  or  other  infections, 
the  Podophyllin  will  answer  an  equally  good  purpose.  In 
these  cases  it  should  be  given  in  small  doses,  say  from  one- 
eighth  to  ONE -HALF  of  one  grain,  and  continued  for  a length 
of  time,  occasionally  administering  a full  dose,  if  the  bowels 
are  not  sufficiently  relaxed,  in  order  to  guard  against  intestinal 
accumulations.  The  best  adjunctive  in  these  cases  is  Asclepm. 

Piles,  when  dependent  upon  a sluggish  condition  of  the 


244 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


portal  circulation,  are  promptly  and  radically  relieved  by  the 
use  of  Podophyllin.  The  proper  method  of  using  it  in  this 
complaint  is  to  commence  with  a dose  sufficiently  large  to 
impress  the  liver  thoroughly,  and  then  follow  with  small 
doses  in  combination  with  Hydrastin,  as  follows : 

9, 

Podophyllin grs.iii 

Hydrastin  grs.xxiv. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  powders.  Dose — one,  twice  or 
thrice  a day,  according  to  the  solubility  of  the  bowels^  We 
prefer,  however,  alternating  the  Podophyllin  with  Hydrastin, 
exhibiting  the  latter  during  the  day  and  the  former  at  bed- 
time. In  all  cases  of  chronic  disease,  the  Podophyllin  will 
operate  better  if  given  at  bed  time,  as  the  stomach  is  then,  or 
should  be,  free  from  all  other  matters  requiring  digestive 
action,  and  can  devote  its  energies  exclusively  to  the  appro- 
priation of  the  medicine. 

For  jaundice,  the  Podophyllin  should  be  alternated  with 
Leptandrin,  Juglandin,  Hydrastin,  etc.  These  should  be 
given  in  appropriate  doses  two  or  three  times  per  day,  and  a 
cathartic  dose  of  Podophyllin  administered  every  third  or 
fourth  night. 

We  seldom  employ  any  other  medicine  than  Podophyllin 
in  the  treatment  of  croup,  when  called  to  treat  the  disease  in 
its  incipient  stages.  Our  first  care  is  to  apply  the  cold  water 
bandage  to  the  throat,  and  to  have  the  feet  frequently  bathed 
in  warm  alkaline  water.  We  then  exhibit  a full  dose  of 
Podophyllin,  combining  it  as  circumstances  require,  and 
seldom  find  occasion  for  other  medicine,  or  even  a repetition 
of  the  same.  If  other  medicine  be  absolutely  necessary,  we 
employ  the  Asclepin  in  solution,  with,  occasionally,  a few 
drops  of  the  Wine  Tincture  of  Lobelia.  If  this  plan  of 
treatment  be  adopted'  early,  it  will  seldom  disappoint  the 
practitioner.  The  peculiar  alterative  and  resolvent  properties 
of  the  Podophyllin  render  it  invaluable  in  arresting  the 
progress  of  membranous  croup. 

In  chronic  constipation  of  the  bowels,  arising  from  hepatic 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PRORER. 


245 


torpor,  we  know  of  no  remedy  more  to  be  relied  npon  than 
the  Podophyllin.  To  ensure  success,  the  remedy  must  be 
persevered  in.  In  one  case  of  fifteen  years’  duration,  we 
continued  the  use  of  this  medicine  for  one  year,  exhibiting  it 
on  an  average  every  alternate  night,  and  with  complete  suc- 
cess. Tonics  should  be  used  in  connection. 

For  scrofula,  ophthalmia,  otorrhea,  eruptions  of  the  skin,  and 
for  all  diseases  arising  from,  or  dependent  upon,  tardy  depu- 
ration, hepatic  aberation,  local  obstructions,  defective  secre- 
tion, or  a vitiated  condition  of  the  blood  and  fluids  from 
any  druse,  Podophyllin  is  the  radical  remedy.  It  arouses  the 
latent  energies  of  the  system,  and  paves  the  way  for  further 
medication.  Podophyllin  exercises  a remarkable  control  over 
the  sanguiferous  system,  removing  capillary  obstructions,  and 
equalising  the  circulation.  The  exhibition  of  a dose  of  Podo- 
phyllin is  frequently  followed  by  a decided  increase  of 
temperature  on  the  part  of  the  skin,  and  patients  sometimes 
imagine  that  the  medicine  is  going  to  induce  a fever.  Many 
who  have  been  troubled  with  unequal  circulation  and 
coldness  of  the  extremities  for  months,  are  permanently 
relieved  by  a single  dose.  In  apoplexy,  as  soon  as  the  patient 
is  restored  to  consciousness,  we  generally  exhibit  a full  dose 
of  Podophyllin  and  Leptandrin,  and  the  early  employment  of 
the  same  prescription  will  generally  prevent  an  attack,  when 
taken  on  the  approach  of  the  premonitory  symptoms. 

In  cholera  morbus,  as  soon  as  the  vomiting  and  spasms 
are  allayed,  we  invariably  exhibit  the  same  combination, 
adding  to  it,  if  occasion  requires,  Dioscorein,  or  Caulophyllin, 
or  Asclepin,  etc.  If  the  affection  be  accompanied'  with 
hepatic  congestion,  it  will  relieve  the  pain  in  a very  short 
time,  and  prove  the  very  best  anodyne  that  can  possibly  be 
used. 

For  the  convulsions  of  dentition,  we  give  the  Podophyllin 
preference  over  all  other  remedies.  While  others  administer 
antispasmodics,  ’ anodynes,  etc.,  we  give  Podophyllin, 
and  we  have  never  been  disappointed  in  our  expecta- 
tions. The  fact  is,  in  all  congestions  of  the  hepatic 


246 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


system,  Podophyllin  is  without  an  equal  as  an  anti-spasmodic. 
Hence,  as  soon  as  the  difficulty  is  determined  to  arise  from 
biliary  obstruction,  palliative  means  should  be  dispensed  with, 
and  the  radical  remedy,  Podophyllin,  immediately  exhibited. 
The  timely  use  of  Podophyllin  during  the  period  of  dentition 
will  obviate  all  liability  to  convulsions.  As  acidity  of  the 
stomach  predominates  during  this  period,  means  must  be 
employed  to  neutralise  it.  Lime  water,  in  doses  of  a tea- 
spoonful three  or  four  times  a day,  is  the  best  remedy  we  are 
acquainted  wiih.  If  this  precaution  has  been  neglected,  the 
Podophyllin  may  be  combined  with  supercarbonate  of  soda, 
when  exhibited,  otherwise  it  may  fail  of  its  effect.  It  will  be 
remembered  that  we  have  stated  that  the  operation  of  Podo- 
phyllin is  negatived  by  the  presence  of  lactic  acid.  Bearing 
in  mind  the  fact,  also,  that  the  food  of  children  at  this  age 
consists  chiefly  of  milk,  the  most  ready  source  for  the  produc- 
tion of  lactic  acid,  the  necessity  of  our  admonition  will  be 
apparent.  If  the  symptoms  indicate  the  presence  of  acrid 
ingesta  in  the  stomach,  an  emetic  of  the  Wine  Tincture  of 
Lobelia  should  precede  the  exhibition  of  Podophyllin,  as  more 
prompt  relief  will  thereby  be  afforded.  We  have  attended 
many  cases  of  so-called  congestion  of  the  brain  in  infants, 
which  we  have  demonstrated  to  have  arisen  from  the  presence 
of  a considerable  quantity  of  acrid  ingesta  in  the  alimentary 
canal.  In  one  case,  a child  of  eight  months  old,  we  removed, 
by  means  of  Lobelia  and  Podophyllin,  one  and  a half  pints 
of  solid  casein.  This  matter  so  expelled  was  in  a high  state 
of  putrefactive  fermentation.  The  child  was  being  reared  by 
hand,  as  it  is  called,  that  is,  fed  upon  cows’  milk.  The  expul- 
sion of  these  morbid  accumulations  was  followed  by  an 
abatement  of  all  the  symptoms,  rendering  other  medication, 
except  a little  Asclepin  and  Con.  Tine.  Veratrum,  to  soothe  the 
excited  nervous  and  sanguiferous  systems,  unnecessary.  We 
mention  this  case  as  simply  illustrative  of  many  that  have 
occurred  under  our  observation,  both  in  our  own  practice  and 
that  of  others,  and  to  demonstrate  the  efficacy,  reliability,  and 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  247 

safety  of  the  remedials  above  mentioned,  in  the  treatment  of 
the  diseases  to  which  infants  are  liable. 

But  of  all  the  valuable  properties  pertaining  to  the  Podo- 
phyllin,  perhaps  none  are  more  remarkable  than  its  power,  in 
connection  with  olive  oil,  of  removing  biliary  concretions. 
That  it  does  possess  this  power  we  have  demonstrated  again 
and  again.  The  symptoms  indicating  the  existence  of  these 
concretions  are  manifold,  yet  so  well  marked,  that  the 
diagnosis  is  not  difficult.  The  ordinary  symptoms  indicating 
a functional  disturbance  of  the  liver,  such  as  furred  tongue, 
bad  taste  in  the  mouth,  sallowness  of  the  skin,  eyes,  etc., 
are  usually  present.  The  special  symptoms  are,  in  many 
cases,  a seated  pain  in  the  right  epigastrium,  which  both 
internal  and  external  means  fail  to  alleviate ; a feeling  of 
distension  or  fulness  in  the  region  of  the  liver ; bowels  some- 
times constipated,  at  other  times  diarrhea ; but  the  most 
certain  symptom  is  alternate  diarrhea  and  constipation;  severe 
pain  in  the  head,  accompanied  with  nausea  and  vomiting  of 
bilious  matter ; sometimes  the  patient  is  attacked  at  night 
with  a severe  spasmodic  pain  in  the  region  of  the  liver, 
with  difficult  respiration,  and  is  only  relieved  by  free  vomiting, 
which  requires  to  be  artificially  produced,  as  the  spasm  is 
generally  so  great  that  it  will  not  take  place  spontaneously. 
Other  symptoms,  as  emaciation,  extreme  sallowness  of  the 
skin,  cough,  sudden  faintings,  scanty  and  high-colored  urine, 
etc.,  are  sometimes  present.  Many  cases  of  periodical  sick 
headache  are  entirely  dependent  upon  this  cause. 

The  proper  plan  of  treatment  in  these  cases  is  as  follows : 
exhibit  at  bed  time  the  following  powder : 


9- 

Podophyllin grs.ij 

Euphorbin 1 grs.j 

Caulophyllin grs.ij. 


Mix.  It  is  best  taken  in  a little  water.  The  next  morning, 
as  soon  as  the  nausea  attending  the  operation  of  the  powder 
has  subsided,  administer  eight  ounces  of  pure  Olive  Oil. 
This  quantity  is  the  average  dose  for  an  adult.  We  have 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


248 


known  as  high  as  sixteen  ounces  to  he  given  at  a single 
dose,  hut  the  patient  was  of  unusual  physical  development. 
We  have  frequently  administered  six  and  eight  ounces  to 
females,  and  never  without  the  most  beneficial  results.  The 
oil  will  sometimes  produce  a considerable  degree  of  nausea, 
and  usually  operates  upon  the  bowels  in  the  course  of  four 
hours.  We  have  known  as  many  as  two  hundred  of  these 
concretions,  varying  in  size  from  that  of  a small  pea  to  that 
of  a hazel  nut,  to  be  passed  after  the  administration  of  a 
single  dose  of  the  Podophyllin  and  oil.  It  is  always  advisable 
to  administer  half  the  quantity  of  oil  on  the  second  morning, 
as  some  of  the  concretions  are  liable  to  lodge  in  the  bowels, 
giving  rise  to  flatulence,  pain  and  irritation.  If  there  is  reason 
to  suspect  that  more  of  the  concretions  remain  unexpelled,  the 
same  course  of  treatment  must  be  repeated.  It  is  requisite,  in 
all  cases,  to  give  the  Podophyllin  in  sufficient  doses  to  relax 
the  hepatic  constriction  thoroughly  previous  to  exhibiting  the 
oil.  The  dose  above  advised  will  of  course  require  to  be 
increased  or  diminished  according  to  circumstances.  A smaller 
quantity  of  oil  may  also  sometimes  answer  the  purpose, 
although  less  than  four  ounces  will  prove  inefficient.  We 
seldom  give  less  than  six.  The  combination  of  the  Podophyllin 
may  also  be  varied  at  the  option  of  the  practitioner.  Leptan- 
drin  may  be  substituted  for  the  Euphorbin,  and  Gelsemin  for 
the  Caulophyllin.  We  give  preference  to  the  Euphorbin, 
however,  having  met  with  better  success  in  the  use  of  that 
agent  as  an  adjunctive 

After  the  operation  of  the  above  medicine,  theXpatient 
should  be  placed  upon  a laxative  and  tonic  course  of  treatment. 
The  following  we  have  found  excellent : 


Mix.  Dose — three  to  five  grains  three  times  a day.  Hydras- 
tin  will  answer  a good  purpose  in  some  cases.  Juglandin  is 
also  excellent,  and  may  be  combined  with  Cornin  in  equal 
proportions. 


Leptandrin 

Cornin 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


249 


In  the  relief  of  suppression  and  retention  of  urine,  we  have 
found  the  Podophyllin  of  exceeding  utility,  as  a radical 
remedy.  We  remember  one  case  in  which  the  catheter  had 
been  used,  on  an  average,  twelve  times  in  twenty -four  hours, 
for  four  weeks,  and  which  was  promptly  and  permanently 
relieved  by  a single  dose  of  Podophyllin,  rendering  the  further 
use  of  the  catheter  unnecessary.  In  all  derangements  of  the 
urinary  apparatus,  Podophyllin  will  be  found  one  of  the  best 
alterative  diuretics  that  can  possibly  be  employed.  It  operates 
not  so  much  by  increasing  the  flow  of  urine,  as  by  restoring 
the  secreting  power  of  the  kidneys.  It  is  very  effectual  in 
removing  uric  acid  deposits,  and  corrects  the  diathesis  giving 
rise  to  the  superabundant  formation  of  that  constituent  of  the 
urine.  It  is  of  exceeding  utility  in  all  calculous  affections,  by 
reason  of  its  peculiar  alterative,  resolvent,  and  diuretic  pro- 
perties. Frequently,  during  its  operation,  considerable  pain 
will  be  felt  in  the  region  of  the  kidneys,  followed  by  a flow 
of  urine  highly  charged  with  calculous  sediment. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  various  types  of  skin  diseases,  we 
have,  in  the  Podophyllin,  one  of  the  best  constitutional  reme- 
dies that  can  possibly  be  employed.  It  exercises  a peculiar 
influence  over  the  sub-cutaneous  glandular  system,  which,  in 
fact,  is  but  typical  of  its  influence  over  the  entire  glandular 
structure  of  the  system.  Its  action  upon  the  animal  economy 
is  universal,  not  a gland  or  tissue  escaping  its  sanative  impress. 
It  awakens  power  when  latent,  quickens  the  functions  when 
tardy,  resolves  viscid  deposits,  restores  and  harmonizes  the 
functions  of  secretion,  removes  obstructions,  promotes  depu- 
ration, dissipates  capillary  congestion,  equalizes  the  circulation, 
and  restores  equilibrium  of  action  to  the  nervous  system.  All 
this  it  does  without  corroding  the  tissues,  or  vitiatingwthe  fluids, 
promoting  the  expulsion  of  nothing  but  that  which  has 
become  effete,  entering  nto  no  abnormal  combinations,  nor  in 
any  wise  impairing  the  integrity  of  the  materials  of  organic 
formation.  Having  expended  its  therapeutic  powers  upon  the 
various  functions  of  the  system,  it  is  itself  depurated  along 
with  other  waste  matters,  leaving  none  other  than  physiolo 


250  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

gical  traces  of  its  former  presence.  We  are  aware  that  our 
language  is  laudatory  in  the  extreme,  but  we  have  no  hesi- 
tancy in  expressing  our  convictions  upon  a subject  so  pregnant 
with  the  best  interests  of  suffering  humanity.  The  truth  of 
our  expressions  has  been  fully  and  repeatedly  demonstrated 
by  hundreds  of  the  most  intelligent  of  our  profession,  hence 
we  stand  not  alone  in  our  estimation  of  the  remedial  agent 
under  consideration. 

Of  the  special  combinations  of  Podophyllin,  we  shall  not 
have  much  to  say  in  the  present  article.  They  are  noticed 
throughout  the  work  in  connection  with  other  agents.  We 
shall,  therefore,  leave  it  to  the  judgment  of  the  practitioner  to 
form  such  combinations  as  his  judgment  may  dictate.  We 
would  again  state  that  Podophyllin  will  take  its  own  time  to 
operate,  independently  of  the  agent  with  which  it  may  be 
combined.  The  average  time  required  for  the  operation  of 
Podophyllin  is  eight  hours.  The  variations  in  this  respect  will 
depend  in  a great  measure  upon  the  readiness  with  which  it  is 
dissolved  and  absorbed.  Hence  any  means  by  which  those 
processes  may  be  facilitated  will  tend  to  quicken  its  operation. 
By  triturating  it  thoroughly  with  Asclepin,  it  will  the  more 
readily  pass  into  solution,  and  in  thi  s form  is  appropriate  in 
the  treatment  of  skin  diseases,  pleural  adhesions,  capillary 
congestions,  bilious  and  typhoid  fever,  dysentery,  iritis,  etc. 
With  Baptisin  for  amenorrhea  and  defective  menstruation. 
Triturated  with  gum  arabic,  one  part  in  eight,  it  answers  an 
excellent  purpose  in  disorders  of  the  bowels.  We  wish  it 
distinctly  borne  in  mind,  in  order  to  ensure  success,  that  it  is 
not  sufficient,  in  the  use  of  this  remedy  in  the  treatment  of 
violent  attacks  of  acute  disease,  as  well  as  in  chronic  cases,  to 
simply  produce  a cathartic  effect  upon  the  bowels,  but  the 
action  must  be  promoted  until  the  evacuations  show  that  the 
morbid  accumulations  are  expelled,  and  the  secretions  evince 
a more  healthy  appearance,  Podophyllin  is  sometimes  very 
tardy  in  its  operation,  not  acting  under  eighteen  or  twenty 
hours,  and  frequently  it  will  operate  more  freely  during  the 
second  twenty -four  hours  than  during  the  first.  In  cases  of 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


251 


chronic  disorders  of  the  liver,  spleen,  and  other  viscera^ 
considerable  pain  will  frequently  be  experienced  in  the  diseased 
organ  during  the  operation  of  the  medicine.  Sometimes  the 
pain  will  be  in  the  liver,  at  others  in  the  spleen,  again  in  the 
kidneys,  in  the  back  of  the  neck  and  head,  in  the  pleura^ 
intercostales,  etc.,  but  these  symptoms  will  subside  with  the 
operation  of  the  medicine,  and  are  favorable  indications,  showing 
that  the  remedy  is  at  work  arousing  the  dormant  energies  of 
the  system. 

The  average  cathartic  dose  of  Podophyllin  is  two  grains- 
An  emeto-cathartic  dose,  from  three  to  five  grains,  although 
ONE  or  two  grains  will  frequently  vomit.  As  an  alterative, 
from  one-eighth  to  one-half  of  ONE  grain.  In  combining 
it  with  other  agents  of  similar  properties,  the  quantities  admit 
of  some  reduction.  If  much  pain  or  griping  is  experienced 
during  its  operation,  it  may  generally  be  readily  relieved  by 
administering  freely  of  warm  ginger  tea.  When,  however, 
the  pain  is  obstinately  seated  in  the  small  intestines,  it  will  be 
relieved  only  by  a motion  of  the  bowels,  and  upon  observing 
the  character  of  the  discharge,  it  will  be  found  to  consist,  in 
most  cases,  of  a clear,  jelly-like  substance,  plastic  lymph, 
which  is  the  material  of  which  the  false  membrane  that  fre- 
quently lines  the  small  intestines  is  formed.  The  pain  will 
abate  as  soon  as  this  matter  is  expelled. 

In  case  Podophyllin  be  taken  by  mistake,  or  in  over-doses, 
it  is  readily  counteracted  by  lactic  acid,  the  most  ready  source 
of  which  is  sour  milk,  or  buttermilk,  which  should  be  freely 
administered. 


MYRICIN. 


Derived  from  Myrica  Cerifera. 

Nat.  Ord — MyricacecB. 

Sex.  Syst. — Dicecia  Tetrandria. 

Common  Names. — Bayberry , Tallow  Berry , Wax  Myrtle , 
Wax  Berry , 'Candle  Berry , etc. 

Part  Used. — Bark  of  the  Boot. 

No.  of  Principles. — Two , viz.,  resinoid  and  tannin . 

Properties. — Alterative,  astringent,  stimulant , diuretic, 
antispasmodic,  and  anti-syphilitic. 

Employment. — Apthous  affections , scrofula,  diarrhea, 
dysentery,  jaundice,  leucorrhea , cata/rrh,  polypus,  fistula, 
suppression  of  urine , to  allay  false  labor  pains,  burn,  chan- 
cres and  whenever  a stimulating  astringent  is  needed. 


Few  of  the  simple  agents  of  the  materia  medica  are  of  more 
practical  and  frequent  utility  than  the  Myricin.  We  class  it 
among  the  simpler  agencies,  because,  while  it  possesses  specific 
and  decided  therapeutic  properties,  it  is  entirely  innoxious  in 
itself.  With  the  exception  of  a mild  diuretic  action,  it  is  never 
visibly  evacuant,  except  in  very  large  doses,  when  it  some- 
times proves  emetic. 

Amongst  the  affections  in  which  the  Myricin  has  been  found 
peculiarly  serviceable,  we  may  first  mention  apthous  affections 
of  the  mucous  surfaces.  It  is  valuable  both  as  a local  and  as  a 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


253 


constitutional  remedy.  In  the  various  forms  of  stomatitis, 
ulcerative  sore  throat,  nursing  sore  mouth,  and  ulcerations  uf 
the  stomach  and  bowels,  it  has  proved  of  great  utility.  The 
average  dose  for  internal  administration  is  three  grains,  which, 
in  bad  cases,  may  be  repeated  every  three  hours.  Locally,  it 
may  be  used  in  the  form  of  a gargle,  one  drachm  to  half  a 
pint  of  boiling  water.  It*  is  usual  to  combine  it  with  other 
astringents,  Rhusin  being  the  best  for  the  purpose.  They  may 
be  combined  in  equal  proportions.  If  desirable  to  avoid  con- 
stipation, it  should  be  alternated  with  Leptandrin,  Juglandin, 
etc.  In  painful  ulcerative  affections  of  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  it  may  be  advantageously  combined  with  Lupulin, 
equal  parts,  and  from  three  to  five  grains  exhibited  once  in 
three  hours,  in  warm  water. 

Myricin  has  obtained  considerable  repute  in  the  treatment 
of  scrofula.  It  is  an  efficient  alterative,  and  its  peculiar  stimu- 
lant properties  are  exceedingly  appropriate  in  the  cold  and 
languid  conditions  characteristic  of  that  disease.  It  should  be 
given  in  doses  of  from  three  to  five  grains  three  times  per 
day.  It  is  necessary  to  obviate  its  astringent  effects  when 
used  as  an  alterative,  for  which  purpose  it  may  be  combined 
with  such  laxatives  as  the  judgment  of  the  practitioner  may 
dictate  at  the  time,  although  we  much  prefer  alternation.  We 
consider  it  better  practice  to  employ  the  Myricin  alone  during 
the  day,  and  to  exhibit  a suitable  dose  of  Podophyllin,  Lep- 
tandrin, or  other  cathartic  or  laxative  at  bed  time.  Externally, 
the  Myricin  is  applied  to  scrofulous  ulcers,  the  surfaces  of 
which  may  be  sprinkled  over  with  it,  or  it  may  be  applied  by 
means  of  a poultice.  In  the.  same  manner  it  is  an  excellent 
stimulant  to  old  and  indolent  ulcers.  In  solution,  it  is  employed 
as  an  injection  in  scrofulous,  mammary,  and  other  abscesses. 

In  diarrhea  and  dysentery,  Myricin  is  employed  with  great 
benefit,  but  not  until  the  morbid  accumulations  have  been 
expelled  and  the  functions  of  the  liver  regulated.  It  may 
then  be  administered  in  doses  of  two  grains  every  one  to 
three  hours,  until  the  discharges  are  controlled.  In  these  com- 
plaints it  may  be  joined  to  the  Geranin,  or  Rhusin,  etc.  To 


254  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

increase  its  stimulant  properties,  with  Xanfhoxylin.  In  the 
diarrhea  of  phthisis  pulmonalis,  and  when  the  system  has 
been  exhausted  by  profuse  colliquitive  discharges,  with 
Fraserin,  as  follows : 

My  ricin 

Fraserin aa.  3 j 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  * Dose — One  every  two  to 
four  hours. 

Myricin  has  been  found  serviceable  in  jaundice,  in  which 
complaint  it  may  be  combined  with  Apocynin,  or  Leptandrin, 
or  Euonymin,  etc.  Enough  of  the  adjunctive  agent  should 
be  added  to  overcome  the  astringency  of  the  Myricin. 

Myricin  is  much  employed  in  leucorrhea,  though  mostly  as 
a local  remedy.  One  drachm  may  be  infused  in  a pint  of 
boiling  water,  and  used  in  suitable  quantities  as  an  enema. 
For  the  relief  of  fetid  leucorrheal  discharges,  one  drachm 
each,  of  Myricin  and  Baptism  should  be  infused  in  a pint  of 
boiling  water,  and  used  as  an  injection,  alternated  with  a solu- 
tion of  chloride  of  lime,  one  ounce  to  a quart  of  cold  water. 

Myricin,  used  as  a snuff,  will  relieve  catarrh,  and  has  been 
found  beneficial  in  some  forms  of  nasal  polypus.  In  the  latter 
affection,  it  may  be  rendered  more  efficient  by  combining  it 
with  Sanguinarin. 

In  solution,  Myricin  is  employed  as  an  injection,  to 
promote  the  healing  of  fistulous  openings  after  they  have  been 
converted  into  simple  ulcers  by  the  use  of  suitable  remedies. 
It  will  be  found  reliable  for  this  purpose  when  the  parts  are 
tardy  in  healing. 

"We  have  found  the  Myricin  effectual  in  relieving  suppres- 
sion of  the  urine,  for  which  purpose  we  usually  employ  it  in 
the  form  of  an  enema.  From  one-half  to  one  drachm  may 
be  administered  in  six  ounces  of  warm  water,  the  patient 
retaining  it  as  long  as  possible.  If  the  first  should  not  be 
retained  a sufficient  length  of  time,  repeat  until  the  desired 
effect  is  produced.  To  render  it  more  effectual,  from  one- 
half  to  ONE  ounce  of  the  Wine  Tincture  of  Lobelia  may  be 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


255 


added  to  each  injection.  The  same  will  he  found  admirable 
for  relieving  the  pain  and  promoting  the  expulsion  of  renal 
calculi.  While  using  the  above,  the  Myricin  may  be  admin- 
istered internally,  in  doses  of  five  grains  every  two  hours,  in 
warm  water.  To  add  to  its  efficacy  it  may  be  joined  with 
Populin. 

But  perhaps  the  most  remarkable  feature  of  the  Myricin  is 
its  power,  in  connection  with  Lobelia,  of  allaying  false  labor 
pains.  The  peculiar  therapeutic  property  here  manifested  is 
the  result  of  the  combination.  Neither  will  answer  the  pur- 
pose alone.  As  soon  as  the  pains  are  ascertained  to  be 
spasmodic,  place  the  patient  in  bed,  and  administer  the  fol- 
lowing : 

i. 

Myricin  -----  grs.  xv. 

Wine  Tine.  Lobelia  - - - § ss. 

Boiling  Water  - - - § j. 

Add  the  Myricin  to  the  boiling  water,  and  after  a few  minutes 
the  Tine.  Lobelia.  Exhibit  at  one  dose,  and  repeat  in  two 
hours,  if  necessary.  This  will  seldom  or  never  disappoint 
the  practitioner,  and  rarely  is  a second  dose  necessary.  It 
allays  the  pains,  quiets  the  nervous  system,  and  postpones 
parturition  to  the  proper  period.  Delivery  will  frequently  be 
delayed  from  one  to  four  weeks,  and  the  matured  energies  of 
the  system  will  then  ensure  a safe  and  easy  accouchment. 

Myricin  is  an  excellent  application  to  burns  after  the  pain 
and  inflammation  has  measurably  subsided.  Applied  in  time, 
it  heals  them  without  suppuration.  For  this  purpose  it  is  best 
dissolved  in  alcohol,  from  two  to  four  drachms  to  the  pint. 
Apply  cloths  wetted  with  the  tincture. 

In  the  treatment  of  mild  chancres,  the  Myricin  will  he  found 
efficient  as  a local  application  in  a majority  of  cases.  Fill  the 
sore  with  the  dry  Myricin,  and  dress  with  cold  water.  Renew 
twice  or  thrice  a day.  Internally,  Myricin  is  of  great  utility  in 
the  treatment  of  syphilitic  infections,  possessing  considerable 
power  in  itself  as  an  anti-syphilitic,  as  well  as  promoting  the 
action  of  other  alteratives.  In  this  disease  it  should  he  given 


256 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


in  doses  of  five  grains  three  times  a day,  and  persevered  in 
for  a length  of  time,  alternated  with  an  occasional  dose  of 
Podophyllin.  In  all  languid  and  cankered  conditions  of  the 
stomach  and  bowels,  the  Myricin  is  admirably  calculated  to 
arouse  the  latent  forces  of  the  system,  detach  false  membranous 
formations,  and  promote  the  action  of  auxiliary  remedies. 
To  prepare  the  stomach,  and  facilitate  the  operation  of  emetics, 
there  is  nothing  better  than  Myricin.  Administer  in  plenty 
of  warm  water.  In  cases  of  atony  of  the  digestive  apparatus 
and  general  debility,  the  Myricin  will  be  found  one  of  the 
most  serviceable  agents  in  the  range  of  the  materia  medica. 


j 


EUONYMIN. 


Derived  from  Euonymus  Americcmus, 

Nat.  Ord. — Celastracece. 

Sex.  S jst .—Pentandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names — Wahoo,  Burning  Bush , Spindle  Tree, 
Indian  Arrow  Wood , etc. 

Part  Used — The  Baric. 

No.  of  Principles — three,  viz.,  Besinoid , neutral,  mid 
ilkaloid. 

Properties — Tonic,  laxative , alterati/ve,  and  expectorant. 
Employment — Dyspepsia , constipation,  dropsy , hepatic 
torpor,  and  affections  of  the  respiratory  system . 


In  medicinal  doses,  Euonymin  is  laxative,  tonic,  alterative, 
>xpectorant,  and  feebly  diuretic.  It  is  also  accredited  with  a 
degree  of  anti-periodic  power.  In  very  large  doses  it  proves 
a drastic  cathartic,  its  operation  being  attended  with  a death- 
like nausea,  excessive  tormina,  prostration,  and  cold  sweats. 
The  dejections  from  the  bowels  are  violent,  profuse,  and 
accompanied  with  much  flatus.  From  these  symptoms,  how- 
ever, the  patient  soon  recovers. 

We  esteem  the  Euonymin  a remedy  of  great  value.  In  the 
treatment  of  indigestion  arising  from  hepatic  torpor,  it  will  be 
found  of  excellent  service.  It  is  powerfully  tonic,  and  while  it 
deterges  and  resolves  viscid  deposits,  and  promotes  the  various 
17 


258  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER 

secretions,  it  imparts  a decided  and  permanent  tone  to  the 
various  functions.  The  average  dose  of  the  Euonjmin  is  TWO 
grains.  This  quantity  may  be  given  twice  or  thrice  a day  as 
occasion  requires.  It  may  be  joined  with  other  tonics  when 
desired,  as  the  Cornin,  Hydrastin,  Fraserin,tetc.,  or  with  anti- 
spasmodics  and  nervines,  as  the  Cypripedin,  Caulophyllin, 
Lupulin,  Scutellarin,  etc.  When  a stimulant  is  needed,  with 
Xanthoxylin,  and  in  some  cases  of  scrofula,  torpor  of  the 
lacteals,  and  syphilitic  diseases,  with  Myricin. 

For  the  relief  of  obstinate  constipation  of  the  bowels,  the 
Euonymin  is  one  of  the  most ' reliable  agents  we  possess.  It 
is  not  as  prompt  as  many  other  laxatives  in  its  operation, 
some  two  or  three  days  frequently  elapsing  before  it  manifests 
any  effect  upon  the  system,  but  it  makes  amends  for  its  tardi- 
ness by  the  permanency  of  its  influence.  In  order  to  effect  a 
radical  cure,  the  Euonymin  must  be  persevered  with,  in  mode- 
rate doses,  for  a considerable  length  of  time.  It  operates 
slowly  but  surely. 

Euonymin  has  been  found  useful  in  the  treatment  of  dropsy, 
in  which  complaint  it  proves  efficacious  by  reason  of  its  resol- 
vent, diuretic,  and  tonic  properties.  Its  diuretic  influence  is 
more  secondary  than  primary,  being  the  result  of  increased 
absorption.  It  is  of  great  utility  in  dropsy,  after  the  effusions 
have  been  removed,  for  the  purpose  of  toning  up  the  system 
and  preventing  a return.'  This  it  accomplishes  by  maintaining 
the  integrity  of  the  secretive  action  of  the  system.  Although 
not,  in  the  proper  sense,  a diaphoretic,  it  promotes  the  depu- 
rative  action  of  the  skin,  and  this,  together  with  its  laxative 
power,  renders  it  valuable  for  the  prevention  and  removal  of 
serous  exudations. 

In  the  treatment  of  hepatic  torpor,  we  have,  in  the  Euony- 
min, a remedy  deserving  of  much  confidence.  It  may  be 
combined  with  any  other  agent  or  agents  that  the  judgment 
of  the  practitioner  may  deem  indicated,  or  may  be  alternated 
with  such  auxiliaries  as  the  necessity  of  the  case  demands. 
We  prefer  the  latter  course.  In  indigestion  arising  from 
hepatic  torpor,  and  accompanied  with  acidity,  the  Juglandin 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  259 

will  be  found  an  excellent  adjunctive,  of  which  two  parts 
may  be  combined  with  one  of  Euonymin. 

Euonymin  is  an  excellent  remedy  in  affections  of  the  respi- 
ratory apparatus,  as  bronchitis,  laryingitis,  coughs,  colds, 
influenza,  and  incipient  phthisis.  Asthma  arising  from  a 
disordered  action  of  the  liver  may  be  most  effectually  cured 
by  means  of  the  Euonymin.  In  pneumonia,  as  soon  as  the 
inflammatory  symptoms  are  subdued,  the  Euonymin  operates 
admirably  as  an  expectorant,  promoting  at  the  same  time  the 
depurative  action  of  the  skin,  kidneys, , and  bowels,  thus 
relieving  the  lungs  by  promoting  the  expulsion  of  effete 
matter  through  the  proper  channels,  and  imparting  tone  to  the 
digestive  and  assimilative  apparatus.  Hectic  fever  is  fre- 
quently arrested  by  means  of  the  Euonymin,  and  chronic 
cases  of  intermittent  fever  have  been  cured  by  a persevering 
use  of  the  same  remedy,  thus  seeming  to  entitle  it  to  the 
appellation  of  anti-periodic.  In  the  treatment  of  coughs, 
colds,  and  influenza,  it  is  better  to  give  the  Euonymin  in  small 
and  oft-repeated  doses,  say  half  a grain  every  two  hours. 
The  same  course  answers  well  in  pneumonia.  In  the  treat- 
ment of  the  form  of  asthma  above  mentioned,  the  use  of  the 
Euonymin  should  be  preceded  by  a thorough  dose  of  Podo- 
phyllin. 

As  a laxative  and  tonic,  from  TWO  to  four  grains  may  be 
given.  As  an  expectorant,  from  ONE-FOURTH  to  ONE  grain. 
In  chronic  disease,  the  system  should  first  be  cleansed  with 
Podophyllin. 


260 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER, 


CONCENT.  TINCTURE  EUONYMUS  AMERICANUS. 


Derivation,  properties,  and  employment,  same  as  tlie 
Enonymin.  Contains  all  tlie  virtues  of  the  bark  in  a concen- 
trated and  reliable*  form.  Average  dose,  four  drops.  Con- 
venient for  adding  to  mixtures,  and  for  combining  with  other 
of  the  concentrated  tinctures.  Said  to  be  of  some  efficacy  as 
a vermifuge,  for  which  purpose  it  may  be  joined  with  the  Con. 
Tine.  Chelone  Glabra,  or  Apocynum  Cannabinum.  It  will 
prove  a desirable  adjunctive,  on  account  of  its  laxative  and 
tonic  properties.  Combined  with  the  Con.  Tine.  Xan- 
thoxylum  Frax.,  will  be  found  useful  in  torpor  of  the  lacteals. 
Convenient  and  useful  as  an  expectorant,  in  coughs,  colds, 
influenza,  asthma,  phthisis,  pleuritis,  pneumonia,  etc.,  in  doses 
of  ONE  drop  every  hour  or  two,  as  may.  be  necessary. 


OIL  OF  ERIGERON. 


Derived  from  Erigeron  Canadense. 

Nat.  Ord. — Aster acece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Synyenesia  Superflua. 

Common  Names. — Fire  Weed , Canada  Fledbane , Colt's 
Tail , Scabious , 

Part  Used. — The  Plant. 

Properties. — Astringent , styptic , diuretic. 

Employment. — Uterine  hemorrhage , hemoptysis , hematar 
mesis , hematuria , menorrhagia , dysmenorrhea , uterine  leu- 
corrhea , gonorrhea , gravel , and  other  affections  of  the  urinary 
apparatus.  Locally,  in  rheumatic  affections , enlargement  of 
the  tonsils , neuralgia , spinal  irritation , etc. 

The  Oil  of  Erigeron  is,  in  our  estimation,  the  most  valuable 
remedy  of  its  class.  Although  not  a specific,  it  is  undoubt- 
edly the  best  agent  we  possess  for  the  relief  of  uterine  hemor- 
rhage. The  dose  of  the  oil  in  these  cases  is  from  five  to 
ten  drops,  repeated  once  in  from  thirty  to  sixty  minutes, 
according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms.  It  will  act  more 
promptly,  being  rendered  more  diffusible,  by  being  previously 
dissolved  in  alcohol.  In  addition  to  internal  adninistration, 
it  may  also  be  applied  locally  with  the  best  results.  A case 
occurred  under  the  observation  of  the  writer  over  twenty 
years  ago,  in  which  the  patient,  from  excessive  loss  of  blood, 


262 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


was  reduced  to  a comatose  condition,  and  incapable  of  swal- 
lowing. A piece  of  cotton  wool,  saturated  with  the  oil,  was 
introduced  into  the  vagina  and  placed  in  close  juxtaposition 
with  the  mouth  of  the  uterus,  when  an  instantaneous  stop  was 
put  to  the  bloody  flow.  The  patient  is  still  living,  in  good 
health,  having  attained  the  age  of  sixty-three  years.  During 
the  past  season  we  were  consulted  in  a similar  case,  in  which 
we  advi’sed  the  adoption  of  the  above  plan,  and  with  complete 
success. 

Auxiliary  agents  may  be  employed  in  connection  with  the 
oil,  if  deemed  advisable.  The  Myricin,  Lycopin,  Trilliin, 
Greranin  and  Hamamelin  are  all  good,  and  may  be  given  in 
suitable  doses  in  warm  water.  An  infusion  of  Avens  root, 
Geum  Rivale , answers  an  excellent  purpose.  In  passive 
hemorrhages,  Cerasein,  or  the  Oil  of  Capsicum,  will  answer 
the  best  purpose.  One  drop  of  the  Oil  of  Capsicum  should 
be  given  with  each  dose  of  the  Erigeron. 

For  hemoptysis,  we  alternate  the  oil  with  Lycopin.  If  the 
condition  of  the  stomach  does  not  contra-indicate,  we  use  the 
oil  in  the  following  manner  : 


Oil  Erigeron  Canad gtt.xv 

White  Sugar  3 ij 

Water §ij 


Triturate  the  oil  thoroughly  with  the  sugar,  and  add  the  water. 
If  sufficient  care  be  exercised,  the  oil  will  be  completely  sus- 
pended in  the  water.  If  the  hemorrhage  is  severe,  give  one 
teaspoonful  every  ten  or  fifteen  minutes,  until  it  is  arrested, 
and  then  at  intervals  of  from  two  to  four  hours.  As  soon  as 
the  urgent  symptoms  are  allayed,  in  order  to  effect  a radical 
cure,  alternate  with  Lycopin,  giving  a dose  of  the  oil  morning 
and  evening,  and  from  two  to  five  grains  of  the  Lycopin  at 
noon  and  at  bed  time.  Or  better,  make  a solution  of  the 
Lycopin,  fifteen  grains  to  four  ounces  of  warm  water,  and  let 
the  patient  take  a tablespoonful  once  in  three  hours.  If  dia- 
phoretics are  needed,  combine  the  Lycopin  with  Asclepin.  To 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


263 


obviate  the  astringent  effects  npon  the  bowels,  Leptandrin, 
Euonymin,  Hydrastin,  Podophyllin,  Menispermin,  etc.,  may 
be  employed. 

In  the  treatment  of  hematamesis,  small  doses  of  the  oil  fre- 
quently repeated,  will  answer  a better  purpose.  Prepared  as 
above  directed,  we  employ  it  in  this  affection,  and  in  hematu- 
ria, menorrhagia,  and  dysmenorrhea.  In  the  latter  two  com- 
plaints we  have  made  much  use  of  it,  and  with  the  most  gra- 
tifying success.  It  allays  the  spasmodic  pains  accompanying 
dysmenorrhea,  and  restrains,  without  suppressing  the  men- 
strual flow,  when  too  profuse.  One  teaspoonful  of  the  above 
preparation  of  the  oil  may  be  given  every  one,  two,  or  three 
hours^  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms.  When 
gastric  derangement  forbids  the  use  of  sugar,  the  oil  may  be 
dissolved  in  alcohol  and  mixed  with  water,  or  exhibited  in 
mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  or  slippery  elm.  Or  it  may  be  formed 
into  pills  with  bread,  or  any  other  suitable  excipient. 

Oil  of  Erigeron  exercises  considerable  control  over  the  heart 
and  arterial  system,  acting  as  a sedative.  We  have  found  it 
serviceable  in  allaying  pa]pitation  of  the  heart,  particularly 
when  arising  from  uterine  irritation.  From  two  to  five  drops 
may  be  administered  at  a time,  and  repeated  as  occasion 
requires.  The  remarkable  sanative  influences  exercised  by 
this  agent  on  the  uterine  system,  gives  it  a wide  range  of  em- 
ployment. In  combination  with  Oil  of  Stillingia,  we  have 
used  it  with  remarkable  success  in  the  relief  of  those  peculiar 
headaches  accompanying  defective  menstruation. 

9- 

Oil  Erigeron 

“ Stillingia  - - - . aa.  3j- 

Mix.  Dose — two  drops,  three  times  per  day.  This  has 

answered  our  purpose  when  other  remedies  failed.  The  same 
combination  will  be  found  of  service  in  uterine  leucorrhea, 
and  in  gonorrhea.  We  have  used  the  Oil  of  Erigeron  alone 
in  gonorrhea,  with  the  most  marked  and  beneficial  results. 
It  may  be  added  to  the  mixtures  used  in  that  complaint, 


264 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


although  we  prefer  to  administer  it  alone,  usually  giving  it 
twice  a day,  in  the  morning  and  at  bed  time.  It  allays  the 
scalding  of  the  urine,  and  assists  materially  in  cutting  short 
the  disease.  It  is  of  much  service  in  inflammation  of  the 
kidneys  and  bladder,  and  in  gravelly  affections.  It  harmonises 
and  gives  tone  to  the  functions  of  both  the  uterine  and  urinary 
apparatus.  Its  diuretic  power  consists  more  in  an  alterative 
property,  regulating  rather  than  increasing  the  secretion  of 
urine. 

Locally,  we  have  used  the  Oil  of  Erigeron  in  a variety  of 
complaints,  and  with  the  most  beneficial  results.  As  an  appli- 
cation to  inflamed  and  enlarged  tonsils,  and  inflammation  and 
ulceration  of  the  throat  generally,  this  remedy  has  few.  supe- 
riors. For  the  purpose  of  applying  to  the  tonsils,  it  should  be 
dissolved  in  alcohol,  in  the  proportion  of  one  drachm  of  the 
oil  to  from  ONE  to  TWO  ounces  of  alcohol.  Apply  with  a 
probang  two  or  three  times  a day.  We  also  apply  it  to  the 
throat,  externally,  at  the  same  time,  for  which  purpose  we 
dissolve  ONE  ounce  of  the  oil  in  from  eight  to  sixteen 
ounces  of  alcohol,  according  to  the  degree  of  stimulation 
desired.  Bathe  the  throat  freely  several  times  a day,  or  wet  a 
cloth  in  the  tincture  and  bind  on  the  parts.  If  there  is  much 
swelling  and  inflammation,  over  the  cloth  so  wetted  apply  the 
cold  water  bandage.  This  application  will  produce  a burning 
sensation  of  the  skin,  much  resembling  that  produced  by 
Capsicum,  but  will  not  vesicate.  This  liniment  will  also  be 
found  excellent  as  an  application  to  other  local  inflammations, 
as  painful  tumors,  rheumatic  swellings,  spinal  irritation,  chil- 
blains, etc.  We  have  frequently  applied  the  pure  oil  with 
excellent  effect  in  sciatica,  neuralgia,  rheumatism,  etc.  It  is 
powerfully  rubefacient,  but  we  never  remember  to  have  seen 
it  vesicate.  We  mention  this  fact,  as  we  have  seen  it  stated 
by  some  writers  that  it  is  too  acrid  for  topical  use. 

In  syphilitic  ulcerations  of  the  throat,  after  the  use  of  proper 
caustics,  we  know  of  no  better  application  for  allaying  the 
inflammation  and  promoting  the  healing  of  the  ulcers.  For 
this  purpose,  one  part  of  the  Oil  should  be  dissolved  in  from 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


265 


FOUR  to  eight  of  alcohol.  The  same  will  be  found  of  service 
as  an  application  to  indolent  ulcers,  and  certain  forms  of 
cutaneous  eruptions. 

The  Oil  dissolved  in  alcohol,  ONE  drachm  of  the  former  to 
TWO  ounces  of  the  latter,  has  been  found  serviceable  for  the 
purposes  of  inhalation  in  hemoptysis  and  other  affections  of 
the  respiratory  organs.  One  drachm  of  the  above  tincture, 
added  to  one  pint  of  water,  and  evaporated  in  a suitable  ves- 
sel, will  answer  for  several  inhalations.  It  is  excellent  where 
there  is  a tendency  to  hemorrhage,  and  where  the  air  surfaces 
are  extremely  susceptible  to  the  differences  in  temperature  of 
the  air  inhaled.  In  the  latter  stages  of  phthisis,  and  in  pneu- 
monia, asthma  etc.,  much  benefit  will  "Be  derived  from  this 
inhalation.  It  stimulates  secretion,  while  it  relaxes  and  soothes 
the  nerves. 


ALNUIN. 


Derived  from  Alnus  Rubra , {A.  Serrulatu  of  Willdenow .) 
Nat.  Ord. — Betulacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Moneecia  Tetrandria. 

Common  Names. — Tag  Alder , Swamp  Alder , efrj. 

Part  Used. — The  Bark. 

No.  of  Principles. — three , viz.,  resin,  resinoid , and  neutral . 
Properties. — Alterative , resolvent , too  and  sub-astringent. 
Employment. — Scrofula , eruptions  of  the  skin , rheumatism, , 
syphilis , and  whenever  an  alterative  is  required. 


The  Alnnin  is  chiefly  valuable  as  an  alterative,  resolvent, 
and  tonic,  its  astringent  properties  being  but  feeble,  and  in  no 
wise  interfering  with  its  properties  as  an  alterative.  We  have 
been  familiar  with  the  employment  of  the  Alnus  and  its  pre- 
parations for  many  years,  and  our  experience  enables  us  to 
speak  in  very  decided  terms  as  regards  its  therapeutic  value. 
W e esteem  it  one  of  the  best  simple  alteratives  and  resolvents 
possible  to  be  employed  in  scrofula,  cutaneous  eruptions,  and 
in  all  affections  arising  from  a vitiated  condition  of  the  blood 
and  fluids.  In  order  to  reap  the  full  value  of  the  Alnuin,  its 
use  must  be  persevered  in  for  a considerable  length  of  time, 
and  we  deem  alternation  preferable  to  combination,  when  it  is 
desirable  to  employ  auxiliary  alteratives.  It  is  slow,  but  certain 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


267 


in  its  operation,  resolving  viscid  deposits,  promoting  secretion 
and  depuration,  increasing  the  appetite,  and  giving  tone  to  the 
digestive  apparatus.  Although  not  strictly  a diuretic,  it  never- 
theless exercises  a peculiar  alterative  influence  over  the  kid- 
neys and  urinary  apparatus  generally,  hence  is  j*aluable  in  the 
treatment  of  chronic  rheumatism,  erysipelas,  gonorrhea,  gleet, 
syphilis,  gravel,  catarrh  of  the  bladder,  etc.  The  average 
dose  of  the  Alnuin  is  three  grains,  three  times  per  day.  In 
many  cases  the  dose  may  be  advantageously  increased  to  ten 
grains.  It  seldom  or  never  offends  the  stomach,  hence  is  pecu- 
liarly serviceable  in  the  treatment  of  patients  possessed  of  a 
very  susceptible  organisation.  It  is  appropriate  and  useful  in 
the  convalescing  stages  of  acute  diseases,  as  it  obviates  the 
plasticity  of  the  secretions,  and  at  the  same  time  promotes  the 
appetite,  digestion,  and  depuration,  thus  manifesting  the 
powers  of  a general  tonic. 

When  combinations  are  desired,  they  should  be  made  com- 
patible with  the  existing  necessities.  Thus,  in  rheumatism,  the 
Alnuin  may  be  joined  with  Macrotin,  as  follows  : 

Alnuin  3 ss. 

Macrotin  grs.  v. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — One,  three  times  a 
day,  or  with  Phytolacin  : 


9- 

Alnuin  2>  ij. 

Phytolacin 3j. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Dose — same  as  above. 
In  scrofula  it  may  be  desirable  to  join  it  with  more  decided 
tonics.  If  laxative  properties  are  indicated,  with  Euonymin 
or  Hydrastin. 

Alnuin 3j 

Euonymin grs.  x. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders. 

Or, 


268  CON CENTR  ATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

Alnuin 

Hydrastin aa.  3ij. 

Mix  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Dose  of  either — one 
powder  three  times  a day.  When  the  simple  tonics  are  indi- 
cated, as  in  the  convalescing  stages  of  dysentery,  diarrhea, 
cholera,  etc,  Fraserin,  or  Cornin,  or  Oerasein,  will  be  appropri- 
ate. If  astringent  tonics  are  required,  in  order  to  control  a 
tendency  to  diarrhea,  the  Myricin,  or  Rhusin,  or  Lycopin,  or 
Trilliin  should  be  employed.  In  the  treatment  of  scrofulous 
and  indolent  ulcers,  eruptions  of  the  skin,  rheumatism,  etc., 
Xanthoxylin  will  be  found  a most  valuable  adjunctive. 

In  cases  of  general  debility,  particularly  of  the  aged,  the 
Alnuin  will  be  found  peculiarly  serviceable.  While  it  is  not 
perceptibly  evacuant,  it  nevertheless  imparts  a healthful  impe- 
tus to  the  various  functions  of  the  system,  proving  itself  a 
true  constitutional  alterative.  Of  course  the  dose  must  be 
regulated  according  to  the  age,  sex,  and  condition  of  the 
patient,  the  chief  consideration  being  to  give  enough  to  bring 
them  fully  under  its  influence.  When  the  liver  is  involved 
in  the  existing  difficulty,  the  judicious  use  of  Podophyllin, 
Leptandrin,  Juglandin,  etc.,  will  much  facilitate  the  cure;  and 
in  all  cases,  when  the  liver  is  primarily  deranged,  should  not 
only  precede,  but  be  occasionally  alternated  with  the  Alnuin. 


YIBURNIN 


■+m 


Derived  from  Viburnum  Opulus.  (V.  Oxy coccus.  Pursh.) 

Nat.  Ord. — Caprifoliacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Trigynia . 

Common  Names. — High  Cranberry , Cramp  Bark , etc . 

Part  Used. — The  Bark. 

No.  of  Principles,  four,  /iz.,  resinoid , two  resins  and 
alkaloid. 

Properties — Anti-spasmodic , 'inti-periodic , expectorant, 

alterative  and  tow. 

Employment. — Cramps , spasms , convulsions , asthma , Ays- 
teria,  chorea , intermittent  fever,  pneumonia,  dysmenorrhea, 
to  prevent  abortion,  and  to  relieve  after-pains . 


THEYibnrnin  is  a safe,  certain,  and  reliable  anti-spasmodic, 
for  which  property  it  is  chiefly  valuable.  For  the  relief  of 
cramps  and  spasmodic  pains,  no  matter  from  what  cause  they 
arise,  we  know  of  no  remedy  of  so  great  general  utility.  It 
exercises  a wonderful  control  over  muscular  fibre,  and  acts 
with  great  promptitude.  Although  in  small  doses  it  is 
esteemed  a tonic,  yet  we  know  that  in  full  doses,  and  continued 
for  a few  days,  it  will  most  effectually  relax  the  nervous  sys- 
tem, and  render  physical  exertion  somewhat  of  a task. 


270  . CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Yiburnin  is  TWO  grains,  although 
admitting  of  being  increased  to  TEN  grains  with  advantage, 
and  of  being  repeated  at  intervals  of  from  twenty  to  sixty 
minutes  until  the  desired  effect  is  produced.  We  have  used 
the  Yiburnin  quite  extensively,  and  esteem  it  an  almost  indis- 
pensible  agent  of  the  materia  medica.  Cramping  pains  in 
the  limbs,  whether  arising  from  the  irritation  produced  by  a 
gravid  uterus,  or  from  a fracture  of  the  bone,  or  in  females 
past  the  turn  of  life,  and  yet  troubled  with  some  uterine  dis- 
turbance, are  more  generally  and  radically  relieved  by  the 
Yiburnin  than  any  other  remedy,  the  Grelsemin,  perhaps, 
excepted.  For  the  cramps  with  which,  females  are  afflicted 
during  the  period  of  utero-gestation,  it  is  a safe  and  certain 
remedy.  For  the  cramping  pains  sometimes  occurring  as 
sequents  to  the  fractures  of  bones,  we  have  found  it  equally 
efficacious.  In  asthma  and  pneumonia,  as  well  as  in  intermit- 
tent fever,  it  seems  of  much  service,  not  only  correcting  the 
plastic  condition  of  the  blood,  relaxing  or  preventing  muscu- 
lar spasm,  and  acting  as  an  expectorant,  but  also  seeming  to 
manifest  considerable  anti-periodic  power,  and  so  prolonging 
the  remissions,  and  lessening  the  tendency  to  a return.  In 
dysmenorrhea  we  have  used  it  with  the  most  decidedly  bene- 
ficial results,  both  alone  and  in  combination  with  other  agents. 
For  the  relief  of  after  pains  it  is  equally  beneficial.  When 
abortion  is  threatened*  as  the  result  of  over  exertion  or  mental 
excitement,  we  have,  in  the  Yiburnin,  one  of  the  most  reliable 
remedies  for  its  prevention.  It  allays  false  labor  pains,  relaxes 
spasm,  and  soothes  and  harmonises  the  action  of  the  nervous 
system.  The  patient  should  be  brought  as  quickly  as  possible 
under  its  influence,  and  perfect  quiet  enjoined.  Notwithstand- 
ing its  peculiar  control  over  spasm,  we  have  never  found  it  to 
interfere  with  true  labor  pains.  W e have  frequently  made 
use  of  it  during  parturition,  when  the  pains  were  scattered, 
extending  to  the  thighs  and  knees,  and  with  the  most  bene- 
ficial results. 

Yiburnin  admits  of  many  combinations,  most  of  which  will 
readily  suggest  themselves  xo  the  practitioner.  For  dysmcn- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  . 271 

orrhea  and  after  pains,  the  following  is  our  favorite  formula  : 


9- 

Yiburnin 

Caulophyllin aa.  3 j 

Grelsemin grs.  v. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — one,  every  two 
hours,  or,  in  severe  cases,  every  hour,  until  relieved.  This 
will  be  found  one  of  the  most  effective  combinations  that  can 
possibly  be  made. 

In  order  to  render  permanent  the  good  results  produced  by 
Yiburnin,  it  is  advisable  to  follow  with  tonics,  as  soon  as  a 
remission  of  the  symptoms  for  which  it  was  exhibited  occurs. 
The  list  embraced  in  this  volume  will  afford  an  opportunity 
for  a judicious  selection.  Quinine,  iron,  etc.,  may  also  be  em- 
ployed at  the  discretion  of  the  practitioner. 

Yiburnin  has  been  found  remarkably  efficacious  in  relieving 
the  pains  accompanying  diarrhea,  dysentery,  and  cholera 
morbus,  and  also  in  flatulent  and  other  forms  of  colic.  For 
use  in  these  complaints  it  may  be  joined  with  Asclepin,  or 
Caulophyllin,  or  Grelsemin.  It  will  increase  the  anti-spas- 
modic power  of  Dioscorein,  and  may  be  joined  with  it  in  the 
treatment  of  bilious  colic.  When  a tonic  is  indicated,  Frase- 
rin  will  be  found  to  operate  remarkably  well  in  connection 
with  the  Yiburnin.  Finally,  as  an  anti-spasmodic,  Yiburnin 
may  be  relied  upon  in  all  cases  with  confidence,  and  will 
seldom  disappoint  the  expectations  of  the  practitioner.  It 
possesses  no  narcotic  rroperty  whatever. 


/ 


CORNIN- 


Derived  from  Cornus  Florida. 

Nat.  Ord. — Cornaceoe. 

Sex.  Syst. — Tetrandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Dogwood,  Boxwood,  Flowering  Cornel, 
etc. 

No.  of  Principles — two,  viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral. 
Properties. — Tonic,  stimulant,  anti-periodic  and  astringent 
Employment. — Intermittent  and  other  fevers,  indigestion, 
debility,  and  the  convalescing  stages  of  mamy  acute  diseases. 


As  a tonic,  the  Cornin  ranks  high  in  the  estimation  of  all 
who  have  employed  it.  Its  anti-periodic  power  renders  it  of 
peculiar  value  in  the  treatment  of  intermittent  and  other 
periodic  fevers.  W e nave  employed  it  with  much  success  in 
the  cure  of  fever  and  ague,  either  alone,  or  joined  with 
Macrotin  and  Xanthoxylin.  The  average  dose  of  the  Cornin 
is  three  grains,  but  may  be  increased  to  ten  grains  in  some 
cases  with  advantage.  The  Cornin  will  be  tolerated  by  the 
stomach  when  other  tonics  are  rejected.  By  many  it  is 
esteemed  a reliable  substitute  for  quinine,  but  this  opinion, 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


273 


perhaps,  needs  some  qualification.  It  is  certain  that  Cornin 
has  cured  fever  and  ague  when  quinine  had  failed,  and  that  in 
all  cases  where  the  latter  cannot  be  employed,  in  consequence 
of  a peculiar  idiosyncracy,  the  Cornin  answers  admirably  as  a 
substitute.  It  is  certainly  one  of  the  best  native  substitutes 
we  have  for  the  bark. 

When  the  system  is  brought  under  the  influence  of  Cornin, 
the  pulse  is  accelerated,  the  temperature  ot  the  skin  is  elevated, 
and  tonicity  is  imparted  to  the  functions  of  the  system  gene- 
rally. In  the  treatment  of  ague  and  fever,  the  system  should 
be  properly  prepared  for  the  influence  of  tonics  by  the  judi- 
cious use  of  Podophyllin  and  Leptandrin,  and,  as  soon  as  a 
distinct  remission  occurs,  the  Cornin  then  administered  in 
doses  of  from  three  to  FIVE  grains  every  three  hours,  until 
the  paroxysmal  stage  is  passed,  and  then  continued  at  longer 
intervals  for  three  or  four  days,  in  order  to  guard  against  a 
return.  Acidity  of  the  stomach,  if  excessive,  must  be  duly 
neutralised  in  order  to  reap  the  full  value  of  the  Cornin.  We 
have  frequently  used  the  Cornin  in  combination  with  Macro- 
tin and  Xanthoxylin,  with  excellent  effect,  as  follows : 


Cornin grs.xx 

Xanthoxylin grs.  x. 

Macrotin * grs.  v. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — One,  every  three 
hours.  In  quotidian  ague,  the  doses  should  be  repeated  every 
two  hours.  The  quantity  of  Macrotin  must  be  regulated 
according  to  the  ability  of  the  patient  to  bear  it.  Cornin  is 
most  successful  in  the  cure  of  fevers  when  the  remissions  are 
marked  and  distinct,  hence,  if  they  are  obscure,  perfect 
remissions  must  be  induced  by  the  use  of  Gelsemin,  Yeratrin, 
etc.,  and  the  Cornin  then  employed  as  above  directed. 

Although  Cornin  does  not  possess  the  power  of  directly 
neutralising  acidity  of  the  stomach,  yet  it  is  of  exceeding  utility 
in  those  cases  of  indigestion  in  which  that  symptom  is  a trou- 
blesome feature.  It  gives  almost  immediate  relief  in  that 
distressing  symptom  called  heart-burn ; and  its  continued  use 
18 


274 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


will  prove  a sure  prevention  of  its  recurrence,  by  restoring  the 
tone  of  the  stomach,  and  so  obviating  the  tendency  to  ferment* 
ation.  Combined  with  Juglandin,  equal  parts,  it  will  prove 
more  effective  still.  From  five  to  ten  grains  of  the  mixture 
may  be  taken  three  times  per  day.  W e often  advise  it  to  be 
taken  immediately  after  each  meal,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
Populin,  and  with  the  most  beneficial  results. 

In  general  debility,  and  in  the  convalescing  stages  of  acute 
diseases,  the  Cornin  may  be  used  for  all.  the  purposes  of  a 
general  tonic.  Its  astringent  properties  are  feeble,  and  will 
seldom  interfere  with  its  general  employment.  When  a lax- 
ative property  is  needed,  we  have  found  it  to  act  admirably  in 
connection  with  Leptandrin.  They  may  be  alternated,  using 
the  Cornin  during  the  day,  and  the  Leptandrin  at  night,  or  the 
two  may  be  combined,  if  desired.  The  difficulty,  in  the  latter 
instance,  is  with  the  Leptandrin,  which,  if  put  up  in  papers,  or 
in  any  way  exposed  to  the  air,  absorbs  moisture  and  hard- 
ens. We  usually  mix  the  two  intimately  together,  and  put 
them  into  a tightly  corked  vial,  directing  the  patient  to  take 
as  much  as  will  lie  upon  a three,  five,  or  ten  cent  piece,  as  the 
case  may  be.  True,  this  is  not  a very  precise  way  or  prescribing^ 
but  with  medicines  so  innoxious  as  these,  a grain  or  two  more 
or  less  can  create  no  serious  disturbance.  When  preferred,  they 
may  be  formed  into  pills. 

Cornin  has  gained  considerable  repute  in  the  cure  of  leu- 
corrhea,  and,  as  a general  tonic,  we  have  found  it  Ox  much 
efficacy  in  disorders  of  the  female  system.  In  this  complaint 
it  may  be  used  in  connection  with  Helonin,  or  Senecin,  or 
Trilliin,  etc.  In  all  cases  in  which  an  anti-periodic  tonic  is 
indicated,  the  Cornin  may  at  all  times  be  relied  upon  as 
amongst  the  most  efficient  of  its  class. 

We  desire,  in  this  connection,  to  direct  the  attention  of  the 
profession  to  the  important  difference  between  the  Cornin,  of 
which  we  have  been  speaking,  and  an  article  of  Cornine  put 
forth  by  certain  manufacturers,  and  which  is  represented  as 
being,  “probably,  a mixture  of  resin  and  insoluble  alkaloid.” 
A few  lines  in  advance,  in  the  work  from  which  we  quote, 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


275 


we  are  told,  in  speaking  of  the  Cornns  Florida  bark,  that 
“ water  or  alcohol  extracts  its  virtues.”  The  wisdom  here 
displayed  is,  to  us,  unfathomable.  If  “water”  will  “extract 
its  virtues,  can  the  active  principle  of  the  bark  be  1 a mixture 
of  resin  and  insoluble  alkaloid  V ” If  so,  can  the  water  “ ex- 
tract” it,  as  the  alkaloid  is  represented  as  being  “insoluble,” 
while  the  resin  is  equally  so,  as  is  demonstrated  by  the  method 
employed  to  obtain  it,  viz.,  by  precipitation  of  the  alcoholic 
solution  by  means  of  water.  Hot  only  so,  but  the  “ resin  ’’ 
and  “ insoluble  alkaloid”  are  “mixed,” hence  more  completely 
“insoluble.”  The  truth  is,  the  active  principles  of  the  bark 
are  two  in  number,  consisting  of  a resinoid  and  a neutral  prin- 
ciple. The  latter  is  the  principal  and  most  valuable  active 
constituent  of  the  bark,  and  is  completely  soluble  in  water. 
This  principle  it  is,  in  common  with  that  of  many  other  plants,  as 
we  have  previously  had  occasion  to  demonstrate,  that  incompe- 
tent organic  chemists  throw  away  with  the  water  from  which 
they  have  “precipitated”  their  probable  active^  constituents.  We 
see,  therefore,  that  water  will  extract  apart  of  the  virtues  of 
the  bark  only,  and  that  strong  alcohol  is  required  to  extract 
the  remainder,  that  is,  the  resinoid  principle.  We  confess  to 
being  somewhat  particular  upon  this  point,  as  the  properties 
and  uses  of  the  Cornin,  as  we  have  already  detailed  them,  are 
the  result  of  clinical  observation  in  the  use  of  the  two  com- 
bined principles  of  the  bark,  and  our  reputation  as  a truthful 
writer  would  be  jeopardised  by  applying  our  remarks  to  any 
“ probable  mixture  of  resin  and  insoluble  alkaloid.” 


RUMIN 


Derived  from  Rumex  Crispus. 

Nat  Ord. — Polygonaceae. 

Sex.  Syst. — Hexanckria  Tetragynia. 

Common  Names. — Yellow  Dock,  Sour  Dock , etc . 

Part  Used. — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles — two,  viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral. 
Properties. — Alterative , resolvent , detergent , cmti-scorbutic , 
and  mildly  astringent  and  laxative , much  like  Rhubarb. 

Employment. — Scrofula , rheumatism , scorbutus , salt 
rheum , leucorrhea , syphilis , cutaneous  eruptions , 


As  an  alterative,  the  Rumin  is  deservedly  held  in  high  re- 
pute, and  is  of  general  and  extensive  employment  in  a great 
variety  of  diseases.  It  proves  most  efficient,  however,  in 
scrofula,  syphilis,  and  diseases  of  the  skin.  It  operates  kindly 
and  without  excitement,  being  slow  but  sure  in  promoting  a 
healthful  action  of  the  depurating  functions  of  the  system. 
Its  laxative  properties  are  not  displayed,  except  when  given 
in  large  doses,  and  not  even  then  if  a considerable  degree  of 
hepatic  torpor  exist.  It  will  be  necessary,  therefore,  to  use, 
in  such  cases,  suitable  laxatives  in  connexion  with  the  Rumin.- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  277 

When  used  to  an  extent  sufficient  to  affect  the  bowels  sensibly 
it  reacts  mildly  astringent,  hence  is  frequently  employed  in 
those  cases  wherein  rhubarb  is  indicated,  as  in  the  asthenic 
forms  of  diarrhea  and  dysentery,  and  in  the  diarrhea  of 
phthisis.  The  average  dose  of  the  Rumin  is  three  grains, 
subject  to  such  variations  as  the  circumstances  of  the  case 
may  warrant. 

Rumin  is  seldom  employed  alone,  but  generally  in  connec- 
tion with  other  alteratives,  or  with  tonics  or  laxatives,  except 
in  the  cases  above  mentioned.  In  scrofula  it  is  combined 
with  Ampelopsin,  Smilacin,  Myricin,  Alnuin,  etc.  In 
rheumatism,  with  Macrotin,  Sanguinarin,  Xanthoxylin,  Phy- 
tolacin,  etc.  In  scorbutus,  with  Citrate  of  Iron,  Quinine, 
Myricin,  Oil  of  Erigeron,  etc.  In  salt  rheum,  with  Stillingin, 
Leptandrin,  Podophyllin,  etc.,  as  for  all  skin  diseases.  For 
syphilis,  with  Corydalin,  Ampelopsin,  Phytolacin,  Smilacin, 
etc.  In  leucorrhea,  with  Helorfin,  or  Trilliin,  or  Senecin.  In 
short,  the  suitability  of  combinations  must  be  determined  by 
the  necessities  of  the  case  in  hand. 


CiULOPHYLLIN. 


O 


Derived  from  Caulophyllum  Thalictroides . 

Nat.  Ord — Berberidacece . 

Sex.  Syst. — Hexar  dria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Blue  Cohosh , Squaw  Boot , etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Root: 

No.  of  Principles. — Two,  viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral . 

Properties. — Antispasmodic,  alterative , emmena- 

gogue , parturifacient,  diaphoretic , diuretic,  and  vermifuge. 

Employment. — Amenorrhea,  dysmenorrhea,  menorrhagia, 
leucorrhea,  gonorrhea,  to  promote  delivery,  after-pains , 
dyspepsia,  rheumatism,  (dropsy,  hooping  cough,  hic-cough , 
hysteria,  hysteritis,  apthous  sore  mouth,  to  expel  worms,  etc. 


Caulophyllin  is  a remedy  of  frequent  and  extended 
utility.  Not  only  is  it  of  almost  universal  application  in  the 
treatment  of  the  diseases  peculiar  to  females,  hut  also  in  a 
variety  of  other  affections,  both  on  account  of  its  own  remedial 
properties,  and  as  an  agent  for  modifying  the  action  of  other 
medicines.  The  average  dose  of  the  Caulophyllin  is  three 
grains.  When  used  for  the  purposes  of  an  anti-spasmodic, 
from  FIVE  to  TEN  grains  may  be  given  with  advantage.  This 
quantity  may  be  repeated  every  hour  or  two  with  perfect 
safety,  and,  indeed,  in  many  cases,  it  will  be  requisite  to  do  so 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


279 


in  order  to  accomplish  the  end  in  view.  Thus,  in  hysteric  and 
other  convulsions,  cramp  in  the  stomach,  and  other  spasmodic 
affections,  if  this  agent  be  relied  upon  alone,  it  will  be  requisite 
to  give  it  in  full  and  repeated  doses. 

Caulophyllin  is  a remedy  combining  a number  and  variety 
of  therapeutic  properties,  or  at  least  capable  of  producing  a 
change  of  action  in  a variety  of  morbid  conditions,  which 
change  results  in  the  restoration  of  a physiological  condition. 
Amenorrhea,  that  is,  simple  amenorrhea,  is  successfully  treated 
with  Caulophyllin.  Three  to  five  grains  three  times  per 
day  will  meet  the  necessities  of  most  cases.  When  complica- 
tions exist,  suitable  combinations  may  be  formed  with  other 
of  the  Concentrated  Medicines.  With  this,  as  with  many  other 
remedies,  we  have  found  alternation  the  most  successful  plan 
of  treatment.  Thus,  if  there  be  hepatic  aberation,  we  give  one 
of  the  following  powders  twice  or  thrice  a week : 

9- 

Podophyllin grs.  Vj. 

Asclepin grs.  Xij 

Mix  and  divide  into  six  powders.  These  we  direct  to  be  taken 
at  night,  and  the  Caulophyllin  three  times  daily.  If  the  case 
is  obstinate,  or  has  become  chronic  before  application  is  made 
for  treatment,  we  vary  the  prescription.  We  then  combine 
the  Caulophyllin  with  Senecin,  as  follows : 

Caulophyllin, 

Senecin aa.  Dij. 

Mix  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Dose,  one,  three  times 
daily.  We  also  modify  the  combination  of  the  Podophyllin, 
thus — 

Podophyllin, 

Baptisin, 

Asclepin aa.  grs.  X. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  One  to  be  exhibited  every 
second  or  third  night,  same  as  above.  If  much  nervous 
derangement  be  present,  the  addition  of  from  one  fourth  to 


280 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


one  half  grain  of  Gelsemin  to  each  dose  of  the  Caulophyllin 
and  Senecin  will  answer  an  admirable  purpose. 

In  amenorrhea  occurring  in  anemic  habits,  we  know  of  no 
better  general  remedy  than  the  following.  We  have  used  it 
in  a large  number  of  cases  with  complete  success. 

9- 

Caulophyllin  - 

Senecin  aa.  3ij. 

Iron  by  Hydrogen  - grs.  X. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Give’ one,  three  times 
per  day.  In  many  cases  the  quantity  of  Iron  may  be  increased 
to  one  grain  three  times  a day  with  decided  advantage.  In 
some  cases  the  Phosphate  of  Iron  may  be  substituted  for  the 
Iron  by  Hydrogen,  and  may,  perhaps,  answer  a better  purpose. 
This  will  be  the  case  when  there  is  much  tendency  to  wasting 
of  the  tissues,  provided  no  gastric  irritation  be  present.  If 
hysteric  symptoms  be  present,  the  Valerianate  of  Iron  may 
be  used  with  advantage.  In  dysmenorrhea,  the  Caulophyllin 
is  an  admirable  remedy,  both  for  the  relief  of  the  present 
symptoms,  and  for  the  radical  alleviation  of  the  derangement. 
It  is  a special  alterative  and  tonic  to  the  uterine  system,  regu- 
lating and  giving  tone  to  the  functions  of  that  organ.  It 
relieves  the  distress  attendant  upon  dysmenorrhea,  and  its 
continued  use  during  the  inter-menstrual  period  will  prove  a 
prophylactic  in  a large  majority  of  cases.  When  Caulophyllin 
is  not  sufficient  of  itself  to  give  relief,  we  combine  it  with 
Viburnin  and  Gelsemin,  as  follows : 

9- 

Caulophyllin  - 

Viburnin  aa.  grs.  XX. 

Gelsemin  - grs.  V. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose,  one,  every  two 
hours  until  relieved,  or,  in  severe  cases,  every  hour.  This  we 
deem  as  near  a specific  as  any  medicine  can  be,  in  these  cases. 

For  menorrhagia,  we  have  found  the  Caulophyllin  one  of 
the  most  effective  of  the  vegetable  agents.  It  should  be  given  in 
suitable  doses  during  the  intermenstrual  period,  and  when  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


281 


menses  are  present  in  connection  with  Oil  of  Erigeron,  Trilliin, 
Ly  copin,  etc.  It  may  be  combined  with  Helonin,  as  follows : 


9- 

Caulophyllin  .. 3 ij 

Helonin 3j. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Give  one  three  times 
daily.  This  will  be  found  an  excellent  combination.  Also 
with  Senecin,  as  directed  for  amenorrhea. 

In  the  radical  treatment  of  hysteria,  Caulophyllin  will  be 
found  a valuable  auxiliary.  It  may  be  given  alone,  or  in 
combination  with  Cypripedin,  Scutellarin,  Lupulin,  Hyoscy- 
amin,  or  Gelsemin,  etc.  Combined  with  one  or  more  of  these, 
and  alternated  with  tonics,  as.  Cerasein,  Cornin,  Hydrastin, 
Populin,  or  Iron,  the  most  desirable  results  may  be  antici" 
pated. 

For  the  relief  of  after-pains,  the  Caulophyllin  will  be  found 
efficient  in  a large  number  of  cases.  If  not,  the  combination 
recommended  for  dysmenorrhea  will  seldom  fail.  Other  com- 
binations may  be  effected  with  suitable  agents,  at  the  option 
of  the  practitioner. 

The  Caulophyllin  has  gained  considerable  repute  as  a partu- 
rifacient, and  our  experience  in  its  use  has  fully  confirmed  our 
previous  estimate  of  its  utility.  For  quieting  and  harmonising 
the  action  of  the  uterus,  and  of  the  nervous  system  generally, 
relieving  cramps,  and  other  unpleasant  symptoms,  it  is  a per- 
fectly safe,  and  a generally  successful,  remedy.  It  is  employed 
by  many  as  a partus  accelerator,  and,  by  some,  preferred  to 
Macrotin.  Many  practitioners  are  of  opinion  that  it  acts  more 
promptly  upon  the  uterine  system  than  the  Macrotin. 

As  an  auxiliary  in  the  treatment  of  leucorrhea  and  gonor- 
rhea, it  is  deservedly  held  in  high  esteem.  It  is  seldom  relied 
upon  alone,  but  usually  employed  as*  an  adjunctive  to  other 
remedies. 

Caulophyllin  is  an  admirable  remedy  in  some  forms  of 
dyspepsia,  particularly  those  cases  attended  with  spasmodic 
symptoms.  Where  there  is  gastric  irritability,  and  vomiting 
of  the  food,  the  Caulophyllin  may  be  employed  with  advan- 


282  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

tage  when  more  decided  tonics  wonld  aggravate  the  symp- 
toms. If  laxatives  are  needed,  it  may  be  employed  in  con- 
nection with  Leptandrin,  or  Juglandin,  or  Euonymin. 

Caulophyllin  is  employed  in  connection  with  other  reme- 
dies, in  the  treatment  of  rheumatism,  both  acute  and  chronic, 
with  much  benefit.  It  is  mildly  diaphoretic  and  diuretic, 
hence  appropriate  in  that  disease  as  an  alterative  and  pro- 
moter of  depuration.  It  is  frequently  useful  in  allaying  the 
spasmodic  pains  accompanying  that  complaint.  When  com- 
binations are  desired,  it  may  be  used  in  connection  with 
Asclepin,  Grelsemin,  Yeratrin,  Hyoscyamin,  etc.,  in  the  acute 
form,  and  with  Macrotin,  Sanguinarin,  Xanthoxylin,  Phyto- 
lacin,  etc.,  in  chronic  cases. 

In  dropsy,  it  is  mainly  useful  as  a general  alterative,  gently 
stimulating  absorption,  diaphoresis,  and  diuresis.  It  also 
proves  a tonic  to  the  digestive  apparatus,  and  so  becomes  in- 
strumental in  restoring  the  tone  of  the  system. 

Caulophyllin  has  been  employed  with  much  benefit  in 
hooping  cough,  asthma,  and  for  the  relief  of  hiccough.  In 
hooping  cough,  it  operates  well  in  combination  with  Asclepin. 
In  asthma,  with  Macrotin,  Grelsemin,  Apocynin,  etc.  In  ap- 
thous  sore  mouth,  both  as  a gargle  and  as  an  internal  remedy, 
the  Caulophyllin  has  been  highly  spoken  of.  It  may  be  used 
in  connection  with  Myricin,  Baptism,  Rhusin,  and  other  ap- 
propriate remedies. 

The  Caulophyllin  has  gained  considerable  repute  as  a ver- 
mifuge, but  upon  this  point  we  are  not  prepared  to  speak 
positively.  Certain  it  is,  that  during  its  exhibition  for  other 
disorders,  worms  have  been  expelled  in  considerable. numbers, 
giving  good  grounds  for  supposing  it  instrumental  in  their 
expulsion.  It  is  deserving  of  further  trial  in  this  respect.  If 
auxiliary  agents  are  desired,  Chelonin,  Apocynin,  Santonin, 
Gelsemin,  etc.,  may  be  employed,  according  to  the  variety  of 
entozoa  suspected  of  being  present.  As  the  Caulophyllin  is 
slightly  astringent,  it  will  be  necessary  to  administer  a cathartic 
occasionally  during  the  use  of  that  remedy.  In  all  cases  of 
debility,  spasms  and  convulsions  arising  from  uterine  derange- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


283 


ment,  nervous  irritability,  cborea,  etc.,  occasion  will  be  bad 
for  tbe  employment  of  tbe  Caulophyllin,  and  mucb  confidence 
may  be  reposed  in  its  remedial  value. 

To  sum  up  the  history  of  the  Caulophyllin,  we  would  re- 
commend it  as  being  useful,  in  addition  to  the  complaints  above 
enumerated,  in  passive  hemorrhage,  congestive  dysmenorrhea, 
epilepsy,  nervous  headache,  neuralgia,  hypochondriasis,  pro- 
lapsus uteri,  and  as  a general  alterative  remedy  in  all  vitiated 
conditions  of  the  system.  Also  as  an  agent  for  modifying  the 
action  of  Podophyllin,  preventing  griping,  expelling  flatulence, 
etc.  A narcotic  property  is  attributed  to  the  Caulophyllin  by 
some  writers,  but  we  have  never  been  able  to  discover  it, 
although  we  have  prescribed  this  remedy  extensively  during 
the  past  five  years.  We  are  of  opinion  that  the  statement  was 
put  forth  by  some  one  having  a theoretical  acquaintance  only 
with  the  therapeutic  history  of  the  Caulophyllin. 


JALAPIN. 


Derived  from  Tpomcea  Jala/pa. 

Nat.  Ord. — ConvolvulacecB. 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentanchria  Monogynies 
Common  Name. — Jalap, 

Part  Used. — The  Root, 

No.  of  Principles — one , viz.,  a resin, 

Properties. — An  irritant  hydrogogue  cathartic. 
Employment. — Dropsy,  fevers , and  whenever  a powerful 
local  cathartic  is  indicated. 

The  medical  properties  and  uses  of  both  the  Jalap  root  and 
its  active  cathartic  constituent,  Jalapin,  are  so  well  and  gene- 
rally understood,  that  but  little  is  left  for  us  to  say.  The 
Jalapin,  as  will  be  observed,  consists  of  a single  resin  princi- 
ple, which  embodies  the  cathartic  power  of  the  plant.  The 
plant,  however,  yields  another  principle,  a neutral,  first 
obtained  by  Messrs.  B.  Keith  & Co.,  in  the  form  of  a beautiful 
cream-colored  powder.  This  principle  is  perfectly  soluble  in 
water,  devoid  of  cathartic  properties,  and  powerfully  diuretic. 
It  may  be  inquired  why  a deviation  is  made  in  favor  of  this 
remedy,  in  not  combining  the  two  principles  in  the  Jalapin 
offered  to  the  profession.  The  reason  is  simply  this — practi- 
tioners of  medicine  are  not  so  over-stocked  with  wisdom  as 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


285 


not  to  be  sometimes  deluded  by  Outside  appearances,  in  which 
respect  they  ar5  so  much  like  the  rest  of  mankind  that  we 
can  see  no  difference.  The  jalap  resin  is  white , while  the 
neutral  principle  is  of  a dirty  cream  color,  and  mixing 
the  two  together  would  not  improve  the  appearance  of  the 
neutral,  while  it  would  completely  destroy  the  immaculacy  of 
the  resin.  Now  the  profession  have  hitherto  been  supplied 
with  the  Jalap  resin,  and  have  never  known  anything  of  the 
existence  of  a neutral  principle,  hence  the  difference  of  shade 
became  a stumbling-block  to  honest  practitioners,  and  a sweet 
nut  for  malicious  scribblers,  out  of  which  to  crack  the  charge 
of  fraud  and  adulteration.  Consequently  the  resin  alone  was 
put  up  as  the  equivalent  only  of  the  resin  of  J alap  already  before 
the  profession.  We  have  no  doubt  but  what  the  time  will 
soon  come  when  the  combined  principles  of  the  Jalap  will  be 
as  eagerly  sought  after  as  those  of  other  plants.  Certainly,  if 
it  be  desirable  to  have  a concentrated  equivalent  of  the  plant, 
such  must  be  the  case.  The  active  diuretic  properties  of  the 
neutral  principle,  combined  with  a very  mild  laxative  power, 
renders  it  desirable  in  dropsy,  in  which  disease  the  Jalapin  is 
so  frequently  employed. 

The  Jalapin  is  employed  in  all  cases  in  which  it  is  desirable 
to  produce  a speedy  evacuation  of  the  bowels.  It  is  contra- 
indicated in  all  cases  accompanied  with  gastric  or  enteric  in- 
flammation. It  usually  produces  much  tormina  during  its 
operation,  which  may  be  prevented  in  a measure  by  combining 
it  with  stimulants  and  anti-spasmodics,  as  Capsicum,  Ginger, 
Xanthoxylin,  Caulophyllin,  etc.  Where  Podophyllin  or  other 
cathartics  do  not  operate  promptly,  as  is  frequently  the  case 
in  cold,  asthenic  forms  of  disease,  'we  exhibit  the  Jalapin  in 
doses  of  from  two  to  six  grains,  for  the  purpose  of  relieving 
intestinal  engorgement.  It  in  ay  be  combined  with  capsicum  or 
ginger,  or  what  is  better,  a tea  of  ginger  may  be  taken  freely 
during  its  operation. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Jalapin  is  three  grains.  It  is 
very  seldom  used  alone,  except  in  the  cases  above  mentioned. 
As  stated  under  the  head  Podophyllin,  it  is  frequently  com- 


286 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


bined  with  that  remedy  when  it  is  desirable  to  produce  a 
speedy  evacuation  of  the  alimentary  canal.  The  Jalapin  will 
generally  operate  in  two  hours,  while  the  Podophyllin  will 
take  its  own  time,  being,  so  far  as  we  have  been  able  to  dis- 
cover, neither  quickened  nor  in  any  other  way  influenced  in 
its  action  by  the  Jalapin. 

The  most  powerful  hydrogogue  cathartic  we  have  ever 
employed  in  dropsy,  is  the  following : 


9- 

Jalapin, 

Podophyllin aa.  grs.  ij. 

Cream  of  Tartar 3j. 


Mix.  Give  at  a dose.  The  quantity  of  Cream  of  Tartar  may 
be  increased  to  one  drachm  if  thought  desirable.  This  com- 
bination is  admirably  calculated  to  arouse  the  action  of  the 
liver,  and  to  powerfully  stimulate  the  entire  glandular  system. 
It  is  of  particular  service  in  cases  of  dropsical  effusions  into 
the  larger  cavities,  as  ascites,  hydrothorax,  etc.  Inmost  cases 
of  dropsical  effusion,  and  particularly  in  anasarca  or  general 
dropsy,  the  Ampelopsin  should  be  given  in  suitable  doses 
twice  or  thrice  a day,  and  the  above  compound  powder  of 
Jalapin  administered  once  or  twice  a week.  Jalapin  is  also 
much  employed  in  hydrocephalus,  hydrothorax,  and  cardiac 
dropsy,  in  connection  with  Digitalin. 

In  large  doses,  Jalapin  sometimes  proves  emetic.  The  free 
use  of  mucilages  and  demulcents  is  advisable  when  Jalapin  is 
administered. 

Jalapin  is  also  employed  in  bilious  fever,  congestion  of  the 
portal  circle,  and  as  a revulsive  remedy  in  many  forms  of  dis- 
ease. Yet  we  have  other  remedies  of  equal  efficacy  in  those 
complaints,  in  fact  preferable,  and  calculated,  when  fully 
known,  to  supercede  it. 


PHYTOLACIN. 


Derived  from  Phytolacca  Decandria, 

Nat.  Ord. — Phytolaccacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Decandria  Decagynia. 

Common  Names. — Poke , Root , Garget , Scoke , Pigeon 
Berry,  Coakum,  etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles — two,  viz.,  resinoid,  and  neutral. 

Properties. — Alterative,  resolvent,  deobstruent,  detergent, 
anti-syphilitic,  anti-scorbutic,  anti-herpetic,  diuretic , laxative, 
slightly  narcotic,  and,  in  larger  doses,  emetic  and  cathartic. 

Employment. — Rheumatism , scrofula,  syphilis,  gonorrhea, 
salt  rheum,  itch,  and  other  cutaneous  diseases,  glandular 
affections , as  tuber culosus  of  the  liver,  spleen,  etc.,  carcinoma, 
hepatic  torpor,  etc . 

In  Phytolacin,  we  have  one  of  the  most  decided  and  effi- 
cient alteratives  embraced  in  the  range  of  the  materia  medica 
It  is  not  a remedy  of  doubtful  powers,  but  uniform,  certain, 
and  reliable  in  its  action.  In  all  conditions  of  chronic  disease, 
wherein  there  is  tardiness  of  action  on  the  part  of  the  exhal- 
ing, absorbing,  secreting,  or  eliminating  vessels,  or  a viscid 


288 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


and  plastic  condition  of  the  blood  and  fluids,  the  Phytolacin 
will  be  found  the  most  efficient,  as  well  as  the  safest  remedy 
that  can  be  brought  to  bear.  In  cold  and  languid  conditions 
of  the  system,  it  will  rouse  an  action  when  other  remedies  fail 
of  their  accustomed  effects.  When  Podophyllin  seems  tardy 
in  awakening  the  liver  from  its  torpor,  from  ONE  to  two 
grains  of  Phytolacin,  added  to  each  dose,  will  be  found  a most 
desirable  and  efficient  adjunctive.  It  becomes  almost  indis- 
pensable in  the  treatment  of  long  standing  disorders  of  the 
liver,  when  once  its  full  value  is  known. 

In  doses  of  from  ONE  to  TWO  grains,  twice  or  thrice  a day, 
the  Phytolacin  proves  a certain,  safe,  and  effectual  resolvent 
and  alterative,  manifesting  its  influence  throughout  the  entire 
glandular  system.  Many  systems  are  so  sensitive  as  not  to 
be  able  to  bear  more  than  one-fourth  or  one-half  of  one 
grain,  while  in  other  cases  from  three  to  FIVE  grains  will  be 
required.  In  large  doses,  say  from  five  grains  upwards,  the 
Phytolacin  generally  proves  emetic  and  cathartic,  although  it 
is  not  a desirable  remedy  for  either  purpose.  Its.  cathartic 
operation  is  accompanied  with  much  nausea,  pain,  and  subse- 
quent prostration.  When  employed  as  an  alterative,  if  the 
patient  be  kept  too  long  or  too  freely  under  its  influence,  a 
considerable  degree  of  relaxation  will  attend  its  operation, 
and  the  patient  will  complain  of  prostration  and  debility. 
Hence  it  is  desirable,  under  such  circumstances,  to  combine  it 
with  stimulants  or  tonics,  as  the  Xanthoxylin,  Oil  of  Cap- 
sicum, Cornin,  Cerasein,  Fraserin,  etc.  The  average  dose  of 
the  Phytolacin  is  two  grains. 

Rheumatism  is  a disease  affording  a fair  field  for  the  em- 
ployment of  the  Phytolacin.  It  is  of  more  utility  in  the 
chronic  than  in  the  acute  form.  In  the  latter  form,  however, 
it  may  be  employed  with  advantage  when  the  febrile  stage  is 
passed,  and  as  a prophylactic  against  a recurrence.  In  arti- 
cular and  mercurial  rheumatism,  we  deem  it  superior  to,  and 
much  .safer  than  Iodide  of  Potassa.  We  have  used  it  with 
much  success  in  these  cases,  particularly  in  combination  with 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


289 


Stillingin  and  Xanthoxylin.  We  usually  combine  them  in  the 
following  manner : 

Phytolacin, 

Stillingin, 

Xanthoxylin * ... aa.  3 j 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Dose— one,  three 

times  daily.  We  sometimes  vary  the  formula,  substituting 
Macrotin  for  the  Xanthoxylin,  as  follows : 

Phytolacin 3 j 

Stillingin Dij 

Macrotin grs.x 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Administer  same  as 
above.  Twice  a week  give  the  following  powder : 


9- 

Podophy  llin 1 gr.  j. 

Leptandrin grs.  ij. 

Grelsemin gr.  ss. 


Mix,  and  let  it  be  taken  at  bed-time.  The  bowels  should  be 
kept  in  a perfectly  soluble  condition  during  the  course  of  the 
treatment. 

Phytolacin,  in  connection  with  tonics,  is  of  admirable 
utility  in  the  cure  of  scrofula.  It  should  be  given  in  small 
doses,  and  alternated  with  Hydrastin,  or  Cornin,  or  Cerasein, 
or  Iron.  If  it  be  desirable  to  employ  other  alteratives,  it  will 
answer  abetter  purpose  to  alternate  them  than  to  combine 
them.  Among  the  latter  we  may  mention  Stillingin,  Alnuin, 
Chimaphilin,  Rumin,  and  Corydalin. 

For  the  cure  of  syphilis  and  mercurio-syphilitic  disorders,  • 
the  Phytolacin  is  quite  equal  to  any  other  organic  remedy. 
If  the  patient  be  brought  properly  under  its  influence,  and 
proper  observance  be  paid  to  diet,  regimen,  and  auxiliary 
treatment,  a cure  is  almost  certain.  Care  must  be  taken, 
however,  that  the  patient’s  system  does  not  become  too  much 
relaxed,  which  may  be  avoided  by  the  use  of  suitable  stimu- 
19 


290  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

lants  and  tonics.  By  employing  the  Phytolacin  for  three  or 
four  days  at  a time,  and  then  alternating  with  Corydalin  for 
an  equal  period,  which  is  of  itself  a decided  tonic,  the  neces- 
sity for  employing  other  tonics  will  be  lessened.  Smilacin 
will  be  a valuable  adjunctive  to  the  Phytolacin  in  the  treat- 
ment of  syphilis.  . Also  Stillingin,  Myricin,  Irisin  and  Ampe- 
lopsin.  One  or  more  of  these  agents  may  be  combined  with 
the  Phytolacin,  at  the  discretion  of  the  practitioner.  The 
severe  pains  attending  tertiary  syphilis,  and  mercurio-syphili- 
tic  complications,  are  more  effectually  relieved  by  the  use  of 
the  Phytolacin  than  by  any  other  remedy.  In  these  cases  it 
may  sometimes  be  advantageously  employed  in  connection 
with  Hyosciamin. 

Gonorrhea  and  leucorrhea  have  been  successfully  treated 
with  Phytolacin.  It  is  peculiarly  serviceable  in  cases  of  long 
standing. 

Salt  rheum,  itch,  and  other  cutaneous  eruptions,  have  been 
cured  with  Phytolacin.  It  is  employed  not  only  internally  but 
externally.  It  may  be  made  into  an  ointment  or  tincture. — 
Fifteen  Grains  of  the  Phytolacin  may  be  rubbed  up  with 
one  ounce  of  lard,  or  dissolved  in  one  ounce  of  alcohol,  which 
may  be  diluted  with  water  before  applied.  Both  the  oint- 
ment and  tincture  have  been  found  useful  in  piles.  The  Phy- 
tolacin possesses  considerable  discutient  power,  and  the  oint- 
ment applied  to  tumors,  glandular  swellings,  etc.,  will  fre- 
quently discuss  them. 

Phytolacin  has  been  found  of  service  in  tuberculous  affec- 
tions of  the  lungs,  liver,  spleen,  mesentery,  etc.  In  the 
absence  of  febrile  excitement,  it  is  always  appropriate  in 
glandular  diseases  of  whatever  type.  Its  efficient  alterative 
and  resolvent  properties  render  it  valuable  in  promoting  the 
absorption  of  all  abnormal  exudations  and  deposits. 

Phytolacin  has  been  much  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
carcinomatous  affections.  It  is,  undoubtedly,  as  efficient  an 
alterative  as  can  be  safely  employed  in  that  disease.  Its  bene- 
ficial effects  are  most  apparent  in  cases  of  open  cancer.  The 
patient’s  system  should  be  brought  fully  under  its  constitu- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


291 


tional  influence,  and  the  dry  Phytolacin  applied  to  the  ulcer. 
It  may  be  used  either  alone  or  combined  with  Hydrastin, 
equal  parts.  To  relieve  the  foetor  of  cancerous  sores,  it  should 
be  combined  with  Baptisin.  The  Phytolacin,  applied  either 
in  the  form  of  a paste  with  water,  or  in  strong  alcoholic  tinc- 
ture, has  been  found  quite  effectual  in  that  species  of  can- 
cer known  as  lupus,  when  used  in  the  early  stages.  Also  in 
removing  warts  and  corns.  The  strength  of  the  ointment  and 
tincture  above  directed  for  external  application  may  be  varied 
to  suit  occasion,  being  careful  not  to  apply  it  too  freely  when 
an  extensive  abrasion  of  the  surface  exists. 


IIYOSCYAMIN. 


Derived  from  Hyoscyamus  Niger . 

Nat.  Ord. — Solanacece . 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Name. — Henbane 

Part  Used. — The  Herb . 

No.  of  Principles— -four,  viz.,  resin, 'resinoid,  alkaloid , and 
neutral 

Properties. — Anodyne , antispasmodic , soporific , sedati/ve , 
narcotic , diuretic , and  laxative , 

Employment. — Neuralgia , rheumatism,  asthma , 

hooping  cough,  crowp , chronic  cough,  hypercesthesis,  cramps, 
convulsions,  nervous  pains,  catarrhal  affections,  bronchitis, 
la/ryngitis,  etc,,  etc 


Perhaps  no  other  agent  of  the  materia  medica  is  better  cal- 
culated to  illustrate  the  defects  of  so-called  officinal  prepara- 
tions than  the  Hyoscyamus  Niger.  The  various  pharmaceu- 
tical preparations  of  this  plant,  such  as  tinctures,  extracts,  etc., 
are  in  the  highest  degree  uncertain  and  unsafe,  as  we  shall  en- 
deavor to  demonstrate.  The  same  objections  pertain  to  this 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


293 


as  to  all  other  crude  medicines.  In  the  first  place,  the  actual 
amount  of  active  constituents  residing  in  the  plant  is  variable, 
indefinite,  and  uncertain.  In  the  second  place,  these  constitu- 
ents are  very  susceptible  to  disintegrating  influences,  and  rea- 
dily undergo  the  destructive  decomposition  described  in  the 
first  part  of  this  work.  The  extracts  of  this  plant  generally 
become  inert  and  worthless  within  six  months  after  they  are 
manufactured.  In  the  third  place,  the  total  therapeutic  value 
of  the  plant  does  not  reside  in  ofye,  but  in  four  distinct  proxi- 
mate active  principles,  each  one  representing  therapeutic  pro- 
perties peculiar  to  itself.  These  several  principles  are  of  dif- 
ferent solubility,  requiring  different  menstrua  for  their  extrac- 
tion, and  the  variation  in  their  proportions,  or  the  absence  of 
one  or  more  principles  in  the  ordinary  preparations,  and  which 
is  almost  universally  the  case,  renders  them  not  only  of  uncer- 
tain therapeutic  value,  but  also  unsafe.  This  fact  will  be  ap- 
parent when  the  diverse  properties  and  influences  of  the 
several  principles  are  considered.  Thus  the  alkaloid  principle, 
the  hyoscyamine  of  some  writers,  has  but  very  little  of  that 
peculiar  effect  upon  the  epidermis  so  characteristic  of  the  plant, 
while  it  possesses  the  diuretic  power  in  a high  degree,  and  also 
the  narcotic,  or  that  property  which  chiefly  affects  the  brain 
and  has  a tendency  to  produce  cerebral  congestion.  The  resin 
embodies  the  relaxant  and  anti-spasmodic  properties  to  a much 
fuller  extent  than  the  other  principles,  while  the  neutral  is 
mainly  diaphoretic.  It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  how  important 
it  is,  in  order  to  realise  the  true  and  full  therapeutic  character 
of  the  Hyoscyamus,  that  its  pharmaceutical  preparations 
should  contain  all  the  active  medicinal  constituents  of  the  plant, 
and  that  they  should  be  of  definite  and  uniform  medicinal 
strength. 

In  medicinal  doses,  Hyoscyamin  acts  as  a powerful  sedative 
to  the  nervous  system,  lessens  impressibility  to  irritation,  and 
obviates  those  conditions  of  morbidly  exalted  sensibility  so 
frequently  observable  in  disease,  while,  at  the  same  time,  it 
increases  the  activity  of  the  secreting  apparatus,  particularly 
of  the  glands,  mucous  membranes,  skin,  kidneys,  and  bowels. 


294 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


In  larger  doses  it  produces  dryness  of  the  mouth  and  throat, 
thirst,  nausea,  vertigo,  deafness,  and  headache.  At  other 
times,  a dull,  heavy  feeling  in  the  head,  debility,  confusion  of 
the  ideas,  optical  illusions,  dilatation  of  the  pupils,  with 
increased  heat  of  the  head,  and  coldness  of  the  extremities. 
The  extremities,  and  particularly  the  tongue,  become  partially 
paralysed  and  immovable.  These  symptoms  are  often  accom- 
panied with  great  difficulty  of  breathing,  anxiety,  etc. 

In  very  large  d^es  Hyoscyamin  produces  severe  convulsions, 
tetanic  cramps,  swooning,  coma,  paralysis,  and  apoplexy. 
When  given  to  persons  of  a full,  plethoric  habit,  Hyoscyamin 
stimulates  the  arterial  system,  but  in  general  reduces  the  force 
and  frequency  of  the  pulse.  The  secondary  effects  of  large 
but  not  fatal  doses  of  Hyoscyamin  are  manifested  by  increased 
and  copious  perspiration  and  expectoration,  and  frequently  a 
slight  ptyalism.  The  autopsy  in  those  cases  in  which  Hyos- 
cyamin has  proved  fatal  seldom  reveals  any  real  inflammation 
of  the  stomach.  The  veins  and  blood  vessels  of  the  head  are 
generally  injected  with  much  dark  blood,  and  also  the  lungs. 
The  blood  exhibits  the  appearance  of  undergoing  decomposi- 
sition,  and  the  cadaver  rapidly  putrefies. 

Hyoscyamin  acts  most  promptly  and  energetically  when 
brought  in  direct  contact  with  the  cell-substance,  or  injected 
into  the  veins.  When  injected  into  the  rectum,  sudden,  violent, 
and  serious  results  have  been  witnessed. 

Hyoscyamin  is  considered  anodyne  and  anti-spasmodic.  It 
depresses  the  sensibilities  of  the  nervous  system,  and  lessens 
the  irritability  of  the  fibres.  Although  affecting  the  brain  to 
a greater  or  lesser  extent,  it  seems,  by  preference,  to  expend 
its  influence  chiefly  upon  the  peripheral  nervous  system,  upon 
the  nervous  structure  of  the  epidermis,  and  upon  the  nerves 
of  sensation.  It  promotes  the  action  of  the  cutaneous  exha- 
lents,  of  the  lungs  and  mucous  membrances  generally,  and  also 
of  the  glandular  structure,  kidneys,  etc.  In  view  of  its  in- 
fluences in  these  respects  it  is  accredited  with  resolvent 
powers. 

Hyoscyamin  is  generally  employed  in  hypersesthesis,  nervous 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


295 


pains  and  spasms,  erethismus,  and  febrile  conditions  of  the 
vascular  system,  particularly  when  arising  from  increased 
irritability  of  the  nerves  of  sensation.  In  catarrhal,  and  even 
in  inflammatory  affections  of  the  mucous  membrances  of  the 
respiratory  organs,  it  is  used  with  much  success. 

Hyoscyamin  is  of  service  in  the  treatment  of  nervous  fevers 
of  an  erethism al  character,  but  is  contra-indicated  in  cases  of 
vital  or  paralytic  debility.  It  is  valuable  for  the  relief  of  hy- 
peraesthesia,  morbid  acuteness  of  the  organs  of  sense,  phan- 
tasma, and  their  accompaniments,  nervous  irritability  and 
wakefulness.  Also  in  the  treatment  of  local  inflammations 
complicated  with  idiopathic  or  secondary  symptoms  of  exalted 
nervous  sensibility,  manifested  by  pains  of  an  unusually 
violent  character,  with  much  spasmodic  action,  as,  for  instance, 
nervous  and  catarrhal  inflammation  of  the  lungs,  bronchitis, 
laryngitis,  pharyngitis,  etc.  As  an  adjunctive  remedy  in  the 
treatment  of  croup,  it  has  been  of  much  value,  as  well  as  in 
obstinate  catarrhal  coughs,  and  in  the  early  stages  of  hooping 
cough.  In  hemoptysis,  when  anti-spasmodics  are  indicated, 
preference  is  given  by  many  to  the  Hyoscyamin.  * For  the 
same  reason  it  is  appropriate  in  other  hemorrhages  accom- 
panied with  spasmodic  action. 

In  consumption  of  the  lungs  Hyoscyamin  is  frequently  of 
essential  service,  moderating  the  spasmodic  and  erethismal 
symptoms,  and  gently  promoting  expectoration. 

Amongst  the  nervous  affections  in  which  the  Hyoscyamin  has 
been  used  with  much  success  are  included  all  those  cases  ac- 
companied with  hypersesthesis.  In  mania  and  melancholy, 
when  there  is  an  abnormally  exalted  condition  of  the  sensi- 
bilities, painful  acuteness  of  touch  and  other  senses,  phantasma, 
and  kindred  symptoms,  as  well  as  in  natural  somnambulism, 
precocious  development  of  the  sexual  functions,  nymphoma- 
nia, etc.,  the  Hyoscyamin  will  be  found  an  invaluable  auxiliary 
remedy.  In  these  cases  it  is  the  surest  and  safest  of  the 
narcotic  remedies.  Hyoscyamin  is  also  of  great  service  in  the 
treatment  of  amaurosis  arising  from  excessive  nervous  sensi- 
bility, nervous  headache,  facial  neuralgia,  and  nervous  tooth- 


296 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


ache.  In  general  convulsions,  accompanied  with  hyperaesthe- 
sis,  arising  from  an  erethismal  Condition  of  the  nervous  system, 
and  unaccompanied  with  fever  or  cerebral  excitement,  and  in 
epilepsy,  hysteric  tetanus  and  trismus,  chorea,  etc.,  Hyoscyamin 
is  employed  with  much  success.  Also  in  the  convulsions  of 
nursing  children,  particularly  those  arising  during  dentition. 

Hyoscyamin  is  contra-indicated  in  acute  sanguineous  inflam- 
mations, vital  or  paralytic  debility,  violent  determinations  to 
the  head,  dyscrasia,  and  in  all  diseases  having  a putrefactive 
tendency. 

Externally,  the  Hyoscyamin  is  sometimes  employed  as  a 
local  application  in  various  inflammatory,  spasmodic,  and 
painful  affections,  as,  for  instance,  painful  and  irritable  ulcers, 
enlarged  glands,  inflammation  of  the  mammae,  etc.,  in  which  by 
virtue  of  its  relaxant,  anti-spasmodic,  and  anodyne  properties, 
it  is  frequently  of  much  service.  The  dry  powder  may  be 
sprinkled  upon  the  surface  of  open  ulcers,  being  careful  not  to 
use  it  too  profusely,  or  applied  by  means  of  a poultice.  In  the 
latter  form  it  is  sometimes  applied  to  the  abdomen  in  cases  of 
colic,  and  to  other  parts  for  the  relief  of  spasmodic  pains. 
For  the  purpose  of  applying  to  painful  tumors  and  en- 
larged glands,  it  may  be  made  into  an  ointment  with  lard. 
Its  injection  into  the  rectum  is  considered  a dangerous  ex- 
periment. 

The  dose  of  the  Hyoscyamin  will  vary  from  one  eighth  to 
one  grain.  It  is  always  well  to  commence  its  use  in  small 
doses,  and  increase  if  occasion  requires.  To  ensure  a prompt 
and  harmonious  action,  it  should  be  rendered  as  diffusible  as 
possible,  which  may  be  accomplished  by  trituration,  or  by  the 
free  use  of  diluents.  We  mention  no  combinations  because 
we  consider  it  a remedy  of  peculiar  and  sufficient  potency  in 
itself,  and  believe  that  the  indications  for  its  employment  will 
be  better  subserved  by  employing  the  remedy  uncombined, 
alternating  with  such  other  medicines  as  the  necessities  of  the 
case  demand.  Neutralise  undue  acidity  of  the  stomach  previ- 
ous to  its  exhibition.  Asclepin  will  be  found  an  excellent 
article  with  which  to  triturate  the  Hyoscyamin. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


297 


CONCENTRATED  TINCTURE  HYOSCYAMUS  NIGER. 

Like  the  other  concentrated  tinctures  of  which  we  have 
already  spoken,  this  preparation  represents  the  entire  thera- 
peutic value  of  the  plant  in  a condensed  and  reliable  form,  and 
of  definite  and  uniform  medicinal  strength.  It  is  very  con- 
venient  for  office  dispensation,  and  for  combining  with  other 
of  the  concentrated  tinctures.  We  employ  it  more  frequently 
than  the  Hyoscyamin.  In  fevers  and  other  acute  diseases, 
when  not  contra-indicated,  we  find  it  of  great  value  in  reliev- 
ing pain  and  spasm,  and  procuring  sleep.  In  acute  rheumatism, 
and  in  scarlatina,  measles,  pneumonia,  etc.,  we  have  derived 
much  satisfaction  from  its  employment.  In  menorrhagia, 
dysmenorrhea,  and  similar  affections,  it  will  be  found  a 
valuable  anti-spasmodic  and  anodyne.  For  the  relief  of  those 
peculiar  headaches  arising  from  an  anaemic  condition  of  the 
system,  we  know  of  nothing  to  equal  it.  Also  for  allaying 
excessive  irritability  of  the  nervous  system  arising  from  ex- 
cessive hemorrhages,  or  profuse  colliquitive  discharges.  Use- 
ful combinations  may  be  effected  with  the  Con.  Tine.  Senecio, 
or  Scutellaria,  or  Grelseminum,  or  Yeratrum,  etc.,  when 
desired. 

Locally,  it  may  be  applied  by  means  of  lint,  or  otherwise, 
to  painful  tumors,  enlarged  glands,  and  in  cases  of  local 
neuralgic  pains,  rheumatic  swellings,  cramps,  colicky  pains  in 
the  abdomen,  etc. 

The  dose  of  the  concentrated  tincture  will  vary  from  four 
to  twenty  drops,  and  even  more.  It  may  be  repeated,  in 
severe  cases,  once  in  two  hours. 


STILLINGIN. 


Derived  from  Stillingia  Sylvatica . 

Nat.  Ord — Euphorbiacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Monoecia  Monodelphia. 

Common  Names. — Queen's  Root,  Queen's  Delight,  Yaw 
Root,  Marcory , Cock-up-hat,  etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles. — Four , viz.,  resin , resinoid , alkaloid 
and  neutral. 

Properties. — Alterative , resolvent,  stimulant , tonic,  diu- 
retic, anti-syphilitic,  etc. 

Employment. — Scrofula,  syphilis,  leucorrhea,  gonorrhea, 
cutaneous  diseases,  incontinence  of  urine,  impotence,  sterility, 
rheumatism,  bronchitis,  stomatitis,  and  whenever  an  altera- 
tive is  required. 

The  Stillingia  Sylvatica  has  long  been  in  use  in  popular 
practice,  but  it  is  only  of  late  that  its  remedial  value  has  been, 
duly  recognised  by  the  profession.  In  .addition  to  the  proxi- 
mate active  principles  above  enumerated,  the  plant  also  yields  . 
an  oil,  which  will  be  treated  of  in  the  proper  place. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


299 


We  believe  that  the  Stillingin  now  offered  to  the  profession 
by  Messrs.  Keith  & Co.^  embodies  the  therapeutic  value  of 
the  plant  in  the  most  condensed  and  reliable  form  of  any 
hitherto  prepared.  This  opinion  is  based  upon  an  observation 
of  its  utility  in  the  treatment  of  disease.  As  an  alterative,  it 
has  few,  if  any,  superiors.  The  average  dose  of  the  Stillingin 
s three  grains.  When  used  alone,  this  quantity  may  be 
* epeated  three  times  a day.  The  dose  must  be  varied  to  meet 
the  peculiarities  of  the  case,  as  some  patients  will  require 
double,  and  even  quadruple  the  quantity  of  others  to  produce 
the  desired  effect.  In  over-doses,  it  will  produce  nausea  and 
sometime’s  vomiting.  The  proper  time  to  administer  it  is  two 
hours  after  meals.  If  taken  a short  time  before  meals,  it 
materially  interferes  with  the  appetite. 

Among  the  diseases  in  which  the  Stillingin  has  been  found 
most  efficient,  we  might  mention  scrofula,  gonorrhea,  syphilis, 
leucorrhea,  rheumatism,  and  mercurial  affections.  In  order 
to  realise  its  full  utility,  when  used  alone,  its  use  must  be  per- 
severed in  for  a length  of  time.  From  TWO  to  FOUR  grains 
may  be  given  three  times  a day  in  scrofula,  the  bowels  being 
kept  in  a soluble  condition  by  small  doses  of  Podophyllin,  or 
Leptandrin,  or  Euonymin,  etc.  It  is  well  to  alternate  the 
Stillingin  occasionally  with  other  alteratives.  Or,  if  preferred, 
suitable  combinations  may  be  effected  with  other  remedies. 

For  gonorrhea  and  syphilis,  the  Stillingin  is  usually 
employed  in  combination  with  other  agents,  as  the 
Corydalin,  Insin,  Phytolacin,  Smilacin,  Myricin,  etc.  It 
is  better,  in  these  cases,  to  premise  the  alterative  course  with 
a thorough  dose  of  Podophyllin,  which  will  prepare  the 
system  for  the  action  of  alterative  remedies,  anu  vvhich  should 
be  repeated  at  suitable  intervals  during  the  treatment.  One 
fact  we  have  observed,  in  connection  with  the  employment  of 
Stillingin  in  the  treatment  of  gonorrhea,  and  that  is,  its 
tendency  to  provoke  urethral  irritation  and  chordee,  rendering 
its  use,  in  some  cases,  inadmissible.  This  property,  however, 
renders  it  of  great  value  in  the  treatment  of  incontinence  of 
urine,  impotence,  and  sterility.  In  all  atonic  and  paralytic 


300 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


affections  of  the  generative  and  urinary  apparatus,  it  seems  to 
be  a remedy  of  much  value.  The  most  obstinate  cases  of 
leucorrhea  have  yielded  to  the  Stillingin. 

Chronic  rheumatism  affords  a fair  field  for  the  successful 
employment  of  this  remedy.  It  may  be  used  alone,  or  com- 
bined with  such  other  of  the  concentrated  agents  as  are  suited 
to  the  case.  In  several  cases  of  articular  and  mercurial  rheu- 
matism, we  have  used  the  following  formula  with  much  benefit: 

9. 

Stillingin grs  XX 

Irisin * grs.  X. 

Phytolacin grs.  V. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  three  times  per 
day.  Or  the  following : 

9. 

Stillingin, 

Xanthoxylin aa.  grs.  XX. 

Macrotin --grs.  V. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Doses  same  as  above. 
Both  these  formulas  will  be  found  excellent.  When  a mild 
laxative  is  indicated,  the  Menispermin  will  answer  a good 
purpose.  They  may  be  combined  in  equal  proportions.  If  a 
more  energetic  remedy  of  this  class  is  called  for,  Euonymin 
will  be  found  admirably  suited  to  the  occasion.  Few  reme- 
dies excel  the  latter  when  a laxative  tonic  is  required. 

We  would  not  be  understood  to  say  that  the  Stillingin  is 
fully  equivalent  to  the  plant,  as  considerable  of  its  medicinal 
value  resides  in  the  oil,  of  which  we  next  propose  to  treat. 
Deprived  of  the  oil,  Stillingin  is  not  so  efficacious  in  the 
treatment  of  affections  of  the  respiratory  organs,  nor  of  leu- 
corrhea and  other  kindred  female  diseases.  Nevertheless,  it  is 
a valuable  stimulating  alterative,  exciting  the  glandular 
system  in  a peculiar  manner,  resolving  viscidity  of  the  secre- 
tions, and  promoting  depuration.  It  is  of  great  utility,  in 
combination  with  Xanthoxylin,  in  the  convalescing  stages  of 
cholera  infantum,  dysentery,  and  other  diseases  attended  with  , 
colliquitive  discharges.  They  should  be  combined  in  equal 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


301 


proportions,  and  administered  in  four  grain  doses  three  or 
four  times  a day. 

For  paralytic  affections  of  the  bladder,  it  may  be  employed 
with  much  confidence.  In  this  affection,  it  may  be  used  in 
conjunction  with  electricity,  with  much  prospect  of  benefit. 

Chronic  diarrhea  and  dysentery  have  been  cured  with  alter- 
nate doses  of  Stillingin  and  Leptandrin.  From  two  to  four 
grains  of  Stillingin  may  be  given  twice  or  thrice  daily,  and 
the  same  quantity  of  Leptandrin  at  bed  time.  In  cold  and 
sluggish  conditions  of  the  system,  Stillingin  operates  well  in 
combination  with  Macrotin.  In  chronic  diseases  of  the  liver, 
with  Euonymin,  Phytolacin,  etc.  In  the  treatment  of  dermoid 
diseases,  Stillingin  is  justly  esteemed  a remedy  of  great  value. 
Average  dose,  three  grains. 


OIL  Or  STILLINGIA. 


Derived  from  the  root  of  Stillingia  Sylvatica. 

We  deem  this  remedy  one  of  the  most  valuable  accessions 
to  our  indigenous  materia  medica.  Although  pronounced  by 
some  authors  to  be.  too  acrid  for  internal  use,  we  have  found 
such  not  to  be  the  case.  We  have  employed  it  largely  in 
bronchitis,  laryngitis,  and  other  affections  of  the  respiratory 
system,  and  in  defective  menstruation,  chronic  gleet,  leucor- 
rhea,  etc.,  and  have  found  it  a remedy  of  safe  and  exceeding 
utility.  % 

The  average  dose  of  the  oil  is  ONE  drop,  which  may  be 
repeated  every  half  hour,  in  croup,  with  safety.  In  other 
cases,  every  four  or  six  hours.  It  may  be  dissolved  in  alco- 
hol, and  taken  in  a little  water,  or  dropped  upon  sugar,  or 
mixed  with  mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  slippery  elm,  etc.  We 
are  of  opinion  that  its  local  action  is  most  beneficial  in  bron- 
chitis and  laryngitis,  hence  prefer  to  administer  the  oil  upon 
a little  sugar,  which  may  be  allowed  to  dissolve  in  the  mouth 
and  gradually  swallowed.  The  following  will  be  found  an 
elegant  and  efficient  remedy  for  coughs,  colds,  bronchitis, 
influenza,  etc. 

V- 

Oil  Stillingia 3j. 

“ Wintergreen 

l£  Cinnamon aa.  gtt.  X. 

Hydrastin 3j. 

Alcohol 3 X. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


803 


Mix.  Dose — from  ten  to  fifteen  drops  four  or  five  times  a 
day,  or  whenever  the  cough  is  troublesome.  The  addition  of 
3 ss.  of  Oil  of  Xanthoxylum  will  improve  the  mixture  for 
cases  of  long  standing. 

We  have  administered  the  Oil  of  Stillingia  in  croup  with 
marked  advantage,  our  first  experience  having  been  in  our 
own  family.  It  seems  to  operate  as  a powerful  diffusible 
stimulant,  resolvent,  and  anti-spasmodic.  It  overcomes  the 
spasm  and  difficulty  of  respiration,  and  favors  expectoration, 
hence  will  be  found  useful  in  asthma,  hooping  cough,  and 
other  kindred  affections.  For  the  relief  of  asthma,  it  may  be 
combined  with  Oil  of  Lobelia. 

We  have  employed  the  Oil,  in  combination  with  Oil  of 
Erigeron,  with  the  most  gratifying  success  in  the  treatment  of 
defective  menstruation.  The  Oils  may  be  combined  in  equal 
proportions,  and  from  ONE  to  three  drops  taken  three  times  a 
day.  The  peculiar  headaches  accompanying  this  affection  are 
soon  relieved  by  the  use  of  this  remedy.  The  same  combina- 
tion will  be  found  of  great  utility  in  uterine  leucorrhea,  and  in 
gonorrhea.  When  it  is  desirable  to  have  the  entire  properties 
of  the  Stillingin  combined,  the  following  formula  must  be 


observed : 

9- 

Stillingin 3 ij. 

Oil  of  Stillingia 3 ss. 

Alcohol,  95  per  cent 3 X. 


Mix.  Dose — from  ten  to  fifteen  drops.  This  secures  the 
entire  therapeutic  value  of  the  plant,  and  constitutes  one  of 
the  most  efficient  remedies  known  for  the  cure  of  scrofula, 
syphilis,  eruptions  of  the  skin,  and  all  affections  arising  from 
a vitiated  condition  of  the  blood. 

Externally,  the  oil  is  an  invaluable  stimulant,  counter-irri- 
tant, and  relaxant.  It  relaxes  spasm  of  the  muscular  fibres 
and  at  the  same  time  stimulates  the  depurative  functions  of 
the  skin  to  healthful  activity.  Among  the  affections  in  which 
it  may  be  employed  with  certainty  of  benefit,  we  might  men- 
tion croup,  asthma,  acute  and  chronic  pleuritis,  pneumonia, 


304 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


neuralgia,  spinal  affections,  contracted  joints,  etc.  For  exter- 
nal use,  it  should  be  dissolved  in  alcohol,  the  proportions 
varying  according  to  the  degree  of  stimulation  required.  In 
ordinary  cases,  we  observe  the  following  proportions : 


9. 

Oil  of  S tillmgi a 3 j. 

Alcohol  95  per  cent J j. 


Mix.  Bathe  the  affected  parts  freely  two  or  three  times  a 
day,  or  apply  a cloth  saturated  with  the  solution.  For  slight 
neuralgic  affections,  spinal  irritation,  and  rheumatic  pains,  this 
will  be  found  of  great  service.  W e employ  it,  however,  most 
frequently  in  combination  with  the  Oils  of  Lobelia  and  Cap- 
sicum. Our  formula  is  as  follows  : 


9. 

Oil  of  Stillingia ^ 3 j. 

“ Lobelia 3 ss. 

“ Capsicum gtt.  XX. 

Alcohol  95  per  cent § ij. 


Mix.  This  we  esteem  one  of  the  most  valuable  external 
applications  ever  devised.  The  quantity  of  the  oils  may  be 
doubled,  or  even  trebled,  to  meet  the  indications  in  very 
severe  cases.  In  case  more  of  the  counter-irritant  property 
is  desired,  the  quantity  of  Stillingia  may  be  increased,  and  the 
other  ingredients  allowed  to  remain  the  same.  For  croup, 
hooping  cough,  and  asthma,  bathe  the  throat  and  upper  por- 
tion of  the  chest  with  this  preparation  two  or  three  times  a 
day.  Its  employment  will  be  followed,  after  a few  days,  by  a 
profuse  vesicular  eruption,  which,  in  a few  days,  will  assume 
a pustular  character.  Frequently  the  eruption  will  appear 
within  six  hours  after  the  first  application.  Spinal  irritation, 
neuralgia,  tic  doloreux,  rheumatic  pains,  contracted  joints, 
chronic  sprains,  etc.,  are  relieved  and  cured  by  the  use  of  this 
remedy.  When  the  relaxant  property  is  not  needed,  the  Oil 
of  Lobelia  may  be  dispensed  with.  We  sometimes  vary  the 
formula,  thus : 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


305 


5- 

Oil  of  Stillingia 


“ Erigeron 3j. 

“ Lobelia 3 ss. 

Alcohol J ij. 


Mix.  This  formula  is  peculiarly  serviceable  in  bronchitis, 
laryngitis,  enlargement  of  the  tonsils,  rheumatic  pains,  etc. 
The  Oil  of  Cajeput  maybe  substituted  for  the  Erigeron  when 
the  latter  is  not  at  hand.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  combina- 
tions may  be  easily  varied,  according  as  more  or  less  stimu- 
lating or  relaxing  applications  are  required.  We  are  certain 
that  those  who  once  test  the  value  of  the  Oil  of  Stillingia  as 
an  external  remedy,  will  be  loth  to  dispense  with  it. 


20 


LUPULIN. 


Derived  from  Humulus  Lupulus . 

Nat.  Ord. — Urticaceaa. 

Sex.  Syst. — Dioecia  Penta/ndria. 

Common  Name. — Hops, 

Part  Used. — The  Strobiles,  or  Cones, 

No.  of  Principles — three , viz.,  resin , resinoid , and  neutral. 

Properties. — Nervine , hypnotic , febrifuge , diuretic  and 
tonic. 

Employment. — Dyspepsia , delirium  tremens , hysteria , 
after-pains , chordee , spermatorrhea , intermittent  fevers,  etc. 

The  Lupulin  under  consideration  should  not  be  confounded 
with  that  usually  found  in  commerce,  which  consists  simply 
of  the  pollen  of  the  flowers.  In  the  Lupulin  of  which  we 
propose  to  treat,  we  have  not  only  the  virtues  of  the  pollen, 
but  also  additional  properties  derived  from  the  parenchyma 
of  the  flowers.  Lupulin  is  a remedy  of  much  value  in 
the  treatment  of  nervous  affections  and  is  frequently 
employed  as  a substitute  for  opium,  possessing  tns  advantage 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


307 


of  not  disturbing  the  stomach,  or  producing  constipation. 
Like  all  remedies  of  its  class,  however,  it  is  not  always  to  be 
relied  upon  for  the  purpose  of  allaying  nervous  excitement, 
frequently  failing  of  its  influence  in  this  respect.  In  such 
cases  it  proves  mainly  diuretic. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Lupulin  is  two  grains,  increased 
to  five  with  benefit.  On  account  of  its  febrifuge  properties, 
it  is  peculiarly  appropriate  in  the  treatment  of  febrile  diseases 
for  the  purpose  of  controlling  the  excitability  of  the  nervous 
system,  and  correcting  a tendency  to  delirium.  It  will  fre- 
quently procure  refreshing  sleep  in  cases  of  great  wakefulness 
when  other  remedies  fail.  In  many  cases  it  is  an  invaluable 
anodyne,  allaying  pain,  promoting  diaphoresis  and  diuresis, 
and  inducing  sleep.  It  has  been  used  with  good  results  in 
delirium  tremens.  In  this  complaint  larger  doses  than  usual 
are  required,  ten  grains,  repeated  every  two  hours,  having 
been  administered  with  success  Nervous  headaches,  hys- 
teria, chronic  cough,  suppression  of  urine,  and  various  other 
affections  have  been  relieved  and  cured  by  the  use  of  Lupulin. 
In  those  forms  of  indigestion  wherein  there  is  a tendency  to 
gastritis,  the  Lupulin  will  be  found  an  excellent  remedy.  It 
soothes  and  allays  the  irritability  of  the  mucous  tissues,  and 
paves  the  way  for  the  employment  of  more  decided  tonics. 
In  these  cases  it  is  beneficially  administered  in  combination 
with  Helonin. 

9- 

Lupulin grs.  XX. 

Helonin grs.  X. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Give  one  three  times  per 
day.  Or  with  Smilacin. 

Lupulin, 

Smilacin, aa.  3j. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — same  as  above.  In 
chronic  gastritis,  enteritis,  and  ulcerations  of  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  the  latter  formula  will  be  found  useful. 

Lupulin  aas  been  used  with  extraordinary  success  in  the 


308 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


cure  of  spermatorrhea.  From  two  to  five  grains  are  given 
at  a dose,  and  repeated  three  or  four  times  daily.  Some  prac- 
titioners use  it  in  combination  with  Cerasein,  and  with  marked 


advantage : 

9 

Lupulin 3j. 

Cerasein 3 ss. 


Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose — one,  once  in  six 
hours. 

The  efficacy  of  the  Lupulin  in  the  treatment  of  sperma- 
torrhea is  enhanced  by  combining  it  with  Grelsemin,  and  alter- 
nating with  Cerasein.  We  prefer  the  following  method  of 
administration: 

9 

Lupulin grs.  iij . 

Gelsemin grs.  ss.  ad.j. 

Mix.  To  be  given  at  bed  time,  and  five  grains  of  Cerasein 
administered  three  times  daily.  If  ulceration  of  the  urethra 
be  suspected,  use  the  following  injection  : 


9 

Chloride  of  Lime § ss. 

Hydrastin 3 j. 

Water O.j. 


Digest  and  filter.  This  injection  is  valuable  in  gonorrnea, 
gleet,  leucorrhea,  and  other  affections  of  the  mucous  surfaces 
of  the  generative  apparatus. 

So  far  as  our  experience  goes,  the  Lupulin  here  treated  of 
may  be  relied  upon  for  all  the  purposes  for  which 
the  plant  and  its  preparations  have  hitherto  been  em- 
ployed. It  has  been  reputed  useful  in  the  treatment  of 
ague  and  fever,  but  we  have  no  well  authenticated  evidence 
of  its  utility  in  that  complaint.  Its  tonic  powers  are  feeble  at 
best,  and  seem  to  be  expended  mainly  upon  the  stomach.  In 
cases  of  suppression  and  retention  of  urine,  it  sometimes 
affords  most  desirable  relief.  Its  employment  is  more  indi- 
cated in  sthenic  than  in  asthenic  conditions  of  the  system. 
After-pains  are  frequently  relieved  by  its  use,  and  the  nervous 


concentrated  medicines  proper.  809 

irritability  peculiar  to  parturient  females  allayed  and  over- 
come. 

Lupulin  has  frequently  proved  successful  in  the  treatment 
of  chordee,  by  virtue  of  overcoming  the  urethral  inflamma- 
tion. and  correcting  the  acridity  of  the  urine.  It  has  the 
reputation  of  diminishing  the  quantity  of  lithic  acid  in  the 
urine. 


VERATRIN. 


Derived  from  Veratrvm  Viride. 

Nat.  Ord. — Melanthaceoe. 

Sex.  Syst. — Polygamia  Monoecia. 

Common  Names. — Americcm  Hellebore , Swamp  Hellebore , 
Itch  Weed , India/n  Poke,  etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles— -four,  viz.,  resin,  resmoid,  alkaloid , and 
neutral. 

Properties. — Emetic,  cathartic,  diaphoretic,  expectorant, 
nervine,  antispasmodic,  arterial  sedative , alterative,  resolvent , 
febrifuge,  anodyne,  soporific,  etc. 

Employment. — Intermittent,  remittent,  typhoid,  and  other 
fevers,  pneumonia,  pleuriiis,  rheumatism,  delirium  tremens , 
mania,  affections  of  the  heart,  both  functional  and  organic, 
congestions  of  the  portal  circle,  hooping  cough,  asthma,  hys- 
teria, cramps,  convulsions,  scrofula,  dropsy,  epilepsy,  amen- 
orrhea, etc - • 

We  fully  realise  our  inability  to  do  justice  to  the  value  of 
tbe  article  under  consideration,  yet  we  shall  attempt  to  place 
before  our  readers  what  positive  information  we  possess  in  re- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


311 


gard  to  it.  It  has  long  been,  with'  us,  a favorite  remedy,  and 
we  have  learned  to  place  much  reliance  upon  its  efficacy  in 
many  disorders  afflicting  the  human  frame. 

It  will  be  seen  that  we  have  attributed  to  it  a considerable 
number  of  therapeutic  properties,  all  of  which  we  shall  en- 
deavor to  substantiate,  as  being  in  accordance  with  our  experi- 
ence in  its  employment  Ho  other  remedy  of  its  class,  with 
which  we  are  acquainted,  is  capable  of  fulfilling  so  many  in- 
dications with  safety,  certainty,  and  uniformity  of  action.  The 
indications  for  its  employment  are  of  frequent  occurrence,  and 
its  administration  affords  well  marked  and  positive  evidences 
of  its  practical  utility.  Yet,  as  a necessary  condition  of  its 
successful  employment,  a correct  diagnosis  is  essential,  and 
the  remedy  must  be  rightly  timed , as  well  as  proportioned. 
We  do  not  hold  it  a specific  in  any  disease,  yet  we  claim  for 
it  the  possession  of  positive  and  specific  therapeutic  properties 
available  and  reliable  whenever  the  proper  adaptation  is  had. 

In  order  that  those  who  are  not  familiar  with  its  properties, 
and  employment  may  have  a better  understanding  of  its  range 
of  utility,  we  will  endeavor  to  describe  its  physiological  influ- 
ence upon  the  organism.  Like  Digitalin,  its  influences  are 
diverse,  and  variously  manifested  upon  the  several  divisions  of 
th^  animal  economy.  Thus  we  call  it  an  arterial  sedative,  as 
it  reduces  the  force  and  frequency  of  the  pulse.  We  cannot 
attempt  to  explain  whether  this  influence  is  due  to  a 
property  whereby  a direct  depression  of  the  vital  activity 
of  the  arterial  system  is  produced,  or  whether  it  is  the 
result  of  the  correction  of  certain  conditions  which  were  the 
cause  of  the  abnormally  excited  condition  of  the  circulation. 
Certain  it  is  that  Yeratrin  is  a powerful  resolvent  and  deob- 
struent, resolving  the  plasticity  of  the  blood,  and  of  the  secre- 
tions generally,  while,  at  the  same  time,  it  promotes  the 
activity  of  the  absorbent,  venous,  and  lymphatic  vessels,  and 
glands.  It  exercises  a wonderful  control  over  the  capillary 
system,  particularly  the  deep-seated  capillaries,  hence,  in  con- 
gestions of  the  remote  tissues,  is  a remedy  of  great  service. 
In  small  doses  Yeratrin  stimulates  the  functions  of  the  abdom- 


312 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


inal  viscera,  particularly  of  the  stomach,  liver,  pancreas,  and 
mesentery — promotes  the  secretion  of  the  nervous  fluids,  and 
exercises  a striking  influence  over  the  vascular  structure  of 
the  abdomen,  giving  activity  to  the  portal  circulation,  and  pro- 
moting the  sanguineous  secretions,  as.  the  catamenia,  hemor- 
rhoidal flux,  etc.  It  also  quickens  the  activity  of  the  renal 
secretion  and  cutaneous  exhalations.  Upon  the  nervous 
structure  of  the  abdomen  generally,  it  acts  as  a powerful 
stimulant,  alterative  and  tonic. 

In  large  doses  V eratrin  causes  vomiting,  diarrhea,  and  great 
depression  of  the  arterial  system,  the  pulse  becoming  very 
small  and  infrequent.  The  general  sensibility  of  the  system 
is  also  affected  in  a very  disagreeable  and  violent  manner.  In 
very  large  doses,  if  not  instantly  ejected  by  vomiting,  very 
violent  symptoms  arc  excited  by  the  Veratrin.  Copious  and 
painful  bilious  vomitings,  hemorrhagic  diarrhea,  metrorrhagia, 
tenesmus,  pulse  very  small  and  infrequent,  excessive  prostra- 
tion, subsultus  tandinum,  swooning,  paralysis,  convulsions, 
tetanus  and  death.  The  immediate  cause  of  death  in  this  in- 
stance is  more  to  be  attributed  to  the  excessive  irritation  and 
exhausting  excitement  of  the  abdominal  nervous  structure, 
and  the  depression  of  the  arterial  system,  than  to  any  inflam- 
mation excited  in  the  intestinal  viscera. 

In  cases  of  febrile  excitement,  the  first  influence  we  have 
observed  of  the  action  of  the  Yeratrin  is,  a softening  of  the 
pulse.  Correspondingly,  or  immediately  following,  there  is  a 
slight  elevation  of  the  temperature  of  the  skin,  a gentle  breath- 
ing perspiration  ensues,  and  the  skin  becomes  soft  and  flexible, 
while  its  temperature  falls  somewhat  below  the  normal  stand- 
ard. These  several  phenomena  being  produced,  the  pulse 
becomes  less  frequent,  full  and  regular.  If  the  medicine  be 
continued,  considerable  relaxation  of  the  system  is  observa- 
ble, and  the  pulse  sinks  to  sixty,  fifty,  or  even  forty  beats  per 
minute.  At  this  point  vomiting  usually  occurs,  and,  in  ordi- 
nary cases,  the  medicine  must  be  omitted  until  the  nausea  sub- 
sides. In  a great  number  of  cases  it  is  necessary  to  push  the 
medicine  to  the  production  of  emesis  in  order  to  bring  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


313 


symptoms  under  control.  As  an  emetic,  the  Yeratrin  operates 
generally  with  less  of  prostration  than  other  remedies  of  its 
class.  In  most  cases,  when  given  in  emetic  doses,  it  operates 
very  promptly,  but  is  sometimes  tardy,  owing,  we  are  of  opin- 
ion, to  acidity  of  the  stomach.  When  the  quantity  of  Yera- 
trin given  has  reached  an  extent  sufficient  to  produce  emesis, 
the  symptoms  preceding  vomiting  are  sometimes  somewhat 
alarming.  The  patient  becomes  very  pale,  particularly  about 
the  lips  and  alas  of  the  nostrils,  and  complains  of  great  faint- 
ness and  dyspnea.  Yomiting  almost  immediately  ensues, 
and  is  free,  copious,  and  without  spasm.  The  pulse  at  first 
sinks  considerably,  but,  as  soon  as  vomiting  has  occurred, 
comes  back  to  the  normal  standard,  the  temperature  of  the 
surface  rises,  a gentle  perspiration  breaks  out,  and  the  breath- 
ing becomes  free  and  full.  When  used  for  the  purpose  of  an 
emetic,  the  Yeratrin  should  be  thoroughly  triturated  with  As- 
clepin  or  Eupatorin,  (Perfo.,)  and  accompanied  with  a plenti- 
ful supply  of  fluid.  In  all  cases  the  Yeratrin  should  be 
thoroughly  triturated  with  some  one  of  the  other  concentrated 
medicines  not  contra-indicated  in  the  case,  of  which  we  prefer 
Asclepin,  as  being  most  frequently  admissable.  The  Yeratrin 
is  a medicine  possessed  of  a high  concentration  of  therapeutic 
power,  and,  in  order  to  ensure  its  kindly  operation,  it  should 
be  rendered  as  diffusible  as  possible.  Too  great  a concentra- 
tion of  therapeutic  action  upon  a limited  nervous  surface  will 
produce  violent  and  serious  symptoms,  while  the  same  amount 
of  medicinal  power  diffused  over  a more  extended  space  of 
impressible  tissue  will  be  productive  of  none  other  than  kindly 
results.  Extremes  in  medicine  are  always  to  be  avoided. 
When  too  highly  diluted  or  diffused,  medicines  become  of 
. negative  value,  their  field  of  operation  being  too  extended. 
On  the  other  hand,  when  of  too  high  concentration,  the  object 
in  view  is  defeated  by  the  overaction  produced,  and  confusion 
of  the  vital  manifestations,  instead  of  harmony,  ensues. 

We  have  observed,  as  the  result  of  the  administration  of 
Yeratrin,  when  care  has  not  been  exercised  in  regard  to  neu- 
tralising undue  acidity,  and  ensuring  proper  diffusion  of  the 


314 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


remedy,  very  singular  contortions  of  the  muscular  system, 
particularly  of  the  muscles  of  the  face,  neck,  fingers  and  toes. 
The  head  would  be  drawn  to  one  side,  the  mouth  drawn  down 
at  one  corner,  and  the  facial  muscles  affected  with  convulsive 
twitchings.  At  the  same  time  the  fingers  and  toes  would  be 
cramped  as  in  cholera.  At  times  these  contortions  would  take 
the  form  of  tonic  spasm,  while  at  other  times  the  action  would 
similate  a series  of  galvanic  shocks,  frequently  of  such  vio- 
lence as  to  precipitate  the  patient  out  of  bed.  During  a II  this 
time  the  intellect  of  the  patient  remains  undisturbed,  and  he 
is  perfectly  conscious  of  all  that  is  going  on.  As  soon  as  this 
spasmodic  action  has  subsided,  no  further  inconvenience  is 
felt,  the  patient  passing  from  under  its  influence  unharmed. 
Several  instances  have  come  under  our  observation  when  pre- 
parations of  the  Yeratrin  have  been  taken  through  mistake. 
In  one  instance  a large  teaspoonful  of  the  concentrated  tinc- 
ture was  taken  by  a female  patient  of  ours  who  supposed  she 
was  taking  tincture  of  Valerian.  Further  than  nausea  and 
free  vomiting,  no  ill  effects  were  experienced.  In  another  in- 
stance, in  the  practice  of  a brother  practitioner,  nearly  a quart 
of  a strong  decoction  of  the  recent  root  was  taken  within  the 
period  of  a few  hours.  A considerable  degree  of  sickness  and 
prostration  was  produced,  followed  by  copious  vomiting  and 
purging,  but  the  patient  soon  recovered’  without  having  expe- 
rienced any  permanent  mischief.  We  have  never  known  of 
a single  instance  in  which  fatal  consequences  have  ensued  from 
the  action  of  the  preparations  of  the  Veratrum,  yet  we  have 
no  doubt  but  that  such  a result  might  occur  from  the  adminis- 
tration of  very  large  doses  of  the  Yeratrin,  as  mentioned  in 
the  preceding  pages,  We  have  administered  the  preparations 
of  the  plant  to  children  and  adults  of  every  age,  and  under 
almost  every  circumstance  of  chronic  and  acute  disease,  and 
we  have  come  to  view  it  as  an  indispensible  agent  in  our  prac- 
tice. For  the  purpose  of  controlling  the  action  of  the  heart 
and  arterial  system,  stimulating  the  absorbent,  venous,  and 
lymphatic  vessels  and  glands,  it  has  no  equal.  Also  as  a re- 
solvent in  plastic  conditions  of  the  blood,  and  of  the  secretions 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


315 


generally.  That  it  is  an  alterative  and  depurative  remedy  of 
more  than  usual  efficiency,  is  evident  from  the  thoroughly 
renovated  and  in  /igorated  condition  of  the  animal  economy 
after  having  been  fully  subjected  to  its  sanative  influences. 
And  it  accomplishes  its  work  without  producing  any  disturb- 
ance of  the  cerebral  functions,  never  exhibiting,  so  far  as  we 
have  been  able  to  discover,  any  narcotic  influences  whatever. 
In  view  of  its  general  physiological  control,  this  fact  is  some- 
what remarkable,  but  which  enhances  its  practical  remedial 
value  above  that  of  all  other  remedies  of  its  class. 

Indications  for  the  employment  of  the  Yeratrin  are  had 
whenever  there  is  a disturbed  condition  of  the  circulation, 
either  when  the  abnormal  excitement  involves  the  whole  arte- 
rial system,  or  simply  affects  some  of  its  single  branches.  This 
morbid  exaltation  is  more  frequently  characterized  by  force 
and  fulness,  than  by  rapidity  of  the  pulsations.  This  condi- 
tion may  arise  from  two  causes.  In  the  first  place,  from  the 
presence  of  an  undue  quantity,  or  a too  highly  stimulating 
property  of  the  natural  excitants  of  the  blood ; and,  in  the 
second  place,  from  an  abnormally  increased  excitability  of  the 
heart  and  arterial  vessels,  even  while  the  blood  preserves  its 
normal  constitution.  It  is  in  the  first  named  condition  that 
Yeratrin  is  more  particularly  indicated.  We  employ  Yeratrin 
as  a stimulant  and  resolvent  in  obstructions  and  atonic  condi- 
tions of  the  liver  and  portal  system,  and  of  the  abdominal 
organs  generally.  Also  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  the  de- 
puration of  retained  and  accumulated  secretions,  particularly 
of  the  sanguineous,  as  the  catamenia,  and  in  indolent  condi- 
tions of  the  mucous  membranes,  and  glandular  and  lymphatic 
systems.  The  peculiar  stimulant  and  alterative  properties  of 
the  Yeratrin  as  manifested  in  its  reactions  upon  the  nervous 
tissues  of  the  abdomen,  render  it  a remedy  of  great  value  in 
the  treatment  of  all  forms  of  disease  involving  the  abdominal 
ganglia,  and  in  all  cases  of  functional  inactivity  or  obstinate 
torpor,  as  for  instance,  mental  debility  and  insanity,  convul- 
sions, paralyti.:  affections,  &c. 


Concentrated  medicines  proper.  316 

Of  the  special  employment  of  Yeratrin  in  individual  types 
of  disease,  we  would  note  our  observations  as  follows : 

It  is  indicated  in  all  forms  of  acute  febrile  disease  manifest- 
ing a high  plasticity  of  the  blood,  accompanied  with  a quick, 
full,  and  wiry  pulse.  This  condition  will  be  frequently  met 
with  in  remittent  and  intermittent  fevers,  protracted  and  in- 
veterate cases  of  which  have  been  successfully  treated  with 
Yeratrin.  Obstinate  quartan  fevers,  complicated  with  atra- 
bilious obstructions,  phlegmonoid  affections  of  the  abdominal 
viscera,  debility  and  torpor  of  the  nervous  structure  of  the 
abdomen,  or  with  feeble  hemorrhoidal  action,  are  relieved  and 
cured  by  means  of  the  Yeratrin.  In  these  affections  it  should 
be  given  in  small  doses  combined  with  Podophyllin,  and  al- 
ternated with  tonics,  of  which  we  prefer  Cerasein.  In  rheu- 
matic fevers  the  Yeratrin  is  generally,  preferable  to  any  other 
remedy,  as  it  not  only  breaks  up  the  fever,  but  also  arrests  the 
copious  symptomatic  sweats  arising  from  excessive  capillary 
congestion.  In  this  case  it  should  be  combined  with  Asclepin 
and  Cerasein,  or  they  may  be  alternated. 

In  the  treatment  of  every  form  of  febrile  exanthema,  and 
particularly  of  scarlatina,  the  Yeratrin  is  unequalled,  as  these 
types  of  disease  are  accompanied  with  great  arterial  excite- 
ment, a high  degree  of  plasticity  of  the  blood,  and  a strong 
tendency  to.the  production  of  effusions  and  exudations,  for 
the  prevention  or  removal  of  which  the  Yeratrin  is  of  such 
remarkable  utility.  Were  Yeratrin  of  no  farther  service  than 
in  the  treatment  of  scarlatina,  we  should  still  deem  it  invalu- 
able and  indispensible.  So  far  as  our  observations  have  gone, 
and  they  extend  over  a period  of  five  years  experimental  use 
of  the  Yeratrin,  both  in  our  own  practice  and  in  that  of  oth- 
ers, we  have  never  yet  seen  a case  treated  with  it  that  did  not 
result  in  a perfect  cure,  unattended  with  effusions,  exudations, 
or  malignant  sequela  of  any  kind.  In  scarlatina,  as  we  find 
it  in  this  region,  we  premise  our  treatment,  in  the  early  stages, 
with  Podophyllin,  and  afterwards  rely  upon  Yeratrin  and  As- 
clepin in  combination.  Seldom  is  further  medication  neces- 
sary, unless  it  be  to  meet  special  symptoms.  To  prepare  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


817 


Veratrin  for  use  in  scarlatina,  it  should  be  thoroughly  tritu- 
rated with  Asclepin  and  made  into  solution  with  hot  water. 
It  may  be  then  administered  in  such  doses  and  with  such  fre- 
quency of  repetition  as  may  be  necessary  to  control  the 
disease.  Our  experience  is  in  favor  of  administering  it  at 
intervals  of  two  hours.  When  the  inflammatory  action  is 
violent,  it  may  be  administered  every  hour  in  the  commence- 
ment until  the  violence  of  the  symptoms  is  subdued,  and  then 
repeated  at  intervals  of  two  or  three  hours  as  may  be  neces- 
sary to  maintain  its  proper  influence.  As  soon  as  an  inter- 
mission, full  and  complete,*  occurs,  the  Cerasein  may  be  given 
in  suitable  doses,  the  Yeratrin  and  Asclepin  being  continued 
at  intervals  of  four  or  six  hours  until  all  danger  of  a return 
of  the  febrile  symptoms  is  past.  Yeratrin  seems  appropriate 
in  all  stages  of  scarlet  fever.  We  have  known  cases  of  the 
worst  form,  and  in  the  latter  stages,  where  the  patient  was  in 
convulsions,  and  the  medical  attendant  had  abandoned  all 
hope,  in  which  the  exhibition  of  this  remedy  has  promptly 
arrested"  the  disease,  breaking  up  the  convulsions  and  saving 
the  patient.  The  absence  of  effusions,  exudations,  and  other 
of  the  usual  distressing  sequents  of  scarlatina,  when  treated 
with  Yeratrin,  we  attribute  to  the  remarkable  resolvent,  alter- 
ative and  tonic  power  of  this  remedy,  whereby  the  depurative 
action  of  the  entire  economy  is  promoted,  and  these  retentions 
accumulations,  and  consequent  congestions  are  prevented.  It 
stimulates  the  functions  of  the  absorbent,  venous,  and  lym- 
phatic vessels  in  a peculiar  manner,  and,  by  resolving  the 
viscid  and  plastic  condition  of  the  blood  and  secretions, 
enables  them  to  discharge  their  various  functions  fully  and 
effectually.  It  is  our  firm  conviction  that  the  three  remedies 
above  enumerated,  namely,  Podophyllin,  Yeratrin,  and 
Asclepin,  will,  when  judiciously  employed,  cure  a larger  per 
centage  of  the  cases  of  Scarlatina  than  any  other  plan  of  treat- 
ment yet  devised.  And  when  the  patient  is  pronounced 
cured , the  term  is  no  misnomer. 

The  virtues  of  Yeratrin  in  the  treatment  of  typhoid  fever 
have  been  variously  estimated,  yet  all  agree  in  pronouncing 


318 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


it  a remedy  of  great  value.  Differences  of  locality,  atmos- 
pheric and  other  influences,  previous  habits  and  exposures,, 
and  many  other  causes  tend  to  create  a diversion  in  the  special 
symptoms  of  typhoid  fever,  yet,  in  its  general  characteristics, 
it  is  the  same.  Derangement  and  torpor  of  the  functions  of  the 
liver,  portal  vein,  and  of  the  secreting  structure  of  the  abdom- 
inal viscera  generally,  characterise  the  disease  under  all 
circumstances.  A disposition  to  congestion  of  the  glandular 
surfaces  of  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  alimentary  canal, 
is  a constant  accompaniment  of  typhoid  fever.  The  sequent 
to  this  congestion  is,  an  exhausting  and  frequently  uncontroll- 
able diarrhea,  which  hurries  the  patient  to  his  grave,  despite 
all  means  employed  for  its  alleviation.  How  important,  then, 
that  we  possess  a remedy  that  will  early  correct  this  functional 
aberration,  and,  by  maintaining  a proper  degree  of  vital 
activity,  obviate  the  danger  of  organic  lesion.  Hot  only  is  it 
necessary  that  the  secreting  apparatus  be  brought  under  the 
immediate  influence  of  appropriate  stimuli,  but  also  that  the 
secretions  themselves  shall  be  resolved  and  reduced  to  a 
degree  of  fluidity  consistent  with  the  ability  of  the  apparatus 
to  circulate  them.  A plastic  condition  of  the  blood  is  a 
marked  characteristic  of  typhoid  fever,  and  the  neglect  of 
early  attention  to  this  condition  is  the  common  cause  of  the 
fatality  of  this  disease.  Bleeding  and  other  means  of  direct 
depletion  serve  to  aggravate  the  existing  obstructions  by 
depriving  the  system  of  the  fluid  menstrua  requisite  in  the 
work  of  resolution.  In  all  febrile  diseases  there  is  danger  of 
the  solid  secretions  becoming  in  excess  of  the  fluid,  hence  the 
free  use  of  diluents  is  as  indispensable  a necessity  as  the 
employment  of  suitable  medicines.  Hot  only  are  they  neces- 
sary for  the  resolving  of  the  morbid  deposits,  but  also  for  the 
solution  and  circulation  of  the  remedy  itself,  whereby  it  may 
be  enabled  to  reach  the  field  of  its  operations.  We  have 
already  dwelt  at  some  length  upon  the  necessity  of  the 
observance  of  this  condition,  in  the  first  part  of  this  volume, 
to  which  we  respectfully  direct  the  attention  of  the  reader. 
Auxiliary  remedies,  in  the  treatment  of  typhoid  fever,  will  be 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


319 


found  in  Podophyllin,  Leptandrin,  Euonymin,  Euphorbin, 
Asclepin,  Cerasein,  Gferanin,  Myricin,  etc.,  according  to  the 
indications  present.  In  this,  as  in  scarlet  and  all  other  fevers, 
the  alkaline  sponge  bath  should  never  be  omitted. 

As  before  mentioned,  the  value  of  Yeratrin  in  the  treat- 
ment of  typhoid  fever  is  variously  estimated.  While 
admitted  by  all  who  have  employed  it  to  be  a valuable  agent 
in  controlling  this  disease,  experience  goes  to  prove  that  it  is 
seemingly  much  more  efficient  in  some  localities  than  in 
others.  In  the  section  in  which,  we  reside  it  is  not  uncommon 
to  see  severe  cases  of  typhoid  fever  broken  up  completely  in 
from  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours;  while  in  other  sections 
we  have  the  testimony  of  practitioners  to  the  effect  that,  while 
it  relieves  the  urgent  symptoms  and  abates  the  violence  of  the 
disease,  yet  the  fever  will  run  its  course  for  the  accustomed 
length  of  time,  although  the  danger  is  greatly  lessened  and 
recovery  rendered  more  certain.  What . may  be  the  reasons 
for  this  discrepancy  of  action,  we  have  no  present  means  of 
ascertaining.  Whether  it  be  owing  to  local  influence,  such  as 
pertain  to  miasmatic  districts — or  to  the  want  of  proper  pre- 
paratory or  auxiliary  treatment,  are  questions  we  do  not  feel 
competent  to  answer.  The  special  points  of  congestion  seem 
to  vary  in  different  sections.  Thus,  with  us,  the  liver  and 
brain  chiefly  suffer;  while  at  the  south  and  west,  the  bowels 
seem  the  most  vulnerable  point,  diarrhea  arid  enteritis  being 
the  most  dangerous  symptoms  likely  to  arise.  Whether  this 
tendency  to  aggravated  inflammation  of  the  bowels  depends 
upon  the  previous  habits  and  circumstances  of  the  patient’s 
situation,  or  upon  an  immediate  peculiarity  of  the  disease 
itself,  are  questions  which  would  require  the.  closest  scrutiny 
in  order  to  effect  a satisfactory  explanation.  It  is  the  duty 
of  every  resident  practitioner  to  study  the  local  phenomena 
occurring  within  the  circle  of  his  observations,  and  to  modify 
his  treatment  so  as  to  meet  existing  necessities.  It  is  unfor- 
tunate that  we  have  no  systematic  concert  of  notation,  by 
cans  of  which  a record  of  the  effects  of  local  influences  in 


320 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


modifying  the  types  of  febrile  forms  of  disease  might  be  had 
for  the  benefit  of  the  profession  at  large. 

The  employment  of  Yeratrin  in  the  treatment  of  diarrhea 
and  dysentery  affords  occasion  for  some  remarks  in  regard  to 
the  action  of  this  remedy  upon  the  bowels.  We  have  seen 
it  stated  by  some  writers,  that  Yeratrin  is  objectionable  on 
account  of  its  irritating  influence  upon  this  organ.  Such  has 
not  been  our  experience.  We  have  employed  it  much  in  the 
treatment  of  bowel  complaints,  and  with  the  most  happy 
results.  In  dysentery,  after  having  premised  our  further 
treatment  with  Podophyllin  and  Leptandrin,  when  indicated, 
we  give  one-eighth  grain  of  Yeratrin,  or  two  drops  of  the 
concentrated  tincture,  every  two  hours  until  the  febrile  symp- 
toms are  subdued,  and  a proper  action  of  the  skin  excited, 
alternating  with  Geranin,  or  other  astringents,  if  needed.  By 
referring  to  the  preceding  exposition  of  the  physiological 
effects  of  the  Yeratrin,  the  reader  cannot  fail  to  perceive  the 
appropriateness  of  this  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  all  func- 
tional derangements  of  the  abdominal  viscera.  With  this 
remedy,  as  with  all  others,  in  order  to  ensure  success,  due  dis- 
crimination must  be  exercised  in  regard  to  time,  quantity, 
repetition,  and  continuance. 

Yeratrin  is  of  exceeding  utility  in  the  treatment  of  menin- 
gitis, phrenitis,  hydrocephalus,,  and  cerebral  difficulties  gener- 
ally. We  have  seen  some  of  the  most  severe  and  desperate 
cases  recover  under  its  timely  and  persevering  administration. 
The  patient  must  be  kept  fully  under  its  influence,  until 
every  vestige  of  inflammatory  action  has  subsided.  The 
auxiliary  remedies  are  Podophyllin,  Euphorbin,  Asclepin, 
Scutellarin,  Lobelia,  etc. 

Inflammatory  affections  of  every  kind,  and  particularly 
when  of  a hypersthenic  character,  afford  indications  for  the 
employment  of  Yeratrin.  The  peculiar  influence  of  this 
remedy  over  the  arterial  system,  and  upon  the  absorbent, 
resolving,  and  lymphatic  vessels  of  the  system  generally, 
renders  it  extremelv  valuable  in  this  class  of  affections. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


321 


Diseases  of  the  mucous  and  serous  membranes  and  glands 
are  also  successfully  treated  with  Yeratrin. 

We  have  the  joint  experience  of  many  practitioners  in  con- 
firmation of  the  value  of  Yeratrin  in  puerperal  fever.  When 
joined  with  Podophyllin,  greater  success  has  been  had  than 
by  any  other  means  or  method  of  treatment.  The  most 
seemingly  desperate  cases  have  yielded  to  its  sanative  influ- 
ences. 

Yeratrin  ranks  high  as  a remedial  agent  in  pneumonia 
pleuritis,  croup,  asthma,  and  other  disorders  of  the  respiratory 
system.  It  is  one  of  the  most  reliable  expectorants  known. 
In  all  affections  attended  by  dyspnea,  Yeratrin  is  of  excel- 
lent service.-  We  have  used  it  in  croup  with  entire  success. 
In  mucous  and  spasmodic  croup  it  gives  prompt  relief. 
In  membranous  croup  it  is  peculiarly  appropriate,  on  account 
of  its  resolvent  properties,  lessening  and  overcoming  the  ten- 
dency to  effusion  of  plastic  lymph,  and  the  formation  of  false 
membrane.  In  all  inflammatory  affections  of  the  chest,  the 
Yeratrin  is  of  exceeding  utility.  It  relaxes  spasm,  lessens 
arterial  excitement,  equalises  the  circulation,  resolves  the  vis 
cidity  of  the  secretions,  promotes  diaphoresis  and  expectora 
tion,  and  imparts  tone  to  the  venous,  absorbent,  and  lymphatic 
vessels,  and  glands  generally.  A consideration  of  these 
peculiar  influences  of  the  Yeratrin  will  assist  materially  in 
determining  its  range  of  application. 

Yeratrin  is  of  equal  service  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  as 
of  acute  forms  of  disease.  Its  remarkable  control  over  the 
heart  and  arterial  system  renders  it  eminently  valuable  in  the 
treatment  of  both  functional  and  organic  disease  of  the  heart, 
as  palpitation,  sternocardia,  chronic  pericarditis,  enlargement, 
etc.  We  have  used  it  in  many  cases  of  organic  disease  of 
that  organ,  with  the  most  beneficial  results.  We  deem  it  the 
safest,  and,  at  the  same  time,  the  most  efficient  remedy  that 
can  be  brought  to  bear  in  these  disorders.  Many  cases  of  so- 
called  organic  affections  of  the  heart  have  been  cured  by  the 
use  of  the  Yeratrin,  which,  however,  were  nothing  more  than 


322 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


functional  disturbances  dependent  upon  visceral  engorgements, 
suppressed  secretions,  metastasis  of  eruptions,  rheumatism, 
etc. 

Yeratrin  is  of  essential  service  in  the  treatment  of  atonic 
mucous  hemorrhoids,  false  membranous  formations  in  the 
intestinal  tube,  and  other  forms  of  phlegmatic  disease  o;  the 
abdominal  cavities,  particularly  when  dependent  upon  or 
accompanied  with  debility  and  inaction  of  the  portal  vein 
and  abdominal  nerves,  glands,  and  vessels  generally. 

Yeratrin  exercises  a specific  influence  over  the  uterus,  and 
has  been  beneficially  employed  in  amenorrhea,  atonic  chloro- 
sis, uterine  leucorrhea,  and  other  affections  dependent  upon 
vascular  debility. 

Yeratrin  is  valuable  in  the  treatment  of  jaundice,  when 
arising  from  obstructions  of  the  liver  and  portal  circulation. 
Also  in  dropsical  affections  characterised  by  much  coldness 
and  torpor,  or  when  arising  from 1 suppression  of  the  catamenia 
or  hemorrhoidal  flux.  In  all  diseases  of  the  mucous  mem- 
branes of  the  intestines,  phlegmatic  obstructions,  tj^mpanites, 
fleshy  tumors  of  the  abdomen,  chronic  enlargment  of  t^e 
liver,  spleen,  and  mesentery,  and  in  debility  of  the  muscular 
fibres  of  the  intestinal  tube,  the  Yeratrin  is  a valuable  remedy. 
In  these  disorders,  it  operates  most  beneficially  in  connection 
with  Podophyllin.  In  cachexies  and  dyscrasies,  arising  from 
functional  aberation  of  the  viscera  of  the  abdomen,  particu- 
larly of  the  liver  and  mesenteric  glands,  and  in  herpes,  and 
other  diseases  of  the  skin,  Yeratrin  is  highly  recommended. 
Also  in  atrabilious,  arthritic,  and  rheumatic  dyscrasies. 

Experience  seems  to  prove  that  a majority  of  the  cases 
of  mental  aberation,  and  of  nervous  diseases  generally, 
arise  from  and  are  dependent  upon  a morbidly  increased 
activity  of  the  nervous  structure  of  the  abdomen,  functional 
obstructions  and  organic  lesions  of  the  abdominal  viscera,  and 
disturbed  and  discordant  action  of  the  abdominal  nervous 
plexus.  At  any  rate,  if  such  be  not  the  case,  experience 
proves  that  such  remedies  as  act  as  stimulants  and  alteratives 
upon  the  nervous  tissues  of  the  abdomen,  are  most  beneficial 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


323 


in  that  class  of  diseases.  This  would  seem  to  explain  why 
Yeratrin  is  of  utility  in  the  treatment  of  mania,  epilepsy,  hys- 
teric cramps,  chronic  convulsions,  melancholy,  and  mental 
weakness.  Certain  it  is  that  when  material  obstructions  are 
ascertained  to  exist,  particularly  of  the  sanguineous  secretions, 
as  the  catamenia,  hemorrhoids,  etc.,  relief  is  almost  certain  to 
follow  the  exhibition  of  the  Yeratrin.  In  cases  of  mental 
aberation  accompanied  with  torpor  and  debility  of  the  abdomi- 
nal organs,  Yeratrin  will  be  found  serviceable.  In  such  cases 
it  may  be  administered  in  full  doses,  even  to  the  production 
of  an  emeto-cal  uartic  effect,  observing  much  caution,  however, 
in  its  exhibition.  Where  visceral  obstructions  are  of  long 
standing,  the  treatment  should  be  premised  with  the  judicious 
use  of  Podophyllin,  which  will  materially  enhance  the  efficacy 
of  Yeratrin  in  all  cases  in  which  the  former  may  be  indicated. 

In  Chronic  pneumonic  and  catarrhal  affections,  having  a 
tendency  to  effusion  and  exudation,  and  in  chronic  rheu- 
matic affections  of  the  lungs  and  pleura,  and  which  are  so  often 
connected  with  hydrothorax,  Yeratrin  is  an  excellent  remedy. 
In  these  cases  it  may  sometimes  be  advantageously  joined 
with  Digitalin,  and  alternated  with  suitable  doses  of  a combi- 
nation of  Podophyllin,  Asclepin,  and  Cerasein. 

Yeratrin  is  also  of  much  value  in  the  treatment  of  some 
forms  of  scrofula,  particularly  when  occurring  in  persons 
laboring  under  vascular  repletion,  and  whose  lymphatic  system 
is  in  an  inactive  or  torpid  condition. 

Yeratrin  is  contra-indicated  in  all  cases  of  paralytic  debility, 
tendency  to  hermorhage  of  the  lungs,  pregnancy,  lingering 
hectic,  internal  ulcerations,  etc. 

The  dose  of  Yeratrin  will  vary,  according  to  the  impressi- 
bility of  the  patient’s  system,  and  the  requirements  of  the 
case.  In  general  this  variation  will  be  from  one-eighth  to 
one-half  of  ONE  grain.  In  febrile  forms  of  disease,  small 
doses,  frequently  repeated,  are  of  most  service  ; while  in 
chronic  affections,  as  in  disease  of  the  heart,  dropsies,  etc., 
larger  doses,  and  at  longer  intervals,  are  preferable.  In  fevers, 
we  usually  administer  it  every  two  hours.  In  chronic  affec- 


324 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


tions  of  the  mucous  membranes,  visceral  engorgements,  etc., 
twice  per  day.  In  cardiac  diseases,  whenever  the  urgent 
symptoms  arise.  In  croup,  convulsions,  and  asthma,  at  inter- 
vals of  thirty  minutes,  until  the  spasm  is  broken,  and  relief 
afforded,  and  then  with  such  frequency  of  repetition  as  may 
be  necessary  to  maintain  the  desired  influence.  To  what 
extent  the  patient  may  be  subjected  to  its  influence,  or  for 
what  length  of  time  this  influence  may  be  continued,  without 
danger  to  the  patient,  is  a question  difficult  of  solution.  A 
case  of  scarlatina  in  a girl  some  ten  or  twelve  years  old  came 
under  our  observation,  in  which  the  patient  was  kept  so  com- 
pletely under  its  control  that,  for  the  period  of  forty-eight 
hours,  no  pulse  could  be  felt  at  the  wrist.  At  the  end  of  this 
time,  the  fever . having  been  subdued,  the  medicine  was 
omitted,  the  circulation  rose  to  the  normal  standard,  and  the 
patient  had  a rapid  convalescence.  It  was  a most  malignant 
case,  and  one  which,  when  the  treatment  was  commenced, 
afforded  little  prospect  of  recovery.  It  is  iair  to  state  that 
the  preparation  employed  in  this  case  was  the  concentrated 
tincture. 

It  is  of  the  highest  importance,  under  all  circumstances  of 
the  employment  of  Veratrin,  to  previously  neutralise  undue 
acidity  of  the  stomach,  and  to  administer  it  in  such  form  as 
to  render  it  most  diffusible.  We  generally  prefer  to  triturate 
it  with  Asclepin,  and  to  administer  it  in  solution.  We  find 
very  few  cases  in  which  the  Asclepin  is  contra-indicated. 

Except  the  above,  very  few  judicious  combinations  can  be 
effected  with  the  Yeratrin.  In  some  forms  of  cardiac  disease, 
and  in  dropsical  effusions,  it  may  be  beneficially  joined  with 
Digitalin,  as  previously  mentioned.  When  auxiliary  reme- 
dies are  needed,  we  deem  our  practice  of  alternation  the  best. 
Care  must  be  exercised  when  employing  the  Yeratrin  in  chro- 
nic diseases,  in  order  that  too  great  a degree  of  relaxation  and 
prostration  be  not  produced,  which  must  be  obviated  by  alter- 
nating with  suitable  stimulants  and  tonics. 


CON.  TINC.  VEBATBUM  TIBTDE. 


Derivation  same  as  the  Yeratrin.  The  properties  and 
appliances  of  this  tincture  are  the  same  in  all  respects  as  those 
of  the  Yeratrin.  Its  relative  medicinal  strength  is  as  eight 
to  one.  That  is,  eight  drops  of  the  tincture  are  equivalent 
to  one  grain  of  Yeratrin.  We  prefer  it  to  the  Yeratrin  on 
account  of  its  advantage  of  ready  administration,  as  well  as  on 
account  of  its  diffusible  character.  In  view  of  the  latter 
quality,  we  consider  it  more  prompt  in  its  influences  than  the 
Yeratrin.  We  use  it  almost  exclusively  in  our  practice.  The 
average  dose,  as  a diaphoretic,  anti-spasmodic,  febrifuge,  and 
arterial  sedative,  is  TWO  drops,  repeated  once  in  two  hours. 
As  an  emetic,  in  croup,  convulsions,  etc.,  from  five  to  EIGHT 
drops,  repeated  every  one  or  two  hours.  In  chronic  diseases 
generally,  we  give  from  ONE  to  three  drops  thrice  a day.  In 
asthma  and  affections  of  the  heart,  we  generally  prescribe  it 
when  the  urgent  symptoms  are  present.  The  most  convenient 
form  for  administration  in  fevers  and  other  acute  diseases,  is 


as  follows : 

9- 

Asclepin 3ss. 

Warm  water § IY. 

Con.  Tine.  Yeratrum gtt.XXX. 


Dissolve  the  Asclepin  in  the  water  and  add  the  Yeratrum. 

Stir  the  solution  well  when  used.  Dose,  from  one  to  three 
teaspoonfuls  once  in  two  hours.  If  nausea  arises,  and 
vomiting  be  not  desirable,  omit  the  medicine  until  it  subsides, 
and  then  resume  in  the  same  manner,  or  at  longer  intervals. 


326 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


In  this  form  we  employ  it  in  remittent,  scarlet,  and  typhoid 
fevers,  pneumonia,  pleuritis,  measles,  acute  rheumatism,  dys- 
entery, all  forms  of  acute  exanthema,  and  febrile  diseases 
generally.  In  cardiac  affections,  and  in  dropsies,  it  may  be 
combined  with  the  Con.  Tine.  Digitalis  in  equal  proportions. 

The  Con.  Tine,  of  Yeratrum  has  been  found  a most  excellent 
external  application  for  the  relief  of  neuralgia  and  rheumatic 
pains,  and  for  the  discussion  of  indolent  scrofulous  and  other 
tumors,  enlarged  glands  &c.  The  parts  may  be  bathed  with 
the  tincture  two  or  three  times  per  day,  or  a cloth  saturated 
with  it  may  be  bound  upon  the  tumor  or  part  affected. 

We  have  been  informed  that  the  tincture  has  been  success- 
fully employed,  in  enemas,  for  the  removal  of  the  ascaris 
vermicularis  or  pin  worms  of  the  rectum,  but  of  this  fact 
we  have  no  personal  knowledge.  From  five  to  ten  drops 
may  be  administered  in  from  two  to  FOUR  ounces  of 
water.  We  should  preier  a thin  mucilage  of  slippery  elm, 
or  a solution  of  molasses  and  water.  It  is  worthy  of  further 
trial  in  this  respect.  Much  yet  remains  to  be  learned  of  the 
value  of  Yeratrum  and  its  preparations,  although  sufficient  is 
already  known  to  render  it  an  indispensible  agent  in  the  hands 
of  every  practitioner.  Its  positive  yet  kindly  control  over  the 
heart  and  arterial  system,  by  means  of  which  we  may  sav  to 
the  turbulent  currents  ot  the  blood,  with  certainty  of  obe- 
dience, “Peace,  be  still,”  constitutes  it  a sine  qua  non  in  the 
treatment  of  febrile  diseases.  In  addition,  its  power  of 
resolving  the  plasticity  of  the  blood,  its  stimulant,  alterative, 
and  tonic  influences  over  the  venous,  absorbent,  and  lymphatic 
vessels  and  glands,  and  its  power  of  promoting  the  sanguineous 
secretions,  renders  it  ot  inestimable  utility  to  the  requirements 
of  the  healing  art.  We  would  wish  especially  to  note  an 
important  fact  in  connection  with  the  employment  of  this 
remedy  in  the  treatment  of  acute  diseases,  and  that  is,  we  can 
truly  pronounce  our  patient  well  when  he  is  discharged.  No 
ptyalism — no  loosening  of  the  teeth — no  sloughing  of  the 
soft  parts — no  lesions  of  the  mucous  membranes  or  other  tis- 
sues— no  morbid  discharges  from  the  eyes  or  ears,  as  is  fre- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


327 


quently  the  case  in  scarlatina  and  measles — no  troublesome 
eczema  to  harass  the  weary  sufferer — no  barometric  pains  to 
announce  approaching  meteoric  change — nor  fetid  ulcers  dis- 
charging their  filthy  ooze  from  fountains  of  corrupt  and  stag- 
nated secretions  within  : — but  a system  renovated  and  invigo- 
rated— the  vital  currents  leaping  in  living  joy  through  their 
unobstructed  channels — the  unfettered  nerves  harmoniously 
obedient  to  the  mandates  of  the  organic  intelligence,  and  the 
rose  of  health  blooming  in  grateful  acknowledgment  over  the 
integrity  of  the  soul’s  citadel. 


EUPATORIN.  [Purpu.] 


Derived  from  Eupatorium  Purpivrevm. 

Nat.  Ord. — Asteracece. 

Sex.  Sjst. — Syngenesia  AEgualis. 

Common  Names. — Queen  of  the  meadow , Grmel  weed , 
Joe-pye , Trumpet  weed , 

Part  Used. — The  Root . 

No.  of  Principles. — three , viz.,  resi/noid , neutral  and  alka- 
loid. 

Properties. — Diuretic , stimulant , astringent  a/nd  tonic. 

Employment. — Gravel,  dropsy,  gout,  rheumatism,  hema- 
turia, hematamesis,  hemoptysis , d/ysentery,  hooping  cough, 
asthma,  etc. 


Although  the  system  of  nomenclature  adopted  by  the 
manufacturers  of  concentrated  medicines  is  calculated  to  create 
some  confusion  when  two  or  more  plants  are  taken  from  the 
same  genera,  we  deem  it  better,  until  a uniform  system  of 
terminology  is  devised,  to  designate  the  preparations  of  plants 
belonging  to  the  same  genus  by  an  abbreviation  of  their  spe- 
cific names,  as  in  the  instance  before  us.  Preparations  pur- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


329 


porting  to  be  the  active  principles  of  this  plant  have  been 
offered  the  profession  under  the  designation  of  Eupurpurin, 
etc.,  but  we  are  at  a loss  to  discover  either  scientific  authority, 
or  advantage  in  the  name  adopted.  We  shall,  therefore,  for 
the  present,  adhere  to  the  method  of  distinction  herein  pur- 
sued, as  the  preparation  of  which  we  are  treating  has  already 
been  introduced  to  the  profession  under  the  title  above  given. 

The  value  of  Eupatorin  Purpu.  in  the  treatment  of  gravelly 
affections  depends  more  upon  its  alterative  than  upon  its 
direct  diuretic  influences.  It  seems  more  effectual  in  the 
removal  of  uric  acid  deposits  than  of  other  calculous  forma- 
tions, although  it  is  beneficially  employed  in  almost  all  affec- 
tions of  the  kidneys  and  bladder.  It  resolves  mucous  deposits 
and  deterges  and  heals  abraded  mucous  surfaces.  In  catarrh 
of  the  bladder,  engorgement  of  the  ureters,  and  in  all  atonic 
conditions  of  the  urinary  apparatus,  it  is  peculiarly  useful.  In 
dropsy,  strangury,  hematuria,  gout  and  rheumatism,  it  is  a 
valuable  auxiliary  agent.  Its  utility  in  the  last  mentioned 
diseases  is  owing  to  the  power  of  resolving  the  viscidity  of  the 
secretions,  and  of  promoting  renal  depuration.  The  average 
dose,  in  chronic  disorders,  is  three  grains  three  times  per 
day.  The  quantity  may  sometimes  be  increased  to  five,  and 
even  ten  grains,  with  safety  and  advantage.  In  acute  affec- 
tions, as  hematuria,  strangury,  etc.,  the  doses  may  be  repeated 
every  one  or  two  hours.  Its  efficacy  will  be  enhanced  and 
its  action  rendered  more  prompt,  in  these  cases,  by  adminis- 
tering it  in  solution  in  warm  water. 

Eupatorin  Purpu.  operates  beneficially  in  dropsy  by  reason 
of  its  stimulating  influence  upon  the  absorbent  vessels,  as  well 
as  by  its  powers  as  a diuretic.  In  this  complaint  it  may  be 
joined  with  Ampelopsin,  Heionin,  and  other  of  the  concen- 
trated remedies,  as  mentioned  under  their  respective  heads. 

Hemoptysis,  hematamesis,  and  other  hemorrhages,  have 
been  arrested  and  cured  by  the  use  of  this  remedy.  The 
doses  in  these  cases  will  vary  from  two  to  five  grains  every 
thirty  or  sixty  minutes,  or  at  longer  intervals,  according  to 
the  urgency  of  the  symptoms.  If  desired,  it  may  be  com- 


330  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

bined  with  Lycopin,  or  Geranin,  or  Trilliin,  or  Myricin,  etc. 
We  have  found  it  of  great  value  in  dysentery,  both  as  an 
astringent,  when  such  is  needed,  and  as  a tonic  in  the  conval- 
escing stages.  It  seems  to  exercise  a peculiar  soothing  and 
toning  influence  upon  inflamed  and  abraded  mucous  surfaces. 
It  promotes  assimilation,  and  restrains  the  diarrheal  tendency. 

We  have  also  found  the  Eupatorin  Purpu.  a most  excellent 
remedy  in  whooping  cough,  asthma,  and  other  affections  of 
the  respiratory  system.  We  set  a high  value  upon  it  as  an 
expectorant.  It  resolves  the  viscidity  of  the  pulmonary  secre- 
tions, resolves  the  plasticity  of  the  venous  blood,  and  promotes 
cutaneous  depuration.  W e are  also  inclined  to  attribute  much 
of  its  efficacy  in  these  affections  to  its  influences  as  an  altera- 
tive and  diuretic  upon  the  urinary  apparatus,  as  we  believe 
that  many  cases  of  apparent  disease  of  the  lungs  are  dependent 
upon  the  retention  of  effete  urinary  materials.  At  any  rate 
we  have  frequently  found  diuretics  to  be  the  best  remedies  in 
whooping  cough,  asthma,  and  chronic  coughs  generally.  And 
in  the  treatment  of  dermoid  diseases,  we  class  those  alteratives 
possessing  diuretic  properties  as  the  most  efficient  in  the  mate- 
ria medica.  It  is  for  the  reason  above  given  that  we  employ 
this  remedy  in  the  diseases  above  mentioned,  and  we  find  it 
efficient  and  reliable.  If  the  patient  partake  of  warm  diluent 
drinks  in  connection  with  the  Eupatorin,  a mild  and  pleasant 
diaphoresis  is  produced. 

We  have  found  this  remedy  beneficial  in  all  cases  of  dysp- 
nea, no  matter  by  what  cause  produced.  Also  in  catarrh, 
influenza,  bronchitis,  and  phthisis. 


EUPATORIN,  (Perfo.) 


Derived  from  Eupatorium  Perfoliatum . 

Nat.  Ord. — Aster  aceoe. 

Sex.  Syst. — Syngensia  AEqualis. 

Common  Names. — Boneset , Thoroughwort , etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Herb. 

No.  of  Principles — three , viz.,  resinoid , neutral , and  alTcar 
loid. 

Properties. — Aperient , emetic , diaphoretic,  febrifuge,  alter- 
ative, resolvent,  and  tonic. 

Employment. — Intermittent,  remittent,  typhoid,  and  other 
fevers,  coughs,  colds,  influenza,  catarrh,  dyspepsia,  debility,  etc . 

Etjpatorin  is  alterative,  resolvent,  tonic  and  aperient  when 
taken  in  small  doses  and  administered  in  powder  or  pill ; and 
emetic,  diaphoretic  and  febrifuge  when  exhibited  in  a warm 
fluid  menstruum.  Hence  the  form  of  its  administration 
will  be  governed  by  the  necessities  of  the  case.  It  is  much 
employed,  in  solution  in  warm  water,  to  facilitate  the  ope- 
ration of  other  emetics.  It  is  a valuable  diaphoretic  and 


332 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


febrifuge  in  all  febrile  diseases,  when  given  in  small  and 
frequently  repeated  doses.  Intermittent  and  remittent  fevers 
have  been  etfectually  cured  by  administering  the  Eupatorin 
in  full  emetic  doses  during  the  intermissions  or  remissions, 
and  as  near  the  time  of  the  expected  chill  or  exacerbation  as 
possible,  following  with  small  repeated  doses  to  the  pro- 
duction of  free  diaphoresis,  which  should  be  continued  unin- 
terruptedly for  six  or  eight  hours,  and  then  employing  the 
remedy  in  cold  solution,  pill,  or  powder,  as  a tonic.  In  con- 
sequence of  its  utility  in  periodic  fevers,  Eupatorin  has  been 
accredited  with  anti-periodic  powers.  We  are  of  opinion, 
however,  that  this  property  no  more  pertains  to  it  than  to 
tonics  in  general.  In  all  fevers  and  other  affections  manifest- 
ing a tendency  to  putrescency  of  the  fluids,  Eupatorin  has 
been  found  of  excellent  service,  seeming  to  exercise  well 
marked  and  desirable  influences  as  an  antiseptic.  Hence  it 
is  employed  in  typhoid  and  typhus  fevers,  epidemic  dysentery, 
erysipelas,  putrid  sore  throat,  etc. 

Eupatorin  has  been  found  useful  in  chronic  cough,  senile 
debility,  constipation,  diseases  of  the  skin,  loss  of  appetite, 
languid  circulation,  whooping  cough,  asthma,  etc. 

The  dose  of  the  Eupatorin  as  an  emetic  is  from  five  to  ten 
grains  in  warm  water,  repeated  every  thirty  minutes  until  it 
operates.  As  an  emetic  it  is  slow  but  thorough.  When  given 
in  full  doses  it  generally  acts  upon  the  bowels.  It  is  valuable, 
in  warm  solution,  for  promoting  the  operation  of  other 
emetics. 

As  a diaphoretic  and  febrifuge,  from  one  to  three  grains 
may  be  given  once  in  two  hours,  in  warm  water,  or  in  an 
infusion  of  some  aromatic  herb,  as  catnep,  pennyroyal,  spear- 
mint, etc.  It  may  be  joined  with  other  diaphoretics,  as  the 
Asclepin,  Cypripedin,  or  Sanguinarin. 

As  a tonic  and  aperient,  from  three  to  five  grains  three 
times  a day,  in  cold  water,  pill,  or  syrup.  It  is  also  a valuable 
alterative  or  resolvent,  useful  in  scrofulous  and  other  cachexies, 
tinea  capitis,  eczema,  herpes,  and  other  cutaneous  diseases. 


CON.  TINC.  EUPATORIUM  PURPUREUM. 


This  tincture  may  be  used  for  all  tbe  purposes  of  tbe  pre- 
ceding preparation.  Tbe  average  dose  is  six  drops,  increased 
or  diminished  as  occasion  requires.  When  desired,  it  may  be 
combined  with  other  of  the  concentrated  tinctures.  Thus  in 


dysentery,  intestinal  ulcerations,  etc.,  with  the  Con.  Tine. 
Ehus  Grlab.,  as  follows: 

Con.  Tine.  Eupatorium  Purpu 3 ij- 

“ “ Rhus  Glab 3 j- 

Mix.  Dose  from  six  to  ten  drops.  In  the  asthenic  forms 
of  dropsy  with  Con.  Tine.  Euonymus : 

Con.  Tine.  Eupatoriu  Purpum 3 j« 

“ “ Euonymus 3 ss. 


Mix.  Dose  from  four  to  eight  drops,  or  more.  In  this 
way  various  combinations  may  be  effected  suited  to  the  case 
in  hand.  It  is  convenient  of  administration,  and  appropriate 
in  hematuria  and  other  cases  in  which  promptitude  of  action 
is  desirable. 


COR  I DALIS. 


Derived  from  Corydalis  Formosa . 

Nat.  Ord. — Fumariaceoe. 

Sex.  Syst. — Diadelphia  Ilexandria. 

Common  Names. — Turkey  Corn , Turkey  Pea,  Stagger- 
weed,  etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Foot . 

No.  of  Principles,  four,  viz.,  resin,  resinoid,  alkaloid,  and 
neutral. 

Properties. — Alterative,  tonic,  diuretic , anti-syphilitic , 
antiscorbutic,  resolvent,  etc. 

Employment. — Scrofula,  syphilis,  cutaneous  diseases, 
dropsy,  debility,  etc. 

This  plant  is  the  Dielytra  Eximia  of  Wood’s,  and  the 
Diecentra  Eximia  of  Gray’s  botany. 

The  remedial  properties  of  this  plant  are  of  a very  high 
order,  and  reside,  as  above  stated,  in  four  distinct  proximate 
active  principles.  This  combination  of  the  active  medicinal 
constituents  embodies  the  entire  therapeutic  value  of  the  plant. 
Our  clinical  experience  in  the  use  of  both  the  crude  root  and 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  335 

its  concentrated  preparation  enables  us  to  speak  positively 
upon  this  point. 

The  therapeutic  action  of  the  Corydalin  is  at  once  both 
remarkable  and  highly  to  be  prized.  With  the  most  ener- 
getic alterative  and  resolvent  properties,  it  combines  a tonic 
power  of  exceeding  value.  Thus  while  it  neutralises,  deterges, 
and  promotes  depuration,  it  gives  tone  to  the  various  organs 
engaged  in  the  performance  of  these  functions.  Its  dynamic 
influences  seem  to  be  comprised  in  a power  by  which  it  re- 
solves the  plasticity  of  the  blood,  regulates  and  quickens  the 
activity  of  the  eliminating  vessels,  particularly  of  the  renal 
and  cutaneous,  and  promotes  the  processes  of  digestion,  as- 
similation, and  nutrition.  From  this  consideration  of  its 
physiological  influences,  it  will  be  at  once  seen  that  the  Cory- 
dalin admits  of  an  extended  and  desirable  range  of  applica-. 
tion.  In  scrofula,  particularly  when  accompanied  with  feeble 
digestion  and  poverty  of  the  blood,  it  is  of  great  value.  As 
this  disease  almost  invariably  argues  an  atonic  condition  of 
the  reparative  and  depurative  functions,  the  peculiar  efficacy 
of  the  Corydalin  will  be  apparent.  In  this  complaint  the  Co- 
rydalin should  be  given  in  doses  of  from  one  to  three  grains 
three  times  per  day,  alternating  with  such  other  remedies  as 
may  be  needed  to  correct  hepatic  aberation  or  other  special 
visceral  derangements.  The  practitioner  may  combine  it, 
when  he  deems  it  expedient,  with  other  alteratives,  diuretics, 
or  tonics,  as  Senecin,  Ampelopsin,  Cerasein,  Stillingin,  Irisin, 
etc.  We  prefer,  however,  to  alternate  it  with  such  other  re- 
medies as  the  necessities  of  the  case  may  indicate. 

Corydalin  has  been  employed  with  marked  success  in  the 
treatment  of  syphilis,  in  connection  with  Podophyllin.  Per- 
haps no  single  remedial  agent  possesses  more  positive  and 
energetic  anti-syphiltic  and  anti-scorbutic  properties.  Its  use 
should  be  persevered  in  for  a length  of  time,  occasionally 
alternated  with  Stillingin,  Phytolacin,  Irisin,  etc.  The  most 
desperate  and  protracted  cases  have  been  cured  by  this  treat- 
ment. 

Our  experience  in  the  use  of  this  remedy  in  the  treatment 


336 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


of  cutaneous  eruptions  lias  been  highly  satisfactoiy.  We  have 
succeeded  in  curing  many  cases  of  obstinate  dermoid  affec- 
tions, when  other  remedies  proved  inefficient,  by  the  use  of 
the  Corydalin.  On  account  of  the  smallness  of  the  dose  and 
the  absence  of  any  nauseous  taste,  it  is  peculiarly  adapted  to 
the  necessities  of  children.  It  may  be  readily  administered 
in  solution,  in  a little  water.  When  not  contra-indicated,  a 
little  sugar  may  be  added,  which  will  render  it  of  easy  ad- 
ministration to  infants  and  children.  In  strumous,  herpetic, 
venereal,  scorbutic,  and  other  cachexies,  the  Corydalin  is 
worthy  the  entire  confidence  of  the  profession. 

Corydalin  is  also  valuable  in  dropsy,  general  debility, 
gravel,  and  the  various  affections  of  the  urinary  apparatus, 
indigestion,  torpor  of  the  lacteals,  visceral  enlargements,  and 
for  the  correction  of  all  vitiated  conditions  of  the  blood  and 
fluids. 

As  a diuretic,  the  Corydalin  is  more  to  be  valued  on  ac- 
count of.  its  resolvent  and  alterative  properties  than  for  its 
direct  influence  in  increasing  the  secretion  of  urine.  In  atonic 
gleet,  passive  leucorrhea,  catarrhal  affections  of  the  bladder, 
incontinence  of  urine,  etc.,  it  will  be  found  peculiarly  service- 
able. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Corydalin  is  two  grains.  It  seldom 
or  never  disagrees  with  the  stomach.,  and  may  be  employed  as 
a tonic  Id  irritable  conditions  of  that  organ. 


t 


JUGLANDIN. 


Derived  from  Jugla/ns  Ci/nerea, 

Nat.  Ord. — Juglandacece , 

Sex.  Syst. — Monoecia  Polyomcbria. 

Common  Names. — Butternut , White  Walnut , eto. 

Part  Used. — Bark  of  the  Boot , 

No.  of  Principles. — Two , viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral , 
Properties. — Alterative , chologogue,  laxative , 

struent,  detergent  and  diuretic , m Z&ryd  hWs  emetic  and 

cathartic. 

Employment. — Fevers,  dysentery , dyspepsia * jgwfe*,  jaun- 
dice, hepatic  disorders,  a/nd  diseases  of  the  urinary  appa- 
ratus, 

# 

Juglandin  is  a remedy  of  great  value.  As  a laxative  and 
cathartic,  it  is  devoid  of  irritant  properties,  hence  is  exceed- 
ingly useful  in  all  - forms  of  bowel  complaints,  and  in  fevers 
and  other  disorders  attended  with  gastric  or  enteric  irritability, 
when  such  a remedy  is  indicated.  We  have  employed  the 
Juglandin  with  much  satisfaction  in  the  treatment  of  intermit- 
tent, remittent,  and  typhoid  fevers  accompanied  with  gastric 
22 


338 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


irritability  and  a tendency  to  diarrhea.  It  corrects  the  acri- 
mony of  the  secretions,  neutralises  acidity,  obviates  the  ten- 
dency to  fermentative  decomposition  of  the  food,  stimulates 
the  hepatic  secretions,  resolves  biliary  deposits,  deterges  and 
soothes  the  irritability  of  the  mucous  surfaces,  promotes'  peri- 
staltic activity,  and  gives  tone  to  the  depurative  functions  of 
the  kidneys.  From  this  statement  of  its  capabilities,  it  will 
be  seen  that  its  range  of  application  is  extensive. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Juglandin  is  five  grains.  In  large 
doses,  say  from  ten  to  fifteen  grains,  it  generally  proves 
cathartic,  and  sometimes  emetic,  accompanied  with  vomiting 
of  bilious  matter.  It  is  as  an  aperient  and  laxative,  however, 
that  the  Juglandin  is  mostly  esteemed,  its  cathartic  powers 
being  somewhat  uncertain. 

In  indigestion  accompanied  with  gastric  irritability,  flatu- 
lency, acid  eructations,  etc.,  we  have  employed  the  Juglandin 
with  the  most  gratifying  success.  We  usually  administer  it 
in  doses  of  five  grains  immediately  after  each  meal.  We  im- 
bibed a notion,  some  years  since,  that  medicines  calculated  to 
excite  action  in  the  digestive  apparatus  should  be  so  adminis- 
tered as  to  expend  their  influences  at  the  moment  when  such 
action  was  needed,  and  our  experience  has  fully  justified  us 
in  the  correctness  of  the  opinion  then  formed.  The  benefit 
here  derived  results  from  a local  influence,  hence  by  so  timing 
the  remedy  that  it  may  promote  the  action  called  forth  by  the 
natural  excitant,  food,  we  secure  the  benefits  of  its  co-opera- 
tion. If  the  muscular  fibre  be  lax  and  inactive,  its  contractile 
powers  are  stimulated  into  activity,  and  thus  is  the  labor  of 
attrition  promoted.  If  the  gastric  secretions  be  deficient,  de- 
pendent upon  atony  or  torpor  of  the  gastric  functions,  they 
are  incited  to  yield  up  their  stores  of  the  digestive  juices.  In- 
corporated with  the  chyme  as  it  passes  into  the  intestinal  tube, 
the  medicinal  constituents  provoke  a due  supply  of  bile  and 
pancreatic  juice,  flow  onward  with  the  duly  elaborated  chyle, 
quicken  the  impressibility  of  the  lacteal  vessels,  and  impel  the 
life-sustaining  currents  forward  to  the  completion  of  their 
organic  mission.  We  are  further  of  the  opinion  that  certain 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


339 


chemical  relations  are  sustained,  whereby  the  processes  of 
assimilation  are  facilitated.  Be  these  considerations  as  they 
may,  however,  our  plan  of  administering  medicines  calculated 
to  act  as  local  stimulants  and  tonics  will  be  found  reliable. 

Juglandin, ^answers  an  admirable  purpose  in  combination 
with  Leptandrin.  Our  formula  is  as  follows : 

9- 

Juglandin  - 

Leptandrin aa.  3j» 

Mucilage  Gum  Acacia  - - q.  s. 

Form  a mass  and  divide  into  thirty  pills. 

We  have  found  these  pills  to  answer  an  excellent  purpose 
in  the  treatment  of  indigestion,  chronic  hepatic  disorders,  con- 
stipation, jaundice,  piles,  and  derangements  of  the  urinary  ap- 
paratus. The  usual  dose  is  one  pill,  taken  immediately  before 
or  after  each  meal.  If  necessary,  to  obviate  constipation,  the 
.dose  may  be  increased  to  two  or  three  pills,  or  from  two  to 
four  may  be  taken  at  bed  time.  We  are  confident  that 
whoever  tests  the  value  of  these  pills  will  never  be  without  a 
supply  of  them  on  hand.  They  correct  a tendency  to  fermen- 
tative decomposition  of  the  food,  deterge  and  soothe  the  irrita- 
bility of  the  mucous  membranes,  obviate  constipation,  expel 
flatulence,  and  correct  the  acrimony  of  the  urine.  In  atonic 
conditions  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  in  general  debility 
and  torpor  of  the  abdominal  viscera,  we  substitute  the  Con. 
Tine.  Xanthoxylum  for  the  mucilage  of  gum  arabic  in  forming 
a mass  for 'pills.  When  a milder  stimulant  is  needed,  we  em- 
ploy the  Xanthoxylin,  which,  being  deprived  of  the  oil,  is  not 
incompatible  in  conditions  of  sub-acute  inflammation.  Our 
formula  then  stands  as  follows : 

9- 

Juglandin  - 

Leptandrin aa.  3ss. 

Xanthoxylin  - - - - 3i. 

Mucil.  acacia q.  s. 

Form  a mass  and  divide  into  twenty  pills.  Dose,  same  as 
above. 


340 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


For  the  relief  of  ischuria,  eneuresis,  and  kindred  disorders 
of  the  urinary  apparatus,  the  Juglandin  will  operate  most  effi- 
ciently in  combination  with  Populin.  They  may  be  combined 
in  equal  proportions  and  formed  into  FOUR  grain  pills,  one  of 
which  may  be  given  every  two  hours,  or  oftener,  until  relief 
is  obtained,  and  then  continued  at  suitable  intervals  until  a 
cure  is  effected.  These  will  be  found  excellent  for  the  relief 
of  scalding  of  the  urine  in  pregnant  females,  and  in  the  treat- 
ment of  cystitis  and  urethral  inflammation. 

In  dysentery,  the  Juglandin  is  usually  administered  at  in- 
tervals of  two  hours,  and  continued  until  the  alvine  discharges 
assume  a healthier  appearance.  The  average  dose  in  such 
cases  is  two  grains.  When  indicated,  it  may  be  alternate 
with  Geranin  or  other  astringents. 


TfilLLIIN. 


Derived  from  Trillium  Pendulum. 

Nat.  Order. — TrilliaceGB. 

Sex.  Syst. — Hexandria . Trigynia. 

Common  Names. — Betli-root , Birtli-root , etc . 

Part  Used. — The 

No.  of  Principles. — Three , viz.,  resinoid , neutral  and  mud* 
resin. 

Properties. — Astringent , styptic , alterative , fom’c,  diapho- 
retic, expectorant , anti-septic  and  emmenagoguc . 

Employment. — Hemorrhages , either  external  or  internal , 
leucorrhea,  prolapsus  uteri , menorrhagia , dyspepsia,  hooping 
cough,  asthma,  immoderate  flow  of  the  lochia,  etc . 

Trilliin'  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  agents  embodied  in 
the  organic  materia  medica.  Its  dynamic  influences  are  chiefly 
directed  towards  the  mucous  surfaces,  over  which  it  seems  to 
exercise  a special  control.  Though  mostly  employed  in  affec- 
tions of -the  uterine  system,  it  is  nevertheless  of  great  utility 
in  the  treatment  of  all  diseases  involving  the  mucous  mem- 
branes. Hemoptysis,  hematemesis,  hematuria,  and  uterine 


342 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


hemorrhages  have  all  been  relieved  and  cured  by  means  of 
this  remedy.  The  average  dose  in  these  cases  is  three 
grains,  repeated  hourly  un  il  the  hemorrhage  is  arrested,  and 
then  continued  at  intervals  of  from  four  to  six  hours  until  all 
danger  of  a relapse  is  past.  Relief  will  be  rendered  more 
certain  if  the  Trilliin  be  alternated  with  Oil  of  Erigeron,  five 
drops  of  which  may  be  given  every  alternate  hour.  Or  it  may 
be  alternated  with  Lycopin,  of  which  from  two  to  four 
grains  may  be  given  at  a dose.  In  chronic  cough,  accompa- 
nied with  spitting  of  blood,  the  Trilliin  and  Lycopin  may  be 
combined,  as  follows : 

9- 

Trilliin 

Lycopin 3 ss. 

Mix  and  divide  into  fifteen  powders.  Dose,  one,  three 
times  a day.  This  combination  will  also  be  found  excellent 
in  diabetes,  and,  in  connection  with  suitable  diet  and  regimen, 
will  be  found  successful  in  a majority  of  cases,  if  taken  in  the 
early  stages. 

In  the  treatment  of  vaginal  and  uterine  leucorrhea,  particu- 
larly when  of  an  atonic  character,  the  Trilliin  will  be  found 
one  of  the  most  reliable  remedies.  It  resolves  the  viscidity 
of  the  mucous  secretions,  acts  as  an  alterative  tonic  upon  the 
mucous  follicles,  deterges  and  heals  the  diseased  membranes, 
and  corrects  the  acrimony  of  the  discharges.  Trilliin  is  deci- 
dedly antiseptic,  and  is  useful  in  correcting  a tendency  to  pu- 
trescency  of  the  fluids,  and  the  foe  tor  of  critical  discharges.  In 
dysentery,  putrid  fevers,  cancrum  oris,  and  in  all  cases  having 
a tendency  to  gangrene,  it  will  be  found  of  essential  service. 
When  required,  it  may  be  applied  locally,  either  in  the  form 
of  a solution,  as  in  cancrum  oris,  putrid  sore  throat,  etc.,  as  a 
gargle,  or  the  dry  powder  may  be  applied,  as  in  erysipelatous 
and  other  ulcers.  In  fetid  discharges  from  the  vagina  and 
uterus,  it  may  be  employed  in  the  form  of  an  injection.  For 
this  purpose,  from  one  to  TWO  drachms  may  be  infused  in 
boiling  water  and  used  when  blood  warm.  For  the  latter 
purpose  it  may  be  combined  with  Geranin,  or  Myrioin,  or  Bap- 


Concentrated  medicines  proper. 


343 


tisin,  one  drachm  of  each  to  the  pint.  Thus  combined  it  will 
be  found  useful  as  an  injection  in  vaginal,  uterine,  and  rectal 
hemorrhages.  A solution  of  the  Trilliin,  or  a small  quantity 
of  the  dry  powder,  snuffed  up  the  nostrils  will  immediately 
check  epistaxis.  A small  quantity  of  the  powder  introduced 
into  the  cavity  from  which  a tooth  has  been  extracted  will 
effectually  arrest  the  hemorrhage.  Slight  hemorrhages  occur- 
ring from  wounds,  cancerous  ulcerations,  etc.,  may  also  be 
arrested  by  the  same  means. 

But  among  the  most  valuable  of  the  haemostatic  properties 
of  the  Trilliin  is  its  power  of  restraining  profuse  lochial  dis- 
charges. It  facilitates  the  detergent  action,  regulating  but  not 
suppressing  it.  It  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  TWO  to 
FOUR  grains  three  times  a day,  or  oftener  if  the  indications 
warrant. 

We  have  also  found  the  Trilliin  exceedingly  valuable  in 
the  treatment  of  prolapsus  uteri,  particularly  when  of  an  as- 
thenic character,  and  dependent  upon  an  atonic  condition  of 
the  uterine  supports.  It  should  be  given  in  doses  of  from  two 
to  FIVE  grains  three  times  per  day,  and  .alternated  with  such 
other  remedies  as  the  case  demands.  In  engorgements  of  the 
cervix  uteri,  chronic  vaginitis,  etc.,  the  Trilliin  will  be  found  an 
exceedingly  efficient  remedy,  and  should  be  used  both  inter- 
nally and  externally.  In  passive  hemorrhages  of  the  uterus 
and  other  organs,  the  Trilliin,  if  not  sufficient  alone,  will  al- 
ways prove  a valuable  auxiliary. 

Trilliin  has  been  highly  recommended  in  dyspepsia,  hoop- 
ing cough,  asthma,  etc.,  and  we  have  no  doubt  of  its  utility  in 
these  complaints,  although  our  personal  experience  of  its 
value  in  sucl  cases  is  too  limited  to  allow  us  to  speak 
anthoratively.  The  average  dose  of  the  Trillin  is  three 
grains. 


SCUTELLARIN. 


Derived  from  Scutellaria  Lateriflora. 

Nat.  Ord. — Laminaceae. 

Sex.  Syst. — Didynamia  Gymnosperma. 

Common  Names. — Blue  Scullcap , Mad  Dog  Weed,  etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Herb. 

No.  of  Princ:j..»‘s — ■<  free,  viz.,  resin , resinoid,  and  neutral. 

Properties. — Nervine , tonic , diuretic , a/nd  anti-spasmodic. 

Employment. — Convulsions , chorea , delirium , hysteria, 
dysmenorrhea , neuralgia , nervous  debility , urinary  disor- 
ders, etc. 

Much  division  of  sentiment  has  heretofore  existed  among 
the  profession  in  regard  to  the  remedial  value  of  the  Scutella- 
ria Lateriflora.  By  many  it  is  considered  a medicine  of  great 
utility  in  the  treatment  of  a variety  of  disorders,  while  others 
attach  little  or  no  value  to  it.  We  have  shown,  in  the  first 
part  of  this  volume,  while  treating  of  the  variations  in  the 
therapeutic  constituents  of  plants,  that  this  discrepancy  of 
opinion  had  good  foundation,  in  view  of  the  different  degrees 
of  development  attained  by  the  proximate  active  principles 
under  diverse  local  influences.  The  presence  of  a greater  or 
less  amount,  or  the  entire  absence  of  those  constituents  upon 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


345 


which  a plant  depends  for  medicinal  value  must  ever  give 
rise  to  a division  of  sentiment  respecting  its  claims  as  a thera-  * 
peutic  agent.  Whoever  uses  the  Scutellarin  now  being 
treated  of,  will  not  fail  to  place  it  in  his  catalogue  of  remedies 
as  a medicine  entitled  to  his  confidence.  An  ounce  of  Scutel- 
larin being  positive  and  uniform  in  its  constitution  and  pro- 
perties, will  better  enable  him  to  determine  its  worth  than  a 
thousand  pounds  of  the  crude  herb. 

As  a nervine  tonic,  we  value  the  Scutellarin  highly.  It 
soothes  and  quiets  the  irritability  of  the  nervous  system,  giv- 
:ng  tone  and  regularity  of  action,  lessens  cerebral  excitement, 
abates  delirium,  diminishes  febrile  excitement,  excites  diapho- 
resis and  diuresis,  and  accomplishes  its  work  without  any  sub- 
sequent unpleasant  reactions.  The  average  dose  of  the  Scut- 
ellarin is  TWO  grains,  increased,  when  occasion  Requires,  to 
five,  or  even  more.  The  doses  may  be  repeated  every  one, 
two,  or  three  hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms. 

Scutellarin  is  of  great  service  in  fevers  and  other  acute  dis- 
eases in  which  there  is  a tendency  to  delirium.  It  seems  to 
have  the  power  of  lessening  cerebral  excitement,  and  at  the 
same  time  proves  febrifuge.  It  is  equally  useful  in  the  treat- 
ment of  acute  dysmenorrhea,  menorrhagia,  and  other  female 
disorders  in  which  the  head  is  liable  to  be  unpleasantly 
affected.  It  would  seem  to  have  an  especial  influence  in 
equalising  the  flow  of  the  nervous  currents,  and  so  lessening 
the  tendency  to  congestions.  We  have  found  the  Scutellarin 
a remedy  of  great  value  in  the  treatment  of  coup  de  soleil  or 
sun  stroke,  particularly  when  the  case  has  become  chronic. 
We  meet  with  many  patients  who  have  been  unpleasantly 
affected  by  heat,  and  who  have  never  entirely  recovered  from 
its  effects.  They  are  unable  to  endure  the  sun’s  rays,  and 
complain  of  dizziness,  headache,  nervous  tremblings,  wake- 
fulness, indigestion,  etc.  We  have  met  with  entire  success  in 
many  of  these  cases  by  the  use  of  the  Scutellarin  in  connec- 
tion with  Podophyllin.  We  administer  the  latter  in  full  ca- 
thartic doses  at  the  commencement  of  the  treatment,  in  view 
of  its  derivative  influences,  and  afterwards  repeat  it  in  such 


846  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

doses  and  at  sncTi  intervals  as  in  our  judgment  may  be  neces- 
• sary.  The  Scutellarin  we  exhibit  in  doses  of  from  TWO  to 
five  grains  three  or  four  times  a day. 

Scutellarin  is  an  excellent  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  con- 
vulsions, chorea,  hysteria,  etc.,  more  as  a radical  remedy 
during  the  remissions,  however,  than  as  a means  of  overcom- 
ing the  immediate  spasm.  It  seems  to  be  of  more  utility,  in 
these  cases,  as  a means  of  giving  permanency  to  a condition, 
than  as  a means  of  bringing  about  a condition.  In  the  treat- 
ment of  epileptic  convulsions,  as  soon  as  we  have  secured  a 
remission  of  the  attacks  by  means  of  Gelsemin,  we  employ  the 
Scutellarin  in  combination  with  the  Gelsemin  as  a radical 
remedy.  We  find  them  to  operate  admirably  in  combination 
Our  formula  is  as  follows : 

9-  . 

Scutellarin 3 i. 

Gelsemin grs.  Y. 

Mix  and  divide  into  ten  powders.  Dose,  one,  two  or  three 
times  a day.  The  proportions  may  be  varied  to  suit  the  pe- 
culiarities of  the  case. 

Scutellarin  may  be  relied  upon  under  all  circumstances  as  a 
nervine  tonic.  In  all  cases  of  nervous  irritability,  debility, 
hysteria,  dysmenorrhea,  etc.,  indications  will  be  found  for  its 
employment.  We  deem  it  much  superior  to  the  preparations 
of  opium  in  the  management  of  the  disorders  of  children.  For 
nervous  irritability,  wakefulness,  slight  febrile  disturbances, 
flatulence,  colicky  pains,  etc.,  it  answers  admirably  in  combi- 
nation with  Asclepin.  Make  a solution  in  warm  water  and 
administer  in  small  and  frequently  repeated  doses. 

When  desired,  the  Scutellarin  may  be  combined  with  other 
antispasmodics,  as  the  Caulophyllin,  Yiburnin,  Cypripedin, 
etc.,  or  with  tonics,  as  the  Cerasein,  Cornin,  Fraserin,  etc.,  or 
with  diuretics,  as  the  Populin,  Senecin,  Eupatorin  Purpu., 
etc. 

We  have  used  the  Scutellarin  with  benefit  in  threatened 
trismus,  tetanic  cramps,  and  other  spasmodic  disorders.  Its 
diuretic  powers  are  considerable,  but  not  uniformly  displayed. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


847 


In  many  cases  we  have  found  it  to  induce  a copious  flow  of 
urine,  while  in  others  no  appreciable  diuretic  effects  were  ob- 
servable. When  taken  in  warm  solution  it  proves  gently 
diaphoretic,  and  is  useful  in  breaking  up  a recent  cold. 

.nnrsE-t.  ■» 


CON.  TINC.  SCUTELLARIA  LATERIFLORA 


This  preparation  of  the  Scutellaria  is  equivalent  to  the  pre- 
paration first  treated  of,  and  is  employed  for  the  same  pur- 
poses. It  is  convenient  of  dispensation  and  administration, 
and  for  combining  with  other  of  the  Concentrated  Tinctures. 
We  make  much  use  of  it  in  combination  with  the  Con.  Tine. 
Gelseminum. 

9- 

Con.  Tine.  Scutellaria.. 

“ 11  Gelseminum* aa.  3 ii. 

Mix.  Dose  from  five  to  fifteen  drops.  We  employ  it 
in  epileptic  and  other  convulsions,  hysteria,  dysmenorrhea, 
chorea,  nervous  debility,  wakefulness,  etc. 

Equal  parts  of  the  Con.  Tinctures  of  Scutellaria  and  Senecio 
form  an  excellent  combination  for  the  treatment  of  pectoral 
disorders,  gravelly  affections,  amenorrhea,  nervous  debility, 
hysteria,  uterine  engorgements,  and  other  disorders  of  the 
female  system. 

With  the  Con.  Tine.  Eupatorium  Purpu.  it  will  be  found 
serviceable  in  affections  of  the  urinary  apparatus. 

Either  alone  or  in  combination  with  other  suitable  agents, 
it  will  be  found  valuable  for  the  relief  of  nervous  h eadaches, 
neuralgic  pains,  palpitation  of  the  heart,  and  in  all  disorders 


348 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


indicating  the  employment  of  an  antispasmodic,  nervine,  tonit^ 
and  diuretic. 

The  average  dose  of  the  tincture  is  five  drops,  varied  as 
circumstances  may  require.  It  produces  no  unpleasant  effects 
in  over  doses,  operating  under  all  circumstances,  so  far  as  we 
have  observed,  without  ex^itemenu 


OIL  OF  POPULUS  TREIULOIDES. 


We  omitted  to  notice  the  Oil  of  Populus  in  its  proper  con- 
nection, hence  introduce  it  here.  It  is  chiefly  as  an  external 
application  that  we  desire  to  call  attention  to  it,  its  value  as 
an  internal  remedy  being  so  indefinite  that  we  prefer  omitting 
any  reference  to  its  internal  employment.  As  an  external 
appliance  for  burns,  sore  nipples,  abrasions  of  the  skin,  and 
various  eruptions,  we  are  enabled  to  speak  from  experience 
of  its  great  value.  In  its  influences  it  seems  to  partake  of  the 
character  of  the  balsams,  soothing  irritation,  correcting  the 
acrimony  of  eruptive  exudations,  and  favoring  cicatrization. 
For  the  purposes  above  mentioned  it  may  be  made  into  an 
ointment  with  lard,  fresh  butter,  simple  cerate,  or  other  bases. 
From  one  to  three  drachms  of  the  Oil  may  be  added  to  each 
ounce  of  the  base  employed.  In  some  cases  it  may  be  usefully 
joined  with  Olive  oil,  or  oil  of  sweet  almonds.  The  same 
proportions  above  mentioned  may  be  observed.  At  other 
times  it  may  be  requisite  to  apply  the  oil  without  admixture. 
For  some  forms  of  eczema,  salt  rheum,  excoriated  nipples, 
burns,  scalds,  abrasions,  healthy  ulcers,  etc.,  this  will  be  found 
one  of  the  most  efficient  applications  ever  employed.  In  erup- 
tions of  the  scalp  it  will  be  found  equally  useful. 


APOCYNIN. 


Derived  from  Apocynum  Ca/rmabinum . 

Nat.  Ord. — Apocynacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Digynia. 

Common  Names. — Black  Indian  Hemp , Dog’ s-bane,  etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Root . 

No.  of  Principles,  three , viz.,  resin , resinoid , and  neutral , 

Properties. — Emetic , . cathartic,  diuretic , diaphoretic , 
terative , tonic,  and  vermifuge. 

Employment. — Intermittent  and  remittent  fevers , rheu- 
matism,, scrofula , dropsy , syphilis , constipation,  chronic 
hepatitis , jaundice,  etc . 

In  small  doses,  say  from  one  fourth  to  one  half  of  one 
grain,  Apocynin  is  diaphoretic,  expectorant,  stimulant,  and 
diuretic,  and  as  such  is  employed  in  intermittent  and  remittent 
fevers,  pneumonia,  pleuritis,  acute  rheumatism,  and  other  fe- 
brile disorders.  In  large  doses  it  is  an  active  emeto-cathartic, 
somewhat  drastic  in  its  operation,  producing  copious  watery 
stools,  and  greatly  promoting  diuresis. 

We  have  found  the  Apocynin  efficient  in  promoting  the 


350 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


absorption  of  serous  effusions,  particularly  when  investing  the 
larger  cavities,  as  of  the  chest,  abdomen,  etc.  We  have  em- 
ployed it  with  success  in  the  treatment  of  hydrothorax.  The 
average  dose  of  the  Apocynin  is  TWO  grains,  repeated  twice 
or  thrice  daily.  It  frequently  produces  considerable  nausea 
and  griping,  which  may  be  corrected  by  combining  it  with 
aromatics  and  stimulants.  As  a diaphoretic  and  expectorant, 
from  one  fourth  to  one  half  grain  may  be  given  once  in 
from  two  to  four  hours.  It  seems  to  resolve  the  viscidity  of 
the  pulmonary  secretions,  and  to  stimulate  the  mucous  sur- 
faces into  healthful  activity,  hence  is  useful  in  bronchitis, 
laryngitis,  catarrh,  etc.  We  have  employed  the  Apocynin 
successfully  in  the  treatment  of  hemoptysis.  It  is  most  useful 
when  the  latter  results  from  the  suppression  of  some  secretion, 
as  the  menses,  hemorrhoids,  or  from  serous  accumulations 
within  the  cavity  of  the  chest. 

Apocynin  has  also  been  found  serviceable  in  scrofula, 
syphilis,  eruptions  of  the  skin,  constipation  of  the  bowels, 
chronic  hepatic  aberation,  jaundice,  and  for  the  removal  of 
worms,  particularly  the  ascaris  vermicularis.  For  the  latter 
purpose  it  is  administered  three  times  daily,  in  doses  sufficient 
to  keep  the  bowels  somewhat  relaxed,  continued  for  three 
days,  then  omitted  for  three  days,  and  resumed  again  if  re- 
quired. 

Apocynin  is  accredited  with  some  narcotic  power,  in  view 
of  the  patient’s  becoming  somewhat  drowsy  when  under  the 
influence  of  cathartic  doses.  The  pulse  at  the  same  time  di- 
minishes in  frequency.  These  effects  pass  off,  however,  with 
the  operation  of  the  medicine.  When  given  in  too  large,  or 
too  frequently  repeated  doses,  a lingering  and  distressing 
nausea  is  produced,  accompanied  with  prostration  and  debil- 
ity. In  the  treatment  of  scrofula  and  other  diseases  of  an  as- 
thenic character,  it  should  be  alternated  with  tonics.  Combi- 
nations with  other  remedies  may  be  easily  effected,  at  the  op- 
tion of  the  practitioner,  but  we  are  decidedly  in  favor  of  using 
it  singly  and  alternating  with  other  remedies  when  indicated. 

The  diuretic  power  of  the  Apocynin  seems  to  reside  more 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


351 


in  its  property  as  a stimulant  of  the  absorbent  system,  than  in 
any  direct  influence  it  has  upon  the  kidneys.  For  this  reason 
it  will  be  observed  that  its  operation  as  a diuretic  is  not  uni- 
form, and  is  governed  by  the  existing  diathesis. 


CON.  TINC.  APOCYNUM  CANNABINUM. 


Derivation,  properties  and  employment  same  as  the  above. 
Medium  dose,  three  drops.  Preferred  by  many  on  account 
of  its  diffusible  character,  and  the  facility  with  which  it  may 
be  administered.  When  desired,  it  may  be  combined  with 
other  of  the  concentrated  tinctures  indicated  in  the  case.  The 
following  combinations  are  sometimes  employed: 

9- 

Con.  Tine.  Apocynum 

“ “ Chelone aa.  3 i. 

Mix.  Dose  from  TWO  to  five  drops. 


9. 

Con.  Tine.  Apocynum 

11  “ Euonymus aa.  31- 

Mix.  Dose  same  as  above. 

9- 

Con.  Tine.  Apocynum 3 i 

“ u Eupatorium  Purpu 3 ii. 


Mix.  Dose  from  four  to  eight  drops. 


B A RO  SUN. 


Derived  from  Barosmg  Crenata. 

Nat.  Ord. — Rutacece. 

Sex.  Syst .*—Pentandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Name. — Buchu. 

Part  Used. — The  Leaves. 

No.  of  Principles. — Two  ( Resin  and  Neutral.) 

Properties. — Diuretic , alterative , diaphoretic , tonic,  stimu- 
lant and  antispasmodic. 

Employment. — Gravel , catarrh  of  the  urinary  bladder , dis- 
ease of  the  prostate  gland , hcematuria , rheumatism , 
dropsy , cutaneous  diseases , gonorrhea , gleet,  leucorrhea,  dec.  dec. 

Barosmin  is  a diuretic  of  tlie  alterative  class,  and  its  speci- 
fic influence  is  generally  more  observed  in  the  corrected 
character  of  tlie  urine  than  in  its  increased  flow.  The  reme- 
dial utility  of  the  Barosmin  is  most  especially  manifested  in 
the  correction  of  the  uric  and  lithic  acid  diatheses.  Hence 
its  employment  is  appropriate  in  all  diseases  complicated  with 
or  taking  their  rise  from  a superabundant  formation  of  these 
acids. 

Gravelly  affections,  characterized  by  the  deposit  of  a pink- 
ish colored  sediment  in  the  urine,  offer  a wide  field  for  its 
employment.  Both  practitioner  and  patient  will  sometimes 
be  astonished  by  the  amount  of  urates  eliminated  in  a few 
hours  under  the  influence  of  this  remedy.  In  all  cases  in 
which  the  writer  has  had  occasion  to  employ  preparations  of 
the  Buchu,  he  has  found  that  its  efficacy  has  been  materially 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


353 


enhanced  by  the  exhibition  of  alterative  doses  of  Podophyllin 
in  connection  with  it. 

Catarrh  of  the  bladder  is  another  affection  in  which  I have 
used  this  remedy  with  a very  gratifying  degree  of  success. 
Its  peculiar  alterative  properties  are  here  manifested.  .It  al- 
lays the  irritation  of  the  mucous  surfaces,  lessens  the  amount 
of  mucous  voided,  and  apparently  cleanses  and  heals  the  abra- 
sions of  the  mucous  surfaces. 

In  enlargement  of  the  prostate  gland,  and  thickening  of  the 
urethral  canal,  its  value  as  a resolvent  can  scarcely  be  esti- 
mated. A persevering  use  of  the  remedy  is  requisite  in  these 
cases.  Among  the  serious  affections  to  which  the  urinary  ap- 
paratus is  liable,  and  in  the  treatment  of  which  I have  em- 
ployed the  preparations  of  the  Buchu  with  remarkable  suc- 
cess, I may  mention  hsematuria.  • The  specific  tonic  pro- 
perty of  the  remedy  is  here  manifested,  and  in  fact  I know  of 
no  better  tonic  remedy  for  the  kidneys  under  any  circum- 
stances. 

In  rheumatic  affections,  so  frequently  dependent  upon  a 
uric  acid  diatheses,  .1  have  long  employed  this  remedy  with 
the  most  satisfactory  results.  Even  in  acute  rheumatism, 
after  the  inflammatory  symptoms  are  measurably  subdued,  I 
seldom  omit  its  exhibition. 

I have  cured  many  cases  of  lum6ago  with  this  remedy,  in 
connection  with  alterative  doses  of  Podophyllin. 

In  dropsy  it  is  mainly  useful  in  the  asthenic  forms,  particu- 
larly when  the  kidneys,  from  want  of  tone,  are  tardy  in  the 
elimination  of  the  absorbed  fluid,  or  are  loaded  with  uric  acid 
deposits. 

In  the  treatment  of  cutaneous  eruptions,  such  as  salt  rheum, 
eczema,  tinea  capitis,  &c.,  I consider  it  a remedy  of  great 
value.  I have  long  been  of  opinion,  as  heretofore  expressed  in 
my  writings,  that  in  the  treatment  of  skin  diseases  diuretics 
are  the  best  alteratives.  I would  also  mention  erysipelas, 
both  acute  and  chronic,  as  being  a complaint  in  which  I have 
employed  this  remedy  very  successfully. 

In  the  management  of  gonorrhea,  gleet,  leucorrhea,  and  ul- 
cerations of  the  uterus,  this  will  be  found  a most  valuable  aux- 


354 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


iliary  remedy.  I would  mention,  however,  that  its  employ- 
ment in  the  treatment  of  females  will  sometimes  be  attended 
with  a sense  of  tension  and  weight  in  the  region  of  the  uterus, 
and  a tendency  to  prolapsus.  When  these  symptom  sappear, 
the  remedy  should  he  suspended. 

Administered  in  warm  solution,  the  Barosmin  will  gener- 
ally prove  strongly  diaphoretic,  and  the  peculiar  odor  of  the 
plant  will  be  perceptible  in  the  perspiration.  It  is  also  very 
often  perceptibie  in  the  urine  within  an  hour  or  two  after 
being  exhibited.  The  warm  infusion  will  sometimes  nau- 
seate. 

The  dose  of  the  Barosmin  is  from  two  to  four  grains. 
The  best  vehicle  in  which  to  adminster  it  is  water. 


CON.  TING.  BAROSMA  CRENATA 

Derivation  and  properties  similar  to  the  above.  I much 
prefer  it  on  account  of  its  possessing  the  volatile  oil  be- 
longing to  the  plant,  and  for  its  convenience  of  administration 
and  dispensation. 

Both  these  preparations  will  operate  better  if  administered 
at  least  one  hour  before,  or  two  hours  after,  meals. 

Dose  of  the  Tincture,  from  ten  to  thirty  drops. 


I R I SIN. 


Derived  from  Iris  Versicolor. 

Nat.  Ord. — Iridacece. 

Sex.  Syst.- — Triandria  Monogynia 

Common  Name. — Blue  Flag. 

Part  Used. — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles — four,  viz.,  resin,  resmoid , alkaloid, 
<md  neutral. 

Properties. — Alterative,  resolvent , sialagogue,  laxative , diu- 
retic, anti-syphilitic , vermifuge,  etc. 

Employment. — Scrofula,  syphilis,  gonorrhea,  dropsy ? rheu- 
matism, glandular  swellings,  eruptions  of  the  skim, , cmd 
affections  of  the  liver  and  spleen. 

Ikisin  is  justly  esteemed  as  one  of  our  most  valuable  alter- 
atives. It  is  eminently  resolvent,  and  exercises  a marked  in- 
fluence over  the  entire  glandular  system,  resolving  morbid 
deposits,  quickening  the  activity  of  the  secreting  apparatus, 
and  promoting  depuration  through  the  various  emunctories. 
It  arouses  the  functions  of  the  absorbent,  venous  and  lym- 
phatic systems,  removes  obstructions  and  corrects  aberations 


856 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


of  the  hepatic  and  renal  functions.  As  an  anti-syphilitic,  it  has 
few,  if  any,  superiors.  It  increases  the  salivary  flow,  and  has 
the  reputation  of  producing  ptyalism.  But  a careful  distinc- 
tion must  be  made  between  the  effects  produced  by  vegetable 
agencies  upon  the  mucous  and  salivary  glands,  and  mercurial 
salivation.  The  former  are  nothing  more  nor  less  than  mani- 
festations of  a quickened  physiological  activity ; evidences  of 
special  therapeutic  stimulus,  constituting,  oftentimes,  a critical 
conservative  effort.  No  loosening  of  the  teeth;  no  sponginess 
of  the  gums,  no  putrefactive  fetor,  no  sloughing  of  the  soft 
parts ; increased,  but  not  disordered  secretion.  On  the  other 
hand,  mercury  induces  a pathological  condition  of  the  mucous 
surfaces ; provokes  a metamorphosis  of  the  vital  constituents 
of  the  blood  and  fluids,  and  favors  the  formation  of  vitiated 
products  ; altering  from  good  to  bad,  and  from  bad  to  worse  ; 
giving  rise  to  congestions,  lesions,  putrefactive  conversions 
and  disorganizations  of  the  organic  structures.  In  the  former 
case  we  have  the  evidence  of  a direct  therapeutic  stimulus 
operating  upon  the  vital  impressibility  of  the  secreting  appa- 
ratus, promoting  increased  activity  of  its  functions  for  the 
purpose  of  eliminating  legitimate  products.  In  the  latter  in- 
stance we  have  an  augmented  flow  of  morbid  materials  result- 
ing from  the  destructive  conversions  of  the  vital  constituents 
by  the  remedy  itself,  and  which  are  not  the  legitimate  products 
of  organic  metamorphoses.  In  the  former  case  the  remedy 
itself  is  the  motor-stimulus,  while  in  the  latter  instance  the 
mercurial  corruptions  constitute  the  stimuli  of  excitement. 

We  have  used  the  Irisin  with  good  success  in  the  treatment 
of  scrofula.  It  is  peculiarly  useful  in  those  cases  accompanied 
with  hepatic  derangement.  The  average  dose  of  the  Irisin  as 
an  alterative  is  two  grains,  repeated  twice  or  thrice  a day.  It 
will  generally  prove  gently  laxative  in  this  quantity.  In 
larger  doses,  say  from  FOUR  to  SIX  grains,  it  usually  proves 
cathartic.  Its  operation  is  sometimes  accompanied  with  pain 
and  griping,  which  may  be  corrected  by  combining  it  with 
stimulants  as  the  Xanthoxylin,  Capsicum,  ginger,  etc.  Irisin 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


357 


is  mostly  employed  in  combination  with  other  alteratives,  as 
the  Stillingin,  Corydalin,  Phytolacin,  Rumin,  etc.  In  many 
cases  it  is  better  to  employ  it  alone  and  alternate  it  with  tonics. 
The  following  formula  is  of  great  ralue  in  the  treatment  of 


hepatic  torpor: 

Irisin 3i. 

Rumin 2>  ii. 


Mix  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  Dose,  one,  three 
times  a day.  The  dose  may  be  increased  as  occasion  requires. 
The  Rumin  is  a most  excellent  remedy  in  chronic  disorders 
of  the  liver. 

Irisin  is  one  of  the  most  excellent  remedies  we  possess  for 
the  cure  of  syphilis.  In  eradicating  the  syphiltic  virus  and 
correcting  the  diathesis  of  the  system,  it  has  few  equals.  Its 
influences  are  positive  and  certain.  It  may  be  employed  alone 
and  occasionally  alternated  with  other  alteratives,  or  they  may 
be  combined  as  occasion  requires.  We  have  prescribed  the 
following  formula  in  many  cases,  with  most  excellent  results : 

B- 

Irisin 

Phytolacin ' aa.  D i. 

Stillingin D ii. 

Mix  and  divide  into  twenty  powders.  One  of  these  pow- 
ders may  be  given  three  times  daily.  We  sometimes  vary  the 
formula  as  follows: 


B- 

Irisin _ „ _ D ii. 

Corydalin 3i. 


Mix.  From  three  to  five  grains  of  this  compound  may  be 
administered  three  times  per  day.  Or  the  following : 

B- 

Irisin 

Xanthoxylin aa.  3 ss. 

Mix.  Dose  from  TWO  to  FOUR  grains  three  times  a day- 
In  this  way  we  vary  the  combination  to  meet  the  indications 


358 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


of  the  case.  Other  of  the  concentrated  medicines,  as  the 
Smilacin,  Chimaphilin,  Alnuin,  etc.,  may  be  combined  with 
♦ the  Irisin  to  suit  particular  cases. 

Irisin  has  been  found  particularly  serviceable  in  the  treat- 
ment of  leucorrhea,  congestions  of  the  cervix,  ulceration,  and 
other  disorders  of  the  uterine  system.  It  is  particularly  indi- 
cated in  uterine  leucorrhea,  in  which  affection  it  seems  to  be 
of  almost  specific  value.  Of  course  auxiliary  treatment  must 
not  be  neglected. 

As  an  alterative,  resolvent,  and  detergent,  the  Irisin  is 
highly  beneficial  in  rheumatism,  glandular  swellings,  eruptions 
of  the  skin,  and  in  all  diseases  indicating  any  peculiar  cachexy. 
We  have  found  it  of  reliable  utility  in  gonorrhea,  gleet,  and 
for  the  cure  of  all  morbid  discharges  from  the  vagina  and 
urethra. 

In  the  treatment  of  dropsy  the  Irisin  is  mainly  useful  as  a 
resolvent,  and  for  promoting  the  activity  of  the  absorbent  sys- 
tem. In  conjunction  with  the  other  remedies,  it  has  been  suc- 
cessfully employed  in  the  cure  of  that  complaint. 

In  visceral  engorgements  and  torpor,  as  of  the  liver,  spleen, 
etc.,  the  Irisin  is  a remedy  not  to  be  lightly  estimated.  In 
doses  sufficient  to  ensure  a regular  and  soluble  condition  of 
the  bowels,  it  will  be  found  highly  efficacious  in  chronic  he- 
patic disorders.  Also  in  glandular  indurations. 

It  has  been  employed  in  combination  with  Macrotin,  with 
considerable  success  for  the  relief  of  menstrual  suppressions. 
Two  grains  of  Irisin  with  HALF  a grain  of  Macrotin  will  form 
the  average  dose,  repeated  twice  or  thrice  a day. 

Irisin  is  sometimes  substituted  for  Podophyllin  when  the 
latter  is  contra-indicated. 


HYDRASTIN. 


Derived  from  Hydrastis  Canadensis* 

Nat.  Order. — Ranunculacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Polyandria  Polygamia. 

Common  Names. — Golden  Seal , Yellow  Puccoon , Ground 
Raspberry , Tumeric  Root , 

Part  Used. — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles.— -four,  viz.,  resin,  resinoid , alkaloid , and 
neutral . 

Properties. — Laxative , chologogue , alterative , resolvent , 
tonic,  diuretic , anti-septic , etc. 

Employment. — Leucorrhea,  gonorrhea,  gleet , cystitis,  fevers, 
dyspepsia , constipation , piles,  opthalmia,  otorrhea,  catarrh, 
a/nd  all  diseases  involving  the  mucous  surfaces . 


Hydrastin  exercises  an  especial  influence  over  mucous  sur 
faces.  Its  action  in  this  respect  is  so  manifest  that  the  indica 
tions  for  its  employment  cannot  be  mistaken.  Upon  the  livei 
it  acts  with  equal  certainty  and  efficacy.  As  a chologogue 
and  deobstruent  it  has  few  equals.  In  affections  of  the  spleen^ 
mesentery,  and  abdominal  viscera  generally,  it  is  an  efficient 


360 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


and  reliable  remedy.  Also  in  scrofula,  glandular  diseases 
generally,  cutaneous  eruptions,  indigestion,  debility,  chronic 
diarrhea  and  dysentery,  constipation,  piles,  and  all  morbid  and 
critical  discharges. 

Hydrastin  has  been  successfully  employed  in  the  cure  of 
leucorrhea.  It  is  of  singular  efficacy  when  that  complaint  is 
complicated  with  hepatic  aberration.  It  is  employed  both  in- 
ternally and  externally.  The  usual  dose  is  from  one  to  TWO 
grains  three  times  a.  day,  increasing  the  quantity,  if  more  of 
the  laxative  effect  is  needed.  For  topical  use,  ONE  drachm  to 
ONE  pint  of  boiling  water,  to  be  injected  tepid  or  cold,  at  the 
option  of  the  patient  or  practitioner.  The'  same  will  be  found 
extremely  valuable  as  an  injection  in  gonorrhea,  gleet,  ure- 
thral inflammation,  vaginitis,  cystitis,  hemorrhoids,  etc.  When 
considerable  inflammation  exists,  and  for  injections  into  the 
bladder,  the  infusion  should  be  allowed  to  stand  for  a time,  in 
order  that  the  resinoid  principle  may  precipitate,  as  the  neu- 
tral and  alkaloid  principles  held  in  solution  by  the  water  are 
more  particularly  beneficial  in  these  cases.  The  resinoid  prin- 
ciple possesses  a degree  of  escharotic  power,  and  does  not  act 
kindly  in  certain  irritable  conditions  of  the  mucous  surfaces, 
proving  too  stimulating.  On  the  other  hand,  when  the  con- 
dition is  one  of  coldness  and  torpor,  and  when  there  are  exu- 
dations of  plastic  lymph,  the  action  of  the  resinoid  principle 
is  particularly  demanded.  It  is  in  consequence  of  this  pecu. 
liar  property  of  the  resinoid  principle  that  Hydrastin  is  con- 
tra-indicated in  certain  irritated  and  inflamed  conditions  of 
the  mucous  membranes  of  the  bowels.  Its  employment  under 
these  circumstances  will  be  attended  with  a troublesome  re- 
laxation of  the  bowels,  with  griping  pains,  tenesmus,  etc.  If 
employed  at  all  in  these  cases,  it  must  be  accompanied  with  a 
plentiful  supply  of  mucilages. 

In  the  treatment  of  leucorrhea  the  Hydrastin  may  be  com- 
bined with  such  other  remedies  as  are  suited  to  the  indications. 
We  find  it  valuable  joined  with  Helonin. 

Hydrastin. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


861. 


Helonin aa.  3 i. 

Mix.  Dose  from  two  to  four  grains  three  times  a day. 
This  combination  will  be  found  excellent  when  indigestion, 
hepatic  torpor,  and  constipation  exist.  Stillingin  is  an  inval- 
uable adjunctive  when  the  case  has  become  chronic,  and  the 
patient  is  afflicted  with  a strumous  or  scorbutic  diathesis. 


Hydrastin 3!. 

Stillingin  T)ii. 


Mix.  Dose, •from  three  to  FIVE  grains  three  times  a day. 
This  treatment  should  be  alternated  with  an  occasional  dose  of 
Podophyllin.  This  formula  will  be  found  valuable  in  gonor- 
rhea, gleet,  and  catarrh  of  the  bladder. 

We  have  also  found  the  following  formula  of  exceeding 
utility  in  leucorrhea  when  the  vaginal  secretions  were  acrid  and 


offensive. 

Hydrastin 3 i. 

Super  Carb.  Soda 3 i. 


Mix.  Dose  from  four  to  eight  grains  three  times  per  day. 
This  is  one  of  the  best  corrective  remedies  we  have  ever  em- 
ployed. It  is  equally  advantageous  in  those  forms  of  indiges- 
tion accompanied  with  acidity,  eructations,  flatulency,  and 
rectal  irritation,  and  in  ulceration  of  the  mucous  membranes 
of  the  bowels.  We  value  it  highly. 

The  Hydrastin  is  of  inestimable  value  in  the  treatment  of 
chronic  derangements  of  the  liver  and  portal  circulation.  It 
seems  to  exercise  an  especial  influence  over  the  portal  vein 
and  hepatic  structure  generally,  resolving  biliary  deposits,  re- 
moving obstructions,  promoting  secretion,  and  giving  tone  to 
the  various  functions.  It  is  eminently  chologogue,  and  may 
be  relied  upon  with  confidence  for  the  relief  of  hepatic  torpor. 
Its  operation  is  materially  enhanced  by  the  administration  of 
an  occasional  dose  of  Podophyllin.  In  some  cases  they  may 
be  combined  with  advantage. 

As  a general  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  piles,  we  know  of 
none  better.  We  have  cured  many  inveterate  cases  by  ad- 


362  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

ministering  the  Hydrastin  twice  or  thrice  a day,  alternated 
with  an  occasional  dose  of  Podophyllin,  and  using  an  infusion 
of  the  Hydrastin  as  an  injection  into  the  rectum.  Perseve- 
rance is  highly  essential  to  a cure  in  chronic  cases. 

Hydrastin  has  obtained  considerable  repute  as  a remedy  in 
intermittent  fever.  We  have  employed  it  to  a considerable 
extent,  and  in  a majority  of  cases  successfully.  We  have 
found  it  most  reliable  in  those  cases  in  which  the  prolonga- 
tion of  the  disease  depended  upon  a disordered  condition  of 
the  functions  of  the  liver.  The  administration,  of  a thorough 
dose  of  Podophyllin,  followed  by  the  j udicious  use  of  the  Hy- 
drastin, has  effected  a radical  cure  in  many  cases.  When  a 
stimulant  is  required,  we  combine  it  with  Xanthoxylin,  and 
sometimes  with  Macrotin.  We  have  used  each  of  the  follow- 
ing formulas,  and  found  them  all  useful : 


9- 

Hydrastin 3i. 

Xanthoxylin 3 ii. 


Mix.  Dose,  from  two  to  FOUR  grains,  once  in  from  two  to 
four  hours. 

Hydrastin 3 ss. 

Macrotin grs.  VIII. 

Mix.  Dose,  from  two  to  three  grains,  repeated  once  in 
from  two  to  four  hours,  or  as  often  as  the  patient  can  bear. 
The  Macrotin  will  sometimes  produce  too  much  cerebral  ex- 
citement, and  the  quantity  must  be  lessened  or  given  at  longer 
intervals.  Hydrastin  also  operates  well  in  conjunction  with 


Cornin. 

9. 

Hydrastin 3i. 

Cornin 3 ii. 


Mix.  Dose,  from  three  to  five  grains.  The  anti-periodic 
power  of  Hydrastin  is  feeble,  yet  it  will  effect  a cure  in  many 
diseases  characterised  by  periodicity,  by  reason  of  its  resolvent, 
alterative,  chologogue,  and  laxative  properties. 

In  many  derangements  of  the  urinary  apparatus  we  have 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  3 63 

found  the  Hydrastin  to  answer  an  admirable  purpose.  In 
chronic  inflammation  of  the  bladder,  we  deem  it  one  of  the 
most  reliable  agents  of  cure.  It  should  be  given  in  small  and 
repeated  doses.  In  congestion  of  the  ureters,  chronic  suppres- 
sion of  the  urine,  and  gravelly  affections,  it  will  be  found 
highly  useful.  Also  in  incontinence  of  the  urine,  and  diabe- 
tes. As  a tonic  in  the  convalescing  stages  of  fevers,  pneumo- 
nia, dysentery,  and  other  acute  disease,  particularly  when  a 
laxative  property  is  needed,  the  Hydrastin  is  peculiarly  appro- 
priate. It  promotes  digestion  and  assimilation,  obviates  con. 
stipation,  and  gives  tone  to  the  depurating  functions  gene- 
rally. It  has  been  successfully  employed  in  connection  with 
astringents,  as  the  Geranin,  Myricin,  Hamamelin,  etc.,  in  the 
treatment  of  chronic  diarrhea  and  dysentery.  Also  in  ulcera- 
tions of  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  stomach  and  bowels, 
apthse,  stomatitis,  etc.  In  these  cases  it  operates  well  in  con- 
junction with  Juglandin  and  Leptandrin. 

Externally,  the  Hydrastin  is  employed  in  opthalmia,  otor- 
rhea, catarrh,  eczema,  ulcers,  etc.  From  ONE  to  two  drachms 
may  be  infused  in  one  pint  of  boiling  water,  and  the  resinoid 
principle  allowed  to  precipitate.  It  then  may  be  used  as  a 
wash  in  opthalmia,  as  an  injection  in  otorrhea,  and  snuffed  up 
the  nostrils  for  the  relief  of  catarrh.  W e have  used  it  in  this 
way  with  much  benefit.  When  more  of  the  astringent  pro- 
perty is  required,  it  may  be  joined  with  Geranin,  or  Myricin, 
or  Hamamelin,  etc.,  ONE  drachm  to  ONE  pint  of  boiling  water. 
The  dry  Hydrastin  sprinkled  upon  the  surface  of  an  ulcer  will 
act  as  a mild  escharotic,  dissolve  fungoid  growths,  and  pro- 
voke a healthful  discharge.  W e sometimes  combine  it  with 
Baptism  for  this  purpose,  equal  parts.  Or  with  Sanguinarin, 
Phytolacin,  or  Trilliin.  With  Baptisin  and  Trilliin  it  forms 
an  excellent  application  for  cancerous  and  other  offensive  ul- 
cers, correcting  the  acrimony  and  fetor  of  the  discharges. 
With  Baptisin  and  Trilliin,  in  infusion,  it  forms  an  excellent 
injection  for  correcting  offensive  leucorrheal  discharges.  Also 
as  an  injection  into  the  bowels  in  diarrhea  and  dysentery 
manifesting  a tendency  to  putrescency.  Made  into  an  oint- 


364 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


ment  with  lard,  ONE  drachm  to  the  ounce,  it  is  useful  in  ecze- 
ma and  other  cutaneous  eruptions,  piles,  etc.  The  following 
we  have  found  excellent  for  piles,  scaly  eruptions  about  the 
nose,  lips,  ears,  etc. 

Hydrastin 

Geranin aa.  3 ss. 

Gelsemin grs.  XY. 

Lard § j. 

Make  an  ointment.  The  Hydrastin  may  be  dissolved  in 
alcohol  and  used  with  much  benefit  as  a stimulant  in  obstinate 
scaly  eruptions,  opacity  of  the  cornea,  enlarged  tonsils,  syphil- 
itic ulcerations,  etc. 

"We  would  here  add  that  our  experience  has  demonstrated 
the  Hydrastin  to  be  a valuable  remedy  in  bronchitis, 
laryngitis,  and  other  affections  of  the  respiratory  organs.  We 
give  it  in  doses  of  from  one  to  TWO  grains  three  or  four  times 
a day,  and  use  the  following  gargle : 


Hydrastin 3j. 

Tine.  Myrrh §ij. 


Mix.  One  teaspoonful  added  to  a wine  glassful  of  water, 
and  the  throat  gargled  several  times  a day.  A solution  of  the 
Hydrastin  in  water,  or  its  alcoholic  tincture  diluted  in  water 
is  also  beneficial  as  a wash  in  apthous  sore  mouth,  sore  throat 
of  scarlatina,  etc. 


OIL  OF  CAPSICUM. 


t 


Derived  from  Capsicum  Annuum. 

Nat.  Ord. — Solanacece. 

Sex  Syst. — Pentandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Name. — Cayenne  Pepper. 

Part  Used. — The  Fruit . 

Properties. — Stimulant , anti-septic , and  rubefacient. 

Employment. — Dyspepsia , constipation , remittent  and  scar- 
let fevers , coughs , hoarseness , cholera , suspended  ani- 

mation, rheumatism , passive  hemorrhages , and  whenever  a 
and  powerful  stimulant  is  needed. 

The  properties  and  employment  of  Capsicum  are  so  well 
understood  that  we  deem  it  necessary  to  say  but  very  little  in 
regard  to  the  oil  by  which  it  is  represented.  This  oil  is  some- 
times known  by  the  name  of  Capsicin.  It  embodies  all  the 
properties  of  the  Capsicum,  and  is  employed  for  the  same  pur- 
poses. It  is  sometimes  joined  with  other  remedies  to  promote 
their  action,  or  with  Quinine  in  intermittents,  with  Podophyl- 
lin  in  cold  and  indolent  conditions  of  the  system,  and  with 
other  stimulants.  It  is,  perhaps,  the  very  best  and  purest 
stimulant  known;  more  prompt  but  less  permanent  in  its  in- 


366  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

fluences  than  many  others,  as  for  instance,  the  Oil  of  Xan 
thoxylnm.  In  obstinate  hepatic  torpor,  constipation,  paraly- 
sis, and  in  all  diseases  attended  with  loss  of  nervous  energy, 
this  remedy  is  of  inestimable  utility. 

Externally,  the  Oil  of  Capsicum  is  employed  as  a rubefacient 
and  counter  irritant.  Except  in  severe  cases  of  sciatica  and 
neuralgia,  the  oil  is  seldom  applied  pure,  but  usually  dissolved 


in  alcohol. 

9- 

Oil  of  Capsicum 3 i, 

Alcohol  95  per  cent § IY, 


Mix.  This  is  used  as  an  external  application  in  neuralgia, 
chillblains,  rheumatic  pains,  chronic  sprains,  and  whenever  a 
powerful  stimulating  embrocation  is  needed.  Internally,  it  is 
administered  in  doses  of  from  ONE  half  to  one  teaspoonful 
for  pain  in  the  stomach,  colic,  fainting,  etc.  Combined  with  the 
Oil  of  Lobelia  and  dissolved  in  alcohol,  it  forms  one  of  the 
most  valuable  compounds  known  in  pharmacy.  Our  formula 


is  as  follows : 

9- 

Oil  of  Capsicum 

Oil  of  Lobelia aa,  3 i- 

Alcohol  95  per  cent § IY 


Mix.  This  forms  one  of  the  most  powerful  anti-spasmodic 
and  stimulant  preparations  known.  We  use  it  in  locked  jaw, 
apoplexy,  convulsions,  suspended  animation,  sun  stroke,  poi- 
soning, etc.,  in  doses  of  from  ONE  teaspoonful  to  one  table- 
spoonful,  and  repeated  at  intervals  of  from  twenty  minutes  to 
one  hour,  as  occasion  requires.  In  case  the  patient  cannot 
swallow,  it  should  be  administered  by  injection,  and  the  quan- 
tity doubled.  As  a general  thing  it  may  be  diluted  with 
water  when  exhibited,  but  in  trismus  and  tetanic  spasm,  and 
in  all  cases  of  difficult  deglutition  we  use  the  preparation  with- 
out reduction,  by  which  means  we  soon  overcome  the  spasm 
and  remove  the  chief  obstacle  to  further  ministrations.  In 
tetanus,  when  the  jaws  are  set,  a small  quantity  poured  be- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  367 

tween  the  teeth  will,  as  soon  as  it  reaches  the  pharynx,  relax 
the  spasm  and  enable  the  patient  to  open  his  mouth,  and  to 
swallow.  It  may  also  be  applied  externally  to  the  throat  and 
angles  of  the  jaw,  as  well  as  to  any  part  of  the  system  affected 
with  muscular  contraction. 

We  have  found  this  preparation  of  excellent  service -in  the 
spasmodic  stages  of  cholera,  also  in  many  cases  of  apoplexy, 
aided,  in  the  latter  instance,  by  warm  stimulating  pediluvia, 
and  cold  applications  to  the  head.  The  following  plaster  ap- 
plied to  the  back  of  the  neck,  and  to  the  spies  of  the  feet  will 
prove  an  efficient  auxiliary : 

9- 

Oil  of  Capsicum gtt.  X vel  XX. 


Wheat  flour § ss. 

Vinegar q.  s. 


Make  a plaster.  Spread  on  paper  and  apply.  We  use  this 
plaster  in  preference  to  mustard  as  a counter-irritant.  It  will 
not  vesicate.  Applied  to  the  back  of  the  neck  it  relieves  acute 
headaches  and  a tendency  to  congestion.  We  have  also  used 
it  profitably  for  the  relief  of  pain  in  various  parts  of  the  sys- 
tem, as  of  the  pleura,  kidneys,  joints,  etc.,  and  for  the  relief 
of  coughs  and  colds,  applied  to  the  chest.  Also  for  the  relief 
of  facial  neuralgia.  When  the  oil  is  not  at  hand  we  make  the 
plaster  as  follows : 

9- 

Pul.  Capsicum one  teaspoonful. 

Wheat  flour one  tablespoonful. 

Vinegar q.  s. 

Form  a plaster  of  the  proper  consistency  and  spread  on 
paper.  The  practitioner  who  becomes  fully  acquainted  with 
the  value  of  this  plaster  will  seldom  use  mustard. 

The  following  brmula  will  be  found  excellent  for  coughs, 
colds,  influenza,  Ik  arseness,  sore  throat,  etc.: 

Oil  of  Capsicum. . 

White  sugar. . ... . 


gtt.  V ad  X. 
3 ii. 


868 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER 


Mucilage  of  Slippery  Elm § IV. 

Triturate  the  oil  thoroughly  with  the  sugar  and  add  the 
mucilage,  mixing  well  together. 

Dose,  one  teaspoonful,  repeated  once  in  from  two  to  four 
hours. 

The  Oil  of  Capsicum  has  been  found  useful  in  the  atonic  forms 
of  dyspepsia,  both  as  a radical  remedy,  and  as  an  adjunct  to 
other  medicines.  It  promotes  the  flow  of  the  gastric  juice, 
and  resolves  the  viscidity  of  the  secretions.  In  sluggish  con- 
ditions of  the  circulation,  plasticity  of  the  blood,  venous  con- 
gestions, etc.,  it  is  a remedy  of  much  value.  Combined  with 
Trilliin,  or  other  styptics  and  astringents,  it  will  be  found  ex- 
ceedingly valuable  for  the  relief  of  uterine  and  other  hemor- 
rhages. 

The  medium  dose  of  the  oil  is  one  drop,  increased  or  di- 
minished according  to  the  necessities  of  the  case.  It  enters 
into  the  compound  Stillingia  liniment,  as  given  under  the  head 
of  Oil  of  Stillingia. 


HAMAMELIN. 


Derived  from  Hamamelis  Virgimica. 

Nat.  Ord. — Hamamelacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Digynia. 

Common  Names. — Witch  Hazel , Winter -bloom,  Spotted 
Alder , etc . 

Part  Used. — The  Bark. 

No.  of  Principles. — Two , viz.,  resin  and  neutral . 

Properties. — Astringent , tome,  sedative. 

Employment. — Diarrhea , dysentery , hemorrhages , stoma- 
titis, leucorrhea , gleet,  etc , 

The  Hamamelin  is  employed  with,  advantage  in  all  cases 
in  which  astringents  are  indicated.  It  is  exceedingly  valuable 
in  hemoptysis,  hematamesis,  hematuria,  and  in  all  affections  of 
the  mucous  surfaces.  In  diarrhea,  dysentery,  ulcerations  of 
the  stomach  and  bowels,  leucorrhea,  gleet,  and  all  excessive 
mucous  discharges,  it  answers  an  admirable  purpose.  Exter- 
nally, in  solution,  it  is  used  as  a wash  in  opthalmia,  as  a gar- 
gle in  apthous  sore  mouth,  and  as  an  injection  in  otorrhea, 
leucorrhea,  piles,  etc. 


24 


370 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


The  average  dose  is  two  grains.  For  injections,  etc.,  from 
ONE  to  two  drachms  to  ONE  pint  of  boiling  water. 

It  may  be  combined,  when  occasion  requires,  with  other 
astringents,  as  the  Lycopin,  Myricin,  Geranin,  Trilliin,  etc., 
or  with  tonics,  as  the  Helonin,  Fraserin,  Cornin,  etc.  It  is 
very  valuable  in  chronic  diarrhea  and  dysentery,  and  in  mu- 
cous hemorrhoids.  In  injection,  it  is  useful  in  vaginitis,  ul- 
cerations of  the  cervix,  and  other  affections  of  the  uterine  or- 
gans. 

It  has  been  found  beneficial  in  the  latter  stages  of  phthisis 
for  allaying  the  gastric  irritability  and  restraining  the  diar- 
rhea. It  exercises  a peculiar  soothing  and  healing  influence 
over  inflamed  and  abraded  mucous  surfaces.  In  solution,  it  is 
employed  with  advantage  as  a topical  application  in  eczema, 
tinea  capitis,  and  other  cutaneous  diseases,  bruises,  wounds, 
etc.  Made  into  an  ointment  with  lard  it  has  been  used  for  the 
same  purposes ; also  in  piles. 

The  solution  will  be  found  useful  as  an  injection  in  prolap- 
sus of  the  womb,  rectum,  etc. 

The  doses  may  be  increased  to  five  and  even  to  ten 
grains,  in  several  cases,  with  safety  and  advantage. 


EUPHORBIA. 


-♦> 


Derived  from  Euphorbia  Corollata . 

Nat.  Ord. — EuphorbiacecB. 

Sex.  Syst. — Dodecand/ria  Trigynia. 

Common  Names. — Bowman's  Boot , Blooming  Spurge,  etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Boot . 

No.  of  Principles. — Two,  viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral. 

Properties. — Emetic,  cathartic,  diaphoretic,  expectorant , 
and  vermifuge . 

Employment. — Fevers,  dropsy,  diarrhea,  dysentery,  biliary 
congestions,  worms,  etc. 

The  Euphorbia  is  a reliable  acquisition  to  our  indigenous 
materia  medica,  and  fulfills  many  important  indications.  In 
small,  repeated  doses,  it  acts  as  a diaphoretic,  inducing  free 
perspiration,  deterges  the  mucous  coats  of  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  stimulates  the  functions  of  the  liver,  and  corrects  the 
tendency  to  colliquitive  diarrheal  discharges.  In  large  doses 
it  is  emetic  and  cathartic.  If  an  undue  amount  of  acidity  pre- 
dominates in  the  stomach,  its  emetic  powers  are  suspended, 
and  it  passes  off  by  the  bowels.  It  is  for  this  reason  that, 


872 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


when  administered  as  an  emetic,  it  has  obtained  the  reputation 
of  being  uncertain  fin  its  operation.  The  necessity  of  neu’ 
tralising  undue  acidity  previous  to  its  administration  will, 
therefore,  be  apparent.  When  administered  as  an  emetic,  it 
will  generally  vomit  without  exciting  any  previous  nausea 
while,  at  other  times,  considerable  prostration  of  the  muscular 
system  with  lingering  nausea  will  be  observed,  paleness  of  the 
countenance,  and  a cool,  moist  state  of  the  skin,  from  which, 
however,  the  patient  rapidly  recovers  as  soon  as  the  me  dicine 
has  operated  upon  the  bowels.  Its  action  in  this  respect  may 
generally  be  corrected  by  the  administration  of  alkalies,  or  of 
a quick  cathartic,  as  the  Jalapin.  We  deem  the  Euphorbin 
one  of  the  most  powerful,  and,  at  the  same  time,  safest  revul- 
sive remedies  that  can  be  administered  for  the  relief  of  cere- 
bral congestions.  It  excites,  powerfully,  the  absorbent  and 
venous  systems,  and  is,  therefore,  frequently  employed  for  the 
removal  oi  dropsical  effusions,  removing  them  when  other 
means  fail.  Combined  with  Podophyllin,  as  given  under  that 
head,  its  efficacy  is  enhanced,  and,  so  combined,  is  employed 
in  the  forming  stages  of  typhoid  and  other  fevers,  dropsy, 
cerebral  congestions,  obstinate  menstrual  suppressions,  and 
for  the  removal  of  biliary  concretions. 

We  have  found  the  Euphorbin  of  much  utility  in  the  treat- 
ment of  cholera  infantum,  diarrhea  and  dysentery.  It  seems 
to  exercise  a peculiar  control  over  the  glandular  structure  of 
the  intestinal  canal,  correcting  and  giving  tone  to  the  action 
of  the  secreting  vessels,  and  promoting  assimilation  of  the  fecal 
matters.  We  have  administered  it  in  cases  of  cholera  infan- 
tum when  the  alvine  discharges  were  watery,  copious,  and 
offensive,  and  had,  as  the  result  of  its  operation,  well  assimi- 
lated stools,  without  fetor.  It  seems  to  possess  considerable 
power  in  correcting  a tendency  to  putrescency.  We  have 
been  unable  to  discover  that  the  Euphorbin  acts  as  a special^ 
irritant  upon  the  bowels,  but,  on  the  contrary,  esteem  it  as  a 
corrective  of  irritation.  Our  observations  of  its  operation 
have  led  us  to  the  conclusion  that  the  irritation  sometimes  oi> 
servable  is  the  result  of  an  increased  activity  on  the  part  of  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


373 


eliminating  vessels  of  the  alimentary  canal,  and  the  consequent 
depuration  of  certain  morbid  and  acrid  materials  from  the 
blood,  which,  being  brought  in  contact  with  the  mucous  sur- 
faces, constitute  an  extraneous  cause  of  excitement.  It  may 
be,  also,  when  the  root  has  been  administered  in  substance, 
that  the  non-medicinal  constituents  have  undergone  a fermen- 
tative decomposition,  and  given  rise  to  products  that  operated 
as  special  'irritants.  Or  the  ligneous  portions  may  have  ope- 
rated mechanically.  At  any  rate,  we  have  found  the  Euphor- 
bin  to  control  rather  than  to  excite  irritation. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Euphorbin,  as  a diaphoretic,  is  from 
one  fourth  to  ONE  grain,  repeated  at  intervals  of  from  one 
to  three  hours.  As  an  emetic  and  cathartic,  from  two  to 
three  grains.  It  may  be  combined  with  Asclepin  to  increase 
its  diaphoretic  and  expectorant  powers. 

Euphorbin grs.  X. 

Asclepin grs.  XL. 

Mix.  From  ONE  to  TWO  grains  of  this  combination  may 
be  administered  once  in  from  one  to  three  hours,  and  will  be 
found  exceedingly  valuable  in  fevers,  acute  rheumatism,  pneu- 
monia, pleuritis,  acute  bronchitis,  dysentery,  etc.  If  nausea 
arise,  diminish  the  dose,  or  exhibit  at  longer  intervals.  In 
many  cases  it  is  desirable  to  provoke  and  maintain  a degree 
of  nausea,  for  which  purpose  nothing  better  can  be  devised. 

In  the  treatment  of  dropsy,  the  Euphorbin  is  usually  ad- 
ministered in  full  doses,  say  from  TWO  to  FOUR  grains.  Its 
employment,  however,  will  be  contra-indicated  in  cases  accom- 
panied with  much  debility.  It  may  be  combined  with  Podo- 
phyllin  or  Jalapin,  at  the  option  of  the  practitioner. 

For  the  removal  of  worms,  we  usually  give  from  ONE  half 
to  ONE  grain  twice  or  three  times  a day,  or  sufficiently  often 
to  keep  the  bowels  somewhat  relaxed,  and  continue  it  for  three 
or  four  days  at  a time.  Even  when  no  worms  are  removed, 
its  administration  results  in  decided  benefit  to  the  patient.  W e 
value  it  exceedingly  in  the  treatment  of  the  indigestion  of 
children,  and  for  the  removal  of  all  that  train  of  symptoms 


374 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


which  is  usually  supposed  to  indicate  the  existence  of  worms. 
These  are,  loss  of  appetite,  or  it  may  be  variable,  voracious 
at  times,  and  none  at  others,  furred  tongue,  feverishness,  fetid 
breath,  bloating  of  the  stomach,  constipation,  or,  on  the  con- 
trary, a troublesome  diarrhea,  emaciation,  peevishness,  wake- 
fulness or  disturbed  sleep,  etc.  For  the  relief  of  these  symp- 
toms we  rely  with  much  confidence  upon  the  judicious  em- 
ployment of  the  Euphorbin.  As  a general  thing  no  other 
medicine  will  be  needed,  but,  when  indicated,  tonics  may  be 
employed  in  connection. 

We  can  conscientiously  recommend  the  Euphorbin  to  the 
profession  as  a remedy  entitled  to  their  confidence 


LY  CO  P IN. 


Derived  from  Ly  copus  Virginicus, 

Nat.  Order. — LaminacecB. 

Sex.  Syst. — Diandria  Monogynia . 

Common  Names. — Water  Horehound , Bugle  Weed , Sweet 
Bugle , etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Herb. 

No.  of  Principles. — two , viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral . 
Properties. — Astringent , styptic , sedative  and  fomh 
Employment. — Incipient  phthisis , hemoptysis , hematame • 
sis,  hematuria,  uterine  and  other  hemorrhages , diabetes , 
chronic  diarrhea  and  dysentery , cardiac  affections , 


The  Lycopin  is,  with  us,  an  exceedingly  valuable  remedy. 
Its  action  is  peculiar  and  positive.  It  exercises  a special  in- 
fluence over  the  respiratory,  cardiac,  and  renal  functions,  and 
obviates  a tendency  to  sanguineous  exudations  and  effusions. 
No  agent  yet  discovered  'can  compare  with  it  in  efficacy  as 
a radical  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  hemorrhage  of  the  lungs. 
In  this  complaint  it  seems  to  be  almost  a specific.  We  have 
used  the  plant  and  its  preparations  long  and  successfully,  and 


376 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


can  speak  with  authority.  It  is  an  arterial  sedative  of  the 
most  valuable  kind,  reducing  the  force  and  frequency  of  the 
pulse  when  abnormally  excited,  and  its  operation  is  unattended 
with  any  symptoms  of  narcotism.  It  resolves  congestions  of 
the  capillary  and  venous  plexuses,  and  invigorates  and  gives 
tone  to  the  capillary  structure  generally.  It  is  a tonic  of  more 
than  ordinary  efficiency,  invigorating  the  appetite,  promoting 
digestion  and  assimilation,  and  allaying  gastric  and  enteric 
irritability.  It  cleanses  and  heals  abrasions  and  ulcerations 
of  the  mucous  surfaces,  and  gives  tone  to  the  muscular  fibres. 
Upon  the  skin  and  kidneys  it  operates  in  a peculiar  and  de- 
sirable manner,  restoring  the  secreting  power,  and  harmonising 
and  giving  tone  to  those  functions. 

Ly copin  is  the  most  reliable  remedy  for  the  radical  cure  of 
hemoptysis  that  wc  have  ever  employed.  We  give  it  in  two 
grain  doses  three  or  four  times  a day,  preferring  to  administer 
it  in  water.  In  severe  hemorrhages  we  administer  it  every 
thirty,  or  sixty  minutes  until  relief  is  afforded,  and  then  con- 
tinue as  above  stated.  The  same  directions  will  apply  in 
hemorrhages  of  every  kind.  The  doses  may  be  increased,  or 
repeated  at  shorter  intervals  when  the  urgency  of  the  symp- 
toms render  it  necessary.  It  may  be  combined,  if  desired, 
with  other  styptics  and  astringents,  as  the  oil  of  Erigeron,  Tril 
liin,  Greranin,  etc.,  but  we  have  generally  found  the  Lycopiu 
competent  without  the  aid  of  auxiliaries.  Ly  copin  has  been 
found  serviceable  in  incipient  phthisis,  abating  the  febrile 
tendency,  promoting  expectoration,  strengthening  digestion, 
aiding  cutaneous  and  renal  depuration,  and  restraining  a ten- 
dency to  hemorrhage.  It  is  employed  in  the  manner  directed 
above. 

For  the  cure  of  ulcerations  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  chro- 
nic diarrhea  and  dysentery,  and  diseases  of  the  mucous  surfaces 
generally,  the  Lycopin  should  be  given  in  doses  of  TWO  or 
three  grains  three  times  a day,  and  alternated  with  Leptandrin 
or  Juglandin  in  sufficient  doses  to  ensure  a soluble  condition 
of  the  bowels.  It  may  be  combined,  when  in  the  judgment 
of  the  practitioner  it  is  advisable,  with  Myricin,  or  Khusin,  or 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  377 

Geranin,  and  other  astringents,  or  with  tonics,  as  the  JFraserin, 
Cornin,  etc. 

Lycopin  has  been  found  of  remarkable  efficacy  in  diabetes* 
We  give  it  in  doses  of  from  TWO  to  four  grains  three  times  a 
day,  and  regulate  the  bowels  with  Hydrastin.  A suitable 
diet  and  regimen  must  be  adhered  to.  The  alkaline  sponge 
bath  must  be  employed  two  or  three  times  a week,  and  the 
food,  for  a time,  consist  mostly  of  animal  gelatine.  An  occa- 
sional alterative  dose  of  Podophyllin  and  Leptandrin  will 
much  facilitate  the  operation  of  the  Lycopin. 

The  properties  above  ascribed  to  the  Lycopin  are  positive 
and  uniform,  and  the  remedy  may  be  relied  upon  to  accom- 
plish all  we  have  said  for  it.  Its  value  once  known  to  the 
practitioner,  he  will  consider  his  therapeutic  repertory  in- 
complete without  it.  Its  operation  is  promoted  by  the  ad- 
ministration of  warm  diluent  infusions. 


FRASER  IN. 


Derived  from  Frasera  Carolinensis. 

Nat.  Ord. — Gentianacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Monogynia . 

Common  Name. — American  Colombo . 

Part  Used. — The  Boot. 

No.  of'  Principles — three,  viz.,  resin,  neutral  and  t nuciresin. 

Properties. — Tonic,  stimulant,  and  mildly  astringent. 

Employment. — Indigestion,  debility , diarrhea,  night - 
sweats,  hysteria,  gravelly  disorders,  etc . 

Fkasemn  is  a special  tonic  and  stimulant  to  the  digestive 
organs,  and  particularly  to  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  liver 
and  other  viscera  concerned  in  digestion  and  assimilation.  It 
possesses  no  laxative  properties,  but,  on  the  contrary,  is  slightly 
astringent.  As  a tonic  it  will  be  accepted  by  the  stomach 
when  other  tonics  are  rejected,  and  its  employment  is  admissi- 
ble in  the  most  extreme  cases  of  debility,  by  virtue  of  its  kindly 
influences  upon  this  and  the  surrounding  organs. 

We  employ  Fraserin  in  atony  of  the  digestive  organs,  and 
in  all  cases  of  disordered  secretion  manifested  in  and  by  that 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


379 


apparatus.  It  is  of  exceeding  utility  in  the  convalescing 
stages  of  fevers,  diarrhea,  dysentery  and  cholera  infantum, 
and  in  all  cases  in  which  the  system  has  been  exhausted  by 
profuse  colliquitive  discharges.  In  all  cases  of  viceral  debility, 
whether  primary  or  induced  by  copious  and  exhaustive  secre- 
tion, Fraserin  is  equally  appropriate.  It  is  also  useful  in  all 
cases  in  which  the  secretions  evince  a septic  tendency,  having 
considerable  power  as  an  antiseptic. 

Fraserin  is  of  great  service  in  the  treatment  of  bilious  dis- 
eases occurring  in  hot  climates.  In  the  latter  -stages  of  bilious 
and  asthenic  dysenteries,  and  even  in  cholera,  we  can  recom- 
mend the  Fraserin  as  entitled  to  much  confidence.  Also  in 
jaundice  accompanied  with  extreme  debility,  mucous  hemor- 
rhoids, dyspepsia,  etc.  Hypochondriacal  and  hysterical  af- 
fections are  also  relieved  by  it.  Colliquitive  diarrheas  are  fre- 
quently cured  with  Fraserin  alone.  In  arthritic  and  gravelly 
affections  accompanied  with  debility  of  the  digestive  organs, 
the  Fraserin  will  be  found  an  excellent  remedy. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Fraserin  is  FOUR  grains,  but  will 
vary  from  TWO  to  ten.  It  is  best  administered  dissolved  in 
warm  water.  It  may  be  combined  with  aromatics  and  with 
anti-spasmodics,  as  the  Dioscorein. 


XANTHOXYLIN. 


Derived  from Xanthoxylum  Fraxineum. 

Nat.  Ord. — Xanthoxylacece. 

Sex  Syst. — Bicecia  Pentandria . 

Common  Name. — Prickly  Ash. 

Part  Used. — The  Bark. 

No.  of  Principles — two , viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral. 

Properties. — Stimulant , tonic , alterative  and  sialagogue. 

Employment. — Rheumatism , scrofula , paralysis , indiges- 
tion^ colic , syphilis , cfc. 

Besides  the  two  active  principles  above  named,  the  bark 
of  the  Xanthoxylum  yields  an  oil,  which  will  be  treated  of 
next  in  order. 

The  Xanthoxylin  possesses  the  properties  enumerated 
above  in  an  eminent  degree,  and  will  be  found  highly  useful 
in  the  diseases  mentioned.  We  have  used  it  extensively,  and 
esteem  it  a remedy  of  great  value.  * It  is  a stimulant  of  the 
most  permanent  kind,  having  considerable  control  over  the 
circulation,  which  it  quickens  and  maintains.  It  also  gives 
activity  to  the  muscular  fibres  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  pro- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


881 


motes  the  flow  of  the  saliva,  gastric,  and  other  digestive  juices, 
and  restores  the  prbper  secreting  power  of  the  mucous  sur- 
faces. 

Xanthoxylin  is  a remedy  of  great  value  in  the  treatment 
of  the  atonic  form  of  indigestion,  scrofula,  chronic  rheumatism, 
paralysis,  general  debility,  cutaneous  eruptions,  ulcers,  chro- 
nic diarrhea,  dysentery,  ulcerations  of  the  stomach  and  bow- 
els, syphilis,  gleet,  leucorrhea,  etc.,  and  for  the  correction  of 
all  languid  conditions  of  the  system.  It  enhances  the  efficacy 
and  gives  permanency  to  the  influences  of  other  stimulants 
and  tonics. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Xanthoxylin  is  from  two  to  FOUR 
grains.  It  may  be  combined  with  other  remedies  when  indi- 
cated, or  alternated  with  suitable  agents,  at  the  option  of  the 
practitioner.  It  operates  well  in  combination  with  Stillingin 
in  syphilis,  chronic  diarrhea,  gleet,  etc.  With  Macrotin  we  have 
found  it  highly  beneficial  in  chronic  rheumatism.  In  combi- 
nation with  Fraserin  it  will  be  found  highly  serviceable  in  the 
convalescing  stages  of  dysentery,  cholera  infantum,  and  other 
bowel  disorders.  Other  combinations  are  pointed  out  in  the 
course  of  this  work,  and  need  not  be  repeated  here. 


OIL  OF  XANTHOIYLUM. 


Derivation  same  as  above. 

This  oil  possesses  properties  analogous  to  the  above,  being, 
however,  more  decidedly  stimulating,  with  less  of  the  altera- 
tive and  tonic  proporties.  Its  use  is  more  appropriate  in  as- 
thenic than  in  sthenic  conditions,  as  it  is  apt  to  ^produce  too 
much  irritation  of  the  mucous  surfaces.  It  is  employed  in 
colic,  chronic  rheumatism,  syphilis,  etc.  It  may  be  com- 
bined with  Irisin  and  Phytolacin  and  formed  into  pills  for  the 
treatment  of  the  diseases  last  mentioned. 

The  average  dose  of  the  oil  is  from  two  to  five  drops.  It 
may  be  dissolved  in  alcohol  and  so  incorporated  with  other 
mixtures  when  desired,  or  taken  upon  sugar,  or  suspended  in 
mucilage. 


CON.  TINC.  XANTflOXYLUM  FRAX. 


In  this  preparation  we  have  embodied  the  entire  therapeu- 
tic value  of  the  bark,  and  which  may  be  used  for  all  the  pur- 
poses of  the  crude  article.  It  is  positive  and  uniform  in 
strength,  and  convenient  of  administration.  The  average 
* dose  is  from  two  to  four  drops.  It  is  more  active  than  the 
Xanthoxylin,  but  not  so  appropriate  in  the  treatment  of  in- 
fantile disorder^,  nor  in  cases  of  great  debility.  The  Xan- 
thoxylin, being  deprived  of  the  oil,  is  easily  soluble  and 
readily  assimilated,  hence  more  compatible  in  enfeebled  con- 
ditions, as  the  beneficial  effects  of  remedies  depend  somewhat 
upon  the  ability  of  the  system  to  appropriate  them.  We  some- 
times employ  the  Con.  Tine,  in  combination  with  Leptandrin, 
Populin,  Juglandin,  etc.,  as  noticed  under  those  heads.  - 


SANGUINARUf. 


Derived  from  Sanguinaria  Canadensis 

Nat.  Ord. — Papaveracece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Polyandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Blood  Root,  Red  Puccoon,  etc. 

Part  Used, — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles,  four,  viz.,  resin , resinoid,  alkaloid  and 
neutral. 

Properties. — Emetic , sedative , febrifuge , stimulant,  tonic, 
alterative,  resolvent,  diuretic , emmenagogue,  detergent , anti- 
septic, expectorant,  laxative,  errhine,  and  escharotic. 

Employment. — Fevers,  pneumonia,  croup,  influenza,  rheu- 
matism', amenorrhea,  hooping  cough,  asthma,  constipation , 
gravel,  scrofula,  jaundice,  dropsy,  dyspepsia,  etc. 


Various  preparations  of  tbe  Sanguinarin  have  been  before 
the  profession,  each  claiming  to  represent  the  medicinal  pro- 
perties. of  the  plant,  but,  being  composed  of  single  isolated 
principles,  they  failed  to  do  so.  We  have  had  what  was  called 
the  alkaloid  principle  under  the  name  of  Sanguinarina,  the 
alka-resinoid  principle  under  the  title  of  Sanguinarin,  etc., 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


885 


but  each  were  fractional  and  indefinite  preparations  entitled 
to  no  confidence  whatever.  The  Sanguinaria  Canadensis  is 
truly  a valuable  plant,  highly  esteemed  by  the  profession,  and 
one  of  which  a concentrated  equivalent  is  highly  desirable. 
In  the  Sanguinarin  now  under  consideration,  we  believe  this 
desideratum  to  have  been  accomplished.  The  four  active 
proximate  principles  of  which  it  is  composed  embody  the  en- 
tire therapeutic  constitution  of  the  plant,  and  in  their  physio- 
logical influences  demonstrate  the  fact  of  their  equivalency. 

In  small,  continued  doses,  the  Sanguinarin  is  a stimulating 
diaphoretic,  resolvent,  alterative,  and  diuretic.  Under  its 
immediate  influence  the  pulse  rises,  but  subsequently  sinks 
somewhat  below  the  normal  standard,  for  which  reason  the 
Sanguinarin  has  acquired  the  reputation  of  being  narcotic. 
We  are  inclined  to  view  the  depression  of  the  circulation  as  a 
secondary"  influence,  resulting  from  the  relief  of  certain  abnor- 
mal conditions  upon  which  arterial  excitement  was  depend- 
ent, such  as  plasticity  of  the  blood,  retention  of  effete  matters, 
capillary  congestion,  etc.,  and  which  have  been  obviated  by 
the  resolvent,  diaphoretic,  and  other  properties  of  the  San- 
guinarin. Cutaneous  depuration  is  powerfully  promoted  by 
the  Sanguinarin,  hence  it  is  of  great  vame  in  all  cases  in  which 
such  a properly  is  required,  as  in  fevers,  rheumatism,  skin 
diseases,  etc.  The  Sanguinarin  ranks  high  as  an  expectorant, 
for  which  purpose  it  should  be  given  in  small  and  frequently 
repeated  doses.  Few  remedies  exercise  a more  decided  influ- 
ence upon  the  urinary  apparatus,  upon  which  it  displays  its 
peculiar  powers  as  an  alterative.  In  obstinate  gravelly  affec- 
tions. and  in  functional  inactivity  of  the  kidneys  it  is  peculiarly 
serviceable.  It  is  equally  efficient  in  promoting  the  secretions 
of  the  serous  as  well  as  of  the  mucous  membranes,  hence  is  a 
valuable  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  pleuritis,  perito- 
nitis, and  other  affections  of  the  serous  surfaces.  Over  the 
capillary  circulation  it  exercises  a wonderful  control,  operating 
as  a vascular  excitant,  and  in  cold  and  languid  conditions  of 
the  circulation,  manifested  by  coldness  of  the  extremities,  a 
relaxed  and  pallid  appearance  of  the  skin,  great  sensitiveness 

25 


886 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


to  atmospheric  changes,  etc.,  it  will  be  found  one  of  the  most 
reliable  remedies  possible  to  employ. 

Sanguinarin  resolves  the  plasticity  of  the  venous  blood,  and 
stimulates  the  venous,  absorbent  and  lymphatic  vessels  and 
glands.  It  is,  for  these  reasons,  a valuable  remedy  in  the 
treatment  of  dropsy,  particularly  the  asthenic  forms,  arousing 
the  system  from  its  torpor,  and'  invigorating  the  functions  of 
secretion  and  depuration.  The  liver  comes  within  the  especial 
province  of  the  sanative  influences  of  the  Sanguinarin,  and  in 
all  cases  of  hepatic  torpor,  jaundice,  biliary  concretions,  chronic 
hepatitis,  and  other  abnormal  conditions  of  %that  organ,  the 
practitioner  will  find  it  a remedy  worthy  of  his  highest  confi- 
dence. 

The  emmenagogue  properties  of  the  Sanguinarin  are  marked 
and  decided,  and  in  chronic  amenorrhea  have  proved  of  ex- 
ceeding utility.  In  all  atonic  conditions  of  the  uterus  and  its 
appendages  the  Sanguinarin  will  be  found  an  efficient  auxil- 
iary. It  is  decidedly  anti-septic,  and  is  beneficially  employed 
in  offensive  leucorrheal  discharges,  ulcerations  of  the  cervix, 
chancres,  buboes,  etc. 

In  larger  doses  the  Sanguinarin  operates  as  a prompt  and 
efficient  emetic,  and  is  employed  in  croup,  pneumonia,  fevers, 
to  eject  poisons,  and  whenever  prompt  emesis  is  desirable.  Its 
operation  as  an  emetic  is  sometimes  attended  with  a severe 
burning  sensation  and  pain  in  the  stomach,  which  lasts  for  a 
considerable  time  after  the  medicine  has  operated.  This  effect 
may  be  obviated  in  a measure  by  the  abundant  use  of  mucil- 
ages. The  Sanguinarin  possesses  a considerable  degree  of 
escharotic  power,  hence  its  use  is  contra-indicated  in  gastritis 
and  enteritis,  and  whenever  we  have  occasion  to  suspect  abra- 
sion or  ulceration  of  the  mucous  surfaces  of  the  stomach  or 
bowels.  When  used  as  an  emetic  it  should  be  thoroughly 
triturated  with  Eupatorin  Perfo.,  and  diffused  in  plenty  of  warm 
water,  or  a thin  gruel  of  corn  meal.  It  may  sometimes  be 
usefully  combined  with  the  Wine  Tine,  of  Lobelia,  particularly 
in  croup,  asthma  and  pneumonia.  It  has  a tendency  to  quicken 
the  operation  of  other  emetics. 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


837 


Of  the  special  employment  of  the  Sanguinarin  we  note  as 
follows.  In  all  fevers  denoting  a languid  condition  of  the 
vital  forces  its  employment  is  peculiarly  appropriate.  As  a 
diaphoretic  it  is  scarcely  excelled.  It  belongs  to  the  class  of 
nauseants,  hence  its  administration  must  be  governed  accord- 
ingly. For  favoring  the  development  of  the  exanthema  in 
eruptive  fevers,- we  know  of  nothing  better.  We  have  used 
it  with  marked  success  in  the  treatment  of  scarlatina.  The 
average  dose  is  from  ONE  EIGHTH  to  ONE  fourth  of  ONE 
grain,  repeated  once  in  one  or  two  hours  as  occasion  requires. 
If  nausea  arise,  and  it  be  not  desirable,  the  doses  may  be  di- 
minished, or  administered  less  frequently.  In  many  cases  a 
degree  of  nausea  is  necessary  to  the  overcoming  of  capillary 
constriction,  in  which  event  the  Sanguinarin  will  be  found  to 
answer  an  admirable  purpose.  It  will  operate  more  efficiently 
as  a diaphoretic  and  febrifuge  if  administered  in  warm  water. 
Joined  with  Asclepin,  its  efficacy  will  be  materially  enhanced. 
We  observe  the  following  formula: 

9- 

Sanguinarin grs.  ii. 

Asclepin 3ss. 

Warm  water § iv. 

Triturate  the  Sanguinarin  thoroughly  with  the  Asclepin 
and  add  the  water*  Dose,  one  teaspoonful  every  hour.  The 
doses  and  frequency  of  repetition  are  to  be  governed  by  the 
necessities  of  the  case.  It  is  desirable  to  excite  and  maintain 
a gentle  and  permanent  diaphoresis.  This  preparation  may 
also  be  employed  with  great  advantage  in  pneumonia,  influ- 
enza, bronchitis,  asthma,  whooping  cough,  and  other  affections 
of  the  respiratory  organs.  The  expectorant  power  of  the  San- 
guinarin is  considerable,  and  is  particularly  displayed  when 
the  pulmonary  secretions  are  viscid  from  retention.  In  in- 
cipient phthisis,  asthma,  influenza,  bronchitis  and  other  affec- 
tions of  the  respiratory  apparatus,  the  Sanguinarin  may  be 
given  in  doses  of  from  one  eighth  to  ONE  HALF  of  ONE  grain 
three  or  four  times  daily.  Suitable  combinations  may  be 
effected  when  existing  symptoms  indicate  their  necessity. 


388 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


Thus  in  asthma,  the  convalescing  stages  of  croup,  influenza, 
etc.,  the  Sanguinarin  will  act  exceedingly  well  in  combination 
with  Eupatorin  Purpu.  We  observe  the  following  propor- 


tions : 

9- 

Sanguinarin grs.  ii. 

Eupatorin  Purpu 3ss. 


Mix  and  divide  into  sixteen  powders.  One  of  these  may 
be  given  in  from  two  to  four  hours.  Valuable  in  hooping 
cough,  and  in  all  cases  of  dyspnea.  If  these  powders  be  alter- 
nated with  suitable  doses  of  Asclepin,  their  efficacy  will  be 
much  enhanced.  The  latter  will  assist  in  promoting  the  action 
of  the  cutaneous  exhalents.  When  tonics  are  indicated,  the 
Sanguinarin  may  be  combined  with  Prunin,  or  Fraserin,  or 
Cornin,  etc. 

Sanguinarin  is  efficient  in  overcoming  hepatic  torpor,  in 
which  affection  it  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  ONE  EIGHTH 
to  ONE  grain  twice  a day.  Joined  with  Podophyllin,  or  Lep- 
tandrin,  or  Phytolacin,  etc.,  it  will  promote  their  action,  and 
so  combined  may  be  employed  in  chronic  and  obstinate  cases 
of  constipation,  visceral  enlargements,  jaundice,  gravel,  and 
in  all  cases  requiring  a powerful  alterative,  resolvent,  and  de- 
obstruent remedy. 

In  the  treatment  of  secondary  and  tertiary  syphilis,  the 
Sanguinarin  has  been  found  of  great  service.  In  all  cold  and 
languid  conditions  of  the  system  it  is  useful  for  arousing 
the  impressibility  of  the  nerves,  and  so  preparing  the  way 
for  other  remedies.  In  the  above  mentioned  disease  it  may 
be  combjned  with  other  alteratives,  as  the  Stillingin,  Cory- 
dalin,  Phytolacin,  Irisin,  etc.  In  eczema,  herpes,  syphilitic 
eruptions,  and  other  diseases  of  the  skin,  it  will  be  found  to 
operate  admirably  in  connection  with  Cerasein.  The  San- 
guinarin may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  ONE  FOURTH  to  ONE 
half  grain  twice  a day,  and  altern  itedfwith  five  grain  doses 
of  Cerasein. 

As  an  emmenagogue,  the  Sanguinarin  has  acquired  con- 
siderable repute.  In  cases  of  debility  it  should  be  used  in 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


389 

connection  with  suitable  tonics,  as  the  Fraserin,  Cornin,  Iron, 
etc.  The  following  formula  constitutes  the  most  powerful 
emmenagogue  remedy  with  which  we  are  acquainted : 

Sanguinarin grs.  ii. 

Macrotin grs.  viii. 

Baptisin grs.  xvi. 

Mix  and  divide  into  sixteen  powders.  One  of  these  may 
be  given  morning  and  evening.  In  simple  amenorrhea,  not 
accompanied  with  debility  or  other  complications,  this  remedy 
will  be  found  one  of  the  most  efficient  that  can  be  employed. 
The  exhibition  of  an  occasional  dose  of  Podophyllin  will  ren- 
der success  almost  certain.  The  Sanguinarin,  as  with  all 
other  forcing  remedies,  is  contra-indicated  in  anemic  habits. 

We  might  specify  many  other  forms  of  disease  in  which  the 
Sanguinarin  may  be  beneficially  employed,  but  we  are  aware 
that  the  profession  are  already  quite  well  acquainted  with  the 
virtues  of  the  plant,  and,  as  the  Sanguinarin  is  its  true  con- 
centrated equivalent,  they  have  but  to  transfer  that  knowledge 
to  the  preparation  under  consideration.  Those  who  are  not 
familiar  with  its  properties  and  employment  may,  by  atten- 
tively studying  the  history  we  have  given  of  its  dynamic  in- 
fluences, easily  comprehend  its  adaptation. 

Externally,  the  Sanguinarin  is  beneficially  employed  for  a 
variety  of  purposes.  It  possesses  considerable  escharotic  pow- 
er, and  is  also  anti-septic.  It  is  applied  to  nasal  and  uterine 
polypi,  and  in  some  cases  will  disorganise  them.  Applied  to 
the  surface  of  foul  and  indolent  ulcers,  it  cleanses  and  disposes 
them  to  heal.  It  may  be  combined  with  Hydrastin,  Baptisin, 
Trilliin,  or  Phytolacin.  In  solution,  in  water,  from  ten  to 
FORTY  grains  to  the  pint,  there  is,  perhaps,  nothing  better  as 
a gargle  in  the  sore  throat  of  scarlatina.  Also  in  other  ulcer- 
ative affections  "T  the  mouth  and  throat.  In  scaly  eruptions 
of  the  skin,  dissolved  in  alcohol  or  strong  vinegar,  it  has  been 
employed  with  much  success.  Also,  in  combination  with 
caustics,  in  the  treatment  of  cancers  and  malignant  ulcers. 


PRUNIN. 


Derived  from  Prunus  Virginiana.  ( Cerasus  Serotina .) 

Nat.  Ord. — Drupacece. 

Sex.  Syst  —Icosandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Wild  Cherry,  Black  Cherry , etc. 

Part  Used. — The  Bark. 

No.  of  Principles. — Three , viz.,  resinoid , neutral , and 
amygdalin. 

Properties. — Stimulant , tonic , expectorant , <m<#,  m 
sedative. 

Employment. — Coughs , colds,  incipient  phthisis , dyspep- 
sia, hectic  fever , debility , scrofula , etc. 

Much  uncertainty  has  hitherto  attended  the  question,  in 
what  peculiar  principle  resides  the  active  properties  of  the 
wild  cherry  bark?”  Some  have  supposed  that  its  medicinal 
value  depended  upon  the  presence  of  hj^drocyanic  acid,  viewed 
by  early  writers  as  an  educt,  but  latterly,  and  correctly,  as  a 
product  of  the  decomposition  of  amygdalin.  Others  have 
attributed  its  medicinal  influences  to  a portion  of  the  amygda 
Jin  remaining  undecomposed.  Various  conjectures  in  regard 


Concentrated  medicines  proper. 


891 


to  its  active  constituents  have  prevailed  at  times,  all  open  to 
objections,  and  all  lacking  confirmation,  until,  at  last,  the  more 
philosophical  conclusion  was,  that  the  more  valuable  thera- 
peutic properties  resided  in  some  “ yet  undiscovered  principle.” 
Such  was  truly  the  case.  "We  now  have  the  pleasure  of  pre- 
senting the  profession  with  that  “ undiscovered  principle”  in 
the  neutral  proximate  active  constituent  of  the  Prunin  under 
consideration.  In  the  neutral  resides  the  chief  tonic  power  of 
the  bark.  It  is  perfectly  soluble,  and  is  the  principle  yielded 
to  infusions  and  decoctions.  But  it  has  been  observed  that 
decoctions  of  the  bark  seem  deficient  in  medicinal  value.  By 
referring  to  the  article  on  infusions  and  decoctions,  in  the  first 
part  of  this  work,  the  reader  will  there  find  the  cause  ex- 
plained, namely,  the  conversion  of  the  neutral  principle  into 
apotheme.  But  our  space  will  not  permit  our  going  into  a 
fuller  elucidation  ot  the  subject,  and  we  shall  rely  upon  the 
therapeu.ic  integrity  of  the  Prunin  to  sustain  the  statements 
we  have  put  forth. 

Prunin  is  a valuable  stimulant,  tonic,  and  expectorant,  when 
given  in  small  and  repeated  doses,  and  an  arterial  sedative  of 
considerable,  efficacy  when  given  in  larger  doses.  Its  special 
tonic  influences  seem  to  be  directed  mainly  to  the  digestive 
and  assimilative  apparatus,  promoting  activity  and  giving 
vigor  in  the  performance  of  their  functions.  Hence  it  is  val- 
uable in  cases  of  enfeebled  digestion,  particularly  in  the  con- 
valescing stages  of  pneumonia,  fevers,  and  other  acute  diseases, 
incipient  phthisis,  and  in  all  cases  in  which  the  additional  pro- 
perty of  an  expectorant  is  indicated.  In  the  asthenic  forms 
of  dyspepsia  it  has  been  found  peculiarly  serviceable.  In 
hectic  fever  it  has  likewise  been  employed  with  much  benefit. 
It  seems  to  give  tone  to  the  cutaneous  capillary  structure,  and 
to  restrain  the  tendency  to  colli quitive  sweats.  It  promotes 
the  appetite,  strengthens  digestion,  calms  the  irritability  of  the 
nervous  system,  and  allays  inordinate  action  of  the  heart  and 
arterial  vessels.  From  these  considerations  of  its  dynamic 
influences,  its  range  of  application  may  be  easily  deduced. 
The  average  dose  of  the  Prunin,  as  a tonic,  is  TWO  grains.  As 


392 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


a sedative  from  FOUR  to  EIGHT.  The  frequency  of  the  repe* 
tition  must  be  governed  by  the  j udgment  of  the  practitioner. 
As  an  expectorant,  we  give  from  one  to  two  grains  every 
two  hours. 

Prunin  admits  of  many  appropriate  combinations,  which 
may  be  used  to  advantage  in  the  treatment  of  complicated 
cases.  Thus,  when  we  wish  a diaphoretic,  expectorant,  and 
tonic  influence,  we  combine  it  with  Asclepin. 


5- 

Prunin.. 3j* 

Asclepin 3 ss. 


Mix.  From  TWO  to  three  grains  of  this  compound  may 
be  exhibited  once  in  two  or  three  hours,  as  may  be  necessary. 
It  will  be  found  valuable  in  the  convalescing  stages  of 
pneumonia,  bronchitis,  influenza,  and  in  phthisis  when  the 
cough  is  dry  and  expectoration  difficult.  Also  in  hooping 
cough,  chronic  cough,  and  some  forms  of  asthma,  as  well  as 
in  the  asthenic  stages  of  croup. 

Prunin  may  also  be  advantageously  combined  with  Eupa- 
torin  Purpu.,  forming  a useful  remedy  in  the  treatment  of 
dropsical  affections.  We  employ  it  as  follows: 

Prunin 

Eupatorin  Purpu aa.  3 ss. 

Mix.  From  two  to  five  grains  of  this  mixture  may  be 
given  once  in  six  hours.  Valuable  in  gravely  disorders, 
catarrh  of  the  bladder,  leucorrhea,  and  atony  of  the  urinary 
and  generative  apparatus.  We  sometimes  employ  it  com- 
bined with  Senecin. 

9. 

Prunin 

Senecin aa.  3j- 

Mix.  Dose,  from  TWO  to  FIVE  grains  three  times  a day. 
In  cases  of  amenorrhea,  dysmenorrhea,  leucorrhea,  and  other 
uterine  disorders  accompanied  with  feeble  digestion,  this 
remedy  is  of  exceeding  utility. 

It  will  be  sometimes  observed  that  the  employment  of  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


393 


Prunin  in  affections  of  the  respiratory  system  will  prove  ob 
jectionable  on  account  of  its  producing  constriction  of  the  chest 
and  difficult  respiration.  This  effect  seems  to  arise  from 
some  constitutional  peculiarity  of  the  patient,  the  Prunin  prov- 
ing too  much  of  a stimulant.  If  other  indications  are  had  for 
its  employment,  this  influence  may  be  obviated  in  a measure 
by  combining  it  with  anti-spasmodics  and  expectorants,  as  the 
Asclepin,  Eupatorin  Purpu..  Yeratrin,  Cypripedin,  etc. 

Prunin  may  be  joined  with  other  tonics  with  advantage  in 
particular  cases,  as  with  Fraserin  in  the  convalescing  stages  of 
diarrhea,  dysentery,  and  cholera  infantum  ; and  with  Hydras- 
tin  or  Euonymin  when  a laxative  property  is  needed.  It  is 
best  administered  in  water. 


MENISPERMIN. 


Derived  from  Menispermum  Canadense. 

Nat.  Ord. — Menispermacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Dicecia  Polyandria. 

Common  Names. — Yellow  Parilla , Moonseed , etc . 

Part  Used. — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles — three,  viz.,  resinoid,  alkaloid,  and  neu- 
tral. 

Properties. — Alterative , tonic,  laxative,  diuretic,  and  stimu- 
lant. 

Employment. — Scrofula,  syphilitic  infections,  cutaneous 
eruptions,  gout,  rheumatism,  hepatic  torpor,  constipation , 
loss  of  appetite , indigestion,  glandular  enlargements , etc . 


The  Menispermin  is  a remedy  of  positive  and  remarkable 
value.  We  have  employed  it  with  a great  degree  of  satisfac- 
tion in  the  treatment  of  a variety  of  affections.  As  an  altera- 
tive and  resolvent,  it  deserves  to  be  ranked  with  the  best  in 
the  materia  medica.  It  excites  the  action  of  the  glandular 
system  in  a peculiar  manner,  resolving  vitiated  deposits,  cor- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


395 


recting  the  action  of  the  secretory  functions,  stimulates  the 
venous,  absorbent,  and  lymphatic  vessels,  and  promotes  depu- 
ration through  the  various  channels.  It  is  an  alterative  diu- 
retic of  well  attested  efficacy,  and  a laxative  of  more  than 
ordinary  value,  operating  without  irritation.  Upon  the  func- 
tions of  the  skin  it  seems  to  exercise  an  especial  influence, 
promoting  cutaneous  depuration  in  a peculiar  manner.  At  the 
same  time  it  imparts  a peculiar  toning  influence  to  all  parts  of 
the  organism  involved  in  its  therapeutic  control.  It  is  espe- 
cially useful  in  atonic  conditions  of  the  system,  as  it  seems  to 
possess  the  power  of  promoting  its  own  appropriation.  It 
stimulates  the  entire  vascular  system,  and  increases  the  force 
and  frequency  of  the  pulse.  In  very  large  doses,  it  proves 
emetic  and  cathartic. 

Among  the  diseases  in  which  the  Menispermin  has  been 
found  valuable,  we  would  mention  scrofula.  From  a consid- 
eration of  the  foregoing  enumeration  of  its  physiological  in- 
fluences, its  appropriateness  in  the  treatment  of.  strumous  dis- 
eases will  be  manifest.  It  increases  the  appetite,  strengthens 
digestion,  promotes  absorption  and  assimilation,  resolves  viscid 
deposits,  and  imparts  activity  and  tone  to  the  entire  depurative 
structure  of  the  system.  The  medium  dose  of  the  Menisper- 
min, in  these  cases,  is  two  grains,  increased  to  five  if  more 
of  the  laxative  property  is  needed,  and  repeated  twice  or  three 
times  a day.  When  the  indications  render  it  admissible,  it 
may  be  joined  with  other  alteratives,  as  the  Stillingin,  Irisin, 
Ampelopsin,  etc.  As  a general  thing,  however,  we  prefer  to 
alternate  it  with  such  other  remedies  as  may  be  appropriate  in 
the  case.  In  strumous  affections,  complicated  with  suppression 
of  the  menses,  it  operates  well  in  connection  with  Helonin  and 
Senecin.  In  the  treatment  nf  chlorosis,  it  should  be  joined 
with  Iron.  In  the  treatment  of  the  asthenic  forms  of  scrofula? 
we  deem  the  Menispermin  one  of  our  most  valuable  agents. 
It  is  a stimulating  alterative  and  tonic  of  a high  order  of  ther- 
apeutic value,  and  peculiarly  appropriate  in  all  atonic  condi- 
tions of  the  venous,  lymphatic,  and  glandular  systems. 

Menispermin  has  been  found  of  marked  utility  in  the  cure 


396 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


of  syphilis,  particularly  for  the  relief  of  that  peculiar  train  of 
symptoms  termed  mercurio-syphilitic.  It  may  be  joined  with 
Stillingin,  Phytolacin,  Irisin,  Corydalin,  Ampelopsin,  etc.,  at 
the  option  of  the  practitioner,  and  alternated  with  suitable 
doses  of  Podophyllin. 

In  the  treatment  of  cutaneous  diseases,  we  value  the  Menis- 
permin  highly.  Its  action  upon  the  skin  is  remarkable  and 
peculiar,  restoring  the  functional  activity  and  integrity  of  the 
entire  cutaneous  structure.  When  indicated,  it  should  be 
combined  with  Iron,  not  omitting  the  alkaline  sponge  bath. 
Alternated  with  the  tincture  of  the  chloride  of  Iron,  it  will  be 
found  highly  efficacious  in  scaly  eruptions  of  the  skin,  herpes, 
erysipelas,  etc. 

We  have  employed  the  Menispermin  with  much  success  in 
the  atonic  forms  of  dyspepsia,  and  in  those  cases  of  enfeebled 
digestion  following  attacks  of  acute  diseases.  Particularly 
when  constipation,  loss  of  appetite,  and  a feeble  circulation  are 
present,  will  it  prove  of  peculiar  utility.  It  may  be  joined 
with  Hydrastin,  thus  forming  one  of  the  best  combinations 
with  which  we  are  acquainted  for  fulfilling  the  indications 
above  mentioned. 

On  account  of  the  stimulant,  tonic,  alterative  and  resolvent 
properties  of  the  Menispermin,  it  is  highly  beneficial  in  the 
treatment  of  chronic  rheumatism.  When  desirable  to  increase 
the  stimulant  effect,  it  may  be  joined  with  Xanthoxylin  ; and 
when  the  circulation  is  much  enfeebled,  accompanied  with 
coldness  of  the  extremities,  with  Sanguinarin.  Menispermin 
is  highly  useful  in  gravelly  disorders  and  dropsy.  It  stimu- 
lates the  functions  of  the  absorbent  system,  and  promotes  the 
depurative  action  of  the  kidneys,  resolving  calculous  deposits, 
and  favoring  their  expulsion.  In  all  affections  of  the  glandu- 
lar system  we  would  recommend  it  as  worthy  of  the  confidence 
of  the  profession. 

Medium  dose,  TWO  grains. 


OIL  OF  SOLIDAGO. 


Derived  from  Solidago  Odora. 

Nat.  Order. — Asteracece. 

Sex.  S yst. — Syngenesia  Superflua. 

Common  Name. — Sweet  Scented  Goldenrod. 

Part  Used. — The  Leaves. 

Properties. — Aromatic , stimulant , ca/nnina,tive , and  diu- 
retic. 

Employment  — Pain  in  the  stomach  and  bowels,  flatulence , 
suppression  of  urine , inflammation  of  the  kidneys  and  blad- 
der, and  for  mhalation  in  diseases  of  the  respiratory  organs. 


The  oil  of  Solidago  is  a mild  but  efficient  remedy  in  the 
complaints  above  mentioned.  It  may  be  given  in  doses  of 
from  two  to  five  drops,  and  repeated  every  thirty  or  sixty 
minutes  until  relief  is  obtained.  It  is  peculiarly  appropriate 
in  the  treatment  of  the  colicky  pains  of  infants,  being  mild  and 
unirritating  in  its  operation.  It  is  likewise  highly  beneficial 
in  the  treatment  of  suppression  of  the  urine  occurring  in  chil- 
dren and  intants.  It  is  better,  as  a general  thing,  to  dissolve 
the  oil  in  alcohol  for  employment  in  these  cases. 


398 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


9- 

Oil  of  Solidago  - Ji. 

Alcoliol  - § viii. 

From  five  to  twenty  drops,  or  more,  may  be  given  at  a 
dose,  and  repeated  at  suitable  intervals.  The  same  will  be 
found  excellent  lor  flatulent  pain  in  the  stomach  and  bowels, 
faintness,  etc.,  in  adults.  The  dose  is  from  one-half  to  one 
teaspoonful.  Equal  parts  of  the  above  tieture,  Holland  Gin, 
and  Swt.  Spts.  ISTitre,  mixed  and  given  in  doses  of  from  a tea- 
spoonful to  a tablespoonful,  will  be  found  highly  efficacious 
for  the  relief  of  suppression  and  retention,  of  urine,  and  inflam- 
mation of  the  kidneys  and  bladder.  In  the  latter  affections  it 
should  be  accompanied  with  a plentiful  supply  of  mucilages. 
We  have  employed  the  Oil  of  Solidago  for  the  purposes  »of 
inhalation  in  the  affectiqns  of  the  respiratory  organs,  and  with 
much  benefit.  The  oil  should  first  be  dissolved  in  alcohol,  in 
the  proportion  above  directed.  One  teaspoonful  of  this  tinc- 
ture may  be  employed  for  each  inhalation.  It  relaxes  con- 
striction of  the  lungs,  soothes  the  pulmonary  surfaces,  and 
promotes  expectoration.  It  is  useful  in  bronchitis,  asthma, 
influenza,  catarrh,  pneumonia,  and  phthisis.  The  inhalation 
may  be  repeated  four  or  five  times  daily. 

When  the  alcohol  is  objectionable,  the  oil  may  be  taken  on 
sugar  or  suspended  in  mucilage. 


SMILACIN. 


Derived  from  Smilax  Officinalis . 

Nat.  Ord. — Smilacece.  , 

Sex  Syst. — Dicecia  Hexandria 

Common  N am  e. — Sarsaparilla. 

Part  Used. — The  Boot. 

No.  of  Principles. — two,  viz.,  resinoid  and  neutral. 

Properties. — Alterative,  resolvent,  and  detergent. 

Employment. — Scrofula,  venerial  diseases,  rheumatism , 
cutaneous  diseases  etc. 

Notwithstanding  the  Sarsaparilla  is  a remedial  agent  of 
variable  reputation,  it  really  possesses  most  valuable  proper- 
ties as  an  alterative  and  restorative.  Many  facts  can  be  ad- 
duced of  the  want  of  therapeutic  uniformity  manifested  in  the 
history  of  this  plant,  to  a few  of  which  we  would  wish  briefly  to 
call  attention.  In  the  first  place,  the  reader  will  please  to  call  to 
mind  the  history  we  have  given  of  the  neutral  proximate  active 
principles.  The  variable  amount  of  this  constituent,  whether 
it  be  owing  to  the  fact  of  its  imperfect  development  at  the  time 
the  plant  was  collected,  or  to  chemical  reactions  afterwards 
transpiring,  we  hold  to  be  the  chief  cause  of  the  discrepancy. 


400 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


On  the  other  hand,  be  the  neutral  principle  ever  so  abundant, 
a faulty  method  of  preparation  will  eventuafe  in  disappoint- 
ment to  the  practitioner.  The  influences  of  boiling  and  evapo- 
ration upon  the  neutral  principle  have  already  been  fully  set 
forth.  Hence  it  will  be  seen  that  the  chief  active  principle, 
instead  of  being  volatile,  and  so  dissipated  by  boiling  as  is 
generally  supposed  in  the  preparation  of  decoctions,  syrups, 
etc.,  is,  by  the  process  of  boiling  and  evaporating,  converted 
into  apotheme,  and  so  altered  in  its  constitution  and  therapeu- 
tic properties.  Again,  we  have  the  highest  authority  for 
stating  that  many  varieties  of  the  Sarsaparilla  are  of  no  appre- 
ciable medicinal  value  under  any  circumstances,  and  taking 
into  consideration  the  liability  of  their  being  thrown  into  mar- 
ket, we  have  another  fact  accounting  for  the  sometimes  nega- 
tive value  of  the  drug. 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  the  divided  sentiments  of  the  pro- 
fession relative  to  the  medicinal  value  of  the  Sarsaparilla  had 
each  good  foundation.  That  it  has  proved  of  positive  curative 
value  in  many  cases  and  types  of  disease,  is  not  to  be  disputed ; 
while  it  is  equally  true  that  it  has  proved  inefficient  in  a large 
number  of  instances.  We  are  induced  to  believe  that  the  ex- 
planations we  have  given  in  this  volume  will  reconcile,  in  a 
measure,  the  contrariety  of  sentiment  existing  respecting  the 
medicinal  value  of  the  plant  under  consideration,  as  well  as  of 
many  others.  We  believe  that  the  preparations  of  Sarsaparilla 
here  treated  of  embody  all  of  medicinal  worth  pertaining  to  the 
plant,  and  in  a form  at  once  concentrated,  positive,  and 
uniform  in  therapeutic  character.  So  far  as  we  have 
employed  the  Smilacin,  we  have  every  reason  to  be  satisfied 
with  its  operation.  The  precise  manner  in  which  its  remedial 
influences  are  brought  to  bear  upon  the  system,  is  a question 
difficult  of  solution.  That  it  is  alterative  and  resolvent  in  its 
action  is  manifested  by  the  improvement  following  its  exhibi- 
tion in  those  cases  in  which  we  know  an  alterative  and  resolv- 
ent influence  to  be  indispensable.  It  is  not  an  evacuant,  no 
exaltation  of  the  functions  of  one  organ  over  another  being 
discernable.  It  seems  to  impart  a healthful  stimulus  to  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


401 


entire  glandular  system,  promoting  equally  the  functions  of 
absorption,  secretion,  assimilation  and  depuration.  It  will  at 
once  be  seen,  therefore,  that  it  is  highly  restorative  in  its  pro- 
perties, and  peculiarly  appropriate  in  the  treatment  of  various 
cachexies. 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  for  us  to  specify  the  individual  types 
of  disease  in  which  the  Smilacin  may  be  employed  with  ad- 
vantage, yet  we  will  give  the  results  of  our  observations  in 
a few  cases.  In  scrofula,  attended  with  feeble  digestion  and 
an  anemic  habit,  it  will  be  found  highly  useful.  It  may  be 
given  in  doses  of  from  two  to  five  grains  three  times  a day. 
As  a general  thing,  it  should  be  alternated  with  suitable 
tonics,  as  Fraserin,  Iron,  etc.  When  deemed  advisable,  it 
may  be  combined  with  other  alteratives.  In  cold  and  indo- 
lent conditions  of  the  system  its  operation  may  be  rendered 
more  prompt  by  combining  it  with  Xanthoxylin,  Sanguinarin, 
Macrotin,  or  other  stimulants. 

In  the  treatment  of  scrofula,  the  Smilacin  may  be  depended 
upon  as  an  efficient  auxiliary,  if  not  as  an  exclusive  remedy. 
We  have  lately  prescribed  it  in  a case  of  spinal  curvature  oc- 
curring in  a patient  having  a strumous  diathesis,  and  with  the 
most  beneficial  results.  The  general  health  of  the  patient  has 
been  steadily  improving  since  the  medicine  was  commenced. 
We  have  noted  several  cases  in  which  a gradual  and  steady 
improvement  of  the  constitutional  health  has  followed  the 
exhibition  of  the  Smilacin.  We  value  it  highly  in  the  treat- 
ment of  rachitis  and  other  diseases  of  children  connected  with 
feeble  nutrition.  For  the  purposes  of  an  alterative,  resolvent 
and  detergent,  it  may  be  advantageously  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  skin  diseases,  necrosis,  caries,  and  other  affections 
of  the  bones,  ulcers,  and  for  the  correction  of  all  morbid  ca- 
chexies. In  syphilis,  joined  with  Irisin  or  Phytolacin,  or  Stil- 
lingin,  etc.,  the  practitioner  will  find  ample  opportunity  for  its 
employment.  Predicating  our  opinion  on  the  well  known 
remedial  value  of  the  plant,  when  its  therapeutic  constitution 
has  not  been  impaired  by  age,  method  of  preparation.,  etc.,  to- 
gether with  a limited  experience  in  the  employment  of  the 

26 


402 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


Smilacin,  which  we  believe  to  be  its  concentrated  equivalent, 
we  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend  it  for  all  the  purposes  for 
which  the  plant  has  been  found  useful.  Dose,  TWO  to  five 
grains. 


COS'.  TINC.  SMILAX  SARSAPARILLA. 


9 

Identical  with  the  Smilacin,  and  employed  for  the  same 
purposes.  Average  dose,  fifteen  drops. 


CERASE1N. 


Derived  from  CerasusVirginia/na. 

Nat.  Ord. — Drupacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Icosandria  Di-pentagynia. 

Common  Name. — Choke  Cherry \ 

Part  Used. — The  Bark. 

No.  of  Principles. — five,  viz.,  resinoid , neutral , amygdalin 
phloridzin , and  picrin. 

Properties. — Tonic,  anti-periodic,  diaphoretic,  febrifuge, 
anti- spasmodic and  slightly  astringent. 

Employment. — Intermittent  a/nd  other  fevers,  debility,  in- 
digestion, chorea,  hysteria,  spermatorrhea,  passive  hermor- 
rhages ,-  chronic  cough,  the  convalescing  stages  of  diarrhea, 
dysentery , etc. 


The  Cerasein  is  one  of  the  most  important  and  valuable 
acquisitions  made  to  the  materia  medica  of  late  years.  It  sup- 
plies a necessity  long  felt  by  practitioners  for  a substitute  for 
Quinine  in  certain  conditions  of  the  system  wherein  the  latter 
is  inadmissable.  We  do  not  offer  it  as  a complete  substitute 
for  Quinine,  but  as  its  equivalent  in  a majority  of  cases,  and 


404 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


as  a competent  substitute  when  the  latter  is  contra-indicated. 
In  our  own  practice  we  have  not  prescribed  a particle  of 
Quinine  in  the  past  two  years,  having  relied  upon  the  Cera- 
sein,  in  connection  with  appropriate  auxiliary  remedies,  in  the 
treatment  of  intermittent  forms  of  disease,  and  with  invariable 
success.  Yet  we  do  not  recorDmend  it  as  adapted  to  the  pecu 
liarities  of  periodic  diseases  in  every  section  of  the  country 
well  knowing  that  local  influences  so  modify  the  action  of 
medicines  as  to  frequently  render  them  of  negative  value. 
The  existence  of  these  local  influences,  together  with  the  pecu- 
liarities of  organization,  will  forever  exclude  the  discovery  of 
constitutional  specific  remedies.  Nevertheless,  we  may  ascer- 
tain a remedy  to  be  possessed  of  specific  therapeutic  properties, 
reliable  when  the  conditions  regulating  its  successful  adminis- 
tration are  present. 

Cerasein  is  an  anti-periodic  tonic  of  remarkable  and  extended 
utility.  It  neither  produces  cerebral  excitement  nor  deranges 
the  stomach  or  bowels : but,  on  the  contrary,  is  a nervine  and 
anti-spasmodic,  allaying  irritability  and  quieting  the  action  of 
the  nervous  system,  and  correcting  the  diarrheal  disturbances 
so  characteristic  of  intermittent  fevers.  In  addition,  it  is 
diaphoretic  and  powerfully  febrifuge.  Under  its  influence  the 
skin  becomes  moist,  soft,  and  flexible,  and  the  pulse,  when 
exalted,  is  reduced  in  force  and  frequency,  and  becomes  soft  : 
and  regular.  Upon  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  stomach  : 
and  bowels  it  acts  in  a most  desirable  manner,’  deterging  mor- 
bid exudations,  allaying  irritability,  and  restoring  the  secre- 
ting power.  It  seems  to  operate  remarkably  well  as  an  altera- 
tive, resolvent  and  tonic  upon  the  capillary  system,  hence 
its  utility  in  passive  hemorrhages,  night-sweats  and  other  col- 
liquitive  and  exhausting  discharges. 

We  have  employed  the  Cerasein  with  uniform  success  in  the 
cure  of  ague  and  fever.  The  first  case  in  practice  in  whicji  we 
had  occasion  to  try  it  was  of  the*  double  quotidian  type,  and 
of  eighteen  months  duration.  We  premised  our  treatment 
by  the  exhibition  of  the  following  powder : 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


405 


Podophyllin gr.j. 

Gelsemin gr.  ss. 

Asclepin gr.  ij. 


Mix.  This  powder  was  administered  in  the  evening,  during 
the  febrile  paroxysm,  and  the  use  of  the  Cerasein  was  com- 
menced next  morning  in  doses  »f  about  ten  grains,  repeated 
once  in  three  hours,  and  so  continued  for  forty-eight  hoars, 
then  at  intervals  of  four  hours  for  forty-eight  hours  longer. 
The  dose  was  then  diminished  to  about  FIVE  grains,  at  which 
quantity  it  was  continued  for  a few  days  longer,  and  such  was 
the  success  of  the  treatment  that  not  a single  paroxysm  of  the 
disease  was  experienced  from  the  time  of  taking  the  first  dose, 
and  the  patient  remains  well  at  the  present  time,  some  two 
years  having  elapsed  since  she  came  under  our  professional 
care. 

The  second  case  in  which  we  employed  it  was  of  the 
quotidian  type,  and  most  inveterate  in  its  character.  The 
patient  experienced  severe  pain  in  the  head  upon  the  approach 
of  every  chill,  together  with  irritability  of  the  stomach, 
nausea,  griping  pain  in  the  bowels,  and  a troublesome  diarrhea. 
The  Cerasein  accomplished  a cure  in  three  days.  In  many 
chronic  cases  we  have  employed  the  Cerasein  with  entire  suc- 
cess. We  remember  one  case,  a lady,  who  had  been  afflicted 
with  chills  and  fever  eight  months  out  of  the  twelve,  for  four 
years.  The  Cerasein,  in  connection  with  Podophyllin,  effected 
a permanent  cure.  But  we  need  not  multiply  instances,  to 
prove  its  efficacy.  The  experience  of  many  besides  ourself 
will  confirm  all  that  we  claim  for  it. 

Much  will  depend  upon  the  judicious  employment  of  the 
Cerasein,  as  regards  time,  quantity,  repetition,  continuance, 
and  other  necessary  conditions,  in  order  to  reap  success. ' Our 
conception  of  an  anti-periodic  tonic  remedy  is,  that  it  is  a 
means  calculated  to  maintain  a condition,  and  not  to  make 
it.  In  all  diseases  of  a periodic  type  there  is  a season  of  what 
we  might  term  comparative  health . It  is  this  condition  which 


406 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


we  desire  to  prolong  to  an  indefinite  period,  and  thus  render 
permanent.  We  should  ascertain,  therefore,  whether  the 
existing  condition  be  one  which  it  would  be  desirable  to  con- 
firm, before  we  employ  means  to  render  it  permanent.  We 
are  of  opinion  that  much  mischief  is  done  by  the  ill-timed 
employment  of  remedies. 

If  the  condition  indicating  the  employment  of  anti-periodic 
remedies  does  not  exist,  we  must  use  proper  measures  to  induce 
it.  If  there  be  aberation  of  the  functions  of  the  liver,  skin,  or 
kidneys,  they  must  be  corrected.  Obstructions  and  morbid 
accumulations  must  be  removed,  the  plasticity  of  the  blood 
obviated,  secretion,  absorption  and  depuration  established 
upon  a physiological  basis,  and  a condition  so  brought 
about,  which,  if  then  confirmed,  will  constitute  the  accom- 
plished object  of  sanative  medication.  It  is  true  that  the 
Cerasein  possesses  other  than  anti-periodic  properties,  all  of 
which  are  desirable  in  connection  with  such  a power,  but 
which  will  not  be  sufficient,  in  a majority  of  cases,  to  induce 
the  condition  we  desire  to  render  permanent.  Hence  we  must 
resort  to  other  remedies,  selected  with  a view  of  meeting  the 
existing  necessities.  Thus,  if  there  be  hepatic  derangement, 
we  have  Pedophyllin,  Leptandrin,  Euonymin,  Juglandin,  etc. 
As  resolvents,  we  have  Veratrin,  Sanguinarin,  Asclepin,  etc., 
which  are  also  febrifuge  and  diaphoretic.  Stimulants  we  find 
in  Xanthoxylin,  Macrotin,  Oil  of  Capsicum,  etc.  Grelsemin 
and  Lobelia  will  supply  the  relaxant,  anti-spasmodic,  and  other 
appropriate  powers.  Thus  we  need  be  at  no  loss  for  agencies 
to  bring  about  any  condition  desired. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Cerasein  is  FIVE  grains,  but  may 
be  increased  to  ten,  and  even  fifteen  grains  with  safety  and 
advantage.  The  frequency  of  repetition  must  be  regulated 
according  to  circumstances.  As  a general  thing,  we  find  three 
hours  an  appropriate  interval  in  the  treatment  of  intermittent 
fever.  The  medicine  should  be  continued  for  some  days  after 
the  disease  is  arrested,  in  order  to  give  tone  to  the  system,  and 
so  guard  against  a return.  We  have  employed  the  Cerasem 
successfully  in  the  treatment  of  intermittent  fever  occurring 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


407 


during  pregnancy.  We  deem  it  the  safest  remedy  that  can  be 
exhibited,  having  used  it  in  cases  in  which  the  patients  were 
within  one  month  of  the  period  of  confinement. 

But  it  is  not  alone  in  intermittent  fevers  that  the  Cerasein 
has  proved  of  eminent  utility.  Remittent,  typhoid,  and  other 
fevers  afford  indications  for  its  favorable  employment.  Being 
devoid  of  irritant  properties,  its  employment  is  admissible  in 
many  cases  in  which  other  tonics  are  contra-indicated.  Pos- 
sessing the  additional  properties  of  a diaphoretic,  febrifuge, 
nervine,  anti-spasmodic  and  diuretic,  its  range  of  application 
is  widely  extended.  In  the  convalescing  stages  of  acute 
diseases  we  have  found  it  a remedy  of  great  value.  It  allays 
irritation,  promotes  digestion  and  assimilation,  while  its  dia- 
phoretic, anti-spasmodic  and  diuretic  properties  are  calculated 
to  fulfill  other  existing  indications.  It  is  for  these  reasons 
highly  useful  for  giving  tone  to  the  stomach  and  bowels  fol- 
lowing an  attack  of  diarrhea,  dysentery,  or  cholera  infantum. 
For  the  latter  purpose  it  may  be  advantageously  joined  with 
Fraserin. 

We  have  found  the  Cerasein  useful  in  the  treatment  of 

* 

dyspepsia,  particularly  when  there  is  a tendency  to  acidifica- 
tion of  the  food.  From  five  to  TEN  grains,  administered  in 
a little  water  will  generally  give  prompt  relief  to  that  dis- 
tressing symptom  known  by  the  name  of  heart-burn.  When 
joined  with  Cornin,  or  Juglandin,  it  will  prove  more  effica- 
cious still.  Its  employment  is  admissible  both  in  atonic  and 
sthenic  conditions  of  the  stomach. 

’ We  have  employed  the  Cerasein  with  much  advantage  in 
the  treatment  of  spermatorrhea.  We  use  it  in  connection 
with  Gelsemin.  Our  plan  of  treatment  is  to  exhibit  the  Gelse- 
min  in  proper  doses  and  at  suitable  intervals  until  a remission 
of  the  symptoms  is  induced,  and  then  to  commenee  the  use  of 
the  Cerasein  in  doses  of  TEN  grains  three  tim  es  a day,  exhibit- 
ing a dose  of  Gelsemin  at  bed  time.  When  deemed  expedient, 
the  Gelsemin  and  Cerasein  may  be  combined.  We  sometimes 
combine  the  Cerasein  with  Lupulin  in  this  complaint,  and 
with  good  effect.  Further  remarks  upon  the  treatment  of 


408 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


spermatorrhea  will  be  found  under  the  heads  of  Gelsemin  and 
Lupulin. 

Chronic  coughs  have  been  relieved  and  cured  by  the  use 
of  the  Cerasein.  General  debility,  night  sweats,  and  defec- 
tive circulation,  also  improve  under  the  influence  of  the 
Cerasein. 

Passive  hemorrhages  have  also  been  successfully  treated 
with  this  agent.  When  necessary,  it  may  be  joined  with  more 
powerful  styptics  and  astringents,  as  the  Trilliin,  Lycopin, 
or  Oil  of  Erigeron. 

Cerasein  has  been  found  of  remarkable  efficacy  in  the  treat- 
ment of  herpes,  and  other  forms  of  chronic  febrile  exanthema. 
It  breaks  up  the  tendency  to  periodical  eruptions,  and  effec- 
tually obviates  the  sthenic  diathesis.  Employed  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Oil  of  Populus  externally,  it  will  effectually  cure 
many  cutaneous  affections. 

Cerasein  has  also  been  used  with  advantage  in  chorea,  hys- 
teria, convulsions,  and  other  affections  indicating  the  employ- 
ment of  an  anti-spasmodic  and  anti-periodic  tonic.  The  full 
range  of  employment  of  the  Cerasein  is  not  yet  understood, 
but  we  predict  for  it  a steadily  extending  field  of  utility. 


COLLINSONIN. 


Derived  from  Collinsonia  Canadensis . 

Nat.  Ord. — Laminacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Diandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Ra/rdhack,  Stone  Root , Ox  Balm,  Knot 
Root , Healall,  Rich  Weed,  etc . 

Part  Used. — The  Root . 

No.  of  Principles — two,  viz.,  resin  and  neutral. 

Properties. — Tonic,  astringent,  diaphoretic,  alterative, 
resolvent,  and  diuretic . 

Employment. — Diarrhea,  dysentery,  gout,  gra/vel,  dropsy, 
catarrh  of  the  bladder,  leucorrhea,  hemorrhoids,  colic,  cramps, 
Indigestion , etc . 

Although  the  active  principles  of  this  plant  have  been 
but  recently  introduced  to  the  profession,  they  have  rapidly 
gained  well  merited  favor,  and  the  Collinsonin  is.  entitled  to  a 
prominent  place  in  our  materia  medica. 

Collinsonin  possesses  the  therapeutic  properties  above 
attributed  to  it  in  an  eminent  degree.  It  also  seems  to  be 
entitled  to  the  appellation  of  carminative,  anodyne,  and  anti- 


410 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


spasmodic,  as  it  expels  wind,  relieves  pain,  and  relaxes  spasm. 
The  sanative  influences  of  the  Collinsonin  are  particularly 
directed  to  the  absorbent  system  and  mucous  membranes.  It 
seems  to  possess  efficient  alterative  and  resolvent  properties, 
and  proves  efficacious  in  diseases  of  the  glandular  system. 
In  diseases  of  the  bowels  and  rectum,  it  stands  unrivalled. 
We  have  experienced  its  sanative  influences  in  diarrhea  in  our 
own  person,  and  can  highly  recommend  it  as  a most  desirable 
auxiliary  agent  in  the  treatment  of  all  bowel  disorders.  It 
soothes,  deterges,  heals,  and  gives  tone  to  the  intestinal  mu- 
cous surfaces. 

The  average  dose  of  the  Collinsonin  is  TWO  grains.  In 
diarrhea,  dysentery,  and  cholera  infantum,  this  dose  may  be 
repeated  once  in  two  hours,  except  in  the  latter  complaint,  in 
which  the  dose  must  be  proportioned  to  the  age  of  the  patient. 
The  quantity  may  be  increased  or  diminished,  relatively, 
according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symtoms  in  the  different 
affections.  When  stimulants  are  indicated,  it  may  be  joined 
with  Xanthoxylin,  which  combination  we  have  employed  with 
much  advantage.  When  astringents  are  required,  it  will 
operate  well  in  connection  with  Greranin.  Combined  with 
Dioscorein,  no  better  remedy  can  possibly  be  had  for  the 
relief  of  cramp  in  the  stomach,  flatulent  and  bilious  colics, 
cholera  morbus,  borborygmus,  and  all  spasmodic  affections  of 
the  stomach,  bowels,  and  urinary  apparatus.  For  gravelly 
affections  it  may  be  joined  with  Populin,  Senecin,  etc. 

The  Collinsonin  has  been  found  highly  useful  in  dropsy,  by 
reason  of  its  peculiar  stimulating  influences  upon  the  absorbent 
system.  In  languid  and  atonic  conditions  of  the  system,  it  is 
particularly  beneficial,  arousing  an  action  in  the  venous, 
absorbent  and  lymphatic  vessels,  and  greatly  promoting  renal 
depuration.  At  the  same  time  it  quickens  the  activity  of  the 
cutaneous  functions,  and,  aided  by  warm  diluent  drinks,  pow- 
erfully promotes  diaphoresis.  It  may  be  employed  in  con- 
nection with  Sanguinarin,  Ampelopsin,  Veratrin,  Digitalin, 
ete. 

Collinsonin  will  be  found  valuable  in  the  treatment  of  indi- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  411 

gestion,  particularly  when  of  an  asthenic  character,  with  a 
tendency  to  gastritis. 

Leucorrhea,  catarrh  of  the  bladder,  and  other  critical  and 
excessive  mucous  discharges  may  be  successfully  treated  with 
the  Collinsonin,  in  connection  with  suitable  auxiliary  reme- 
dies. 'In  these  complaints  it  will  be  found  to  answer  an  ad- 
mirable purpose  in  connection  with  Hv drastic. 

But  the  most  remarkabte  influences  of  the  Collinsonin  are 
observable  in  hemorrhoids  and  other  diseases  of  the  rectum. 
The  most  inveterate  and  chronic  cases  are  relieved  and  fre- 
quently cured  by  means  of  this  remedy  alone.  It  should  be 
given  in  large  doses  at  first,  say  FIVE  grains,  and  repeated  every 
two  hours,  in  severe  cases,  until  the  system  is  brought  under 
its  influence  and  the  symptoms  controlled,  and  then  continued 
in  average  doses  three  or  four  times  a day  until  the  disease  is 
eradicated.  We  have  known  it  to  act  promptly  in  suppressing 
hemorrhage  from  the  bowels,  and  in  relieving  those  distressing 
pains  characteristic  of  hemorhoidal  affections.  It  is  a valuable 
constitutional  remedy  in  many  affections,  and  its  persevering 
use  seldom  fails  to  benefit  the  general  health.  It  increases  the 
appetite,  and  promotes  digestion  and  assimilation. 


CON.  TINC.  COLLINSONIA  CANADENSIS. 


Equivalent  in  properties  and  employment  to  the  above. 
Average'  dose,  FIFTEEN  drops,  increased  to  thirty  in  severe 
cases.  We  have  employed  it  in  connection  with  the  saturated 
tincture  of  Xanthoxylum  berries,  in  the  treatment  of  diarrhea, 
and  with  excellent  effect.  Also  for  pain  in  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  etc. 


WINE  TING.  LOBELIA  IN  FLAT  A. 


Derived  from  Lobelia  Inflata . 

Nat.  Ord. — -Lobeliacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Indian  Tobacco , Emetic  Weed,  etc . 

Part  Used. — The  Herb. 

No.  of  Principles. — Two,  viz.,  alkaloid , and  neutral. 

Properties. — Emetic , diaphoretic,  expectorant , nervine , 
anti-spasmodic , diuretic , resolvent , relaxant. 

Employment. — Croup , pneumonia,  bronchitis , hooping 
cough , asthma,  influenza,  catarrh,  hysteria,  chorea,  convul 
sions,  poisoning,  suspended  animation,  tetanus,  false  labor 
pains,  sick- headache,  epilepsy , neuralgia,  febrile  diseases , 
cutaneous  eruptions,  etc . 

This  preparation  of  the  Lobelia  has  long  been  a favorite 
remedy  with  us  in  private  practice,  and  its  introduction  to 
the  profession  has  given  general  satisfaction.  The  plant  yields 
a number  of  proximate  active  principles,  but  its  chief  excel- 
lences reside  in  the  alkaloid  and  neutral  constituents.  These 


414 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


principles  are  soluble  in  water,  possess  the  emetic,  diaphoretic, 
expectorant,  nervine,  anti-spasmodic,  diuretic,  and  relaxant 
properties  of  the  plant  in  an  eminent  degree,  and  operate 
without  the  slightest  irritation.  Besides  the  alkaloid  and 
neutral  principles,  the  Lobelia  yields  a soft  resinoid  or  oleo- 
resinous  principle,  more  valuable  as  an  external  application 
than  for  internal  administration.  This  oleo-resin  is  possessed 
of  powerful  relaxant  properties,  and  is  sometimes  administered 
internally  in  cases  of  spasm,  convulsions,  asthma,  and  when- 
ever such  a property  is  indicated.  It  is  this  active  constituent 
of  the  Lobelia  that  produces  the  “alarming  symptoms”  of 
early  writers,  and  which  has  caused  the  Lobelia  to  be  regarded 
by  many  as  narcotic  and  dangerous.  But  its  chief  utility  is 
confined  to  its  external  employment.  Dissolved  in  alcohol,  it 
is  applied  to  contracted  joints,  to  the  throat  in  spasm  of  the 
glottis,  and  whenever  a powerful  relaxant  application  is  needed. 
In  the  preparation  of  the  Wine  Tine,  this  principle  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  alkaloid  and  neutral,  and  the  latter  are  .then 
redissolved  in  malaga  wine.  The  seeds  yield  a fiixed  oil, 
which  will  be  treated  of  under  the  proper  head. 

The  Wine  Tine,  is  employed  for  all  the  purposes  of  an 
emetic.  The  dose  will  vary  from  two  drachms  to  two 
OUNCES,  and  even  more  in  particular  cases.  W e have  had  a 
clinical  experience  of  fifteen  years  in  the  use  of  Lobelia  in 
substance,  infusion,  alcoholic  and  acetic  tincture,  etc.,  but  we 
give  preference  to  the  Wine  Tine,  over  all  other  preparations. 
It  is  the  safest  and  most  reliable  emetic,  under  all  circum- 
stances, that  can  possibly  be  exhibited.  We  are  governed  in 
its  exhibition,  not  by  the  quantity  administered,  but  by  the 
effects  produced.  The  secret  of  success  is,  to  give  enough. 
It  is  not  uncommon  for  us  to  administer  from  FOUR  to  SIX 
* ounces  of  the  Wine  Tine,  at  one  time,  in  the  treatment  of  con- 
vulsions, tetanus,  etc.  When  the  tincture  cannot  be  given  by 
way  of  the  mouth,  in  consequence  of  the  patient’s  inability  to 
swallow,  the  quantity  intended  to  be  exhibited  should  be 
doubled  and  administered  by  enema.  Emesis  can  as  readily 
be  produced  With  the  Lobelia  employed  in  this  manner  as  if 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


415 


it  were  taken  in  the  stomach.  It  should  be  diluted  with  a 
proper  quantity  of  warm  water,  and,  in  some  instances,  a 
stimulant  joined  with  it,  as  the  Myricin,  Oil  of  Xanthoxylum, 
Capsicum,  etc.  In  cases  of  suspended  animation  by  drown- 
ing, hanging,  etc.,  this  is  the  only  way  in  which  the  medicine 
can  be  brought  to  bear.  The  following  formula  may  be  ob- 
served in  the  above  cases,  as  well  as  in  cases  of  poisoning, 
asphyxia,  etc.: 

Wine  Tine.  Lobelia 5 VI.  vel.  X. 

Oil  of  Capsicum gtt.  X.  vel.  XX. 

Mix  and  administer  at  once  with  a suitable  sized  syringe. 
It  would,  perhaps,  be  better  to  dissolve  the  Oil  of  Capsicum 
in  a little  alcohol  before  adding  it  to  the  tincture  of  Lobelia. 
From  one  to  TWO  drachms  of  the  tincture  of  the  Oil  of  Cap- 
sicum may  be  employed,  as  given  under  that  head.  Or,  when 
neither  are  at  hand,  one  drachm  of  powdered  Capsicum  may 
be  used  instead.  This  injection  should  be  repeated  at  suitable 
intervals  until  relief  is  afforded,  or  until  no  chance  for  resusci- 
tation remains.  We  have  known  the  most  desperate  cases  of 
suspended  animation  by  drowning  to  be  restored  by  this 
treatment  when  all  other  means  had  failed. 

In  cases  of  poisoning,  particularly  when  ignorant  of  the 
character  of  the  substance  swallowed,  emetics  should  never  be 
administered  by  way  of  the  mouth,  but  by  injection.  By 
neglect  of  this  precaution  it  frequently  happens  that  the  emetic 
is  neutralised  and  does  not  operate,  either  in  consequence  of 
chemical  reactions,  or  from  paralysis  of  the  nerves  of  the 
stomach.  There  is,  also,  a liability  to  the  formation  of  dan  - 
gerous compounds  by  the  mutual  reactions  which  take  place 
between  the  substances  introduced  and  the  substances  already 
there.  These  remarks  apply  when  the  character  of  the  poison 
swallowed  is  not  known.  One  very  essential  condition  to  be 
observed  in  connection  with  the  employment  of  the  Wine 
Tine,  of  Lobelia  as  an  emetic,  'either  per  os  or  per  anum,  is, 
that  undue  acidity  ot  the  stomach  and  bowels  be  neutralised, 
either  by  the  previous  administration  of  an  alkalie,  or  by 


416 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


combining  it  with  the  Lobelia  when  exhibited.  It  frequently 
happens,  when  this  precaution  is  neglected,  that  the  emetic 
influences  of  the  Lobelia  are  suspended,  and  the  medicine 
passes  off  by  perspiration,  stool,  and  urine.  Acids  effect  a 
destructive  decomposition  of  the  neutral  principle,  and  hold 
the  alkaloid  in  solution,  thus  suppressing  its  action.  Tannic 
acid  is  incompatible  with  the  alkaloid  principle,  forming  with 
it  an  insoluble  compound,  and  thus  rendering  it  inert.  When 
soda  or  other  carbonic  alkalies  are  administered  for  the  pur- 
pose of  neutralising  acidity,  severe  pain  will  be  experienced  in 
the  region  of  the  stomach,  accompanied  with  a death-like 
nausea.  This  is  occasioned,  probably,  by  the  sudden  disen- 
gagement of  the  carbonic  acid  of  the  alkalie,  the  base  com- 
bining with  the  lactic  or  other  acids  present.  It  does  not 
occur,  however,  in  every  instance,  and  is  relieved  as  soon  as 
vomiting  takes  place.  When  this  phenomenon  is  properly 
understood,  it  prevents  unnecessary  alarm  on  the  part  of  the 
patient.  If  the  precautions  here  noted  in  regard  to  neutralis- 
ing acidity  be  neglected,  the  Lobelia  will  be  very  tardy  in 
manifesting  its  emetic  influences,  and,  in  many  instances, 
will  not  operate  at  all. 

As  a remedy  in  the  treatment  of  mucous  and  spasmodic 
croup,  the  Wine  Tine,  of  Lobelia  is  superior  to  any  other 
single  agent.  Its  purely  innoxious  character  renders  it  a safe 
and  reliable  remedy  for  patients  of  all  ages,  from  the  infant  to 
the  septagenarian.  In  the  management  of  this,  disease  the 
Lobelia  must  be  administered  promptly  and  in  full  doses,  and 
repeated  at  intervals  of  from  ten  to  thirty  minutes  until  free 
vomiting  ensues.  It  is  necessary  to  induce  complete  relaxa- 
tion of  the  system  by  means  of  full  emetic  doses,  and  after- 
wards to  maintain  it  with  smaller  doses  repeated  at  suitable 
intervals.  When  inconvenient  or  difficult  to  administer  it  by 
the  mouth,  as  in  the  case  of  infants  and  children,  it  should  be 
given  by  injection.  The  same  directions  will  apply  in  cases 
of  pneumonia,  asthma,  convulsions,  hysteria,  tetanus,  etc.  In 
croup  the  Lobelia  is  sometimes  joined  with  Sanguinarin,  and 
with  advantage.  In  other  cases  with  Eupatorin  Perfo.  We 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


417 


have  seen  the  Lobelia  employed  to  a considerable  extent  in 
the  treatment  of  pneumonia,  and  with  the  happiest  results. 
We  remember  the  case  of  our  little  sister,  who,  at  two  years 
of  age,  was  attacked  with  this  complaint,  and  to  whom  six 
Lobelia  emetics  were  administered  daily  for  several  consecutive 
days,  and  we  believe  them  to  have  been  the  means  of  saving 
her  life.  Lobelia  not  only  unloads  the  lungs  of  the  accumu- 
lated secretions,  but  it  also  resolves  the  plasticity  of  the  blood, 
relaxes  spasm,  promotes  diaphoresis,  and  changes  the  entire 
diathesis  of  the  system.  In  all  febrile  disorders  manifesting  a 
determination  to  the  brain,  or  a tendency  to  congestion,  we 
have,  in  the  Lobelia,  one  of  the  most  reliable  derivative  reme- 
dies yet  discovered.  Here  its  powers  of  relaxing  constric- 
tion, equalising  the  circulation,  promoting  absorption,  secre- 
tion and  exhalation  are  particularly  called  for,  and  wi^l  seldom 
disappoint  the  practitioner.  The  necessities  of  particular  cases 
will  best  indicate  the  manner  of  employing  the  Lobelia.  If  it 
be  desirable  to  produce  sudden  revulsion,  as  in  severe  and 
sudden  congestions,  it  should  be  exhibited  in  full  emetic  doses, 
say  from  ONE  to  THREE  ounces.  In  other  instances,  broken 
doses  frequently  repeated  will  subserve  a better  purpose.  The 
latter  plan  of  administration  should  be  adopted  in  the  treat- 
ment of  low  delirium,'  tonic  spasm,  and  febrile  disorders  gene- 
rally. In  confirmed  and  lingering  cases  of  typhoid  fevers  this 
course  will  be  found  of  much  service.  A case  occurred  in 
our  practice  in  the  fall  of  1846,  when  typhoid  fever  was  pre- 
valent, in  which  we  administered  one  drachm  of  the  infusion 
of  the  Lobelia  herb  every  hour  in  the  twenty-four  for  eight 
days  consecutively,  and  we  believe  it  to  have  been  the  means 
of  effecting  a cure.  The  patient  had  a rapid  convalescence, 
and  “ still  lives.”  The  fever  had  been  running  eleven  days 
before  we  were  called. 

One  noticeable  feature  in  connection  with  the  operation  of 
Lobelia,  as  an  emetic,  is  this,  it  does  not  derange  the  functions 
of  digestion.  In  the  treatment  of  chronic  diseases,  the  patient, 
after  having  been  subjected  to  the  operation  of  a Lobelia 
emetic,  is  enabled,  in  thirty  or  sixty  minutes  thereafter,  to  eat 

27 


418 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


his  dinner,  and  not  only  eat  but  digest  it.  In  the  treatment 
of  indigestion,  the  exhibition  of  a Lobelia  emetic  has  frequently 
enabled  the  patient  to  eat  and  digest  a substantial  meal, 
whereas  he  had  not  been  able  to  either  receive  or  retain  food 
upon  the  stomach  for  a considerable  time.  Its  sanative  in- 
fluences, in  many  instances,  seem  to  be  almost  electrical.  We 
would  mention,  in  connection  with  this  idea,  that,  while  under 
the  influence  of  a Lobelia  emetic,  the  patient  frequently  expe- 
riences a sensation  as  if  a strong  galvanic  current  was  passing 
through  the  system,  or  rather  the  stomach  seems  to  be  the 
centre  from  which  radiate  numerous  currents,  passing  along 
the  limbs  and  to  the  periphery  of  the  entire  nervous  system. 
These  sensations  resemble  a series  of  rapid  galvanic  shocks, 
accompanied  with  a feeling  of  numbness,  and  pass  off  with 
the  operation  of  the  medicine. 

In  the  treatment  of  chorea  we  give  an  emetic  of  the  Wine 
Tine,  of  Lobelia  every  other  day,  or  every  day  in  severe  cases, 
and  alternate  with  Cerasein,  Hydrastin,  Cornin,  Capsicum, 
Scutellarin,  Grelsemin,  and  other  tonics  and  anti-spasmodics. 

In  spasmodic  asthma  we  administer  the  tincture  in  quanti- 
ties sufficient  to  relieve  the  immediate  symptoms,  and  then 
continue  the  same  in  suitable  doses,  and  at  proper  intervals, 
in  connection  with  appropriate  auxiliary  remedies,  until  a cure 
is  effected.  We  observe  the  same  method  in  the  treatment  of 
influenza,  hooping  cough,  and  other  affections  of  the  respira- 
tory organs.  Ordinary  catarrh  or  cold  in  the  head  may  be 
relieved  by  taking  from  FIVE  to  TEN  drops  of  the  undiluted 
tincture  at  a time,  and  repeating  as  occasion  requires.  The 
benefit  derived  is  more  in  consequence  of  the  stimulating  effect 
of  the  Lobelia  upon  the  glands  of  the  throat,  than  from  its 
passing  into  the  stomach.  F;r  ffie  colds,  coughs,  and  snuffles” 
of  children,  we  mix  the  tincture  with  molasses  or  sugar-house 


syrup. 

5 

Wine  Tine.  Lobelia 3 i. 

Sugar-house  Syrup § iss. 


Mix.  Dose,  from  one  half  to  one  teaspoonful  every  hour  or 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


419 


two.  This  will  be  found  excellent  for  ordinary  coughs  and 
colds.  Of  course,  the  dose  must  be  varied  to  suit  the  occa- 
sion. As  an  expectorant,  the  Lobelia  has  few  equals,  and  no 
superior.  It  is  of  much  utility  in  pleuritis,  overcoming  the 
viscidity  of  the  pulmonary  secretions  and  favoring  expectora- 
tion. 

The  Wine  Tine,  of  Lobelia  is  a remedy  of  great  value  in  the 
treatment  of  disorders  of  the  female  system.  We  have  already 
spoken  of  its  remarkable  efficacy,  in  connection  with  Myricin, 
in  relieving  spasmodic  and  false  labor  pains.  The  reader  is 
respectfully  referred  to  the  article  on  Myricin  for  a description 
of  the  method  of  employing  it,  and  thus  save  us  the  necessity 
of  repetition.  Equally  efficient  will  the  Lobelia  be  found  for 
controlling  undilated  and  undilatable  os  uteri,  puerperal  con- 
vulsions, puerperal  fever,  retention  of  the  placenta,  etc.  Our 
method  of  employing  it  in  the  latter  instance  is  by  injection 


per  anum. 

Wine  Tine.  Lobelia 5SS> 

Cypripedin grs.  X. 

Warm  Water § IY. 


Mix.  Administer  blood  warm,  and  repeat  once  in  thirty 
minutes,  if  found  necessary.  The  efficacy  of  this  remedy  in 
promoting  the  expulsion  of  retained  placenta  needs  to  be  wit- 
nessed in  order  to  be  fully  appreciated.  The  same  injection 
wrill  be  found  of  great  service  for  the  relief  of  pains  attendant 
upon  the  passage  of  calculi  through  the  ureters,  and  for  sup- 
pression and  retention  of  the  urine.  In  the  latter  affections 
its  efficacy  will  be  materially  enhanced  by  the  addition  of  from 
ten  to  fifteen  grains  of  Myricin  to  each  enema. 

An  occasional  emetic  of  the  Wine  Tine,  of  Lobelia  is  fre- 
quently of  great  service  in  the  treatment  of  diarrhea  and  other 
intestinal  disorders.  In  cholera  morbus,  when  the  stomach 
is  loaded  with  acrid  ingesta,  it  should  not  be  omitted.  It  has 
been  employed  in  asiatic  cholera,  in  the  same  conditions,  with 
most  excellent  effect.  Prolonged  nausea  and  vomiting  de- 
pending upon  spasm  of  the  stomach  are  effectually  relieved 


420  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

with  broken  doses  of  the  tincture.  In  ordinary  cases  the 
tincture  may  be  reduced  with  water  when  used  as  an  emetic, 
but  in  urgent  cases,  and  where  smallness  of  dose  is  an 
object,  we  administer  it  without  admixture.  In  croup  and 
convulsions  of  children  it  is  better  administered  undiluted. 

For  relieving  the  ill  effects  of  drinking  too  freely  of  cold 
water  while  heated,  there  is  no  better  remedy  than  the  Wine 
Tine,  of  Lobelia.  It  should  be  given  in  large  and  repeated 
doses,  and  continued  until  complete  reaction  is  established 
and  the  circulation  equalised.  In  some  cases  it  may  be  ad- 
visable to  combine  a stimulant  with  the  Lobelia,  for  which 
purpose  we  prefer  the  Capsicum  or  its  preparations  to  anything 
else. 

A Lobelia  emetic  will  give  speedy  relief  in  cases  of  sick- 
headache,  and,  where  they  are  chronic,  its  occasional  repeti- 
tion will  frequently  break  up  the  constitutional  diathesis. 
Neuralgia  is  often  relieved  by  the  same  means. 

For  relaxing  constriction  and  favoring  the  development  of 
the  eruption  in  exanthematous  fevers,  we  have,  in  the  Lobelia, 
a most  excellent  remedy  The  doses  and  repetitions  must  be 
governed  by  .the  necessities  of  the  case. 

Externally,  the  tincture  is  applied  in  cases  of  erysipelas, 
various  eruptions,  and,  diluted  with  water,  is  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  purulent,  strumous,  and  other  forms  of  opthal- 
mia.  Also  to  the  throat  and  chest  in  croup,  asthma,  etc. 

Finally,  the  Wine  Tine,  of  Lobelia  may  be  employed  with 
advantage  in  all  spasmodic  affections,  and  whenever  an  emetic, 
nauseant,  diaphoretic,  anti-spasmodic,  expectorant,  or  relaxant 
is  indicated.  It  is  neither  narcotic  nor  dangerous,  and  may 
be  employed  with  perfect  safety  for  fulfilling  any  of  the  indi- 
cations embraced  within  its  range  of  therapeutic  properties. 
Experience  in  its  employment  will  confirm  the  confidence  of 
every  practitioner  in  its  utility,  and  he  will  learn  to  look  upon 
it  as  an  indispensable  agent  of  the  materia  medica.  We  are 
far  from  deeming  it  a specific,  yet  we  hold  it  capable  of  ful- 
filling specific  indications  with  far  more  certainty  and  safety 
than  any  other  remedy,  and  one  for  which  there  is  no  substi 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  421 

tute.  We  should  feel  lost  without  it,  and  are  confident  that 
such  would  be  the  expression  of  all  who  become  acquainted 
with  its  true  value. 


OIL  OF  LOBELIA 


Derived  from  the  seeds  of  the  Lobelia  Inflata. 

The  oil  of  Lobelia  is  chiefly  valued  as  an  expectorant,  anti- 
spasmodic  and  relaxant.  Although  sometimes  used  for  the 
purposes  of  an  emetic,  it  does  not  operate  so  kindly  as  the 
preparation  first  treated  of.  Internally,  it  is  employed  with 
much  benefit  in  the  treatment  of  asthma  and  other  affections 
of  the  respiratory  organs.  The  medium  dose  of  the  oil  is  one 
drop,  repeated  three  or  four  times  daily.  It  may  be  adminis- 
tered on  sugar,  or  suspended  in  mucilage.  It  will  be  found 
a valuable  expectorant  and  relaxant,  and  may  be  employed 
with  advantage  in  all  spasmodic  affections.  It  may  be  com- 
bined with  other  agents  at  the  pleasure  of  the  practitioner. 

But  it  is  in  combination  with  the  Oil  of  Capsicum  that  we 
make*  most  use  of  this  agent.  Our  formula  is  as  follows : 


9. 

Oil  of  Lobelia 

Oil  of  Capsicum aa.  3 i, 

Alcohol,  95  per  cent„ § ii. 


Dissolve  the  oils  in  the  alcohol  and  it  is  ready  for  use.  The 
dose  of  this  preparation  is  from  fifteen  to  sixty  dops.  We 
employ  it  in  apoplexy,  asphyxia,  convulsions,  suspended  ani- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER.  423 

mation,  asiatic  cholera,  tetanus,  and  all  violent  spasmodic 
disorders.  No  physician  should  be  without  this  remedy  at 
hand.  In  cases  of  fainting,  falls,  concussions,  drinking  too 
freely  of  iced-water,  violent  spasmodic  pains  in  the  stomach 
and  bowels,  and  whenever  it  is  necessary  to  relax  spasm, 
equalise  the  circulation,  and  so  bring  about  a re-action,  this 
remedy  is  unequalled.  When  it  cannot  be  swallowed,  the 
quantity  may  be  doubled  and  administered  by  enema  In 
tetanus,  when  the  jaws  are  set  together,  also  in  hysteria.,  and 
other  convulsions,  a quantity  of  this  preparation  poured  be- 
tween the  teeth,  will,  as  soon  as  it  reaches  and  has  time  to  act 
upon  the  muscles  of  the  throat,  relax  the  spasm  and  enable  the 
patient  to  open  his  mouth  and  swallow.  At  the  same  time 
the  throat  may  be  bathed  externally  with  the  same.  Neural- 
gic and  rheumatic  pains,  toothache,  etc.,  are  relieved  by 
bathing  with  this  preparation.  When  the  tooth  is  decayed 
and  the  nerve  exposed,  it  may  be  applied  on  cotton.  We 
have  treated  many  cases  of  apoplexy  with  this  medicine,  and, 
in  connection  with  hot  mustard  foot  baths  and  the  application 
of  cold  to  the  head,  with  invariable  success. 

The  oil  applied  to  the  throat  externally  has  given  prompt 
relief  in  spasm  of  the  glottis,  croup,  etc.,  and  applied  to  the 
chest  relieves  dyspnea.  It  enters  into  the  Comp.  Stillingia 
Liniment,  for  the  formula  of  which  see  Oil  of  Stillingia.  In 
applying  the  oil  to  infants  and  children,  externally,  care  must 
be  taken  not  to  apply  it  too  freely,  as  more  relaxation  may  be 
produced  than  is  desirable,  together  with  nausea  and  vomit- 
ing 

In  spasmodic  croup,  the  oil  may  be  given  in  doses  of  one 
drop,  and  repeated  once  in  thirty  minutes  until  relief  is 
afforded.  But  we  prefer  the  Wine  Tine,  in  the  treatment  of 
the  disorders  of  infants  and  children. 


CON.  COMP.  STILLINGIA  ALTERATIVE. 


FORMULA. 

Rad.  Stillingia  Sylvatica. 

11  Corydalis  Formosa . 

“ Phytolacca  Decandria, 

“ Iris  Versicolor. 

Cort.  Xanthoxylum  Fraxineum. 

Fol.  Chimaphila  Umbellata . 

Sem.  Cardwnomum. 

We  quote  from  the  manual  of  Messrs  B.  Keith  & Co.,  the 
following  extracts  explanatory  of  the  character  and  peculiari- 
ties of  this  preparation : 

“ Complaints  haying  reached  us  that  the  above  syrup,  (Syr. 
Stillingia  Comp.)  as  put  up  by  manufacturing  druggists,  had 
failed  in  numerous  instances  of  exercising  its  accustomed 
remedial  influences,  we  directed  our  attention  to  the  discovery 
of  the  cause,  and  the  remedy.  The  former  we  found  to  de- 
pend upon  the  fact  that,  in  its  preparation,  the  starch,  grape- 
sugar,  and  the  other  non-medicinal  elements  were  retained, 
and  in  consequence  of  there  not  being  alcohol  enough  present 
to  resist  a tendency  to  fermentation,  a destructive  chemical 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


425 


decomposition  ensued,  whereby  the  therapeutic  elements  were 
destroyed.  Syrups  long  made  up,  undergo  a progressive  dis- 
integration of  their  therapeutic  constituents,  and  thus  become 
unreliable  and  unfit  for  use.” 

“ Another  pertinent  reason  is  found  in  the  fact  which  we 
have  heretofore  advanced,  that  is,  the  uncertain  amount  of 
active  principles  any  given  number  of  pounds  of  a crude  ar- 
ticle will  yield.  Hence,  so  long  as  organic  pharmaceutic  com- 
pounds are  regulated  by  the  weight  of  the  crude  substances  of 
which  they  are  composed,  instead  of  the  actual  amount  of 
active  principles  present,  there  can  be  nothing  but  uncertainty 
in  regard  to  their  medicinal  strength.” 

“ Having  ascertained,  by  repeated  analyses,  the  utmost  yield 
of  the  above  articles,  when  dictated  by  weight,  we  are  no 
longer  governed  by  a stipulated  number  of  pounds,  but  by  the 
actual  product  of  active  principles.  Our  estimate  is  based  . 
upon  therapeutic  and  not  upon  physical  considerations.  In 
this  way  we  secure  an  uniformity  in  no  other  way  attainable, 
and  avoid  the  discrepancy  in  remedial  value  which  renders 
ordinary  syrups  unreliable.” 

“ One  ounce  of  our  preparation  is  equivaelent  to  32  ounces 
of  the  Comp.  Syrup  of  Stillingia  as  prepared  by  other  drug- 
gists, when  of  maximum  strength.” 

‘ The  dose  of  the  latter  is  from  one  fluid-drachm  to  one  fluid- 
ounce.’  ” 

‘ The  dose  of  our  preparation  is  from  two  to  five  drops.’ 

“ Any  practitioner  so  inclined,  may  prepare  one  quart  of 
Comp.  Stillingia  Syrup  in  a few  minutes,  by  adding  an  ounce 
of  our  Con.  Comp.  Stillingia  Alterative  to  thirty-one  ounces  of 
simple  syrup,  and  flavoring  as  preferred.  We  warrant  our 
preparation  against  change  in  any  climate,  and  for  an  unlimited 
period  of  time.” 

“ Thus  are  portability,  uniformity  of  strength,  convenience 
of  administration,  and  protection  against  inertness  secured.” 
The  reader  may  learn,  by  referring  to  their  respective  heads, 
the  properties  of  the  various  ingredients  composing  this  prepa- 
ration, and  thus  form  some  conception  of  its  range  of  applica 


426 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


tion.  Although  opposed  to  such  complexity  of  combination, 
we  must  acknowledge  that  our  experience  in  the  employment 
of  the  Con.  Comp.  Stillingia  Alterative  has  been  of  the  most 
gratifying  character.  With  it  we  have  treated  scrofula, 
syphilis,  cutaneous  eruptions,  hepatic  disorders,  rheumatism, 
mercurial  affections,  leucorrhea,  gonorrhea,  glandular  enlarge- 
ments, and  almost  every  form  of  disease  requiring  the  em- 
ployment of  an  alterative,  resolvent,  and  tonic  remedy.  As  a 
constitutional  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  contagious,  purulent, 
and  strumous  opthalmia,  when  not  complicated,  it  is  remark- 
ably efficient,  and  seldom  will  any  other  remedy  be  needed. 

Although  the  dose  of  this  preparation  averages  from  two 
to  five  drops,  we  frequently  increase  it  gradually  to  ten, 
finding  cases  and  conditions  requiring  more  than  the  average 
dose  to  produce  the  desired  effect.  We  find  that  it  operates 
much  better  by  exhibiting  it  two  hours  after  eating,  than  when 
given  shortly  before  meals.  In  the  latter  instance  it  interferes 
with  the  appetite,  and  when  food  is  taken  nausea  is  produced, 
as  is  also  the  case  when  the  dose  is  too  large.  The  best  way 
of  administering  it  is  to  drop  it  into  a little  cold  water.  It  is 
easily  made  into  syrup,  as  above  stated. 


STRYCHNIN 


Derived  from  Strychnos  Nux  Vomica. 

Nat.  Ord. — Apocynacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Pentandria  Monogynia. 

Common  Name. — Nux  Vomica . 

Part  Used. — The  Seeds . 

No.  of  Principles. — three , viz.,  two  alkaloids , (strychinia 
and  brucia ,)  and  a neutral  principle. 

We  have  never  employed # the  Strychnin  in  practice  our- 
selves, but  the  concurrent  testimony  of  those  who  have  tested 
it  clearly  defines  it  to  be  equivalent  to  the  Nux  Yomica  in 
therapeutic  properties,  and  infinitely  preferable  to  the  extracts 
and  other  preparations  of  that  remedy,  as  it  is  of  definite,  re- 
liable, uniform,  and  unchanging  medicinal  strength.  It  is 
employed  for  all  the  purposes  for  which  the  seeds  have  been 
found  beneficial,  for  a history  of  which  the  reader  is  respect- 
fully referred  to  the  U.  S.  Dispensatory,  and  other  standard 
works  on  materia  medica.  It  has  been  manufactured  by 
request,  and  has  given  satisfaction  to  those  for  whose  use  it 
was  prepared.  It  is  one  third  LESS  in  remedial  strength 
than  the  Strychnine  of  commerce.  Thus,  if  the  dose  of  the 


428 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


Stry chine  be  from  one  sixteenth  to  one  twelfth  of  one 
grain,  the  dose  of  the  Strychnin  will  be  from  ONE  twelfth  to 
ONE  eighth  of  one  grain,  or  thirty-three  and  one-third  per 
cent.  more. 

It  is  a medicine  of  great  power,  and  will  not  bear  to  be  in- 
cautiously trifled  with. 


CON.  TINC.  STRYCHNOS  NUX  VOMICA. 


This  preparation  is  equivalent  to  the  Strychnin  above  de- 
scribed. The  dose  is  from  one  fourth  of  one  drop  to  one 
drop.  It  is  simply  a solution  of  the  active  principles  com- 
posing the  Strychnin.  For  a history  of  its  properties  and 
uses,  the  reader  may  consult  standard  authorities  upon  materia 
medica. 


CON.  TINC.  CANNABIS  IND1CA, 


Derived  from  Cannabis  Indica. 

Nat.  Ord. — Canabinnaceae. 

Sex.  Syst. — Dioecia  Pentandria. 

Common  Name. — Indian  Hemp . 

Part  Used. — The  Herb. 

No.  of  Principles— two,  viz.,  resinoid , and  neutral . 
Properties. — Narcotic , anodyne , anti-spasmodic , etc. 
Employment. — Nervous  diseases  generally . 


W E are  not  enabled  to  record  our  personal  experience  of  the 
utility  of  the  Cannabis  Indica,  never  having  employed  it  in 
practice.  According  to  the  U.  S.  Dispensatory  “it  is  recom- 
mended in  neuralgia,  gout,  rheumatism,  tetanus,  hydrophobia, 
epidemic  cholera,  convulsions,  chorea,  hysteria,  mental  depres- 
sion, insanity  and  uterine  hemorrhage.”  Of  the  modus  operandi 
of  this  remedy  we  have  been  enabled  to  learn  but  little.  So 
far  as  we  can  ascertain,  it  is  of  doubtful  and  uncertain  effect, 
its  administration  being  attended  with  great  disparity  of  action. 
The  Dispensatory  further  tells  us,  “in  morbid  conditions  ot 
the  system,  it  has  been  found  to  produce  sleep,  to  allay  spasm, 
to  compose  nervous  inquietude,  and  to  relieve  pain  ” These, 


430 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


we  apprehend,  are  the  accidental  deductions  made  from  the 
joint  experiments  and  opinions  of  various  practitioners. 
Further  than  this,  nothing  entitled  to  our  credence  has  been 
adduced.  For  our  own  part,  we  do  not  look  upon  the  Cannabis 
Indica  as  a desirable  acquisition  to  our  materia  medica,  much 
less  an  indispensible  one,  as  we  know  of  no  indications  it  is 
capable  of  fulfilling  that  cannot  be  met  with  other  medicines, 
and  with  far  more  precision,  certainty,  and  uniformity  of 
action. 

We  are  of  opinion  that  medicinal  plants  grown  in  remote 
sections  of  the  earth,  and  known  to  produce  certain  specific 
physiological  influences  upon  the  natives  of  that  locality, 
should  not  be  looked  upon  as  being  capable  of  inducing  the 
same  train  of  results  when  transferred  in  their  application  to 
the  people  of  another  clime.  Differences  of  organization,  tem- 
perament, habits,  occupation,  diet,  climate,  and  other  in- 
fluences all  tend  to  modify  the  impressibility  of  the  nervous 
system,  and  correspondingly  will  the  means  of  therapeutic  im- 
pression vary  in  their  operation  upon  the  living  forces.  We 
hold  that  the  experiments  of  Dr.  O’Shaughnessy  in  India  can- 
not be  accepted  as  a criterion  in  estimating  the  remedial  value 
of  the  Hemp  in  this  country.  In  a volume  entitled  “Headland 
on  the  action  of  medicine,”  the  reader  may  find  recorded  some 
interesting  information  in  regard  to  the  diversity  of  therapeutic 
. action.  In  speaking  of  opium,  he  tells  us,  “ in  the  Caucasian 
race  it  generally  produces  somnolency ; in  the  Chinese,  intoxi- 
cation ; in  the  Javenese,  and  Malays,  it  will  cause  a raving 
delirium.”  And  from  some  notes  of  an  intelligent  reader  and 
writer  we  take  the  following: — “ Do  not  ardent  spirits  act  in 
the  same  mysterious  way  upon  the  different  races  ? It  is  sel- 
dom that  an  Indian  becomes  “jolly” — he  is,  as  a rule,  sullen, 
morose,  and  savage.  The  Negro  is  sleepy.  The  Malay  is  a 
raving,  blood-thirsty  maniac.”  These  facts  w<juld  seem  to 
support  the  conclusions  we  hav?  come  to  in  the  preceding 
paragraphs.  When  uniformity  of  organization  and  tempera- 
ment shall  become  a national  characteristic,  then  may  we  ex- 
pect to  find  the  people  of  that  nation  similarly  exercised  by  the 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


431 


‘\ybibition  of  a given  therapeutic  agent.  True,  nations  as  well 
as  individuals  have  their  distinguishing  characteristics,  hut 
each  are  subjected  to  a variety  and  diversity  of  modifying  in- 
fluences. In  the  one  instance  the  phenomena  produced  are 
national ; in  the  other,  individual.  As  we  see  individuals 
among  people  of  the  same  race  variously  impressed  by  alcohol 
and  other  narcotics,  so  may  we  behold  it  of  nations.  In  an 
individual  case  opium  soothes  and  depresses ; in  the  other  it 
excites  and  exhilerates;  in  a majority  ot  instances  it  consti- 
Dates  the  bowels,  while  we  have  known  individuals  to  employ 
it  for  the  purposes  of  a cathartic,  being  freely  purged  by 
even  a small  quantity. 

We  have  adduced  the  fact,  in  the  first  chapter  of  this  work, 
that  the  Cannabis  Indica  grown  upon  the  hills  of  India  is  en. 
tirely  different  from  that  grown  in  the  valleys,  an  additional 
evidence  of  the  uncertainty  of  the  plant  as  a reliable  remedial 
agent.  But  it  is  not  improbable  that  time  and  further  experi- 
ment may  enable  us  to  overcome  these  objections,  and  to  give, 
m future  editions  of  this  work,  a fuller  and  more  reliable  his- 
tory of  the  remedial  value  of  this  plant.  The  average  dose 
of  the  tincture  is  five  drops. 


We  now  conclude  our  history  of  the  therapeutic  properties 
of  concentrated  medicines  proper,  hoping,  in  future  editions, 
to  enlarge  the  list  by  making  such  additions  as  the  necessities 
of  the  profession  demand.  The  Erythroxylin,  from  the 
Erythroxylum  Coca,  and  the  Daturin  from  the  Datura  Stram- 
monium,  are  now  under  consideration,  and  as  soon  as  they 


432 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


shall  have  been  thoroughly  tested  in  clinical  practice,  the 
history  of  their  therapeutic  properties  and  range  of  employ- 
ment will  be  laid  before  the  profession.  The  Con.  Tine.  Gos- 
sypium  Herbaceum  is  likewise  being  put  to  practical  tesxs,  but 
so  far  the  results  secured  have  not  been  sufficiently  definite  to 
enable  us  to  recommend  it  to  the  confidence  of  the  profession. 

We  are  conscious  that  we  have  not  embraced  the  entire 
range  of  application  of  the  various  remedies  described  in  this 
work,  yet  we  have  endeavored  faithfully  to  portray  their 
therapeutic  action.  Since  penning  the  article  on  Gelscmin, 
we  have  employed  that  agent  extensively  in  the  treatment  of 
bowel  disorders,  and  with  the  most  satisfactory  results.  For 
controlling  the  spasmodic  action  of  the  stomach  and  intestinal 
tube,  it  far  excels  any  single  remedy  we  have  yet  employed. 
It  soothes  the  irritability  of  the  mucous  surfaces,  and  com- 
pletely controls  the  spasmodic  tendency.  For  the  relief  of 
tenesmus,  we  employ  the  Con.  Tinct.,  adding  from  ten  to 
sixty  drops  to  an  enema,  according  to  the  severity  of  the  case 
and  the  age  of  the  patient,  and  repeat  as  occasion  requires.  It 
operates  admirably.  The  Con.  Tine.  Senecio  Gracilis  has  been 
found,  by  several  practitioners,  an  excellent  and  reliable 
remedy  for  allaying  the  nausea  attending  pregnancy.  The 
Con.  Tine.  Gelseminum  has  been  applied  with  complete  success 
to  counteract  the  effects  of  the  bite  of  a spider,  relieving  the 
pain,  abating  the  inflammation  and  swelling,  and  effecting  a 
cure.  So  we  might  go  on  enumerating  instances  of  the  diver* 
sified  application  of  these  remedies,  but  space  will  not  admit 
of  a lengthy  recapitulation,  and  we  shall  be  content  to  submit 
the  question  of  adaptation  to  the  intelligent  judgment  of  our 
readers,  trusting  that  our  feeble  efforts  to  elucidate  the  history 
of  these  agents  may  shed  some  light  upon  their  pathway. 


ADDENDA. 


ACONITIN. 


Derived  from  Aconitum  MapeVm. 

Nat.  Ord. — Panunculacece, 

Sex.  Syst. — Polyandria  Trigynia. 

Common  Names. — Wolfsbane , Monkshood, 

Parts  Used. — Leaves  and  Root . 

No.  of  Principles. — Three , viz.,  resin , neutral , and  alkaloid . 

Properties. — Diaphoretic,  diuretic , alterative , antispasmo - 
die,  and  narcotic . 

Employment. — Phthisis , dropsy , neuralgia , rheumar 

tism , paralysis,  portal  congestions , hysteria , efc. 

In’  small  and  frequently  repeated  doses,  Aconitin  promotes 
diaphoresis  and  diuresis,  and  increases  the  secretions  of  the 
mucous,  serous,  and  synovial  membranes.  Its  long  contin- 
ued use  is  attended  with  the  appearance  of  exanthematic 
eruptions  upon  the  shin,  accompanied  with  a troublesome 
itching,  and  severe  pain  in  the  joints. 

28 


434 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


In  larger  doses  Aconitin  gives  rise  to  severe  cardialgia, 
paralysis  of  the  tongue  and  pharynx,  a sense  of  suffocation, 
vomiting,  painful  diarrhea,  quick  and  irregular  pulse,  dysp- 
nea, swelling  of  the  abdomen,  tremors  of  the  limbs,  followed 
in  due  time  by  extreme  prostration,  chills,  severe  pains  in  the 
head,  bones  and  joints.  After  a longer  or  shorter  duration 
of  these  symptoms,  the  patient  is  attacked  with  profuse  sweats, 
together  with  an  increased  flow  of  urine,  and  oftentimes  a 
measley  looking  eruption  makes  its  appearance  on  the  skin. 
Permanent  derangement  of  the  digestive  functions,  together 
with  a jaundiced  condition  of  the  system,  are  the  general 
sequents  of  excessive  doses  of  Aconitin. 

Large  doses  of  Aconitin  sometimes  prove  speedily  fatal, 
preceded  by  convulsions,  delirium,  cerebral  congestions, 
tetanus,  &c.  A post-mortem  examination  in  these  cases 
reveals  severe  congestion  in  the  veins  of  the  head,  lungs, 
and  abdomen.  Sometimes,  but  not  always,  inflammation  of 
the  membranes  of  the  stomach  and  intestines  is  present. 

The  above  described  dynamical  effects  of  Aconitin  de- 
monstrates it  to  be  a stimulant  to  the  nerves  of  sensation 
and  to  the  secreting  apparatus  generally,  but  more  particu- 
larly to  the  veins,  skin,  kidneys,  mucous  and  synovial 
membranes,  and  the  sheaths  of  the  muscles  and  tendons,  in- 
creasing their  secernent  activity,  and  exalting  their  sensi- 
bility and  irritability.  It  also  hastens  the  metamorphosis 
of  the  fluidiform  materials  of  the  circulation. 

From  a consideration  of  the  physiological  influences  of 
Aconitin,  it  has  been  recommended  in  those  forms  of  dis- 
ease originating  in  a suppression  of  the  peripheric  secretions, 
particularly  in  obstinate  chronic  cases — also  in  chronic  affec- 
tions of  the  sheaths  of  the  muscles,  tendons,  and  nerves 
— of  the  fibrous  membranes  and  organs — of  the  mucous  and 
synovial  membranes — for  the  resolving  of  exudates  and  dis- 
persion of  swellings  in  these  organs,  such  as  are  dependent 
upon  inactivity  or  obstruction — in  paralytic  affections  of  the 
nerves,  and  in  those  neuralgic  disorders  which  originate  in 
local  metastastic,  rheumatic  or  arthritic  affections  of  the  neu- 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PEOPEB. 


435 


rilema.  Aconitin  has  also  been  recommended  in  phthisis 
pulmonalis,  in  the  incipient  stage,  beginning  with  small  doses 
and  gradually  increasing.  Aconitin  is  contra-indicated  in 
the  presence  of  pneumonic  inflammations  and  congestions, 
high  febrile  excitement,  and  colliquitive  sweatings. 

Aconitin  has  been  found  of  benefit  in  the  asthenic  forms  of 
dropsy,  particularly  when  arising  from  suppressed  perspiration, 
rheumatic  and  arthritic  cachexies,  and  especially  when  located 
in  the  skin  and  joints.  In  connection  with  Podophyllin,  Y era- 
trin,  Jalapin,  Apocynin,  &c.,  Aconitin  has  been  successfully 
employed  in  the  treatment  of  portal  congestions,  and  for  the 
correction  of  those  functional  derangements  of  the  abdominal 
viscera  manifesting  unusual  torpor,  occurring  m mdividuals 
of  a cold,  lymphatic  or  phlegmatic  habit,  though  contra-indi- 
cated when  plethora  or  excessive  nervous  sensibility  of  those 
organs  is  manifest. 

Aconitin  has  been  successfully  employed  in  different  forms 
of  rheumatism,  even  in  the  acute  varieties  when  the  fever  and 
erethism  are  diminishing,  or  have  entirely  ceased.  In  linger- 
ing rheumatic  pains  of  the  joints,  rheumatic  headaches,  rheu- 
matic cardialgia,  rheumatic  metrorrhagia,  and  obstinate  neu- 
ralgias, occurring  in  asthenic  habits,  Aconitin  has  likewise 
proved  a valuable  remedy.  Also  in  atonic  gout,  asthma,  &c., 
combined  with  Asclepin,  Eupatorin  Purpu.,  Veratrin,  and  in 
cases  of  great  nervous  sensibility,  with  Gelsemin. 

To  recapitulate  the  principal  uses  of  Aconitin,  we  may  men- 
tion, all  that  class  of  diseases  arising  from  or  dependent  upon 
suppressed  cutaneous  or  other  secretions,  or  inactivity  of  the 
secernent  vessels,  as  rheumatic,  arthritic,  strumous,  syphilitic, 
psoric,  and  mercurial  cachexies,  glandular  enlargements,  ob- 
stinate salt  rheum,  itch,  synovitis,  amaurosis,  deafness,  paraly- 
sis, as  of  the  extremeties,  bladder,  &c.,  incontinence  of  urine, 
&c.  The  writer  has  employed  the  Tincture  with  much  success 
in  the  treatment  of  hysteria,  more  particularly  of  the  chronic 
forms,  and  in  the  absence  of  acute  inflammations  or  conges- 
tions. 

Aconitin  is  contra-indicated  in  acute  inflammation,  hypers- 


436 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


thenic  fevers,  gastritis,  threatened  congestions  of  the  brain, 
lungs,  or  other  organs,  colliquitive  sweats,  great  irritability  of 
the  nerves  of  sensation,  and  acute  hepatic  affections. 

The  dose  of  Aconitin  is  from  one  twenty-fourth  to  one- 
twelfth  of  ONE  GRAIN. 

COK  TECTO.  ACOOTTUM  NAPELLUS. 

Derivation  and  properties  same  as  Aconitin.  The  internal 
employment  is  the  same.  Externally,  the  Con.  Tine.,  diluted 
with  eight  times  the  quantity  of  water,  is  employed  as  a colly- 
rium  in  rheumatic  and  arthritic  inflammation  of  the  eyes. 
The  dose  of  the  Con.  Tine,  is  horn  one  to  five  drops. 


COLOCYNTHIN. 


Derived  fron  Cucumis  Colocynthis. 

Nat.  Ord. — Cucurbitacece . 

Sex.  Syst. — Monmia  Monadeljphia 

Common  Names. — Colocynth , Bitter  Cucumber . 

Part  Used. — The  Fruit . 

No.  of  Principles. — One,  viz.,  resinoid . 

Properties. — An  irritant  hydragogue  cdtha/rtic. 

Employment. — Obst/inate  guartan  fevers , atonic  jaundice , 
indolent  dropsies , amenorrhea , worms , chronic  nervous  affec- 
tions, disc. 

In  small  doses,  Colocynthin  accelerates  the  peristaltic  motion 
of  the  intestinal  canal — increasing  the  mucous  and  other  se- 
cretions ; promotes  the  activity  of  the  abdominal  blood-vessels, 
and  quickens  the  functions  of  the  lymphatic  and  glandular 
systems,  and  of  the  kidneys.  In  large  doses,  Colocynthin 
gives  rise  to  severe  griping  pains  in  the  abdomen,  vomiting, 
a violent  diarrhea,  with  frothy  discharges,  accompanied  with 
tenesmus  and  hemorrhage  of  the  rectum.  In  yet  larger  doses, 
it  gives  rise  to  the  same  train  of  symptoms  in  a more  aggra- 
vated form,  followed  by  vertigo,  blindness,  deafness,  delirium, 
convulsions,  and  death.  The  fatal  effects  are  produced  by 
excessive  and  exhaustive  irritation,  accompanied,  in  some  in- 
stances, with  gangrene  of  the  rectum.  The  continued  employ- 
ment of  Colocynthin  produces,  like  all  other  drastic  remedies, 


m 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


paralytic-like  de^ffity  of  the  bowels  and  rectum,  suppressed 
secretion,  and  obstinate  constipation. 

Colocynthin  i : _ . uployed,  in  small  doses,  in  excessive  torpor 
of  the  abdominal  rgans,  particularly  of  the  lymphatics, 
glands,  mucous  membranes,  and  nervous  plexus,  and  in  those 
disorders  arising  irorn  or  supported  by  said  abnormal  condi- 
tions. Of  this  C ... oo  we  may  mention  obstinate  and  fre- 
quently recurring  quartan  fevers,  atonic  jaundice,  retention 
of  the  catameiiic;  and  hemorrhoidal  discharges,  indolent 
dropsies,  ascaride^  and  chronic  blenorrliea. 

Colocynthin  has  been  employed  with  some  success  in  the 
cure  of  those  chronic  nervous  ailments  based  upon  or  suppor- 
ted by  a general  torpor  of  the  nerves  of  sensation,  or  upon 
local  paralysis  of  the  abdominal  and  lower  spinal  nerves. 
It  would  seem  to  act,  therefore,  in  the  latter  instance,  as  a 
local  deducive  stimulant,  and,  when  long  continued,  as  a 
stimulant  to  the  entire  nervous  system. 

In  the  treatment  of  mania,  melancholy,  epilepsy,  chronic 
nervous  vertigo,  and  headache,  Colocynthin  is  employed  in 
doses  sufficient  to  purge  ; a considerable  interval — say  several 
days — being  allowed  to  elapse  between  the  repetitions  of  the 
doses.  Small  and  repeated  doses  of  Colocynthin  have  proved 
useful  in  the  treatment  of  mild  forms  of  mania,  lethargies, 
and  as  a prophylactic  of  serous  and  mucous  apoplexies,  para- 
lysis of  the  rectum,  urinary  organs,  and  lower  extremities. 
Its  employment  is  contra-indicated,  however,  in  the  presence 
of  an  inflammatory  condition  of  those  organs.  Colocynthin 
has  been  employed  with  some  success  in  dyspepsia,  arising 
from  a paralytic  debility  of  the  stomach  and  its  appendages. 

The  dose  of  Colocynthin  will  vary  from  one-half  to  two 
grains* 


RHEIN. 


Derived  from  Rheum  Dalmatwrru 

Nat.  Ord. — Polygonacece. 

Sex.  Syst. — Enneandria  Trigynia • 

Common  Name. — Rhubarb. 

Part  Used. — The  Root. 

No.  of  Principles. — Three , a resinoid , and  two  neutrals. 

Properties. — Cathartic , alterative,  laxative , fo/wc,  resolvent , 
chologogue,  and  antiseptic . 

Employment. — Dyspepsia  and  its  concomitant  symptoms , 
heartburn , flatulence , constipation , <#<?.,  diarrhea , dysentery , 
atonic  dropsy , chlorosis , mucous  cachexies , scrofula , 
diabetes  mellitus , fevers , hemorrhoids , jaundice,  biliary  cal- 
culi, asthenic  catarrhs,  etc. 

Administered  in  small  doses,  Ehein  stimulates  the  digestive 
apparatus,  improves  the  appetite,  promotes  the  formation  of 
chyle  and  the  supply  of  bile,  and  corrects  disturbed  action  of 
either  function. 

It  exercises  a general  tonic  influence  over  the  secretive  func- 
tions, and  particularly  those  of  the  mucous  membranes.  In 
very  large  doses,  Ehein  gives  rise  to  diarrhea,  which  is 
usually  followed  by  constipation. 

Ehein,  in  small  doses,  may  be  usefully  employed  for  the 
relief  of  heart-burn,  flatulence,  diarrhea,  constipation,  and 
other  symptoms  attendant  upon  indigestion,  and  for  the  cor- 


440  CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 

rection  of  the  excessive  mucous  discharges  which  sometimes 
follow  an  attack  of  gastric  or.  bilious  fever.  In  asthenic 
dysenteries,  it  may  be  usefully  combined  with  Leptandrin, 
Collinsonin,  Cerasein,  Fraserin,  &c.  It  is  a valuable  remedy 
in  the  digestive  disorders  of  children,  such  as  vomitng  of  the 
food,  colic,  diarrhea,  and  convulsions  produced  by  the  reten- 
tion of  acrid  ingesta.  In  the  disorders  of  dentition,  it  answers 
an  admirabie  purpose,  in  combination  with  alkalies  and  aro- 
matics. 

Rhein  is  also  of  much  utility  in  the  treatment  of  chlorosis, 
leucorrhea,  dropsy,  scrofula,  rickets,  diabetes  mellitus,  and 
atonic  hemorrhoids.  For  the  cure  of  jaundice,  and  for  the 
removal  of  biliary  concretions  and  impacted  fceces,  the  Rhein 
is  said  to  be  of  remarkable  efficacy.  Finally,  in  all  disorders 
connected  with  the  digestive  and  assimilative  apparatus,  either 
of  the  organs  themselves,  or  from  sympathy  therewith,  and  in 
all  disorders  of  the  mucous  surfaces,  the  Rhein  will  be  found 
a remedy  of  much  value. 

Rhein  is  sometimes  employed  locally  as  an  application  to 
foul  ulcers,  on  account  of  its  tonic  and  antiseptic  properties, 
and  in  the  form  of  an  injection  to  restrain  excessive  hemorr- 
hoidal and  leucorrheal  discharges. 

Rhein  is  contra-indicated  in  active  inflammations,  conges 
tions,  and  hemorrhages. 

The  dose  of  Rhein  is  from  one  to  pour  grains. 


ATROPIN 


Derived  from  Atropa  Belladonna. 

Nat.  Ord. — Solanacece. 

Sex.  S yst. — Pentcmdria  Monogynia. 

Common  Names. — Belladonna , Deadly  Nightshade,  dbe. 

Farts  Used. — Leaves  and  Boot. 

No.  of  Principles. — Three : resin , neutral , and  alkaloid. 

Properties. — Narcotic,  anodyne , antispasmodic,  calmative, 
alterative , resolvent , diaphoretic , and  diuretic. 

Employment. — Convulsions , epilepsy , neuralgia,  schirrus, 
dropsy,  obstinate  intermittents,  scarlet  fever,  whooping  cough, 
asthma,  suppression  of  the  menses,  syphilitic  infections,  paral- 
ysis, amaurosis,  nervous  affections,  mania,  melancholy,  dec. 

The  dynamical  effects  of  Atropin,  when  given  in  small 
doses,  are  dryness  in  the  fauces,  thirst,  difficult  deglutition, 
deluded  vision,  increased  sensibility  and  irritability  of  the 
optic  nerve,  dilated  pupil,  vertigo,  mental  exhiliration,  and 
increased  perspiration.  When  the  doses  are  increased,  the 
thirst  becomes  excessive,  swallowing  is  difficult  if  not  impossi- 
ble, the  throat  becomes  swelled  and  painful,  with  spasm  of 
the  glottis,  a sense  of  numbness  is  felt  about  the  eyes,  follow- 
ed by  delirium,  mania,  hiccough,  dyspnea,  grinding  of  the 
teeth,  convulsions,  tetanus,  lethargic  slumber,  and  apoplectic 
death.  A post-mortem  examination  reveals  severe  and  ex- 
tensive congestions  of  the  brain,  lungs,  liver,  spleen,  stomach, 


442 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


and  intestines.  The  spleen  is  soft  and  easily  separated  between 
the  fingers,  the  blood  is  in  a state  of  decomposition,  and  the 
body  soon  putrefies. 

According  to  the  experiments  of  Orfila,  Atropin  acts  most 
speedily  when  taken  into  the  stomach,  or  injected  into  the 
veins ; more  slowly  when  brought  in  contact  with  the  cellular 
structure. 

Important  indications  for  the  employment  of  Atropin  are 
found  in  the  early  stages  of  organic  affections,  such  as  indu- 
ration and  schirrus  of  the  more  important  organs,  and  in  the 
dispersion  of  glandular  enlargements.  The  peculiar  utility 
of  Atropin  in  these  cases  depends,  in  addition  to  its  alterative, 
resolvent,  and  stimulant  powers,  upon  the  possession  of  re- 
markable anti-spasmodic  and  sedative  properties,  whereby  it 
soothes  and  overcomes  the  abnormal  sensibility  giving  rise 
to  and  accompanying  these  structural  changes.  The  employ- 
ment of  stimulating  resolvents  devoid  of  these  auxiliary 
properties  would,  under  like  circumstances,  be  more  likely  to 
aggravate  the  disorder  by  provoking  the  existing  irritation  to 
a dangerous  extent.  The  use  of  Atropin  is  said  to  have 
cured  fully  developed  indurations,  even  when  of  long  stand- 
ing ; but  in  general  its  influence  in  these  cases  goes  no  further 
than  to  arrest  the  development  at  its  present  stage,  and  to 
act  as  a prophylactic  of  cancerous  degeneration. 

Atropin  is  employed  in  the  treatment  of  mania,  preceded 
by  the  use  of  alteratives  and  relaxants.  Much  care  must  be 
exercised  in  its  employment,  and  all  existing  idiosyncrasies 
carefully  noted.  The  encephalic  constitution  is  said  to  bear 
this  remedy  best. 

Atropin  is  likewise  said  to  have  been  successfully  employed 
in  the  treatment  of  hypochondria,  hysteria,  epilepsy,  chorea, 
and  other  nervous  diseases  dependent  upon  abominal  ob- 
structions or  suppressions,  as  of  the  menses,  or  upon  a morbid 
exaltation  of  the  nervous  sensibility  of  the  parts.  It  is  exhibi- 
ted in  connection  with  Podophyllin,  Yeratrin,  Lobelia,  Ehein, 
&c.  In  connection  with  Lobelia,  Podophyllin,  Hyosciamin, 
Prunin,  Asclepin,  &c.,  it  has  been  highly  recommended  in 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PEOPEB. 


443 


whooping  cough,  asthma,  and  other  affections  of  the  respira- 
tory system.  In  various  forms  of  neuralgia,  the  use  of 
Atropin,  both  internally  and  externally,  has  been  attended 
with  much  success. 

In  hydrophobia,  Atropin  is  said  not  only  to  act  as  a pre- 
ventive, but  also  to  have  effected  a cure  in  several  instances. 
In  order  to  be  efficacious,  it  must  be  given  in  sufficient  doses 
to  induce  a degree  of  narcotism,  and  its  use  persevered  in. 
While  under  its  influence  the  patient  will  frequently  complain 
of  a smarting  sensation  in  the  wounds  inflicted  by  the  bite. 

Paralysis  dependent  upon  torpor  of  the  abdominal  functions 
is  said  to  have  been  successfully  treated  with  Atropin.  In 
dropsy  arising  from  biliary  derangement,  this  remedy  has  found 
useful  employment.  In  suppression  or  defective  flow  of  the 
catamenial  and  lochial  secretions,  when  arising  from  ob- 
structions in  the  portal  system,  and  in  rheumatic,  arthritic, 
and  exanthematic  metastases,  salt  rheum,  and  even  in  long 
standing  syphilitic  infections,  Atropin  is  recommended  as  a 
remedy  entitled  to  much  confidence.  In  chronic  nervous 
rheumatism  Atropin  will  afford  much  relief.  It  is  sometimes 
employed  to  prevent  abortion  in  consequence  of  too  great 
sensibility  and  contractility  of  the  uterus.  Small  doses  are 
exhibited  at  bed  time. 

Atropin  has  gained  considerable  reputation  as  a prophy- 
lactic of  scarlet  fever,  and  is  also  extensively  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  that  malady. 

Contra-indications  to  the  employment  of  Atropin  are,  high 
inflammatory  excitement,  plethora,  tendency  to  congestion  of 
the  brain,  lungs,  or  other  organs,  erethism  of  the  blood,  and 
extreme  debility. 

The  dose  of  Atropin  is  from  one  twenty-fourth  to  one- 
twelfth  of  one  geain.  When  the  exhibition  of  this  remedy 
produces  dryness  of  the  fauces,  sparkling  of  the  eyes,  or  dila- 
tion of  the  pupil,  the  dose  must  be  diminished,  or  the  remedy 
entirely  laid  aside  for  a time.  Physicians  will  do  well  to 
triturate  the  Atropin  with  Asclepin,  as  the  latter  will  in  no 
case  counteract  the  effects  of  the  Atropin,  but  in  view  of  its 


444 


CONCENTRATED  MEDICINES  PROPER. 


diaphoretic  and  neutralising  properties,  will  materially  enhance 
its  action.  It  will  also  ensure  a proper  diffusion  of  the  reme- 
dy, and  enable  the  practitioner  to  more  easily  proportion  and 
regulate  the  doses. 


CON.  T INC.  ATEOPA  BELLADONNA. 

Derivation,  properties  and  employment  same  as  the  Atropin. 
We  give  preference  to  this  preparation  of  the  Belladonna,  as 
it  is  more  diffusible,  the  dose  is  more  easily  proportioned  than 
that  of  the  powder,  and  is  more  readily  prepared  for  local 
employment.  Diluted  with  from  one  to  eight  parts  of  water, 
according  to  the  extent  and  condition  of  the  local  affection,  it 
is  employed  as  an  injection  in  painful  neuralgic  affections  of 
the  uterns  and  rectum,  and  as  a local  sedative  over  the  seat 
of  neuralgic  pains,  either  by  means  of  cloths  saturated  with 
the  solution,  or  added  to  fomentations.  When  employed  for 
injections,  not  more  than  twice  or  thrice  the  quantity  exhi- 
bited to  the  same  patient  at  a dose  should  be  administered. 

The  dose  of  the  Tine,  is  from  one  to  five  drops. 


INDEX 


Acids,  Vegetable 

Alkaloids 

Amylmn 

Apotheme 

Amygdalin 

Asclepin 

Ampelopsin 

Alnuin 

Apocynin 

Aconitin 

Atropin 

Baptisin 

Barosmin 

Crude  organic  remedies 

Constituents  of  plants 

Cellulose 

Cuticular  or  cork  substance 

Camphors 

Caoutchouc 

Coloring  matters 

Concentrated  medicines 

Concentrated  medicines  proper 

Chemical  transformations 

Concentrated  tinctures 

Con.  Tine.  Apocynum 

“ “ Aconitum  Napellus . . . 

w “ Atropa  Belladonna. . . . 

“ “ Collinsonia 

“ “ Cannabis  Indica 

“ “ Digitalis 

“ “ Euonymus  . . .' 

“ “ Eupatorium  Purpu 

“ “ Gelseminum 

“ “ Gossypium 

“ “ Ifyoseyamus 

“ “ Rhus  Glabum 

“ “ Scutellaria 

“ tt  Smilax 

“ “ Strychnos  Nux  Vomica. 

“ “ Seriecio 

“ “ Veratrum 

“ “ Xanthoxylum 

Combinations 

Cypripedin 

Chimaphilin 

Cornin 

Caulophyllin 

Corydalin 

Chelonin 

Collinsonin 

Capsicum,  oil  of 


, 38 
. 40 
, 45 
. 63 
, 68 
,122 
.153 
.266 
.349 
.433 
.441 


,219 

352 


Cerasein 

Con.  Comp.  Stillingia  Alterative, 
Colocynthin 

Dextrine 

Decoctions 

Dioscorein 

Digitalin 

Dahirin 

Extractive  substances 

Emulsin 

Extracts 

“ aqueous 

“ alcoholic 

“ hydro-alcoholic 

“ inspissated 

“ fluid 

Euonymin 

Eupatorin  Perfo 

Eupatorin  Purpu 

Euphorbin 

Erigeron,  oil  of 

Ery  throxylin 


. 92 
.354 
436 
444 
.412 
.429 
.213 
.260 
.333 
.139 
.432 
.297 
.218 
.347 
.402 
.428 
.120 
.325 
,3S3 
. 95 
,169 
.172 
.272 
.278 
.334 
.181 
.409 
.365 


Fraserin 

Fixed  oils 

Fluid  extracts 

Gum 

Gum  resins 

Gelsemin 

Geranin 

Humus 

Helonin 

Hyoscyamin 

Hydrastin 

Hamamelin 

Inulin 

Infusions 

Isolated  preparations, 
Irisin 

Jalapin 

Juglandin 

Leptandrin 

Lupulin 

Lycopin 


,403 

,424 

,437 


. 47 
. 73 
.176 
.201 
.431 


. 59 
. 68 
. 74 
. 74 
. 76 
. 76 
. 77 
. 77 
,257 
.328 
330 
.371 
.261 
.431 


.378 
. 51 
. 77 

. 48 
. 56 
.129 
.159 


. 61 
,185 
.292 
.359 
.369 


, 47 

70 

.101 

355 


284 

337 

192 

806 

875 


446 


INDEX 


Mucilage.... 49 

Muci-resins 50 

Macro  tin 143 

Myricin 252 

Menispermin 394 


Neutral  principles 41 

Neutrals 59 


Oils,  fixed 

“ volatile 

Oleo-resins 

Officinal  preparations . 

Oil  of  Erigeron 

“ “ Capsicum 

“ “ Stillingia 

“ “ Populus 

“ “ Solidago 

“ “ Xanthoxylum.. 

“ “ Lobelia 

Oleo.  Resin  of  Lobelia, 

Protein 

Pectin 

Populin 

Phvtolacin 

Podophyllin , 

Prunin 


..51 
. 53 
. 56 
. 70 
.261 
.365 
.302 
.348 
.397 
.382 
.422 
!414 
. 44 
. 48 
.164 
.287 
.225 
.390 


Rhusin 214 

Eumin 276 

Rhein 439 


Sugars 47 

Syrups 79 

Senecin Ill 

Stillingin 298 

Scuteliarin 344 

Smilacin 399 

Sanguinarin 384 

Strychnin 427 


Tinctures 78 

Trilliin 341 


Yegetable  bases 40 

Yiscin 50 

Yolatile  Oils 53 

Yiburnin 269 

Yeratrin 310 


Wax 53 

Wood  substance 43 

Wine  Tine.  Lobelia .413 


Resins 

Resinoids 


55 


Xylogen 

Xanthoxylin 

Xanthoxylum,  oil  of 


. 43 
.880 


